Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 5, 2010
Registration No. 333-166448
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 7
to
Form S-11
FOR REGISTRATION UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
OF SECURITIES OF CERTAIN REAL ESTATE COMPANIES
LEGACY HEALTHCARE PROPERTIES TRUST INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in governing instruments)
 
189 South Orange Avenue
South Tower, Suite 1150
Orlando, Florida 32801
(407) 412-9200
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
Thomas J. Hutchison III
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc.
189 South Orange Avenue
South Tower, Suite 1150
Orlando, Florida 32801
(407) 412-9200
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
Copies to:
     
David C. Wright, Esq.
Daniel M. LeBey, Esq.
Hunton & Williams LLP
951 East Byrd Street
Richmond, Virginia 23219
Tel: (804) 788-8200
Fax: (804) 788-8218
  Jay L. Bernstein, Esq.
Per B. Chilstrom, Esq.
Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Tel: (212) 878-8000
Fax: (212) 878-8375
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
If any of the Securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:   þ
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.
 
See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
             
Large accelerated filer  o
 
Accelerated filer  o
  Non-accelerated filer  þ
(Do not check if smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
                       
            Proposed Maximum
     
Title of Each Class of Securities
    Amount to be
    Aggregate Offering
    Amount of
To Be Registered     Registered(1)(3)     Price(1)     Registration Fee
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share(3)
    10,062,500 Shares     $ 191,187,500       $13,632(2)
Contingent Warrants(4)
    10,062,500 Warrants             (2)
Shares of Common Stock underlying the Contingent Warrants(5)
    10,062,500 Shares     $ 191,187,500       $13,632(2)
Total
          $ 382,375,000       $27,264(2)
                       
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
 
(2) In connection with the initial filing of this Registration Statement and an amendment thereto, a registration fee of $17,825 was paid on April 29, 2010, an additional registration fee of $4,724 was paid on July 7, 2010 and an additional registration fee of $3,997 was paid on September 16, 2010.
 
(3) Includes shares of common stock that may be issued upon exercise of a 45-day option granted to the Underwriters to cover overallotments.
 
(4) Includes warrants to purchase shares of common stock that may be granted to purchasers of shares of common stock issued upon exercise of the 45-day option granted to the Underwriters to cover overallotments.
 
(5) Includes shares of common stock that may be issued upon exercise of warrants that may be granted to purchasers of shares of common stock issued upon exercise of the 45-day option granted to the Underwriters to cover overallotments. Pursuant to Rule 416, there are also being registered such additional securities as may be issued to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in the warrants.
 
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 5, 2010
Preliminary Prospectus
 
8,750,000 Shares of Common Stock
and
Up to 8,750,000 Contingent Warrants
and
Up to 8,750,000 Shares of Common Stock
Issuable Upon Exercise of the
Contingent Warrants
 
(LEGACY LOGO)
 
We are offering 8,750,000 shares of common stock. This is our initial public offering, and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We expect the initial public offering price of our common stock to be between $18.00 and $19.00 per share. Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, under the symbol “LRP.”
 
We are also offering contingent warrants to purchase up to an additional 8,750,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price of our common stock (subject to adjustment in certain circumstances), which warrants would be issued only to investors who purchase shares of common stock in this offering if certain events occur and certain conditions are satisfied. If the warrants are issued, they will be issued for no additional consideration. No public market currently exists for the warrants. We intend to apply for approval to list the warrants, if they are issued, on the NYSE or the New York Stock Exchange Amex, or the NYSE Amex, under the symbol “LRP WS.”
 
Concurrently with this offering, in a separate private placement, we will sell an aggregate of 324,324 shares of our common stock (representing additional net proceeds of $6.0 million based on the expected initial public offering price of our common stock) to certain of our executive officers at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price of our common stock.
 
We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a real estate investment trust, or REIT, for federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. The shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to restrictions on ownership and transfer that are intended, among other purposes, to assist us in qualifying and maintaining our qualification as a REIT. Our charter, subject to certain exceptions, limits beneficial and constructive ownership to no more than 9.8% in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock.
 
Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. Please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18:
 
  •   We have no operating history and may not be able to successfully operate our business or generate sufficient operating cash flows to make or sustain distributions to our stockholders.
 
  •   If we are unable to timely complete the purchase of the six senior housing facilities we currently have under contract or at all, we will have no immediate designated use for substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we may experience delays in locating and securing attractive alternative investments, and we will have incurred substantial expenses without our stockholders realizing the expected benefits.
 
  •   We depend on the efforts and expertise of the members of our management team and our business would be adversely affected by the loss of their services.
 
  •   Upon completion of the acquisition of the six senior housing facilities that we currently have under contract, all six of the facilities will be leased to affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC which will account for substantially all of our revenues.
 
  •   Due to our concentration in senior housing, a downturn in the senior housing or general health care industry would adversely affect our operations and financial condition.
 
  •   To the extent we use the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement to make distributions to our stockholders, the amount of cash we have available to invest in senior housing facilities or for other purposes would be reduced.
 
  •   We will depend on our facility operators for a significant portion of our revenues and operating income. Any inability or unwillingness by our facility operators to satisfy their obligations to us under their agreements with us could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
  •   Our failure to qualify, or our failure to remain qualified, as a REIT would result in higher taxes and reduced cash available for distribution to our stockholders.
 
  •   There is no assurance that purchasers of common stock in this offering will receive warrants, and, upon issuance of the warrants, if any are issued, the exercise price of the warrants could exceed the current market price of our common stock.
 
  •   If warrants are issued to purchasers of our common stock in this offering, the dilutive effect of the warrants could have an adverse effect on the future market price of our common stock.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
                 
    PER SHARE     TOTAL  
 
Public Offering Price
  $                $             
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions
  $       $    
Proceeds to Company (Before $       Expenses)
  $       $  
 
Delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on or about          , 2010. We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 45 days to purchase, on the same terms and conditions set forth above, up to an additional 1,312,500 shares of our common stock to cover overallotments. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us will be $             and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be $            . In addition, if the underwriters exercise the option, the total number of warrants we may issue in connection with this offering will increase by an amount equal to the total number of additional shares of our common stock purchased by the underwriters in connection with such exercise. Delivery of the warrants, if they become issuable, is expected to be made on or about          , 2010, or as soon thereafter as possible, subject to certain conditions.
 
Jefferies & Company Stifel Nicolaus Weisel
 
Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc.
 
 
Prospectus dated       , 2010.


 

 
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by us or information to which we have referred you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by us or information to which we have referred you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of shares of our common stock.
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
    1  
    11  
    15  
    18  
    52  
    54  
    55  
    56  
    57  
    61  
    76  
    98  
    105  
    110  
    125  
    129  
    130  
    131  
    140  
    142  
    148  
    153  
    183  
    185  
    193  
    193  
    193  
    F-1  
    A-1  
  EX-4.2
  EX-4.3
  EX-5.2
  EX-5.3
  EX-8.2
  EX-10.29
  EX-23.1
  EX-23.2
  EX-23.3
  EX-23.6
 
Until          , 2010 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


i


Table of Contents

 
Summary
 
The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus, including “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. In this prospectus, references to “our company,” “we,” “us” and “our” mean Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc., a Maryland corporation, and its subsidiaries and references to our “operating partnership” mean Legacy Healthcare Properties, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, the subsidiary through which we will conduct our business. We consider Thomas J. Hutchison III, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Phillip M. Anderson, Jr., our President and Chief Operating Officer, to be our promoters. Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we will form one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries, each a TRS, including (i) a wholly-owned TRS holding company and its subsidiaries to which we may lease certain of our facilities and which we collectively refer to as our TRS lessee and (ii) other TRSs through which we may provide non-customary services to residents at certain facilities, which we refer to as TRS service providers. Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to our “facility operators” refer to the third-party operators that will lease senior housing facilities from us and to the third-party operators that will manage senior housing facilities that we anticipate leasing to our TRS lessee. Furthermore, references in this prospectus to “warrants” mean the contingent warrants to purchase up to 8,750,000 shares of common stock (or up to 10,062,500 shares of common stock if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full) that may be issued under the circumstances and subject to the conditions described herein.
 
Unless otherwise indicated, the information contained in this prospectus assumes: (1) the sale of 8,750,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price equal to $18.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus; (2) the sale in a concurrent private placement to certain of our executive officers of an aggregate of 324,324 shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price of our common stock without the payment by us of any placement fees; (3) the underwriters’ overallotment option to purchase up to an additional 1,312,500 shares of our common stock is not exercised; and (4) that no warrants to purchase additional shares of our common stock are issued or exercised.
 
OUR COMPANY
 
We are a self-advised real estate company that was recently organized to acquire, own and actively asset manage income-producing senior housing facilities that derive substantially all of their revenues from private payment sources, generate stable cash flows and have the potential for long-term capital appreciation. Shortly after completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we expect to complete the acquisition of six high quality senior housing facilities located in Florida, Illinois, New Jersey, New York and Virginia for an aggregate contractual purchase price of $240.0 million excluding transaction costs and the assumption of certain deposit liabilities. We believe the markets in which these facilities are located exhibit strong demand, high barriers to entry and limited new supply. These facilities contain 1,042 independent and assisted living units with a weighted average occupancy of approximately 88.7% for the six months ended June 30, 2010. Substantially all of the revenues at these facilities are derived from private payment sources. The acquisition of these facilities demonstrates our ability to execute our growth strategy and acquire senior housing facilities that meet our targeted acquisition criteria.
 
We were formed in April 2010 to utilize the substantial experience and extensive network of relationships in the senior housing and real estate industries of our management team, which is led by Thomas J. Hutchison III, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, to identify and acquire independent living facilities, or ILFs, assisted living facilities, or ALFs, which may include Alzheimer’s/dementia care units or free-standing Alzheimer’s/dementia care facilities, and continuing care retirement


1


Table of Contents

communities which, in each case, generate substantially all of their revenues from private payment sources. We will generally target high quality facilities that occupy a market leading position within their local markets and are located in and around metropolitan areas with strong demographic profiles, high barriers to entry and limited new supply, as well as in destination retirement areas such as California, Florida, North Carolina, South Carolina and Texas. While not a primary focus of our strategy, we may also opportunistically acquire additional types of senior housing facilities, including but not limited to senior apartments and skilled nursing facilities.
 
We intend to capitalize on our management team’s prior experience in utilizing creative and flexible acquisition, lease and management structures to facilitate acquisitions and, where appropriate, to participate on an after-tax basis in operating improvements and capture potential growth in facility-level cash flows. We may, for example, lease certain facilities to our TRS lessee, which will contract with facility operators to operate these facilities, or lease our facilities to facility operators pursuant to net leases that will provide for the payment of base rent subject to annual escalators and require additional percentage rent based on gross revenues. For certain facilities, such as skilled nursing facilities, that possess slower growth characteristics or reimbursement risk from government programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, we may use traditional net lease structures even if the facilities are eligible for the TRS lessee structure. Alternatively, we may lease the units in certain facilities directly to the residents and form a TRS to provide services to the residents.
 
A key element of our strategy is to employ a dedicated and experienced asset management team to proactively manage our facility operators in order to improve operational performance and enhance the return on our investments. We plan to dedicate substantially more resources to asset management than many companies in our industry, which we believe will provide us with a competitive advantage. Although we do not intend to operate our facilities, our management team and the asset managers we intend to employ will actively participate with our facility operators in various aspects of the operations of our facilities, including property positioning and repositioning, operations analysis, physical design, renovation, capital improvements, resident experience and overall strategic direction. Our facilities will be managed by or leased to experienced operators that we believe have track records of growth and profitability.
 
We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010.
 
MARKET OPPORTUNITY
 
We believe the current market presents an attractive environment for us to invest in senior housing facilities. We expect the supply of suitable acquisition opportunities to grow as (i) senior housing operators seek to monetize real estate assets to fund growth in their core businesses, (ii) investment managers seek liquidity for investors in limited life funds and (iii) senior housing owners, operators and investors continue to face challenges refinancing debt used to acquire or develop senior housing facilities at peak-market prices during the period from 2003 to 2007. Moreover, we believe we will face less competition in the senior housing market compared to other commercial real estate sectors since generalist real estate investors have refocused on distressed assets in the multifamily, industrial, office and retail sectors in preference to the senior housing sector. In addition, senior housing cash flows should benefit from favorable demand and supply dynamics. Specifically, we believe that senior housing cash flows will benefit as occupancy levels revert to historical averages. This reversion will be driven by favorable demographic trends and limited supply growth given capital constraints in the senior housing industry and the overall economy.
 
Upon completion of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the acquisition of the six senior housing facilities that we currently have under contract, we expect to have approximately $72.3 million of cash available to invest in additional senior housing facilities. We believe our growth-oriented capital structure, together with our management team’s extensive network of long-standing relationships in the


2


Table of Contents

senior housing and real estate industries and the team’s depth of experience in using creative and flexible transaction structures, position us to take advantage of the opportunities described above.
 
OUR COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGES
 
We expect to have the following competitive advantages:
 
Ø   Proven track record of acquiring senior housing facilities .  Our management team has a proven track record of identifying and acquiring senior housing facilities. During their years of service as executive officers of CNL Retirement Properties, Inc., or CNL Retirement, and its external advisor, Mr. Hutchison and Mr. Anderson, together with other real estate professionals that included other members of our management team, as well as individuals who are not affiliated with our company, oversaw the investment of approximately $2.7 billion in equity capital that was raised by CNL Retirement. CNL Retirement was a public, non-traded REIT that raised capital through a series of continuous offerings of its common stock at a fixed price of $10.00 per share from its inception in 1998 through March 2006. CNL Financial Group, Inc. and its affiliates are not sponsors of and have no affiliation with our company, have not participated in the preparation of this prospectus and are not endorsing our company or an investment in our common stock.
 
Ø   Proven acquiror of senior housing facilities with access to off-market acquisition opportunities.   Our management team has substantial experience in the senior housing and real estate industries and has developed an extensive network of long-standing relationships with senior housing owners, operators and developers, brokers, banks, insurance companies, publicly-traded companies, fund managers, REITs, private investors and other parties who invest in or otherwise provide capital to the senior housing industry. We believe these long-standing relationships will provide us with access to a significant pipeline of off-market acquisition opportunities that may not be available to other buyers.
 
Ø   Attractive initial portfolio with strong embedded growth .  We believe the six senior housing facilities we have under contract are high quality facilities that occupy market-leading positions in markets with strong demand, high barriers to entry and limited new supply. We believe the acquisition of these facilities will provide us with a strong platform to facilitate our future growth.
 
Ø   Internal growth focus .  Unlike many companies in our industry that seek to generate internal growth through annual rent escalators tied to increases in the Consumer Price Index, or CPI, we intend to structure our transactions, where appropriate, to capture potential growth in facility-level cash flows on an after-tax basis. Our management team has substantial experience structuring net leases that require facility operators to pay, in addition to base rent, percentage rent based on gross revenues. In addition, certain members of our management team and certain of our director nominees have substantial experience in the hospitality REIT industry where the TRS lessee structure has been utilized since 2001. We believe this gives us a competitive advantage to the extent we implement the TRS lessee structure for certain facilities we acquire.
 
Ø   Growth-oriented capital structure .  After the completion of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the acquisition of the six senior housing facilities that we currently have under contract, we expect to have approximately $72.3 million of cash to invest in additional facilities (assuming an initial public offering price of $18.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus). We believe certain of our competitors face challenges from the recent economic downturn, such as deteriorating facility-level cash flows and excessive leverage combined with upcoming debt maturities, which will keep management focused on balance sheet repair rather than pursuing senior housing acquisitions. We will not have these issues, which will enable the members of our management team to dedicate substantial amounts of their time to sourcing, negotiating and completing senior housing acquisitions. We also intend to obtain a revolving credit facility to provide us with additional liquidity to, among other things, pursue acquisitions which may require capital exceeding the funds raised in this offering. There is no assurance that we will be successful in securing a revolving credit facility on terms that are acceptable to us or at all.


3


Table of Contents

 
Ø   Active asset management . Given our strategy of employing creative and flexible acquisition, leasing and management structures to facilitate acquisitions and, where appropriate, to participate on an after-tax basis in operating improvements and capture potential growth in facility-level cash flows, we plan to dedicate substantially more resources to asset management than many companies in our industry, which we believe will provide us with a competitive advantage.
 
Ø   Committed management team with interests aligned with stockholders . Certain members of our management team will invest $6.0 million in our common stock in the concurrent private placement which will result in ownership by our management team of approximately 3.56% of our outstanding common stock upon the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement. We believe that our management team’s equity ownership in our company will strongly align the team’s interests with those of our stockholders.
 
OUR PORTFOLIO
 
The following table sets forth information regarding the senior housing facilities that we have under contract and expect to acquire after completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement:
 
                                     
          Number
           
    Type of
    of units     Year built/last
     
Facility/location   facility     ILF     ALF (1)     major renovation   Occupancy (2)  
   
 
Lake Barrington Woods—Lake Barrington, IL
    ILF       129       64     2000     95.4 %
Bella Terra—Jackson, NJ
    ILF       124       91     2001     86.2  
Baywinde—Webster, NY (3)
    ILF       134       78     2001     88.1  
Walden Place—Cortland, NY
    ALF       0       80     2001     96.1  
Chancellor’s Village—Fredericksburg, VA
    ILF       147       40     1989/1998     77.4  
Mangrove Bay—Jupiter, FL
    ILF       101       54     2002     94.3  
                                     
Total/Weighted Average
            635       407           88.7 %
                                     
 
 
(1) Includes 88 Alzheimer’s/dementia care units.
 
(2) For the six months ended June 30, 2010, the occupancy rates shown represent the average occupancy rate for the period determined by calculating the average of the average monthly occupancy rates for each month for the six months ended June 30, 2010.
 
(3) Consists of a campus that includes nine separate buildings, eight of which are referred to as Castle Pointe and one of which is referred to as Sage Harbor.
 
The aggregate contractual purchase price excluding transaction costs and the assumption of certain deposit liabilities for the six facilities is $240.0 million. Approximately $81.9 million of the contractual purchase price will be paid in cash. The remainder of the contractual purchase price will be paid through our assumption of approximately $158.1 million of in-place mortgage debt.
 
The purchase and sale agreement for the six senior housing facilities contains various customary conditions to closing. There can be no assurances that all of these conditions will be satisfied or waived and that we will be able to complete the acquisition of these facilities on the terms described herein or at all.
 
As further described in “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations,” following completion of this offering and our receipt of the private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, that we intend to request confirming our ability to lease the six facilities we have under contract to our TRS lessee and the regulatory approvals required to transfer the operating licenses for these facilities to our TRS lessee, we intend to lease these facilities to our TRS lessee.
 
Pending receipt of these approvals and upon completion of the acquisition of the six senior housing facilities we have under contract:


4


Table of Contents

Ø   We will enter into new leases for Lake Barrington Woods, Bella Terra, Baywinde—Castle Pointe, Chancellor’s Village and Mangrove Bay with affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC, or Senior Lifestyle Management, the management company that currently operates the six facilities we have under contract. Each of these new leases will have a term that expires on January 31, 2012, with a possible extension for a period not to exceed 18 months.
 
Ø   Until the necessary regulatory approvals to transfer the operating licenses from the current facility operators to affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management are obtained from the New York State Department of Health, affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management will continue to lease Baywinde—Sage Harbor and Walden Place, or the New York assisted living facilities, from us pursuant to existing leases which have terms that expire on June 18, 2013 without renewal options. We will amend and restate the existing leases upon receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals.
 
We refer to the affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management that will lease Lake Barrington Woods, Bella Terra, Baywinde—Castle Pointe, Chancellor’s Village and Mangrove Bay and the New York assisted living facilities as tenants, except in the case where we implement the TRS lessee structure, in which case the TRS lessee will be the tenant.
 
We will have the right to terminate the new leases with respect to the six senior housing facilities we have under contract at any time upon 30 days’ prior written notice, and the existing leases at any time, without penalty. The tenants will be required to pay us aggregate fixed rent under the new and existing leases at an annual rate of approximately $16.3 million in 2010, $18.5 million in 2011, $20.7 million in 2012 and $21.0 million in 2013.
 
The tenants at the facilities, other than the New York assisted living facilities, will enter into new management agreements with Senior Lifestyle Management. Senior Lifestyle Management will continue to operate the New York assisted living facilities pursuant to existing management agreements with the current facility operators who are not affiliated with Senior Lifestyle Management. Once the necessary regulatory approvals are obtained, the existing management agreements will be replaced with new management agreements with Senior Lifestyle Management. We will not be a party to any of these management agreements, and, therefore, we will not be responsible for any payments under these management agreements, until such time as the management agreements are assigned to our TRS lessee as described below.
 
The new management agreements for the facilities other than the New York assisted living facilities will each have a term of 20 years. The new management agreements for the two New York assisted living facilities will each have an initial term of five years, and Senior Lifestyle Management will have the right to extend the agreements for three additional five-year terms. Under the new management agreements, the tenants will be required to pay Senior Lifestyle Management a base management fee equal to a percentage of the gross revenue generated at the facilities, as well as additional incentive fees that will be payable to Senior Lifestyle Management to the extent annual net operating income of the facilities on a combined basis exceeds certain thresholds. Senior Lifestyle Management will also be entitled to receive an additional incentive payment from the tenant upon a sale of the applicable facility under certain circumstances.
 
During the term of the new management agreements, each tenant has the right to terminate the agreement, at any time, without paying a termination fee to Senior Lifestyle Management if there has been an event of default (as defined in the new management agreements) or if Senior Lifestyle Management does not meet or exceed certain baseline performance targets based on the portfolio’s and the facility’s annual net operating income. Additionally, each tenant has the right to terminate the new management agreement with Senior Lifestyle Management if, at any time, the applicable facility is sold and the tenant pays Senior Lifestyle Management a termination fee equal to an amount ranging from 3.5x to 1.0x the trailing 12 months of base management fees actually paid to Senior Lifestyle Management depending on when the facility is sold. Beginning in 2014 and anytime thereafter, each tenant has the right to terminate the new management agreement if Senior Lifestyle Management fails to meet performance targets (set at levels that are higher than the baseline performance targets) and the


5


Table of Contents

tenant pays Senior Lifestyle Management a termination fee equal to 3.5x the base management fees actually paid to Senior Lifestyle Management over the trailing 12-month period prior to termination.
 
If we are successful in obtaining a private letter ruling from the IRS that allows us to lease the facilities to a TRS lessee and the regulatory approvals necessary to transfer the operating licenses from the facility operators to our TRS lessee, the tenants will assign the new management agreements to our TRS lessee and our TRS lessee will assume the tenants’ obligations under each management agreement.
 
If the IRS does not confirm our ability to use a TRS lessee for certain of these facilities, we will either lease the units at the facilities directly to the residents and use a TRS to provide services to the residents or net lease the facilities to affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management under long-term net leases that provide for the payment of base rent subject to annual escalators as well as additional percentage rent based on gross revenues.
 
For additional information, including information regarding the fees payable under the new management agreements, see “Business—Our Portfolio.”
 
INVESTMENT STRATEGY
 
Our objective is to maximize total returns to our stockholders through the payment of consistent cash distributions and the achievement of long-term capital appreciation in our properties. We intend to achieve this objective by acquiring senior housing facilities that generate substantially all of their revenues from private payment sources. We will target facilities that occupy a market-leading position within their local markets and that are located in and around metropolitan areas with strong demographic profiles, as well as in destination retirement areas.
 
Our primary focus will be on identifying and acquiring the following facilities:
 
Ø   independent living facilities;
 
Ø   assisted living facilities, including freestanding Alzheimer’s/dementia care facilities; and
 
Ø   continuing care retirement communities.
 
While not a primary focus of our strategy, we may also opportunistically acquire from time to time additional types of senior housing facilities, including but not limited to senior apartments and skilled nursing facilities.
 
OUR GROWTH STRATEGIES
 
Our objective is to maximize total returns to our stockholders through the payment of consistent cash distributions and the achievement of long-term capital appreciation in our properties through the pursuit of the following growth strategies:
 
Ø   Capitalize on network of relationships to pursue off-market transactions.   We plan to pursue off-market transactions in our target markets through the long-standing relationships our management team has developed over the past 20 years. We believe these relationships will be a significant source of senior housing acquisition opportunities.
 
Ø   Utilize creative and flexible transaction structures to participate in operating improvements .  We intend to capitalize on our management team’s prior experience in utilizing creative and flexible acquisition, management and lease structures that allow senior housing REITs to capture potential growth in facility-level cash flows.
 
Ø   Maximize value through active asset management .  Based on our management team’s prior experience, we expect to allocate a significant portion of our staffing resources to asset management based on an active ownership philosophy that engages our facility operators in a cooperative relationship. Although we do not intend to operate our senior housing facilities directly, we will actively participate with our facility operators in various aspects of the operations of our facilities,


6


Table of Contents

  including positioning and repositioning, operations analysis, physical design, renovation, capital improvements, resident experience and overall strategic direction.
 
SUMMARY RISK FACTORS
 
An investment in our common stock involves various risks. You should carefully consider the matters discussed in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18 of this prospectus before you decide whether to invest in our common stock. Some of the risks include the following:
 
Ø   We have no operating history and may not be able to successfully operate our business or generate sufficient operating cash flows to make or sustain distributions to our stockholders.
 
Ø   If we are unable to timely complete the purchase of the six senior housing facilities we currently have under contract or at all, we will have no immediate designated use for substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we may experience delays in locating and securing attractive alternative investments, and we will have incurred substantial expenses without our stockholders realizing the expected benefits.
 
Ø   We depend on the efforts and expertise of the members of our management team and our business would be adversely affected by the loss of their services.
 
Ø   Upon completion of the acquisition of the six senior housing facilities that we currently have under contract, all six of the facilities will be leased to affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management which will account for substantially all of our revenues.
 
Ø   Due to our concentration in senior housing, a downturn in the senior housing or general health care industry would adversely affect our operations and financial condition.
 
Ø   To the extent we use the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement to make distributions to our stockholders, the amount of cash we have available to invest in senior housing facilities or for other purposes would be reduced.
 
Ø   We will depend on our facility operators for a significant portion of our revenues and operating income. Any inability or unwillingness by our facility operators to satisfy their obligations to us under their agreements with us could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Ø   There is no assurance that purchasers of common stock in this offering will receive warrants, and, upon issuance of the warrants, if any are issued, the exercise price of the warrants could exceed the current market trading price of our common stock.
 
Ø   If warrants are issued to purchasers of our common stock in this offering, the dilutive effect of the warrants could have an adverse effect on the future market price of our common stock.
 
Ø   Our failure to qualify, or our failure to remain qualified, as a REIT would result in higher taxes and reduced cash available for distribution to our stockholders.
 
OUR ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE
 
We were formed as a Maryland corporation on April 7, 2010. We are the sole general partner of our operating partnership, Legacy Healthcare Properties, LP, the subsidiary through which we will conduct substantially all of our operations and make substantially all of our investments. Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we will contribute to our operating partnership the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement as our initial capital contribution in exchange for units of limited partnership interests in our operating partnership, or OP units. In the future, we may issue OP units as consideration for the purchase of senior housing facilities or in accordance with our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.


7


Table of Contents

The following chart shows our anticipated operating structure and the anticipated ownership structure of our company following completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement:
 
(FLOW CHART)
 
(1) Includes an aggregate of (i) 324,324 shares of our common stock that certain of our executive officers have agreed to purchase in the concurrent private placement and (ii) an aggregate of 25,000 shares of restricted common stock that we will grant to our director nominees pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering.


8


Table of Contents

 
TAX STATUS
 
We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending on December 31, 2010. Our qualification as a REIT will depend upon our ability to meet, on a continuing basis, through actual investment and operating results, various complex requirements under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, relating to, among other things, the sources of our gross income, the composition and values of our assets, our distribution levels and the diversity of ownership of our shares. We believe that we will be organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Code and that our intended manner of operation will enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010 and continuing thereafter.
 
As a REIT, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on our taxable income that we distribute currently to our stockholders. Under the Code, REITs are subject to numerous organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement that they distribute each year at least 90% of their taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gains. If we fail to qualify for taxation as a REIT in any taxable year and do not qualify for certain statutory relief provisions, our income for that year will be taxed at regular corporate rates, and we will be disqualified from taxation as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which we ceased to qualify as a REIT. Even if we qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, we may still be subject to state and local taxes on our income and assets and to federal income and excise taxes on our undistributed income. Additionally, any income earned by our TRS lessee and any other TRS will be fully subject to federal, state and local corporate income tax.
 
In order for the income from our health care real estate operations to constitute “rents from real property” for purposes of the gross income tests required for REIT qualification under the Code, we cannot directly operate any of our facilities. Instead, we must lease our facilities. In some cases, we expect to lease our facilities to our TRS lessee. Our TRS lessee will pay rent to us that can qualify as “rents from real property,” provided that the facilities leased to the TRS lessee are treated as “qualified health care facilities” and the TRS lessee engages facility operators that are “eligible independent contractors” to manage the facilities. A TRS is a corporate subsidiary of a REIT that jointly elects with the REIT to be treated as a TRS of the REIT and that pays federal income tax at regular corporate rates on its taxable income. By leasing certain facilities to our TRS lessee, we will be able to participate in the operating growth at these facilities on an after-tax basis. Our facilities that are not leased to our TRS lessee will generally be leased to third-party facility operators pursuant to long-term net leases that provide for base rent subject to annual escalators plus percentage rent based on gross revenues or we may lease the units at certain of the facilities directly to the residents and provide services to those residents through a TRS. As further described in “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations,” following the completion of this offering, our receipt of the private letter ruling from the IRS that we intend to request confirming our ability to lease the facilities we have under contract to our TRS lessee and the regulatory approvals required to transfer the operating licenses for these facilities to our TRS lessee, we intend to lease these initial facilities to our TRS lessee. Pending receipt of these approvals, we will enter into new leases with affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management, the management company that currently operates these facilities, for Lake Barrington Woods, Bella Terra, Baywinde—Castle Pointe, Chancellor’s Village and Mangrove Bay and will continue to lease the New York assisted living facilities to affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management pursuant to the existing leases for these facilities. If the IRS does not confirm our ability to use a TRS lessee for certain of these facilities, we will either lease the units at the facilities directly to the residents and use a TRS to provide services to the residents or net lease the facilities to an affiliate of Senior Lifestyle Management under a long-term net lease that provides for the payment of base rent subject to annual escalators as well as additional percentage rent based on gross revenues.


9


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTION POLICY
 
We intend to make distributions consistent with our intent to be taxed as a REIT under the Code. We intend to make regular quarterly distributions to our common stockholders out of funds legally available therefor beginning at such time as our board of directors determines that we have acquired senior housing facilities generating sufficient cash flow to do so. Until we invest a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement in senior housing facilities, we expect our distributions will be nominal. We cannot predict the timing of our senior housing facility investments or when we will commence paying quarterly distributions.
 
In order to qualify for taxation as a REIT, we intend to make annual distributions to our stockholders of at least 90% of our REIT taxable income each year, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gains. We cannot assure you as to when we will begin to generate sufficient cash flow to make distributions to our stockholders or our ability to sustain those distributions. Distributions will be authorized by our board of directors and declared by us based upon a variety of factors deemed relevant by our directors. Distributions to our stockholders generally will be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary income; however, because a significant portion of our investments will be equity ownership interests in senior housing facilities, which will generate depreciation and other non-cash charges against our income, a portion of our distributions may constitute a tax-free return of capital. To the extent consistent with maintaining our qualification as a REIT, we may retain any earnings that accumulate in our TRS lessee or any other TRS.
 
RESTRICTIONS ON OWNERSHIP OF OUR COMMON STOCK
 
In order to help us qualify as a REIT, among other reasons, our charter, subject to certain exceptions, restricts the amount of our shares that a person may beneficially or constructively own. Our charter provides that, subject to certain exceptions, no person may beneficially or constructively own more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock. Our charter also contains other restrictions on ownership and transfer which are described under “Description of Securities—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”
 
Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may prospectively or retroactively exempt a person from the ownership limit and certain other restrictions on ownership and transfer in our charter and may establish or increase an excepted holder percentage limit for such person.
 
The warrant agreement also contains restrictions on the number of our warrants that a person may exercise. The warrant agreement provides that no person may exercise a warrant if the exercise would cause the person to beneficially or constructively own more than 9.8% of our common stock or otherwise violate any of the other ownership restrictions in our charter, assuming we elect to issue shares of common stock rather than paying cash upon exercise of the warrant.
 
OUR INFORMATION
 
Our principal executive offices are located at 189 South Orange Avenue, South Tower, Suite 1150, Orlando, Florida 32801. Our telephone number is (407) 412-9200. We expect to maintain a website at www.LRPreit.com upon completion of this offering. The contents of our website are not a part of this prospectus.


10


Table of Contents

 
The offering
 
Common stock we are offering 8,750,000 shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering and the concurrent private placement 9,099,324 shares (1)
 
Use of proceeds We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement to our operating partnership. Our operating partnership will use approximately $81.9 million of the net proceeds to fund the cash portion of the $240.0 million contractual purchase price for the six senior housing facilities that we currently have under contract, and approximately $3.0 million to pay the closing costs related to the acquisition. Our operating partnership will use the remaining net proceeds to invest in additional senior housing facilities in accordance with our investment strategy described in this prospectus and for general business purposes. Prior to the full investment of the remaining net proceeds in senior housing facilities, we intend to invest the remaining net proceeds in interest-bearing, short-term securities or money-market accounts that are consistent with our intention to qualify as a REIT. These initial investments are expected to provide a lower net return than we will seek to achieve from investments in senior housing facilities. We will use approximately $0.1 million of the net proceeds to reimburse out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Mr. Hutchison and his affiliates in connection with our formation, approximately $0.6 million to reimburse offering expenses which Mr. Hutchison has advanced on our behalf, and approximately $0.7 million to reimburse costs incurred by Mr. Hutchison in connection with the acquisition of our initial portfolio, primarily the earnest money deposit that Mr. Hutchison advanced on our behalf. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Proposed NYSE common stock symbol “LRP”
 
Contingent warrants we are offering Up to 8,750,000 warrants (2)
 
Description of contingent warrants Upon the occurrence of the events and satisfaction of the conditions described below, each purchaser of shares of common stock in this offering will receive warrants to purchase an additional amount of common stock. Each warrant, if issued, will be exercisable for five years after the date of the warrants’ issuance, or earlier upon redemption by us. The exercise price to purchase one full share of common stock under the warrants will be equal to the initial public offering price of our common stock in this offering, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation of our company. However, the warrant exercise price will not be adjusted for issuances of our common stock at


11


Table of Contents

a price below the warrant exercise price or for any regular quarterly cash distributions. The amount of common stock that each warrant will give the holder the right to purchase per share of common stock purchased in this offering will depend on the extent to which the 30-day volume weighted average price (VWAP) of our common stock over the 30-day period commencing on the first trading day of our common stock on the NYSE, or the 30-day VWAP, is below the initial public offering price per share of our common stock. The events that must occur and the conditions that must be satisfied in order for purchasers of common stock in this offering to receive warrants are as follows:
 
Ø  Warrants will only be issuable if (i) the 30-day VWAP of our common stock is below the initial public offering price and (ii) the warrants are approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance, on the NYSE or NYSE Amex.
 
Ø  If the 30-day VWAP is below the initial public offering price and the warrants are so approved, each purchaser of our common stock in the initial public offering will receive one warrant for each share of our common stock that it purchased in the initial public offering and that it holds continuously throughout such 30-day period.
 
Ø  The actual number of shares that each warrant will give the holder the right to purchase in respect of each qualifying share held by a qualifying stockholder will be determined based on the extent to which the 30-day VWAP is below the initial public offering price, as follows:
 
         
    Number of warrant shares to be issued
 
30-day VWAP (a)   in respect of each qualifying share (b)(c)  
   
 
$18.50
    0.000  
$18.25
    0.060  
$18.00
    0.125  
$17.75
    0.200  
$17.50
    0.275  
$17.25
    0.350  
$17.00
    0.425  
$16.75
    0.525  
$16.50
    0.625  
$16.25
    0.750  
$16.00
    0.875  
$15.75 or below
    1.000  
 
 
(a) Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.50 per share, the midpoint of the initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus.
 
(b) If the 30-day VWAP is between two of the 30-day VWAP data points shown above, the number of shares that will be issuable pursuant to each warrant will be


12


Table of Contents

determined by a straight-line interpolation between the two VWAP data points (rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of a share).
 
(c) A minimum of 200,000 warrants will be issued to satisfy the applicable NYSE Amex listing standards.
 
Ø  Purchasers who are eligible to receive warrants must complete, sign and return a contingent warrant issuance form to us, in which they, among other things, represent and warrant as to the number of shares of common stock that they purchased in this offering, the number of shares that they have held for the full 30-day period commencing on the first trading day of our common stock on the NYSE and that they have not, directly or indirectly, sold, offered, contracted or granted any option to sell (including without limitation any short sale), pledged, transferred, established an open put equivalent position on, or otherwise disposed of, or publicly announced an intention to do any of the foregoing, with respect to any of the shares held for the full 30-day period.
 
Ø  Assuming one share of our common stock is issuable upon exercise of each warrant, all purchasers of common stock in the initial public offering hold all of their shares for the full 30-day period and we do not exercise our option to pay cash in lieu of issuing shares upon exercise of warrants, the maximum number of shares of common stock that could be issued upon full exercise of all possible warrants is 8,750,000 shares (or, in the event the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, 10,062,500 shares). See “Description of Securities—Contingent Warrants.”
 
Option to pay cash in lieu of issuing shares upon exercise of warrants Upon the valid exercise of a warrant, we have the right, but not the obligation, to pay cash in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares of common stock that are issuable to the holder as a result of the exercise.
 
Redemption of contingent warrants At any time while the warrants are exercisable and there is an effective registration statement covering the shares of our common stock that are issuable upon exercise of the warrants available and a current prospectus relating to the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants available for use by the holders of the warrants, we may call all outstanding warrants for redemption, in whole and not in part, at a price of $0.01 per warrant upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder and the warrant agent if, and only if, the reported last sale price of our common stock equals or exceeds $27.75 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending on the third business day prior to but not including the date on which notice of redemption is delivered to warrant holders and the warrant agent. We will call the warrants for redemption by mailing a notice of redemption to each warrant holder and the


13


Table of Contents

warrant agent. We will also announce the redemption, including the specified redemption date, at the time of mailing of the notice of redemption by filing a Current Report on Form 8-K. The right to exercise will be forfeited unless the warrants are exercised prior to the date specified in the notice of redemption.
 
Warrant agent Mellon Investor Services LLC
 
Proposed NYSE or NYSE Amex warrant symbol “LRP WS’’
 
Ownership and transfer restrictions Our charter, subject to certain exceptions, limits beneficial and constructive ownership to no more than 9.8% by value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock. See “Description of Securities—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”
 
 
(1) As of the date of this prospectus, we have a total of 1,000 shares of common stock outstanding. We sold these shares to Mr. Hutchison in connection with our formation and initial capitalization for total consideration of $1,000. At the closing of this offering, we will repurchase these shares from Mr. Hutchison for $1,000. Accordingly, the 1,000 shares of common stock that we currently have outstanding are excluded from the number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering. The number of shares to be outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering includes:
 
  Ø   shares of our common stock that we are offering in this offering;
 
  Ø   an aggregate of 324,324 shares of our common stock that our executive officers have agreed to purchase in the concurrent private placement; and
 
  Ø   an aggregate of 25,000 shares of restricted common stock that will be granted to our director nominees pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering.
 
The number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering excludes:
 
  Ø   1,312,500 shares of our common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option;
 
  Ø   any shares of common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of warrants that may be issued in connection with this offering; and
 
  Ø   any additional shares that are available for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
(2) The number of contingent warrants we are offering assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option.


14


Table of Contents

 
Summary pro forma financial and other data
 
The following summary pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2010 has been prepared to reflect adjustments to our historical consolidated balance sheet to illustrate the estimated effect of the following transactions as if they had occurred on June 30, 2010:
 
(i)   the initial public offering of 8,750,000 shares of our common stock for an assumed initial public offering price of $18.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus net of the underwriting discounts and commissions, and the offering of warrants to purchase up to an additional 8,750,000 shares of our common stock, which warrants would be issued only to investors who purchase shares of common stock in this offering if certain events occur and certain conditions are satisfied;
 
(ii)  the concurrent private placement of 324,324 shares of our common stock to certain of our executive officers for an assumed purchase price of $18.50 per share, without payment of any placement fee;
 
(iii)  the acquisition, following the closing of this offering and the concurrent private placement, of the six senior housing facilities we have under contract for approximately $81.9 million in cash, funded from the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement, the assumption of approximately $158.1 million of long-term indebtedness, the payment of approximately $3.0 million of closing costs and the assumption of approximately $15.7 million of deposit liabilities relating to deferred and refundable resident entrance fees associated with the six facilities; and
 
(iv)  the grant pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan of an aggregate of 25,000 shares of restricted common stock to our director nominees upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement.
 
The following summary pro forma condensed consolidated operating data for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 has been prepared to illustrate the estimated effect of the transactions described in items (i) through (iv) above, assuming such transactions were completed on January 1, 2009, and also includes our anticipated operating costs and estimated payments under the proposed leases with affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management for Lake Barrington Woods, Bella Terra, Baywinde—Castle Pointe, Chancellor’s Village and Mangrove Bay and the existing leases with affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management for the New York assisted living facilities. The summary pro forma financial information and other data does not reflect the impact of the TRS lessee structure.
 
The following summary pro forma financial and other data should be read in conjunction with (i) our historical audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, (ii) our unaudited pro forma financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, (iii) the historical audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements of WSL Holdings IV, LLC, which we refer to as WSL IV, and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, (iv) the historical audited and unaudited financial statements of Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P., which we refer to as SL Jupiter, and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and (v) the “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections in this prospectus. We have based our unaudited pro forma adjustments on available information and assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The following summary pro forma financial and other data are presented for informational purposes only and do not purport to be indicative of our results of operations or financial condition even if the various events and transactions reflected therein had occurred on the dates, or been in effect during the periods indicated. The following summary pro forma financial and other data should not be viewed as indicative of our future results of operations or financial condition.


15


Table of Contents

The following table presents our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2010 (in thousands):
 
         
    Pro forma
    June 30,
    2010
 
 
Health care properties
  $ 257,155  
Cash and cash equivalents
    72,257  
Total assets
    330,992  
Long term debt
    158,075  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 330,992  
 
The following table presents our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated operating data for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
                 
    Pro forma
       
    six months
    Pro forma
 
    ended
    year ended
 
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
   
 
Operating Data
               
Revenues
               
Rental income
  $ 8,619     $ 17,140  
Net residence services
           
Membership fees
          317  
                 
Total revenues
  $ 8,619     $ 17,457  
                 
Operating expenses
               
Salaries and benefits
    1,362       2,676  
Real estate taxes and insurance
    178       355  
General and administrative
    527       984  
Property acquisition costs
    408       408  
Depreciation and amortization
    3,321       6,643  
                 
Total operating expenses
  $ 5,796     $ 11,066  
                 
Net operating income
    2,823       6,391  
                 
Interest expense and loan cost amortization
    (2,119 )     (4,994 )
                 
Net income
  $ 704     $ 1,397  
                 
Net income per share
               
Basic and diluted
    0.08       0.15  
Weighted average number of shares outstanding
               
Basic and diluted
    9,099,324       9,099,324  
Other Data
               
Funds from operations
  $ 4,025     $ 8,040  
EBITDA
  $ 6,144     $ 13,034  


16


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of our pro forma net income to pro forma funds from operations, or FFO, for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 (in thousands):
 
                 
    Pro forma
       
    six months
    Pro forma
 
    ended
    year ended
 
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
   
 
Net income
  $ 704     $ 1,397  
Depreciation and amortization
    3,321       6,643  
                 
Funds from operations
  $ 4,025     $ 8,040  
                 
 
The following table presents a reconciliation of our pro forma net income to our pro forma EBITDA for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 (in thousands):
 
                 
    Pro forma
       
    six months
    Pro forma
 
    ended
    year ended
 
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
   
 
Net income
  $ 704     $ 1,397  
Depreciation and amortization
    3,321       6,643  
Interest expense and loan cost amortization
    2,119       4,994  
                 
EBITDA
  $ 6,144     $ 13,034  
                 
 
FFO and EBITDA are not financial measures computed under United States generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. For additional information, see “Selected Pro Forma Financial Information.”


17


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
An investment in our common stock involves risks. In addition to other information contained in this prospectus, you should carefully consider the following risks before acquiring shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. The occurrence of any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations, our ability to make cash distributions to our stockholders and the market price of our common stock, which could cause you to lose all or a significant portion of your investment in our common stock. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
 
RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS
 
We have no operating history and may not be able to successfully operate our business or generate sufficient operating cash flows to make or sustain distributions to our stockholders.
 
We were organized in April 2010 and have no operating history. We currently own no senior housing facilities and will only commence operations upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement. Our ability to make or sustain distributions to our stockholders will depend on many factors, including our availability to identify attractive acquisition opportunities that satisfy our investment criteria, our success in completing acquisitions on favorable terms, the level and volatility of interest rates, readily accessible short-term and long-term financing on favorable terms, and conditions in the financial markets, the real estate market and the economy. We will face competition in acquiring high quality senior housing facilities. The value of the facilities that we acquire may decline substantially after we purchase them. Additionally, the past performance of CNL Retirement and CNL Hotels & Resorts, or CNL Hotels, contained herein should not be viewed as an indication of the future performance of our company. There can be no guarantee that we will have similar opportunities to invest in assets that generate similar returns.
 
We may not be able to successfully operate our business or implement our operating policies and strategies successfully, which may affect our ability to make or sustain distributions to our stockholders. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that we will be able to generate sufficient operating cash flows to pay our operating expenses and make distributions to our stockholders.
 
We are a newly formed company and subject to the risks of any newly established business enterprise.
 
As a newly formed company, we are subject to the risks of any newly established business enterprise, including risks that we will be unable to attract and retain qualified personnel, create effective operating and financial controls and systems or effectively manage our anticipated growth, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and our operating results.
 
We have not yet committed a substantial portion of the net proceeds from this offering to any specific senior housing facilities other than the six facilities we currently have under contract and, therefore, you will be unable to evaluate the allocation of a substantial amount of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement or the economic merits of some of our acquisitions prior to making your investment decision.
 
We have not yet committed a substantial portion of the net proceeds from this offering to any specific senior housing facilities other than the six facilities we currently have under contract, and therefore, you will be unable to evaluate the allocation of a substantial amount of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement or the economic merits of some of our acquisitions prior to


18


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
making your investment decision. As a result, we will have broad authority to invest the net proceeds in any real estate investments that we may identify in the future and we may use those proceeds to make investments with which you may not agree. In addition, our investment policies may be amended or revised from time to time at the discretion of our board of directors, without a vote of our stockholders. These factors will increase the uncertainty, and thus the risk, of investing in our common stock. Our failure to apply the net proceeds effectively or find suitable facilities to acquire in a timely manner or on acceptable terms could result in returns that are substantially below expectations or result in losses.
 
Until appropriate investments can be identified, we intend to invest the net proceeds in interest-bearing, short-term securities or money-market accounts that are consistent with our intention to qualify as a REIT. These investments are expected to provide a lower net return than we will seek to achieve from our investments in senior housing facilities. We may not be able to identify senior housing facilities that meet our investment criteria, we may not be successful in completing any investment we identify and our investments may not produce acceptable, or any, returns. We may be unable to invest the proceeds on acceptable terms, or at all.
 
If we are unable to timely complete the purchase of the six senior housing facilities we currently have under contract or at all, we will have no immediate designated use for substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we may experience delays in locating and securing attractive alternative investments, and we will have incurred substantial expenses without our stockholders realizing the expected benefits.
 
We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement to fund the cash portion of the purchase price for the six senior housing facilities that we currently have under contract. We cannot assure you that we will acquire any of these facilities because the acquisitions are subject to a variety of factors, such as the satisfaction of closing conditions, including receipt of certain licenses, lender consents and other third-party consents and approvals. If we acquire any of these facilities, we must acquire all of them. As a result, we cannot terminate the purchase of a particular facility, even if there is a problem with that facility, without jeopardizing our ability to acquire the other facilities. If we are unable to complete the purchase of the six facilities that we currently have under contract, we will have no specific designated use for the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement and investors will be unable to evaluate in advance the manner in which we invest, or the economic merits of the facilities we may ultimately acquire with, the net proceeds.
 
In addition, if we do not complete the purchase of the facilities within our anticipated time frame or at all, we may experience delays in locating and securing attractive alternative investments. These delays could result in our future operating results not meeting expectations and adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Furthermore, if we are unable to complete the purchase of the six senior housing facilities we have under contract, we may forfeit a deposit of up to $20.5 million. If we do not complete the purchase of these facilities, other than as a result of the failure of the sellers to satisfy their obligations or the failure of certain other conditions precedent to closing under the purchase agreement, we will forfeit the deposit.
 
The new leases that we intend to enter into with affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management and the new management agreements are subject to lender approval and may change following the completion of this offering in a manner that adversely affects us.
 
The new leases that we intend to enter into with affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management are subject to lender approval and may change following the completion of this offering. If the lender requires us to modify the terms of the new leases, including the termination provisions, our ability to implement the TRS lessee structure, pending receipt of the private letter ruling discussed under “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations” and the regulatory approvals required to transfer the operating licenses, could be


19


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
negatively impacted. The new management agreements that the tenants of the facilities, including, if we obtain the New York state regulatory approvals required to transfer the current facility operators to affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management, the New York assisted living facilities, will enter into with Senior Lifestyle Management are subject to lender approval and may change following completion of this offering. Further, if the lender requires changes to the economic terms of these leases or management agreements, these changes may adversely impact our financial results and cause our actual rental revenue to differ from the expected rental revenue reflected in the pro forma financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition, there is a possibility that the applicable state healthcare agencies may request modifications to the new leases or management agreements in connection with reviewing the operating license applications.
 
Our facilities may be subject to unknown or contingent liabilities which could cause us to incur substantial costs.
 
The senior housing facilities that we acquire may be subject to unknown or contingent liabilities for which we may have no recourse, or only limited recourse, against the sellers. In general, the representations and warranties provided under the transaction agreements related to our acquisition of senior housing facilities may not survive the closing of the transactions. While we will likely seek to require the sellers to indemnify us with respect to breaches of representations and warranties that survive and with respect to pre-closing liabilities that we do not agree to assume, such indemnification may be limited and subject to various materiality thresholds, a significant deductible or an aggregate cap on indemnifiable losses. For example, the purchase and sale agreement relating to the six senior housing facilities provides that, if the closing occurs, the liability of the seller will not, in the aggregate, exceed $500,000 for claims arising out of breaches of the sellers’ representations and warranties, in the case of the facility located in Florida, and $1.5 million, in the case of the other facilities. There is no guarantee that we will recover any amounts with respect to losses due to breaches by the sellers of their representations and warranties or arising out of successor liability from pre-closing liabilities. In addition, the total amount of costs and expenses that may be incurred with respect to liabilities associated with these facilities may exceed our expectations, and we may experience other unanticipated adverse effects, all of which may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Our remedies will be limited if the sellers default and fail to perform their contractual obligations under the purchase agreement that relates to the six senior housing facilities we currently have under contract.
 
In the event that the sellers of these six senior housing facilities that we currently have under contract fail to perform their contractual obligations, we will have limited remedies. For example, if the sellers default, we would have the right to seek specific performance. In seeking specific performance, we would face considerable delays and expense in completing the acquisition of these facilities, if at all. Pursuing specific performance may also prevent or delay us from identifying and acquiring attractive alternative investments in which to invest the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement. If we were to elect to terminate the agreement in lieu of pursuing a lawsuit, our remedies would likely be limited to the return of our deposit and, in certain circumstances where the sellers have acted intentionally, reimbursement of our actual due diligence costs (not to exceed $350,000) plus, where the sellers have acted both intentionally and in bad faith, the additional payment to us of liquidated damages of $1.5 million. We cannot assure you that our deposit will be returned or the sellers will have sufficient funds to reimburse our due diligence expenses or pay the liquidated damages.


20


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
Our due diligence has been limited and we are obtaining limited representations and warranties in the purchase and sale agreement related to our acquisition of the six senior housing facilities we have under contract.
 
The purchase and sale agreement for the six senior housing facilities contains limited representations and warranties regarding these facilities. For example, while the sellers have represented that they have provided all material environmental reports prepared by third party consultants relating to the facilities that are in their possession, the environmental representations relating to such facilities (1) are generally qualified by the sellers’ knowledge, (2) do not specifically include violations of environmental laws by the sellers, the entities that own or ground lease the facilities, the tenants, or the business that manages the facilities, and (3) do not include representations regarding remediation of hazardous materials (including mold or infectious medical waste) at the facilities or the properties.
 
We have not obtained recent independent appraisals of the six facilities we have under contract and there is no assurance that the purchase price we have agreed to pay for these facilities does not exceed their current fair market value.
 
We have not obtained recent independent appraisals of the six facilities we have under contract. The most recent independent appraisals performed on these six facilities, which were performed more than two years ago when the current owners obtained debt financing on the facilities, are not reflective of the current fair market value of the facilities. There is no assurance that the purchase price we have agreed to pay for these facilities does not exceed their current fair market value.
 
There can be no assurance that we will complete the acquisition of any of the senior housing facilities that we have identified as potential acquisition targets or that we will identify other senior housing facilities for acquisition.
 
There can be no assurance that we will complete the acquisition of any of the senior housing facilities that we have identified as potential acquisition targets, including the senior housing facility we have under non-binding letter of intent, or that we will be able identify other acquisition targets that meet our investment criteria. Our acquisition of the senior housing facilities that we have identified as potential acquisition targets, or of any other senior housing properties that we identify in the future, will depend on, among other things, the willingness of the parties to proceed with the contemplated transaction and our ability to negotiate mutually satisfactory acquisition terms with the sellers and to enter into binding purchase and sale agreements with the sellers. Even if we do enter into binding purchase and sale agreements, we cannot assure you that the closing conditions under those agreements will be satisfied and that we will close on the acquisitions. Our inability to acquire properties in the future that satisfy our investment criteria would have an adverse effect on our operating results and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.
 
We may not be successful in identifying and completing off-market acquisitions and other suitable acquisitions or investment opportunities, which may impede our growth and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
A key component of our growth strategy is to acquire senior housing facilities before they are widely marketed by the owners, or “off-market.” Facilities that are acquired off-market are typically more attractive to us as a purchaser because of the absence of a formal marketing process, which could lead to higher prices. If we cannot obtain off-market deal flow in the future, our ability to locate and acquire facilities at attractive prices could be materially and adversely affected.


21


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
We expect to compete for investment opportunities with entities that may have substantially greater financial resources than we have. These entities generally may be able to accept more risk than we can prudently manage. This competition may generally limit the number of suitable investment opportunities offered to us or the number of facilities that we are able to acquire. This competition may also increase the bargaining power of facility owners seeking to sell to us, making it more difficult for us to acquire new facilities on attractive terms.
 
Because our management team will have broad discretion to invest the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement, it may make investments where the returns are substantially below expectations or which result in net operating losses.
 
Our management team will have broad discretion, within the general investment criteria established by our board of directors, to invest the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement and to determine the timing of such investments. Our management team may therefore make investments where the returns are substantially below expectations or which result in net losses.
 
Our investment policies are subject to revision from time to time in our board’s discretion, which could diminish stockholder returns below expectations.
 
Our investment policies may be amended or revised from time to time at the discretion of our board of directors, without a vote of our stockholders. Such discretion could result in investments that may not yield returns consistent with investors’ expectations.
 
We depend on the efforts and expertise of the members of our management team and our business would be adversely affected by the loss of their services.
 
We depend on the efforts and expertise of the members of our management team, including Mr. Hutchison, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Anderson, our President and Chief Operating Officer, to execute our strategy. The loss of the services of the members of our management team, and our inability to find suitable replacements, would have an adverse effect on our business.
 
We intend to invest primarily in high quality private-pay senior housing facilities, a segment of the senior housing market that is highly competitive.
 
Private-pay senior housing is a competitive segment of the senior housing industry. Our senior housing facilities will compete on the basis of location, affordability, quality of service, reputation and availability of alternative care environments. Our senior housing facilities will rely on the willingness and ability of seniors to select senior housing options. Our facility operators may have competitors with greater marketing and financial resources and may be able to offer incentives or reduce fees charged to residents thereby potentially reducing the perceived affordability of our facilities during downturns in the economy. Additionally, the high demand for quality caregivers in a given market could increase the costs associated with providing care and services to residents. These and other factors could cause the amount of our revenue generated by private payment sources to decline or our operating expenses to increase. In periods of weak demand, as may occur during a general economic recession, profitability is negatively affected by the relatively high fixed costs of operating a senior housing facility.


22


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
Failure of the general economy to exhibit improvement or other events that adversely affect the ability of seniors to afford the fees and costs associated with living in a senior housing facility could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Costs to seniors associated with senior housing facilities are generally not reimbursable under government reimbursement programs such as Medicaid and Medicare. Only seniors with income or assets meeting or exceeding certain standards can typically afford to pay our resident and service fees and, in some cases, entrance fees. Economic downturns, softness in the housing market, reductions or declining growth of government entitlement programs, such as social security benefits, or stock market volatility could adversely affect the ability of seniors to afford the fees for our senior housing facilities. If our facility operators are unable to retain and/or attract seniors with sufficient income, assets or other resources required to pay entrance and other resident fees charged at our senior housing facilities, our occupancy rates could decline, which could, in turn, materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
The inability of seniors to sell their homes could negatively impact occupancy rates, revenues, cash flows and results of operations of the facilities we acquire.
 
Recent housing price declines and reduced home mortgage availability have negatively affected the U.S. housing market, with certain geographic areas experiencing more acute deterioration than others. Downturns in the housing markets, such as the one we have recently experienced, could adversely affect the ability (or perceived ability) of seniors to afford our entrance fees and resident fees as potential residents frequently use the proceeds from the sale of their homes to cover the cost of these fees. Specifically, if seniors have a difficult time selling their homes, these difficulties could impact their ability to relocate into or finance their stays at our facilities with private resources. If the recent volatility in the housing market continues for a prolonged period, our occupancy rates, revenues, cash flows and results of operations could be negatively impacted.
 
Upon completion of the acquisition of the six senior housing facilities that we currently have under contract, all six of the facilities will be leased to affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management which will account for substantially all of our revenues.
 
Upon completion of the acquisition of the six senior housing facilities that we currently have under contract, all six of the facilities will be leased to affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management which will account for substantially all of our revenues. This concentration of credit risk in one facility operator makes us more vulnerable economically than if we entered into leases and management agreements with several facility operators. Any adverse developments in this facility operator’s business and affairs, financial strength or ability to operate our facilities efficiently and effectively could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We cannot assure you that this facility operator will have sufficient assets, income and access to financing and insurance coverage to enable it satisfy its lease obligations to us or effectively and efficiently operate the six facilities we intend to acquire with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement. The failure or inability of this facility operator to satisfy its lease obligations to us or effectively and efficiently operate these facilities would materially reduce our revenues and net income, which could in turn reduce the amount of our distributable cash and cause our stock price to decline. Our pursuit of any remedies upon a default under any agreement between us and the facility operator may be impacted by our consideration of the effect such remedies will have on other facilities leased to or managed by the facility operator.
 
With respect to senior housing facilities that we lease to our facility operators, we will depend on our facility operators for a significant portion of our revenues and operating income. Any


23


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
inability or unwillingness by our facility operators to satisfy their obligations to us under their agreements with us could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
With respect to senior housing facilities that we lease to our facility operators, rental income paid by our facility operators will be a significant source of our total revenues and operating income. Since our leases with our facility operators generally will be net leases, we will depend on our facility operators not only for rental income, but also to pay insurance, taxes, utilities and maintenance and repair expenses in connection with the leased facilities. Any inability or unwillingness by our facility operators to make rental payments to us or to otherwise satisfy their obligations under their agreements with us could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders. Any failure by our facility operators to effectively conduct their operations could adversely affect their business reputation and ability to attract and retain residents in facilities we lease to our facility operators. This could also have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders. We anticipate that our leases will require our facility operators to indemnify, defend and hold us harmless from and against various claims, litigation and liabilities arising in connection with our facility operators’ respective businesses. We cannot assure you that our facility operators or their respective subsidiaries will have sufficient assets, income, access to financing and insurance coverage to enable it to satisfy these indemnification obligations.
 
With respect to senior housing facilities leased to our TRS lessee, adverse developments in our facility operators’ respective businesses, affairs or financial condition could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
With respect to senior housing facilities leased to our TRS lessee, these facilities will be operated by our facility operators pursuant to incentivized management agreements. Although we expect our TRS lessee to have various rights as the lessee of these facilities under these management agreements, we will rely on our facility operators’ personnel, good faith, expertise, historical performance, technical resources and information systems, proprietary information and judgment to manage the facilities leased to our TRS lessee efficiently and effectively. We also will rely on our facility operators to set resident fees, to provide accurate property-level financial results for our facilities in a timely manner and to otherwise operate those facilities in accordance with the terms of our management agreements and in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. Various factors could cause our facility operators’ costs to operate these facilities to increase. For example, a shortage of trained personnel or general inflationary pressures may force our facility operators to enhance the pay and benefits packages offered to compete effectively for such personnel, and our facility operators may not be able to offset such added costs by increasing the rates charged to residents. Increases in our facility operators’ costs, failure on the part of our facility operators to attract and retain qualified personnel or changes in our facility operators’ management teams could adversely affect the revenue we receive from the facilities leased to our TRS lessee and operated by our facility operators.
 
Our facility operators may be subject to significant legal actions that could subject them to increased operating costs and substantial uninsured liabilities, which may affect their ability to meet their obligations to us.
 
Our facility operators may be subject to claims that their services have resulted in resident injury or other adverse effects. The insurance coverage that will be maintained by our facility operators, whether through commercial insurance or self-insurance, may not cover all claims made against them or continue to be available at a reasonable cost, if at all. In some states, insurance coverage for the risk of punitive damages arising from professional liability and general liability claims and/or litigation may not, in certain cases, be available to our facility operators due to state law prohibitions or limitations of availability. As a result, our facility operators operating in these states may be liable for punitive damage awards that are either not covered or are in excess of their insurance policy limits. From time to time, there may also be


24


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
increases in government investigations of long-term care providers, as well as increases in enforcement actions resulting from these investigations. Insurance is not available to cover such losses. Any adverse determination in a legal proceeding or government investigation, whether currently asserted or arising in the future, could lead to potential termination from government programs, large penalties and fines and otherwise have a material adverse effect on a facility operator’s financial condition. If a facility operator is unable to obtain or maintain insurance coverage, if judgments are obtained in excess of the insurance coverage, if a facility operator is required to pay uninsured punitive damages, or if a facility operator is subject to an uninsurable government enforcement action, the facility operator could be exposed to substantial additional liabilities, which could result in its bankruptcy or insolvency or have a material adverse effect on a facility operator’s business and its ability to meet its obligations to us.
 
Moreover, advocacy groups that monitor the quality of care at senior housing facilities have sued senior housing facility operators and called upon state and federal legislators to enhance their oversight of trends in senior housing facility ownership and quality of care. Patients have also sued senior housing facility operators and have, in certain cases, succeeded in winning very large damage awards for alleged abuses. This litigation and potential litigation in the future will materially increase the costs incurred by our facility operators for monitoring and reporting quality of care compliance. In addition, the cost of medical malpractice and liability insurance has increased and may continue to increase so long as the present litigation environment affecting the operations of senior housing facilities continues. Increased costs could limit our facility operator’s ability to meet their obligations to us, potentially decreasing our revenue and increasing our collection and litigation costs. To the extent we are required to remove or replace a facility operator, our revenue from the affected facility could be reduced or eliminated for an extended period of time.
 
Finally, if we lease a senior housing facility to our TRS lessee rather than leasing the facility to a facility operator, our TRS lessee will become subject to state licensing requirements that apply to senior housing facility operators and our TRS lessee will have increased liability resulting from events or conditions that occur at the facility, including for example injuries to residents at the facility that are caused by the negligence or misconduct of the facility operator or its employees. Insurance may not cover all such liabilities.
 
We face potential adverse consequences of bankruptcy or insolvency by our facility operators.
 
We are exposed to the risk that our facility operators could become bankrupt or insolvent. This risk would be magnified to the extent that a facility operator leased or managed multiple facilities. The bankruptcy and insolvency laws afford certain rights to a party that has filed for bankruptcy or reorganization. For example, a debtor-lessee may reject its lease with us in a bankruptcy proceeding. In such a case, our claim against the debtor-lessee for unpaid and future rents would be limited by the statutory cap of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. This statutory cap might be substantially less than the remaining rent actually owed under the lease, and it is quite likely that any claim we might have for unpaid rent would not be paid in full. In addition, a debtor-lessee may assert in a bankruptcy proceeding that its lease should be re-characterized as a financing agreement. If such a claim is successful, our rights and remedies as a lender, compared to a landlord, would generally be more limited. Similarly, if a debtor-manager seeks bankruptcy protection, the automatic stay provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code would preclude us from enforcing our remedies against the manager unless relief is first obtained from the court having jurisdiction over the bankruptcy case.


25


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
Restrictive covenants in our management agreements could preclude us from taking actions with respect to the sale or refinancing of a senior housing facility that would otherwise be in our best interest.
 
We may enter into management agreements that contain some restrictive covenants or acquire facilities subject to existing management agreements that do not allow us the flexibility to sell or refinance our senior housing facilities without the consent of or obligation to the facility operator. For example, the terms of some management agreements may require that we pay the facility manager a termination fee or a buy-out fee if we or the buyer wishes to terminate the management agreement upon the sale of a facility or may restrict our ability to sell a facility unless the purchaser is not a competitor of the facility operator and assumes the related management agreement and meets specified other conditions. If we enter into any such management agreements, or acquire facilities with such terms, we may be precluded from taking actions that would otherwise be in our best interest or could cause us to incur substantial expense.
 
We may have only limited rights to terminate our management agreements with our facility operators, and we may be unable to replace our facility operators if our management agreements are terminated or not renewed.
 
Various legal and contractual considerations may limit or delay our exercise of any termination rights contained in the management agreements we intend to enter into with facility operators. In the event these management agreements are terminated for any reason or are not renewed upon expiration of their terms, we will have to find another facility operator for the facilities covered by those agreements. We believe there are a number of qualified national and regional senior housing operators that would be interested in managing our facilities. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to locate another suitable facility operator or, if we are successful in locating such a facility operator, that such facility operator will manage the properties effectively and efficiently. Any such inability or lengthy delay in replacing a facility operator following termination or non-renewal of our management agreements could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
If we are unable to successfully manage our growth, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
 
Our ability to grow our business will depend upon our management team’s business contacts and their ability to successfully hire, train, supervise and manage additional personnel, including the team of dedicated asset managers that we intend to employ following completion of this offering. We may not be able to hire and train sufficient personnel or develop management, information and operating systems suitable for our expected growth. If we are unable to manage any future growth effectively, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
 
Our TRS lessee structure subjects us to the risk of increased operating expenses.
 
Our TRS lessee will engage facility operators pursuant to management agreements and will pay these managers a fee for operating the facilities and reimburse certain expenses paid by these managers; however, the TRS lessee will receive all the operating profit or losses at the facility, net of corporate income tax, and we will be subject to the risk of increased operating expenses.


26


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
We will be exposed to various operational risks, liabilities and claims with respect to our senior housing facilities that may adversely affect our ability to generate revenues and/or increase our costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Through our ownership of senior housing facilities, we will be exposed to various operational risks, liabilities and claims with respect to our facilities. These risks include fluctuations in occupancy levels, the inability to achieve economic resident fees (including anticipated increases in those fees), rent control regulations, increases in costs of materials, energy, labor (as a result of unionization or otherwise) and services, national and regional economic conditions, the imposition of new or increased taxes, capital expenditure requirements, professional and general liability claims and the availability and costs of professional and general liability insurance. Any one or a combination of these factors could result in operating deficiencies at our senior housing facilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our facility operators’ results of operations and their ability to meet their obligations to us and operate our facilities effectively and efficiently, which in turn could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Our ability to make distributions to our stockholders is subject to fluctuations in our financial performance, operating results and unanticipated capital improvements requirements.
 
To qualify for taxation as a REIT, we will be required to distribute at least 90% of our REIT taxable income (determined before the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gains) each year to our stockholders, and we generally expect to make distributions in excess of such amount. To the extent we satisfy the 90% distribution requirement but distribute less than 100% of our taxable income, we will be subject to federal income tax on the retained taxable income. In the event of downturns in our operating results, unanticipated capital improvements to our senior housing facilities or other factors we may be unable to declare or pay distributions to our stockholders. The timing and amount of distributions are in the sole discretion of our board of directors which will consider, among other factors, our financial performance, any debt service obligations, any debt covenants, and capital expenditure requirements. We cannot assure you that we will generate sufficient cash in order to fund distributions.
 
We may rely on credit enhancements to our leases for minimum rent payments.
 
Our leases may have credit enhancement provisions, such as guarantees or shortfall reserves provided by a third-party. These credit enhancement provisions may terminate at either a specific time during the lease term or once operating thresholds are met or exceeded. After the termination of a credit enhancement, we may only look to the facility operator to make lease payments, and if our facilities are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to meet minimum rent payments and the facility operator does not otherwise have the resources to make rent payments, our results of operations, financial performance and distributions to stockholders could be adversely affected.
 
We may make distributions to our stockholders before we have fully invested the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement, which would, among other things, reduce our cash available to invest in senior housing facilities and may reduce the returns we are able to generate for our stockholders.
 
Prior to the time we have fully invested the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we may fund distributions to our stockholders for the purpose of satisfying the requirements for qualification as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, or for any other authorized corporate purpose. We may use cash on hand which may include cash flow from operations or net proceeds of


27


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
this offering and the concurrent private placement. In such an event, it is possible that we could make distributions in excess of our earnings and profits and thereby reduce our funds available to invest in senior housing facilities, which may adversely affect our financial results and reduce the returns on your investment in our common stock. In addition, funding such distributions may constitute a return of capital to our stockholders, which could have the effect of reducing each stockholder’s tax basis in our common stock.
 
Our future growth depends on obtaining new financing and if we cannot obtain financing in the future, our growth will be limited.
 
We may not be able to fund acquisitions and capital improvements solely from cash provided from our operating activities because we must distribute to our stockholders at least 90% of our REIT taxable income (determined before the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gains) each year to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. As a result, our ability to fund acquisitions and capital improvements through retained earnings will be limited. Our ability to generate external growth by acquiring senior housing facilities will be limited if we cannot obtain satisfactory debt or equity financing, which will depend on capital markets conditions. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain additional equity or debt financing or that we will be able to obtain such financing on favorable terms. Specifically, while we intend to seek to arrange a credit facility to fund investments and operating activities following the investment of the net proceeds of this offering, we have no commitment from any lender at the current time and there can be no assurance that we will be able to arrange a credit facility in the future on acceptable terms, or at all.
 
Our debt service obligations could adversely affect our overall operating results, may require us to sell facilities, may jeopardize our qualification as a REIT and could adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our stockholders and the market price of our common stock.
 
In connection with the acquisition of the six senior housing facilities that we have under contract, we expect to assume an aggregate of approximately $158.1 million of in-place mortgage debt. These mortgage loans mature on June 1, 2013. Although the in-place mortgage debt is made up of individual mortgage loans related to the individual facilities, most of the mortgage loans contain cross-default and cross-collateralization provisions which means that a default under any one of the loans could trigger a default under the other loans. Furthermore, our business strategy generally contemplates the use of both secured and unsecured debt to finance long-term growth. Our governing documents contain no limitations on the amount of debt that we can incur and our board of directors may approve increases in our leverage at any time without stockholder approval. As a result, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt, including secured debt, in the future. Incurring debt could subject us to many risks, including the risks that:
 
Ø   our operating cash flow will be insufficient to make required payments of principal and interest;
 
Ø   our leverage may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
Ø   we may be required to dedicate a substantial portion of our operating cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing cash available for distribution to our stockholders, funds available for operations and capital expenditures, future business opportunities or other purposes;
 
Ø   the terms of any refinancing we seek may not be as favorable as the terms of the debt being refinanced; and
 
Ø   the terms of our debt may limit our ability to make distributions to our stockholders and the market price of our common stock.


28


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
 
If we violate covenants in our debt agreements, we could be required to repay all or a portion of our indebtedness before maturity at a time when we might be unable to arrange financing for such repayment on attractive terms, if at all.
 
If we are unable to repay our debt obligations in the future, we may be forced to refinance debt or dispose of or encumber our assets, which could adversely affect distributions to stockholders.
 
If we do not have sufficient funds to repay the debt we expect to assume in connection with our acquisition of the six senior housing facilities we have under contract or any other debt we incur in the future at maturity, or before maturity in the event we breach our debt agreements and our lenders exercise their right accelerate repayment, it may be necessary to refinance the debt through additional debt or equity financings. If we are unable to refinance our debt on acceptable terms, we may be forced to dispose of senior housing facilities on disadvantageous terms, potentially resulting in losses. We may place mortgages on senior housing facilities that we acquire to secure a revolving credit facility or other debt. To the extent we cannot meet any future debt service obligations, we will risk losing some or all of our senior housing facilities that may be pledged to secure our obligations to foreclosure. Adverse economic conditions could also cause the terms on which we borrow to be unfavorable. We could be required to liquidate one or more of our senior housing facilities in order to meet our debt service obligations at times which may not permit us to receive an attractive return on our investments.
 
Interest expense on any debt we incur may limit our cash available for distribution to our stockholders.
 
The debt we expect to assume in connection with our acquisition of the six senior housing facilities we have under contract bears interest at a variable rate and we may incur additional variable rate debt in the future. Higher interest rates could increase debt service requirements on any variable rate debt that we incur and could reduce the amounts available for distribution to our stockholders, as well as reduce funds available for our operations, future business opportunities, or other purposes.
 
Failure to hedge effectively against interest rate changes may adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
To the extent consistent with our intention to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, we may obtain in the future one or more forms of interest rate protection—in the form of swap agreements, interest rate cap contracts or similar agreements—to “hedge” against the possible negative effects of interest rate fluctuations. For example, in connection with our assumption of the in-place mortgage debt that is secured by the six senior housing facilities we have under contract, we will be required to obtain an interest rate cap. However, such hedging implies costs and we cannot assure you that any hedging will adequately relieve the adverse effects of interest rate increases or that counterparties under these agreement will honor their obligations thereunder.
 
Joint venture investments that we make could be adversely affected by our lack of sole decision-making authority, our reliance on joint venture partners’ financial condition and disputes between us and our joint venture partners.
 
We may co-invest in senior housing facilities with third parties through partnerships, joint ventures or other entities, acquiring non-controlling interests in or sharing responsibility for managing the affairs of a senior housing facility, partnership, joint venture or other entity. In this event, we would not be in a position to exercise sole decision-making authority regarding the facility, partnership, joint venture or other entity. Investments through partnerships, joint ventures, or other entities may, under certain circumstances, involve risks not present were a third party not involved, including the possibility that


29


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
joint venture partners might become bankrupt, fail to fund their share of required capital contributions, make poor business decisions or block or delay necessary decisions. Joint venture partners may have economic or other business interests or goals which are inconsistent with our business interests or goals, and may be in a position to take actions contrary to our policies or objectives. Such investments may also have the potential risk of impasses on decisions, such as a sale, because neither we nor our joint venture partners would have full control over the partnership or joint venture. Disputes between us and our joint venture partners may result in litigation or arbitration that would increase our expenses and prevent the members of our management team from focusing its time and effort on our business. Consequently, action by, or disputes with, our joint venture partners might result in subjecting the facilities owned by the partnership or joint venture to additional risk. In addition, we may in certain circumstances be liable for the actions of our joint venture partners.
 
Unanticipated expenses and insufficient demand for senior housing facilities in new geographic markets could adversely affect our profitability and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
As part of our business strategy, we may acquire senior housing facilities in geographic areas in which the members of our management team may have little or no operating experience and in which potential customers may not be familiar with benefits of and care provided by that particular facility. As a result, we may have to incur costs relating to the opening, operation and promotion of such facilities that are substantially greater than those incurred in other areas. These facilities may attract fewer residents than other senior housing facilities we may acquire, while at the same time, we may incur substantial additional costs with such facilities. As a result, the results of operations at any facilities that we may acquire in unfamiliar markets may be less than those of other senior housing facilities that we may acquire. Unanticipated expenses and insufficient demand could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
The conflicts of interest policy we will adopt may not adequately address all of the conflicts of interest that may arise with respect to our activities.
 
In order to avoid any actual or perceived conflicts of interest with our directors, officers or employees, we intend to adopt a conflicts of interest policy to specifically address some of the conflicts relating to our activities. Although under this policy the approval of a majority of our disinterested directors will be required to approve any transaction, agreement or relationship in which any of our directors, officers or employees has an interest, there is no assurance that this policy will be adequate to address all of the conflicts that may arise or will address such conflicts in a manner that is favorable to us. In addition, our current board of directors consists only of Mr. Hutchison, and as a result, the transactions and agreements entered into in connection with our formation prior to this offering and the concurrent private placement have not been approved by any independent or disinterested directors.
 
RISKS RELATED TO THE SENIOR HOUSING INDUSTRY
 
Our failure or the failure of our facility operators to comply with licensing and certification requirements, the requirements of governmental programs, fraud and abuse regulations or new legislative developments may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
The operations of our facilities are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations that are subject to frequent and substantial changes resulting from legislation, adoption of rules and regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations of existing laws. The ultimate timing or effect of any changes in these laws and regulations cannot be predicted. Failure to obtain licensure or loss or suspension of licensure or certification may prevent a facility from operating or result in a


30


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
suspension of certain revenue sources until all licensure or certification issues have been resolved. Facilities may also be affected by changes in accreditation standards or procedures of accrediting agencies that are recognized by governments in the certification process. State laws may require compliance with extensive standards governing operations and agencies administering those laws regularly inspect such facilities and investigate complaints. Failure to comply with all regulatory requirements could result in the loss of the ability to provide or bill and receive payment for health care services. Additionally, transfers of operations of senior housing facilities are subject to regulatory approvals not required for transfers of other types of commercial operations and real estate. We may have no direct control over our facility operators’ ability to meet regulatory requirements and failure to comply with these laws, regulations and requirements may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Cost control and other health care reform measures may reduce reimbursement revenue available to our senior housing facilities.
 
The health care industry is facing various challenges, including increased government and private payor pressure on health care providers to control costs and the vertical and horizontal consolidation of health care providers. The pressure to control health care costs has intensified in recent years as a result of the national health care reform debate and has continued as Congress attempts to slow the rate of growth of federal health care expenditures as part of its effort to balance the federal budget. Similar debates are ongoing at the state level in many states. These trends are likely to lead to reduced or slower growth in reimbursement for services provided by our operators at some of our senior housing facilities and could therefore result in reduced profitability, which may have an adverse affect on our results of operations, our ability to make distributions to our stockholders and the market price of our common stock.
 
Each year, legislative proposals are introduced or proposed in Congress and in some state legislatures that would effect major changes in the health care system, nationally or at the state level. We cannot predict whether any proposals will be adopted or, if adopted, what effect, if any, these proposals would have on our facility operators and, thus, our business.
 
Health care, including the long-term care and assisted living sectors, remains a dynamic, evolving industry. On March 23, 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 was enacted and on March 30, 2010, the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act was enacted, which in part modified the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act. Together, the two Acts serve as the primary vehicle for comprehensive health care reform in the United States. The two Acts are intended to reduce the number of individuals in the United States without health insurance and effect significant other changes to the ways in which health care is organized, delivered and reimbursed. The legislation will become effective in a phased approach, beginning in 2010 and concluding in 2018. At this time, the effects of the legislation and its impact on our business are not yet known. Our business, results of operations and ability to pay cash distributions to our stockholders could be materially and adversely effected by the two Acts and further governmental initiatives undertaken pursuant to the two Acts.
 
Current economic conditions may reduce demand for senior housing facilities and adversely affect operating profitability.
 
The performance of the senior housing industry is linked to the performance of the general economy and, specifically, the housing market in the United States. It is also sensitive to personal wealth and available fixed income of seniors and their adult children. Declines in home values, consumer confidence and net worth due to adverse general economic conditions may reduce demand for senior housing.


31


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
We cannot predict how severe or prolonged the global economic downturn will be or how the senior housing industry will be impacted by it. A further extended period of economic weakness would likely have an adverse impact on our revenues and negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Events which adversely affect the ability of seniors to afford our daily resident fees could cause our occupancy rates, resident fee revenues and results of operations to decline.
 
In general, assisted and independent living services currently are not reimbursable under government reimbursement programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid. Substantially all of the resident fee revenues generated by our facilities will be derived from private payment sources consisting of income or assets of residents or their family members. Only seniors with income or assets meeting or exceeding the comparable median in the regions where our facilities are located typically can afford to pay the daily resident and care fees. The current economic downturn and decline in the housing market, as well as other events such as changes in demographics, could adversely affect the ability of seniors to afford these fees. If our facility operators are unable to attract and retain seniors with sufficient income, assets or other resources required to pay the fees associated with assisted and independent living services, our occupancy rates, resident fee revenues and results of operations could decline, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Overbuilding in markets in which our senior housing facilities are located could adversely affect our future occupancy rates, operating margins and profitability.
 
Although we intend to target senior housing facilities in markets that have high barriers to entry for new facilities, barriers to entry in the senior housing industry are not substantial in all markets. Consequently, the development of new senior housing facilities could outpace demand. If the development of new senior housing facilities outpaces demand for those asset types in the markets in which our facilities are located, those markets may become saturated. Overbuilding in our markets, therefore, could cause us to experience decreased occupancy, reduced operating margins and lower profitability.
 
Termination of resident lease agreements could adversely affect our revenues and earnings.
 
Applicable regulations governing assisted living facilities generally require written resident lease agreements with each resident. Most of these regulations also require that each resident have the right to terminate the resident lease agreement for any reason on reasonable notice or upon the death of the resident. Our facility operators cannot contract with residents to stay for longer periods of time, unlike typical apartment leasing arrangements with terms of up to one year or longer. In addition, the resident turnover rate in our facilities may be difficult to predict. If a large number of resident lease agreements terminate at or around the same time, and if our units remained unoccupied, then our revenues and earnings could be adversely affected, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on us.
 
The Employee Free Choice Act could substantially increase the cost of doing business by increasing wage and benefit costs.
 
A number of members of the legislative and executive branches of the Federal government have stated that they support the Employee Free Choice Act, which, if enacted, would discontinue the current practice of having an open process where both the union and the employer are permitted to educate employees regarding the pros and cons of joining a union before having an election by secret ballot. Under the Employee Free Choice Act, the employees would only hear the union’s side of the argument


32


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
before making a commitment to join the union. The Employee Free Choice Act would permit unions to quietly collect employee signatures supporting the union without notifying the employer and permitting the employer to explain its views before a final decision is made by the employees. Once a union has collected signatures from a majority of the employees, the employer would have to recognize, and bargain with, the union. If the employer and the union fail to reach agreement on a collective bargaining contract within a certain number of days, both sides would be forced to submit their respective proposals to binding arbitration and a federal arbitrator would be permitted to create an employment contract binding on the employer. If the Employee Free Choice Act is enacted, a number of the senior housing facilities we will own or seek to acquire could become unionized.
 
Generally, unionized senior housing employees are subject to a number of work rules which increase expenses and decrease operating margins at unionized facilities. We believe that the unionization of senior housing employees may result in a significant decline in profitability and property value, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
GENERAL RISKS RELATED TO REAL ESTATE
 
The ownership of real estate is subject to various risks beyond our control.
 
The ownership of real estate is affected by many factors beyond our control, including:
 
Ø   adverse changes in international, national, regional and local economic and market conditions;
 
Ø   changes in interest rates and in the availability, cost and terms of debt financing;
 
Ø   changes in governmental laws and regulations, fiscal policies and zoning ordinances and the related costs of compliance with laws and regulations, fiscal policies and ordinances;
 
Ø   the ongoing need for capital improvements, particularly in older structures;
 
Ø   changes in operating expenses; and
 
Ø   civil unrest, acts of God, including earthquakes, floods and other natural disasters, which may result in uninsured losses, and acts of war or terrorism.
 
We may decide to sell senior housing facilities in the future. We cannot predict whether we will be able to sell any facility for the price or on the terms set by us, or whether any price or other terms offered by a prospective purchaser would be acceptable to us. We also cannot predict the length of time needed to find a willing purchaser and to close the sale of a facility.
 
We may be required to expend funds to correct defects or to make improvements before a facility can be sold. We cannot assure you that we will have funds available to correct those defects or to make those improvements. In acquiring a senior housing facility, we may agree to lock-out provisions that materially restrict us from selling that facility for a period of time or impose other restrictions, such as a limitation on the amount of debt that can be placed or repaid on that facility. These factors and any others that would impede our ability to respond to adverse changes in the performance of the senior housing facilities or a need for liquidity could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Due to our concentration in senior housing, a downturn in the senior housing or general health care industry would adversely affect our operations and financial condition.
 
We invest primarily in real estate—in particular, senior housing facilities. This concentration exposes us to all of the risks inherent in investments in real estate to a greater degree than if our portfolio was diversified, and these risks are magnified by the fact that our real estate investments are limited to


33


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
facilities used in the senior housing industry. If the current downturn in the real estate industry continues or intensifies, it could adversely affect the value of our facilities and our ability to sell facilities for a price or on terms acceptable to us. A downturn in the senior housing industry could negatively impact our operating income and earnings, as well as our facility operators’ ability to make rental or other payments to us, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Because real estate investments are relatively illiquid, our ability to quickly sell or exchange any of our facilities in response to changes in economic or other conditions will be limited. We cannot give any assurances that we will recognize full value for any facility that we are required to sell for liquidity reasons. This inability to respond quickly to changes in the performance of our investments could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Furthermore, the health care industry is highly regulated, and changes in government regulation and reimbursement in the past have had material adverse consequences on the industry in general, which consequences may not have been contemplated by lawmakers and regulators. We cannot assure you that future changes in government regulation of health care will not have a material adverse effect on the health care industry, including our senior housing operations and facility operators. These adverse effects may be more pronounced than if we diversified our investments outside of real estate or outside of senior housing.
 
Increases in property taxes would increase our operating costs, reduce our income and adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Each of our senior housing facilities will be subject to real and personal property taxes. These taxes may increase as tax rates change and as the facilities are assessed or reassessed by taxing authorities. If property taxes increase, our financial condition, results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders could be materially and adversely affected and the market price of our common stock could decline.
 
Actions by competitors may have an adverse effect on our ability to deploy capital.
 
Existing health care REITs, private funds, investment pools or well capitalized new competitors in our sector may present challenges and competitive bidding for projects that meet our investment criteria. These competitive forces may reduce the number or volume of feasible acquisition targets in the future.
 
Noncompliance with environmental laws and releases of hazardous substances could subject us to fines and liabilities, which could adversely affect our operating results.
 
The senior housing facilities that we acquire will be subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws. Under these laws, courts and government agencies have the authority to require us, as owner or operator of a contaminated property, to clean up the property, even if we did not know of or were not responsible for the release of the contamination. These laws also apply to persons who owned or operated a property at the time that it became contaminated, and therefore it is possible that we could incur these costs even after we sell some of the properties we acquire. In addition to the costs of cleanup, environmental contamination can affect the value of a property and, therefore, an owner’s ability to borrow funds using the property as collateral or to sell the property. Under the environmental laws, courts and government agencies also have the authority to require that a person who sent waste to a waste disposal facility, such as a landfill or an incinerator, pay for the clean-up of that facility if it becomes contaminated and threatens human health or the environment.


34


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
Furthermore, various court decisions have established that third parties may recover damages for personal injury, as well as for damage to property and to natural resources caused by contamination. For instance, a person exposed to asbestos while staying in a senior housing facility may seek to recover damages if he or she suffers personal injury from the asbestos. Lastly, some of these environmental laws restrict the use of a property or place conditions on various activities. An example would be laws that require a business using chemicals (such as swimming pool treatment chemicals at a senior housing facility) to manage them carefully and to notify local officials that the chemicals are being used.
 
We could be responsible for any of the costs discussed above. The costs to clean up a contaminated property, to defend against a claim, to satisfy a judgment or pay a penalty, or to comply with environmental laws could be material and could adversely affect the funds available for distribution to our stockholders. We have obtained a Phase I environmental site assessment for each of the six senior housing facilities that we have under contract and expect to obtain Phase I environmental site assessments for facilities we acquire in the future. Based on these Phase I environmental site assessments and the sellers’ representations in the purchase and sale agreement related to the six senior housing facilities we have under contract, we are not aware of any material environmental liabilities related to these facilities. However, these environmental site assessments may not reveal all environmental costs that might have a material adverse effect on our business, assets, results of operations or liquidity and may not identify all potential environmental liabilities. For example, the Phase I environmental site assessments did not include a comprehensive mold investigation.
 
As a result, we may become subject to material environmental liabilities. We can make no assurances that (1) future laws or regulations will not impose material environmental liabilities on us, or (2) the environmental condition of our senior housing facilities will not be affected by the condition of the properties in the vicinity of our senior housing facilities (such as the presence of leaking underground storage tanks on an adjacent up-gradient property) or by third parties unrelated to us.
 
Our senior housing facilities may contain or develop harmful or toxic mold, which could lead to liability for adverse health effects and costs of remediation.
 
When excessive moisture accumulates in buildings or on building materials, mold growth may occur, particularly if the moisture problem remains undiscovered or is not addressed over a period of time. Some molds may produce harmful airborne toxins or irritants. Concern about indoor exposure to mold has been increasing as exposure to mold may cause a variety of adverse health effects and symptoms, including allergic or other reactions. Some of the facilities in our portfolio may contain harmful amounts of microbial matter, such as mold and mildew. The presence of such microbial matter at any of our properties could require us to undertake a costly remediation program to contain or remove the material from the affected property. The presence of such microbial matter could also expose us to liability from residents, employees and others if property damage or health concerns arise.
 
Any mortgage debt obligations we incur will expose us to increased risk of property losses to foreclosure, which could adversely affect our financial condition, cash flow and ability to satisfy our other debt obligations and make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Incurring mortgage debt increases our risk of property losses, because any defaults on indebtedness secured by properties may result in foreclosure actions initiated by lenders and ultimately our loss of the property securing the loan for which we are in default. For tax purposes, a foreclosure of any of our facilities would be treated as a sale of the facility for a purchase price equal to the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage. If the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage exceeds our tax basis in the facility, we would recognize taxable income on foreclosure but would not receive any cash proceeds. As a result, we may be required to identify and utilize other sources of cash for distributions to our stockholders of that income.


35


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
In addition, any default under our mortgage debt obligations may increase the risk of our default on other indebtedness. If this occurs, our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders may be adversely affected.
 
Capital expenditure requirements at our facilities may be costly and require us to incur debt, postpone improvements, reduce distributions or otherwise adversely affect the results of our operations and the market price of our common stock.
 
Some of the senior housing facilities we acquire may have a need for renovations and capital improvements at the time of acquisition and all of the facilities we acquire will have an ongoing need for renovations and other capital improvements, including replacement, from time to time, of furniture, fixtures and equipment. In addition, if we incur indebtedness, as we intend to do in the future, our lenders will likely require that we set aside annual amounts for capital improvements to our properties. These capital improvements may give rise to the following risks:
 
Ø   possible environmental problems;
 
Ø   construction cost overruns and delays;
 
Ø   the possibility that revenues will be reduced while rooms or service elements are out of service due to capital improvement projects;
 
Ø   a possible shortage of available cash to fund capital improvements and the related possibility that financing for these capital improvements may not be available to us on attractive terms; and
 
Ø   uncertainties as to market demand or a loss of market demand after capital improvements have begun.
 
The costs of renovations and capital improvements could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Real estate development and redevelopment is subject to timing, budgeting and other risks that may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Though not intended to be a primary focus of our initial investment strategy, we may engage in the development and redevelopment of senior housing facilities if suitable opportunities arise. Development and redevelopment involves a number of risks, including risks associated with:
 
Ø   construction delays or cost overruns that may increase project costs;
 
Ø   the receipt of zoning, occupancy and other required governmental permits and authorizations;
 
Ø   development costs incurred for projects that are not pursued to completion;
 
Ø   acts of God such as earthquakes, hurricanes, floods or fires that could adversely impact a project;
 
Ø   the negative impact of construction on operating performance during and soon after the construction period;
 
Ø   the ability to raise capital; and
 
Ø   governmental restrictions on the nature or size of a project.
 
We may not have control over facilities under construction and we may be subject to risks in connection with a developer’s ability to control construction costs and the timing of completion of construction or a developer’s ability to build in conformity with plans, specifications and timetables.


36


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
We cannot assure you that any development or redevelopment project will be completed on time or within budget. Our inability to complete a project on time or within budget could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Uninsured and underinsured losses could result in a loss of capital.
 
We intend to maintain comprehensive insurance on each of our facilities, including liability, fire and extended coverage, of the type and amount we believe are customarily obtained for or by senior housing facility owners. There are no assurances that coverage will be available at reasonable rates. Various types of catastrophic losses, like earthquakes and floods, and losses from terrorist activities may not be insurable or may not be economically insurable. In this regard, one of the six senior housing facilities that we currently have under contract is located in Jupiter, Florida, which is an area that is known to be subject to hurricane and flood risk. Further, lenders may require such insurance and our failure to obtain such insurance could constitute a default under loan agreements.
 
In the event of a substantial loss, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover the full current market value or replacement cost of our lost investment. Should an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of insured limits occur, we could lose all or a portion of the capital we have invested in a senior housing facility, as well as the anticipated future revenue from the facility. In that event, we might nevertheless remain obligated for any mortgage debt or other financial obligations related to the facility. Inflation, changes in building codes and ordinances, environmental considerations and other factors might also keep us from using insurance proceeds to replace or renovate a senior housing facility after it has been damaged or destroyed. Under those circumstances, the insurance proceeds we receive might be inadequate to restore our economic position on the damaged or destroyed facility.
 
Compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act could require us to incur substantial costs.
 
Under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or the ADA, all public accommodations must meet various federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. Compliance with the ADA’s requirements could require removal of access barriers, and non-compliance could result in the U.S. government imposing fines or in private litigants winning damages. In June 2008, the Department of Justice proposed a substantial number of changes to the Accessibility Guidelines under the ADA. In January 2010, final publication and implementation of these regulations, pending a comprehensive review by the current administration, was suspended. If implemented as proposed, the new guidelines could cause some of the senior housing facilities we acquire to incur costly measures to become fully compliant. If we are required to make substantial modifications to facilities we acquire, whether to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act, or the ADA, or other changes in governmental rules and regulations, our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders could be adversely affected.
 
We may incur significant unexpected costs to comply with fire, safety and other regulations, which could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, and ability to make distributions.
 
The senior housing facilities that we acquire are subject to various additional federal, state and local regulatory requirements, such as state and local fire and safety requirements, building codes and land use regulations. If we fail to comply with these requirements, we could be subject to governmental fines or private damage awards. We believe that the six senior housing facilities we currently have under contract are currently in material compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements. However, we do not know whether existing requirements will change or whether future requirements, including any requirements that may emerge from pending or future climate change legislation, will require us to


37


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
make significant unanticipated expenditures that will adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, the per share trading price of our common stock, our ability to satisfy our debt service obligations and our ability to pay distributions to you.
 
RISKS RELATED TO OUR ORGANIZATION AND STRUCTURE
 
Provisions of our charter may limit the ability of a third party to acquire control of us by authorizing our board of directors to authorize issuances of additional securities.
 
Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, our charter will authorize our board of directors to issue up to 500 million shares of common stock and up to 100 million shares of preferred stock. In addition, our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of our shares or the number of shares of any class or series that we have the authority to issue and to classify or reclassify any unissued shares of common stock or preferred stock and to set the preferences, rights and other terms of the classified or reclassified shares. As a result, our board of directors may authorize the issuance of additional shares or establish a series of common or preferred stock that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company, including transactions at a premium over the market price of our shares, even if stockholders believe that a change in control is in their interest.
 
We are subject to anti-takeover provisions, which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or change in control of our company.
 
Our charter and bylaws contain various procedural and other requirements which could make it difficult for stockholders to effect certain corporate actions. For example, our board of directors has the power to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of our stock or the number of authorized shares of any class or series of our stock, to cause us to issue additional shares of common stock or preferred stock and to fix the terms of one or more classes or series of our stock without stockholder approval. These provisions, along with the restrictions on ownership and transfer contained in our charter and certain provisions of Maryland law described below, could discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or make it more difficult for a third party to gain control of us, which could adversely affect the market price of our securities. See “Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws.”
 
Provisions of Maryland law may limit the ability of a third party to acquire control of us by requiring our board of directors or stockholders to approve proposals to acquire our company or effect a change in control.
 
Certain provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or the MGCL, applicable to Maryland corporations may have the effect of inhibiting a third party from making a proposal to acquire us or of impeding a change in control under circumstances that otherwise could provide our common stockholders with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of such shares, including:
 
Ø   “business combination” provisions that, subject to limitations, prohibit certain business combinations between us and an “interested stockholder” (defined generally as any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock or an affiliate or associate of us who, at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of our then outstanding stock) or an affiliate of any interested stockholder for five years after the most recent date on which the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, and thereafter imposes two super-majority stockholder voting requirements on these combinations, unless, among other conditions, our common stockholders


38


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
receive a minimum price, as defined in the MGCL, for their stock and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares; and
 
Ø   “control share” provisions that provide that holders of “control shares” (defined as voting shares of stock which, when aggregated with all other shares of stock controlled by the stockholder, entitle the stockholder to exercise one of three increasing ranges of voting power in electing directors) acquired in a “control share acquisition” (defined as the direct or indirect acquisition of ownership or control of issued and outstanding “control shares”) have no voting rights except to the extent approved by our stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding shares owned by the acquirer, by our officers or by our employees who are also directors of our company.
 
By resolution of our board of directors, we have opted out of the business combination provisions of the MGCL and provided that any business combination between us and any other person is exempt from the business combination provisions of the MGCL, provided that the business combination is first approved by our board of directors (including a majority of directors who are not affiliates or associates of such persons). In addition, pursuant to a provision in our bylaws, we have opted out of the control share provisions of the MGCL. However, our board of directors may by resolution elect to opt in to the business combination provisions of the MGCL and we may, by amendment to our bylaws, opt in to the control share provisions of the MGCL in the future.
 
Additionally, Title 8, Subtitle 3 of the MGCL permits our board of directors, without stockholder approval and regardless of what is currently provided in our charter or bylaws, to implement certain provisions, such as a classified board, some of which we do not yet have. These provisions may have the effect of inhibiting a third party from making an acquisition proposal for us or of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us under the circumstances that otherwise could provide our common stockholders with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then current market price.
 
Our rights and the rights of our stockholders to take action against our directors and officers are limited, which could limit your recourse in the event of actions not in your best interests.
 
Under Maryland law, generally, a director will not be liable if he or she performs his or her duties in good faith, in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in our best interests and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. In addition, our charter limits the liability of our directors and officers to us and our stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from:
 
Ø   actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services; or
 
Ø   active and deliberate dishonesty by the director or officer that was established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action adjudicated.
 
Our charter authorizes us to indemnify our directors and officers for actions taken by them in those capacities to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law. Our bylaws require us to indemnify each director or officer, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service to us. In addition, we may be obligated to advance the defense costs incurred by our directors and officers. As a result, we and our stockholders may have more limited rights against our directors and officers than might otherwise exist absent the current provisions in our charter and bylaws or that might exist with other companies.


39


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
Our charter contains provisions that make removal of our directors difficult, which could make it difficult for our stockholders to effect changes to our management.
 
Our charter provides that a director may be removed only for cause (as defined in our charter) and then only by the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. Our charter also provides that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if less than a quorum. These requirements prevent stockholders from removing directors except for cause and with a substantial affirmative vote and from replacing directors with their own nominees and may prevent a change in control of our company that is in the best interests of our stockholders.
 
The ability of our board of directors to change our major policies without the consent of stockholders may not be in your interest.
 
Our board of directors determines our major policies, including policies and guidelines relating to our acquisitions, leverage, financing, growth, operations and distributions to stockholders. Our board may amend or revise these and other policies and guidelines from time to time without the vote or consent of our stockholders. Accordingly, our stockholders will have limited control over changes in our policies and those changes could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
We will enter into an employment agreement with each of our executive officers that will require us to make payments in the event the officer’s employment is terminated by us without cause, by the officer for good reason or if we do not renew the agreements.
 
The agreements that we will enter into with our executive officers upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement provide benefits under certain circumstances that could make it more difficult for us to terminate these executive officers and may prevent or deter a change in control of our company that would otherwise be in the interest of our stockholders.
 
If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately determine our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, our stockholders could lose confidence in our financial results, which could harm our business and the value of our common stock.
 
Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. We are a newly formed company that will develop financial and operational reporting and control systems. We may in the future discover areas of our internal controls that need improvement. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require us to evaluate and report on our internal controls over financial reporting and have our independent auditors annually issue their own opinion on our internal controls over financial reporting. While we intend to undertake substantial work to prepare for compliance with Section 404, we cannot be certain that we will be successful in implementing or maintaining adequate internal controls over our financial reporting and financial processes. Furthermore, as we grow our business, our internal controls will become more complex, and we will require significantly more resources to ensure our internal controls remain effective. If we or our independent auditors discover a material weakness in our internal controls, the disclosure of that fact, even if quickly remedied, could reduce the market value of our common stock. Additionally, the existence of any material weakness or significant deficiency in respect of our internal controls would require management to devote significant time and incur significant expense to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies and management may not be able to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in a timely manner.


40


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
RISKS RELATED TO WARRANTS
 
There is no assurance that purchasers of common stock in this offering will receive warrants, and, upon issuance of the warrants, if any are issued, the exercise price of the warrants could exceed the current market trading price of our common stock.
 
Our obligation to issue warrants to purchasers of our common stock in this offering is subject to various conditions, including (i) the 30-day VWAP of our common stock must be below the initial public offering price, (ii) the warrants must be approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance, on the NYSE or the NYSE Amex, (iii) warrants will be issuable only to purchasers of our common stock in this offering and then only in respect of initial public offering shares that such initial purchasers hold for the full 30-day period following this offering and (iv) purchasers who are eligible to receive warrants based on satisfaction of the foregoing conditions must complete, sign and return to us a contingent warrant issuance form in which such purchasers, among other things, represent and warrant as to the number of shares of common stock that they purchased in this offering, the number of shares that they have held for the full 30-day period following this offering and that they have not, directly or indirectly, sold, offered, contracted or granted any option to sell (including without limitation any short sale), pledged, transferred, established an open put equivalent position on, or otherwise disposed of, or publicly announced an intention to do any of the foregoing, with respect to any of the shares held for the full 30-day period. It is possible that purchasers of our common stock in this offering will not receive any warrants if any of the foregoing conditions is not satisfied. Upon issuance of the warrants, if any are issued, the exercise price of the warrants could exceed the current market trading price of our common stock.
 
If warrants are issued to purchasers of our common stock in this offering, the dilutive effect of the warrants could have an adverse effect on the future market price of our common stock.
 
If we issue warrants to purchasers of our common stock in this offering, the warrants will have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price of our common stock (subject to adjustment in certain circumstances) and will be exercisable for five years after the date of the warrants’ issuance, or earlier upon redemption by us. The exercise of the warrants in the future, if we elect to issue shares of common stock rather than paying cash, would be dilutive to holders of our common stock if our book value per share or the market price of our common stock is higher than the exercise price at the time of exercise. The potential for dilution from the warrants could have an adverse effect on the future market price of our common stock.
 
Holders of our warrants will have no rights as common stockholders until they exercise their warrants and acquire our common stock.
 
Until you acquire shares of our common stock upon the exercise of the warrants, you will have no rights with respect to the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, including rights to vote or to receive distributions in respect of such shares. Upon the exercise of the warrants, if we elect to issue shares of common stock rather than paying cash, you will have rights as a common stockholder with respect to the shares issued upon exercise only as to matters for which the record date occurs after the exercise date. Further, we may elect to pay cash instead of issuing common stock and, as a result, you may not acquire any shares of common stock upon exercise of the warrants.
 
We cannot assure you that a public market for our warrants will develop and your ability to sell our warrants may be limited.
 
Currently, there is not a public market for our warrants. We intend to apply to have our warrants listed on the NYSE or the NYSE Amex. However, we cannot assure you that the warrants will be approved


41


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
for listing on the NYSE or the NYSE Amex, and, if we issue the warrants, we cannot assure you that a regular trading market for our warrants will develop or, if one does develop, that any such market will be sustained. In the absence of a public trading market, an investor may be unable to liquidate an investment in our warrants.
 
An effective registration statement may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise his, her or its warrants and causing such warrants to be practically worthless.
 
If we issue the warrants, no warrant will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue shares of common stock unless at the time such holder seeks to exercise such warrant, a registration statement relating to the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrant is effective and a current prospectus relating to such shares is available. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our best efforts to meet these conditions and to maintain a current prospectus relating to the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so, and if we do not maintain an effective registration statement or a current prospectus related to the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, holders will be unable to exercise their warrants and we will not be required to settle any such warrant exercise. If the registration statement or the prospectus relating to the common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants is not effective or current, as applicable, the warrants may have no value, the market for such warrants may be limited and such warrants may expire worthless.
 
An investor will only be able to exercise a warrant if the issuance of common stock upon such exercise has been registered or qualified or is deemed exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants.
 
If we issue the warrants, no warrants will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue shares of common stock unless the common stock issuable upon such exercise has been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants. If we issue the warrants, we expect they will be listed on the NYSE or the NYSE Amex, which would provide an exemption from registration in every state. Accordingly, we believe holders in every state will be able to exercise their warrants as long as our registration statement and prospectus relating to the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants are effective and current. However, we cannot assure you of this fact. As a result, the warrants may be deprived of any value, the market for the warrants may be limited and the holders of warrants may not be able to exercise their warrants if the common stock issuable upon such exercise is not qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders of the warrants reside.
 
The exercise price of and the number of shares of common stock underlying the warrants may not be adjusted for all dilutive events.
 
The exercise price of and the number of shares of common stock underlying the warrants will be subject to adjustment for certain events, including in the event of a stock dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation of our company. The exercise price will not be adjusted, however, for issuances of our common stock for cash or in connection with an acquisition by us. Additionally, the exercise price of, and the number of shares of common stock underlying, the warrants will not be adjusted for any cash distributions.


42


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
You will recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes if we elect to pay cash upon the exercise of a warrant.
 
Upon the valid exercise of a warrant, we have a right to elect to issue shares of our common stock or pay cash in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares of common stock that are issuable as a result of the exercise. If we elect to issue shares of common stock upon the exercise of a warrant, you will generally not recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes. However, if we elect to pay cash upon the exercise of a warrant, you will recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between (1) the excess of the cash received over the exercise price of the warrant and (2) your tax basis, if any, in the warrant.
 
Your ability to exercise your warrants may be limited by the ownership limits contained in our charter.
 
If we issue the warrants, your ability to exercise your warrants may be limited by the ownership limits contained in our charter. In particular, to assist us in qualifying as a REIT, ownership of shares of our common stock by any person is limited under the charter, with certain exceptions, to 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock. Moreover, the terms of the warrants limit a holder’s ability to exercise warrants to ensure that such holder’s “beneficial ownership” or “constructive ownership” as defined in our charter does not exceed the restrictions contained in the charter limiting the ownership of shares of our common stock, assuming we elect to issue shares of common stock rather than paying cash upon exercise of the warrants. In addition, our charter contains various other restrictions limiting the ownership and transfer of our common stock. As a result, you may not be able to exercise your warrants if such exercise would cause you to own shares of our common stock in excess of these ownership limits. In particular, the terms of the warrants provide that we may call the warrants for redemption at a price of $0.01 per warrant upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption under certain circumstances. Warrants may be exercised prior to the scheduled redemption date, subject to the ownership limits contained in our charter. As a result, in the event we call the warrants for redemption, these ownership limits may limit your ability to exercise some or all of your warrants prior to the redemption date.
 
RISKS RELATED TO THIS OFFERING
 
We have not established a minimum distribution payment level and we may be unable to generate sufficient cash flows from our operations to make distributions to our stockholders at any time in the future.
 
We have not established a minimum distribution payment level, and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders may be adversely affected by the risk factors described in this prospectus. Because we will commence operations only upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we may not generate sufficient income to make distributions to our stockholders and cannot predict when distributions consisting, in part, of cash flow from the senior housing facilities we expect to acquire will commence. To the extent we use the net proceeds from this offering or the concurrent private placement to make distributions to our stockholders, the amount of cash we have available to invest in senior housing facilities or for other purposes would be reduced.
 
Our board of directors has the sole discretion to determine the timing, form and amount of any distributions to our stockholders and there can be no assurance as to the determinations our board of directors will make in respect of any of our future dividends.
 
Our board of directors has the sole discretion to determine the timing, form and amount of any distributions to our stockholders, subject to applicable law. The amount of such distributions may be


43


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
limited until we have a portfolio of income-generating senior housing facilities. Our board of directors will make determinations regarding distributions based upon, among other factors, our financial performance, any debt service obligations, any debt covenants, and capital expenditure requirements. Among the factors that could impair our ability to make distributions to our stockholders are:
 
Ø   our inability to invest the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement;
 
Ø   our inability to realize attractive returns on our investments;
 
Ø   unanticipated expenses or reduced revenues that reduce our cash flow or non-cash earnings; and
 
Ø   decreases in the value of our facilities.
 
As a result, no assurance can be given that we will be able to make distributions to our stockholders at any time in the future or that the level of any distributions we do make to our stockholders will increase or even be maintained over time, any of which could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
 
A portion of our distributions may constitute a return of capital, which would have the effect of reducing the basis of a stockholder’s investment in our common stock.
 
Distributions that we make to our stockholders generally will be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary income. However, a portion of our distributions may be designated by us as long-term capital gains to the extent that they are attributable to capital gain income recognized by us or may constitute a return of capital to the extent that they exceed our accumulated earnings and profits as determined for tax purposes. A return of capital is not taxable, but has the effect of reducing the basis of a stockholder’s investment in our common stock.
 
We cannot assure you that a public market for our common stock will develop and your ability to sell our common stock may be limited.
 
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Our common stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE. However, we cannot assure you that a regular trading market for our common stock will develop or, if one does develop, that any such market will be sustained. In the absence of a public trading market, an investor may be unable to liquidate an investment in our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by us and the representatives of the underwriters. We cannot assure you that the price at which the common stock will sell in the public market after the closing of this offering will not be lower than the price at which they are sold by the underwriters.
 
Common stock eligible for future sale may adversely affect the prevailing market prices for our common stock.
 
We cannot predict the effect, if any, of future sales of common stock, or the availability of common stock for future sale, on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock (including shares issued to our directors and officers), or the perception that these sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock.
 
Each of our directors and officers who has received share grants has entered into a lock-up agreement with respect to his or her common stock, restricting the sale of such person’s shares, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Jefferies & Company, Inc. may, in its sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 180-day period, without public notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. If the restrictions under such agreements are waived, the affected common stock may be available for sale into the market, which could reduce the market price for our common stock.


44


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
We also may issue from time to time additional common stock or limited partnership interests in our operating partnership in connection with the acquisition of properties and we may grant demand or piggyback registration rights in connection with these issuances. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock or the perception that these sales could occur may adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock or may impair our ability to raise capital through a sale of additional equity securities.
 
The market price of our common stock may be volatile due to numerous circumstances beyond our control.
 
The trading prices of equity securities issued by REITs historically have been affected by changes in market interest rates. One of the factors that may influence the price of our common stock is the annual yield from distributions on our common stock as compared to yields on other financial instruments. An increase in market interest rates, or a decrease in our distributions to stockholders, may lead prospective purchasers of our common stock to demand a higher annual yield, which could reduce the market price of our common stock.
 
Other factors that could affect the market price of our common stock include the following:
 
Ø   actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly results of operations;
 
Ø   changes in market valuations of companies in the health care, senior housing or real estate industries;
 
Ø   changes in expectations of future financial performance or changes in estimates of securities analysts;
 
Ø   fluctuations in stock market prices and volumes;
 
Ø   our issuances of common stock or other securities in the future, including the warrants we may issue in connection with this offering and any shares of common stock we issue upon exercise of such warrants;
 
Ø   the addition or departure of key personnel; and
 
Ø   announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances.
 
Future offerings of debt or equity securities ranking senior to our common stock may limit our operating and financial flexibility and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
 
If we decide to issue debt or equity securities in the future ranking senior to our common stock or otherwise incur indebtedness, it is possible that these securities or indebtedness will be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting our operating flexibility and limiting our ability to make distributions to our stockholders. Additionally, any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges, including with respect to distributions, more favorable than those of our common stock and may result in dilution to owners of our common stock. Because our decision to issue debt or equity securities in any future offering or otherwise incur indebtedness will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings or financings, any of which could reduce the market price of our common stock and dilute the value of our common stock.


45


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
FEDERAL INCOME TAX RISK FACTORS
 
Our failure to qualify, or our failure to remain qualified, as a REIT would result in higher taxes and reduced cash available for distribution to our stockholders.
 
We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, commencing with our short taxable year beginning on the business day prior to the closing of this offering and ending December 31, 2010. However, qualification as a REIT involves the application of highly technical and complex provisions of the Code, for which only a limited number of judicial and administrative interpretations exist. Even an inadvertent or technical mistake could jeopardize our REIT qualification. Our qualification as a REIT will depend on our satisfaction of certain asset, income, organizational, distribution, stockholder ownership and other requirements on a continuing basis.
 
Moreover, new tax legislation, administrative guidance or court decisions, in each instance potentially applicable with retroactive effect, could make it more difficult or impossible for us to qualify as a REIT. If we were to fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we would be subject to federal income tax, including any applicable alternative minimum tax, on our taxable income at regular corporate rates, and distributions to stockholders would not be deductible by us in computing our taxable income. Any such corporate tax liability could be substantial and would reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to our stockholders, which in turn could have an adverse impact on the value of our shares. If, for any reason, we failed to qualify as a REIT and we were not entitled to relief under certain Code provisions, we would be unable to elect REIT status for the four taxable years following the year during which we ceased to so qualify which would negatively impact the value of our common stock.
 
Failure to make required distributions would subject us to tax, which would reduce the cash available for distribution to our stockholders.
 
To qualify as a REIT, we must distribute to our stockholders each calendar year at least 90% of our REIT taxable income (including certain items of non-cash income), determined before the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gain. To the extent that we satisfy the 90% distribution requirement, but distribute less than 100% of our taxable income, we will be subject to federal corporate income tax on our undistributed income. In addition, we will incur a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the amount, if any, by which our distributions in any calendar year are less than the sum of:
 
Ø   85% of our REIT ordinary income for that year;
 
Ø   95% of our REIT capital gain net income for that year; and
 
Ø   any undistributed taxable income from prior years.
 
We intend to distribute our taxable income to our stockholders in a manner intended to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid both corporate income tax and the 4% nondeductible excise tax. However, there is no requirement that TRSs distribute their after-tax net income to their parent REIT or their stockholders.
 
Our taxable income may substantially exceed our net income as determined based on United States generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, because, for example, realized capital losses will be deducted in determining our GAAP net income, but may not be deductible in computing our taxable income. Differences in timing between the recognition of income and the related cash receipts or the effect of required debt amortization payments could require us to borrow money or sell properties at prices or at times that we regard as unfavorable in order to pay out enough of our taxable income to satisfy the distribution requirement and to avoid corporate income tax and the 4% nondeductible excise tax in a particular year.


46


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
Complying with REIT requirements may cause us to forego otherwise attractive business opportunities or liquidate otherwise attractive investments.
 
To qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, we must continually satisfy tests concerning, among other things, the sources of our income, the nature and diversification of our assets, the amounts we distribute to our stockholders and the ownership of our shares. In order to meet these tests, we may be required to forego investments we might otherwise make. Thus, compliance with the REIT requirements may hinder our performance.
 
In particular, we must ensure that at the end of each calendar quarter, at least 75% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash items, government securities and qualified real estate assets. The remainder of our investment in securities (other than government securities and qualified real estate assets) generally cannot include more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer or more than 10% of the total value of the outstanding securities of any one issuer. In addition, in general, no more than 5% of the value of our assets (other than government securities and qualified real estate assets) can consist of the securities of any one issuer, and no more than 25% of the value of our total assets can be represented by the securities of one or more TRSs. If we fail to comply with these requirements at the end of any calendar quarter, we must correct the failure within 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter or qualify for certain statutory relief provisions to avoid losing our REIT qualification and suffering adverse tax consequences. As a result, we may be required to liquidate otherwise attractive investments. These actions could have the effect of reducing our income and amounts available for distribution to our stockholders.
 
The formation of our TRS lessee increases our overall tax liability.
 
Our TRS lessee will be subject to federal and state income tax on its taxable income, which will consist of the revenues from the senior housing facilities leased by the TRS lessee, net of the operating expenses for such properties and rent payments to us. Accordingly, although our ownership of our TRS lessee will allow us to participate in the operating income from our properties leased to our TRS lessee on an after tax basis in addition to receiving rent, that operating income will be fully subject to federal and state income tax. The after-tax net income of the TRS lessee is available for distribution to us.
 
Our ownership of our TRSs will be limited and our transactions with our TRSs will cause us to be subject to a 100% penalty tax on certain income or deductions if those transactions are not conducted on arm’s-length terms.
 
A REIT may own up to 100% of the stock of one or more TRSs. A TRS may hold assets and earn income that would not be qualifying assets or income if held or earned directly by a REIT, including gross operating income from operations pursuant to management contracts. A subsidiary that intends to be treated as a TRS of a REIT and the REIT must jointly elect to treat the subsidiary as a TRS. A corporation of which a TRS directly or indirectly owns more than 35% of the voting power or value of the securities will automatically be treated as a TRS. Overall, no more than 25% of the value of a REIT’s assets may consist of stock or securities of one or more TRSs. In addition, the TRS rules limit the deductibility of interest paid or accrued by a TRS to its parent REIT to assure that the TRS is subject to an appropriate level of corporate taxation. The rules also impose a 100% excise tax on certain transactions between a TRS and its parent REIT that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis.
 
Our TRSs will pay applicable federal, foreign, state and local income tax on its taxable income, and its after-tax net income will be available for distribution to us but is not required to be distributed by our TRSs to us. We anticipate that the aggregate value of the securities of our TRSs will be less than 25% of the value of our total assets (including our TRSs’ securities). Furthermore, we will monitor the value of our respective investments in our TRSs for the purpose of ensuring compliance with TRS ownership


47


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
limitations. In addition, we will scrutinize all of our transactions with our TRSs to ensure that they are entered into on arm’s-length terms to avoid incurring the 100% excise tax described above. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be able to comply with the 25% limitation discussed above or to avoid application of the 100% excise tax discussed above.
 
If the leases of our senior housing facilities are not respected as true leases for federal income tax purposes, we would fail to qualify as a REIT and would be subject to higher taxes and have less cash available for distribution to our stockholders.
 
To qualify as a REIT, we must satisfy two gross income tests, under which specified percentages of our gross income must be derived from certain sources, such as “rents from real property.” Rents paid to our operating partnership by our TRS lessee and third-party lessees pursuant to the leases of our senior housing facilities will constitute substantially all of our gross income. In order for such rent to qualify as “rents from real property” for purposes of the gross income tests, the leases must be respected as true leases for federal income tax purposes and not be treated as service contracts, joint ventures or some other type of arrangement. If our leases are not respected as true leases for federal income tax purposes, we would fail to qualify as a REIT.
 
If our TRS lessee failed to qualify as a TRS or the facility operators engaged by our TRS lessee do not qualify as “eligible independent contractors,” we would fail to qualify as a REIT and would be subject to higher taxes and have less cash available for distribution to our stockholders.
 
Rent paid by a lessee that is a “related party tenant” of ours will not be qualifying income for purposes of the two gross income tests applicable to REITs. We expect to lease certain of our senior housing facilities to our TRS lessee. So long as our TRS lessee qualifies as a TRS, it will not be treated as a “related party tenant” with respect to our properties that are managed by an independent facility operator that qualifies as an “eligible independent contractor.” We believe that our TRS lessee will qualify to be treated as TRSs for federal income tax purposes, but there can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge the status of a TRS for federal income tax purposes or that a court would not sustain such a challenge. If the IRS were successful in disqualifying our TRS lessee from treatment as a TRS, it is possible that we would fail to meet the asset tests applicable to REITs and a significant portion of our income would fail to qualify for the gross income tests. If we failed to meet either the asset or gross income tests, we would likely lose our REIT qualification for federal income tax purposes.
 
Additionally, if the facility operators engaged by our TRS lessee do not qualify as “eligible independent contractors,” we would fail to qualify as a REIT. Each of the facility operators that enter into a management contract with our TRS lessee must qualify as an “eligible independent contractor” under the REIT rules in order for the rent paid to us by our TRS lessee to be qualifying income for purposes of the REIT gross income tests. Among other requirements, in order to qualify as an eligible independent contractor a facility operator must not own, directly or indirectly, more than 35% of our outstanding shares and no person or group of persons can own more than 35% of our outstanding shares and the ownership interests of the facility operator, taking into account certain ownership attribution rules. The ownership attribution rules that apply for purposes of these 35% thresholds are complex. Although we intend to monitor ownership of our shares by our facility operators and their owners, there can be no assurance that these ownership levels will not be exceeded.


48


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
Our ability to lease certain of the senior housing facilities we acquire from operators to our TRS lessee will be limited by the ability of those senior housing facilities to qualify as “qualified health care properties” and the ability of those operators to qualify as “eligible independent contractors.”
 
We intend to lease certain of the senior housing facilities we acquire from operators and that constitute “qualified health care properties” to our TRS lessee and to cause our TRS lessee to contract with those operators to manage the health care operations at those facilities. Our ability to utilize this TRS lessee structure may be limited by the ability of those senior housing facilities to qualify as “qualified health care properties” and the ability of the operators from whom we acquire “qualified health care properties” to qualify as “eligible independent contractors.”
 
A “qualified health care property” includes any real property and any personal property that is, or is necessary or incidental to the use of, a hospital, nursing facility, assisted living facility, congregate care facility, qualified continuing care facility, or other licensed facility which extends medical or nursing or ancillary services to patients and which is operated by a provider of such services which is eligible for participation in the Medicare program with respect to such facility. We expect that some of the properties that we will acquire will not be treated as “qualified health care properties.” To the extent a property does not constitute a “qualified health care property,” we will be unable to utilize the TRS lessee structure with respect to that property, and instead may lease the property back to the operator pursuant to a net lease. One of the initial properties we have under contract contains solely assisting living units, and consequently, will constitute a “qualified health care property.” With respect to the remaining five initial properties, four are senior housing facilities containing both independent and assisted living units housed in the same building and one is a senior housing facility containing both independent living and assisted living units housed on the same campus, in each case with a majority of the units constituting independent living units. Under current law, it is unclear whether such facilities will constitute “qualified health care properties.” Consequently, we intend to initially lease our initial properties to affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management, the management company that currently operates those properties, and to request a private letter ruling from the IRS (i) confirming that our initial properties constitute “qualified health care properties” and (ii) with respect to our initial properties located in the State of New York, that certain powers our TRS lessee will be required to retain under healthcare regulations issued by the State of New York will not cause our TRS lessee to be considered to operate or manage a health care facility. If we do not receive a private letter ruling that confirms our ability to lease the six facilities that we currently have under contract to our TRS lessee and the regulatory approvals required to transfer the operating licenses for these facilities to our TRS lessee, we will either lease the facilities to affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management under a long-term net lease that provides for the payment of base rent subject to annual escalators as well as percentage rent based on gross revenue or we could lease the units at the facilities directly to the residents and provide services to these residents through a TRS.
 
In order to qualify as an “eligible independent contractor,” among other requirements, an operator (or any related person) must be actively engaged in the trade or business of operating “qualified health care properties” for persons who are not related to us or our TRS lessee. Consequently, if an operator (or a related person) from whom we acquire a “qualified health care property” does not operate sufficient “qualified health care properties” for third parties, the operator will not qualify as an “eligible independent contractor.” Under this scenario, we would either be required to contract with another third party operator who qualifies as an “eligible independent contractor,” which could serve as a disincentive for the current operator to sell the property to us, or we would be unable to lease the property to our TRS lessee and instead would likely lease the property back to the operator pursuant to a long-term net lease.


49


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
Dividends payable by REITs do not qualify for the reduced tax rates available for some dividends.
 
The maximum tax rate applicable to income from “qualified dividends” payable to U.S. stockholders that are individuals, trusts and estates has been reduced by legislation to 15% (through the end of 2010). Dividends payable by REITs, however, generally are not eligible for the reduced rates. Although this legislation does not adversely affect the taxation of REITs or dividends payable by REITs, the more favorable rates applicable to regular corporate qualified dividends could cause investors who are individuals, trusts and estates to perceive investments in REITs to be relatively less attractive than investments in the stocks of non-REIT corporations that pay dividends, which could adversely affect the value of the shares of REITs, including our common stock.
 
Under recently issued IRS guidance, we may pay taxable dividends of our common stock and cash, in which case stockholders may sell shares of our common stock to pay tax on such dividends, placing downward pressure on the market price of our common stock.
 
Under recently issued IRS guidance, we may distribute taxable dividends that are payable in cash and common stock at the election of each stockholder. Under Revenue Procedure 2010-12, up to 90% of any such taxable dividend paid with respect to our 2010 and 2011 taxable years could be payable in shares of our common stock. Taxable stockholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend as ordinary income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for federal income tax purposes. As a result, stockholders may be required to pay income tax with respect to such dividends in excess of the cash dividends received. If a U.S. stockholder sells the common stock that it receives as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of our common stock at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to certain non-U.S. stockholders, we may be required to withhold federal income tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in common stock. If we utilize Revenue Procedure 2010-12 and a significant number of our stockholders determine to sell shares of our common stock in order to pay taxes owed on dividends, it may put downward pressure on the trading price of our common stock. We do not currently intend to utilize Revenue Procedure 2010-12.
 
The prohibited transactions tax may limit our ability to engage in transactions, including dispositions of assets, that would be treated as sales for federal income tax purposes.
 
A REIT’s net income from prohibited transactions is subject to a 100% tax. In general, prohibited transactions are sales or other dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business. We may be subject to the prohibited transaction tax upon a disposition of real property. Although a safe harbor to the characterization of the sale of real property by a REIT as a prohibited transaction is available, we cannot assure you that we can comply with the safe harbor or that we will avoid owning property that may be characterized as held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business. Consequently, we may choose not to engage in certain sales of real property or may conduct such sales through a TRS.
 
The ability of our board of directors to revoke our REIT qualification without stockholder approval may subject us to federal income tax and reduce distributions to our stockholders.
 
Our charter provides that our board of directors may revoke or otherwise terminate our REIT election, without the approval of our stockholders, if it determines that it is no longer in our best interest to continue to qualify as a REIT. If we cease to be a REIT, we would become subject to federal income tax on our taxable income and would no longer be required to distribute most of our taxable income to our


50


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
 
stockholders, which may have adverse consequences on our total return to our stockholders and on the market price of our common stock.
 
We may be subject to adverse legislative or regulatory tax changes that could reduce the market price of our common stock.
 
At any time, the federal income tax laws governing REITs or the administrative interpretations of those laws may be amended. We cannot predict when or if any new federal income tax law, regulation, or administrative interpretation, or any amendment to any existing federal income tax law, regulation or administrative interpretation, will be adopted, promulgated or become effective and any such law, regulation, or interpretation may take effect retroactively. We and our stockholders could be adversely affected by any such change in, or any new, federal income tax law, regulation or administrative interpretation.
 
The stock ownership restrictions of the Code for REITs and the 9.8% stock ownership limit in our charter may inhibit market activity in our capital stock and restrict our business combination opportunities.
 
In order to qualify as a REIT for each taxable year after 2010, five or fewer individuals, as defined in the Code, may not own, actually or constructively, more than 50% in value of our issued and outstanding stock at any time during the last half of a taxable year. Attribution rules in the Code determine if any individual or entity actually or constructively owns our capital stock under this requirement. Additionally, at least 100 persons must beneficially own our capital stock during at least 335 days of a taxable year for each taxable year after 2010. To help insure that we meet these tests, our charter restricts the acquisition and ownership of shares of our capital stock.
 
Our charter, with certain exceptions, authorizes our directors to take such actions as are necessary and desirable to preserve our qualification as a REIT. Unless exempted by our board of directors, our charter prohibits any person from beneficially or constructively owning more than 9.8% in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock. Our board of directors may not grant an exemption from these restrictions to any proposed transferee whose ownership in excess of 9.8% of the value of our outstanding shares would result in our failing to qualify as a REIT. These restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply, however, if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interest to continue to qualify as a REIT.


51


Table of Contents

 
Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements
 
We make forward-looking statements in this prospectus that are subject to risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements include information about possible or assumed future results of our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, plans and objectives. Statements regarding the following subjects are forward-looking by their nature.
 
Ø   our business and investment strategy;
 
Ø   our expected operating results;
 
Ø   completion of acquisitions;
 
Ø   our ability to successfully implement proposed acquisition, lease and management structures;
 
Ø   our ability to obtain a private letter ruling and regulatory approvals which will allow us to implement the TRS lessee structure for the senior housing facilities we have under contract;
 
Ø   our ability to obtain future financing arrangements;
 
Ø   our expected leverage levels;
 
Ø   our understanding of our competition;
 
Ø   market and industry trends and expectations;
 
Ø   anticipated capital expenditures;
 
Ø   use of the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement; and
 
Ø   the warrants we may issue in connection with this offering.
 
The forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of our future performance, taking into account all information currently available to us. These beliefs, assumptions and expectations can change as a result of many possible events or factors, not all of which are known to us. If a change occurs, our business, prospects, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations may vary materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements. You should carefully consider this risk when you make an investment decision concerning our common stock. Additionally, the following factors could cause actual results to vary from our forward-looking statements:
 
Ø   the factors discussed in this prospectus, including those set forth in the “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business” sections of this prospectus;
 
Ø   general volatility of the capital markets and the market price of our common stock;
 
Ø   performance of the senior housing, health care and real estate industries in general;
 
Ø   legislative developments that impact the senior housing, and health care and real estate industries;
 
Ø   changes in our business or investment strategy;
 
Ø   changes in market conditions within the senior housing industry and in the availability of senior housing facilities for acquisition;
 
Ø   our ability to satisfy closing conditions and obtain regulatory, lender and other rulings, approvals and consents;
 
Ø   availability, terms and deployment of capital;
 
Ø   availability of and our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel;
 
Ø   our leverage levels;


52


Table of Contents

 
Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements
 
 
 
Ø   our capital expenditures;
 
Ø   our ability to satisfy the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT for federal income tax purposes;
 
Ø   changes in our industry and the market in which we operate, interest rates or the general U.S. or international economy; and
 
Ø   the degree and nature of our competition.
 
When we use the words “will,” “will likely result,” “may,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “should,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend” or similar expressions, we intend to identify forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. We are not obligated to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.


53


Table of Contents

 
Use of proceeds
 
We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering will be approximately $151.2 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $18.50 per share, the midpoint of the initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the full underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full, our net proceeds will be approximately $174.2 million.
 
Concurrently with the completion of this offering, we will sell an aggregate of 324,324 shares of common stock to certain of our executive officers in a private placement at a price per share equal to the public offering price per share in this offering shown on the cover of this prospectus, without payment of any placement fee by us, yielding an additional $6.0 million of net proceeds to us.
 
We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement to our operating partnership. Our operating partnership will use approximately $84.9 million of the net proceeds to fund (i) the approximate $81.9 million cash portion of the $240.0 million contractual purchase price for the six senior housing facilities that we currently have under contract and (ii) the payment of approximately $3.0 million of closing costs related to the acquisition. We will also assume approximately $158.1 million of in-place mortgage debt that encumbers the six facilities and $15.7 million of deposit liabilities relating to deferred and refundable resident entrance fees associated with the six facilities.
 
Our operating partnership will use the remaining net proceeds to invest in additional senior housing facilities in accordance with our investment strategy described in this prospectus, and for general business purposes. If any of the warrants are issued and subsequently exercised and we elect to issue shares of common stock rather than paying cash upon such exercise, we will contribute the proceeds to our operating partnership and our operating partnership will use the proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital. Prior to the full investment of the remaining net proceeds in senior housing facilities, we intend to invest the remaining net proceeds in interest-bearing, short-term securities or money-market accounts which are consistent with our intention to qualify as a REIT. Such investments may include, for example, government and government agency certificates, certificates of deposit, interest-bearing bank deposits and mortgage loan participations. These initial investments are expected to provide a lower net return than we will seek to achieve from investments in senior housing facilities.
 
Although we do not currently intend to use any of the net proceeds from this offering or the concurrent private placement to fund distributions to our stockholders, to the extent we use net offering proceeds to fund distributions, these payments may be treated as a return of capital to our stockholders and the amount of cash we have available to invest in senior housing facilities or for other purposes would be reduced.
 
We will use approximately $0.1 million of the proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement to repurchase the 1,000 shares of our common stock that were issued to Mr. Hutchison when we were formed and to reimburse out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Mr. Hutchison and his affiliates in connection with our formation, approximately $0.6 million to reimburse offering expenses which Mr. Hutchison has advanced on our behalf, and approximately $0.7 million to reimburse costs incurred by Mr. Hutchison in connection with the acquisition of our initial portfolio, primarily the earnest money deposit that Mr. Hutchison advanced on our behalf.


54


Table of Contents

 
Capitalization
 
The following table sets forth:
 
Ø   our actual capitalization as of June 30, 2010;
 
Ø   our capitalization (in thousands), as adjusted on a pro forma basis to give effect to (1) the sale of our common stock in this offering and the concurrent private placement, at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and, in the case of the common stock sold in this offering, net of the underwriting discounts and commissions and other expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, (2) the acquisition of the six senior housing facilities we have under contract and the assumption of the mortgage debt encumbering those facilities, (3) the repurchase of the 1,000 shares of common stock currently held by Mr. Hutchison for $1,000 and (4) the grant pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan of the shares of common stock described in the footnotes to the table.
 
This table should be read in conjunction with the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
 
                 
    Actual (1)
    Pro forma (1)(2)
 
    as of
    as of
 
    June 30, 2010     June 30, 2010  
   
          (unaudited)  
 
Cash
  $ 2,245     $ 72,257  
Long-term debt
          158,075  
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted
           
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 500,000,000 shares authorized, 9,099,324 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted (2)
    10       90  
Additional paid-in capital
    990       157,322  
Retained earnings (deficit)
    (476,915 )     (708 )
Total stockholders’ equity
    (475,915 )     156,704  
Total capitalization
  $ (473,670 )   $ 387,036  
 
 
(1) The amounts shown in the actual column are in dollars, whereas the amounts shown in the pro forma column are in thousands of dollars.
 
(2) Includes an aggregate of 25,000 shares of restricted common stock that will be granted to our director nominees upon completion of this offering. The pro forma amounts exclude: (i) up to 1,312,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option, (ii) any shares of common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of warrants that may be issued in connection with this offering, and (iii) the remaining shares reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (in addition to the stock grants that will be made upon completion of this offering as described above).


55


Table of Contents

 
Distribution policy
 
We intend to make regular quarterly distributions to our common stockholders out of funds legally available therefor beginning at such time as our board of directors determines that we have acquired senior housing facilities generating sufficient cash flow to do so. Until we invest a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement in senior housing facilities, we expect our distributions will be nominal. We cannot predict the timing of our senior housing facility investments or when we will commence paying quarterly distributions.
 
In order to qualify for taxation as a REIT, we intend to make annual distributions to our stockholders of an amount at least equal to:
 
Ø   90% of our REIT taxable income (determined before the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gain); plus
 
Ø   90% of the excess of our after-tax net income, if any, from foreclosure property over the tax imposed on such income by the Code; less
 
Ø   the sum of certain items of non-cash income.
 
Generally, we expect to distribute 100% of our taxable income so as to avoid the tax on undistributed REIT taxable income. However, we cannot assure you as to when we will begin to generate sufficient cash flow to make distributions to our stockholders or our ability to sustain those distributions. See the section entitled “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations” below.
 
Distributions will be authorized by our board of directors and declared by us based upon a variety of factors, including:
 
Ø   actual results of operations;
 
Ø   the timing of the investment of the net proceeds of this offering;
 
Ø   any debt service requirements;
 
Ø   capital expenditure requirements for our properties;
 
Ø   our taxable income;
 
Ø   the annual distribution requirement under the REIT provisions of the Code;
 
Ø   our operating expenses; and
 
Ø   other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
 
Distributions to our stockholders generally will be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary income; however, because a significant portion of our investments will be ownership of equity interests in senior housing facilities, which will generate depreciation and other non-cash charges against our income, a portion of our distributions may constitute a tax-free return of capital. To the extent that, in respect of any calendar year, cash available for distribution is less than our net taxable income, we could be required to sell assets or borrow funds to make cash distributions or make a portion of the required distribution in the form of a taxable share distribution or distribution of debt securities. In addition, prior to the time we have fully invested the net proceeds of this offering and our concurrent private placement, we may fund our quarterly distributions out of such net proceeds, although we do not currently expect to do so. The use of our net proceeds for distributions could be dilutive to our financial results. In addition, funding our distributions from our net proceeds may constitute a return of capital to our investors, which would have the effect of reducing each stockholder’s basis in its common stock. Income as computed for purposes of the tax rules described above will not necessarily correspond to our income as determined for financial reporting purposes. To the extent consistent with maintaining our qualification as a REIT, we may retain earnings that accumulate in our TRS lessee or any other TRS we may form.


56


Table of Contents

 
Selected pro forma financial information
 
The following selected pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2010 has been prepared to reflect adjustments to our historical consolidated balance sheet to illustrate the estimated effect of the following transactions as if they had occurred on June 30, 2010:
 
  (i)   the initial public offering of 8,750,000 shares of our common stock for an assumed initial public offering price of $18.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price shown on the cover of this prospectus, net of the underwriting discounts and commissions, and the offering of warrants to purchase up to an additional 8,750,000 shares of our common stock, which warrants would be issued only to investors who purchase shares of common stock in this offering if certain events occur and certain conditions are satisfied;
 
  (ii)  the concurrent private placement of 324,324 shares of our common stock to certain of our executive officers for an assumed purchase price of $18.50 per share, without payment of any placement fee;
 
  (iii)   the acquisition, following the closing of this offering and the concurrent private placement, of the six senior housing facilities we have under contract for approximately $81.9 million in cash, funded from the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement, the assumption of approximately $158.1 million of long-term indebtedness, the payment of approximately $3.0 million of closing costs and the assumption of approximately $15.7 million of deposit liabilities relating to deferred and refundable resident entrance fees associated with the six facilities; and
 
  (iv)  the grant pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan of an aggregate of 25,000 shares of restricted common stock to our director nominees upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement.
 
The following selected pro forma condensed consolidated operating data for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 has been prepared to illustrate the estimated effect of the transactions described in items (i) through (iv) above, assuming such transactions were completed on January 1, 2009 and also includes our anticipated operating costs and estimated payments under the proposed leases with affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management for Lake Barrington Woods, Bella Terra, Baywinde—Castle Pointe, Chancellor’s Village and Mangrove Bay and the existing leases with affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management for the New York assisted living facilities. The selected pro forma financial information and other data does not reflect the impact of the TRS lessee structure.
 
The following selected pro forma financial and other data should be read in conjunction with (i) our historical audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, (ii) our unaudited pro forma financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, (iii) the historical audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements of WSL IV and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, (iv) the historical audited and unaudited financial statements of SL Jupiter and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and (v) the “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections in this prospectus. We have based our unaudited pro forma adjustments on available information and assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The following selected pro forma financial and other data are presented for informational purposes only and do not purport to be indicative of our results of operations or financial condition even if the various events and transactions reflected therein had occurred on the dates, or been in effect during the periods indicated. The following selected pro forma


57


Table of Contents

 
Selected pro forma financial information
 
 
financial and other data are presented for informational purposes only and should not be viewed as indicative of our future results of operations or financial condition.
 
The following table presents our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2010 (in thousands):
 
         
    Pro forma
 
    June 30,
 
    2010  
   
 
Health care properties
  $ 257,155  
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 72,257  
Total assets
  $ 330,992  
Long term debt
  $ 158,075  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 330,992  
 
The following table presents our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated operating data for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
                 
    Pro forma
       
    six months
    Pro forma
 
    ended
    year ended
 
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
   
 
Operating Data
               
Revenues
               
Rental income
  $ 8,619     $ 17,140  
Net residence services
           
Membership fees
          317  
                 
Total revenues
  $ 8,619     $ 17,457  
                 
Operating expenses
               
Salaries and benefits
    1,362       2,676  
Real estate taxes and insurance
    178       355  
General and administrative
    527       984  
Property acquisition costs
    408       408  
Depreciation and amortization
    3,321       6,643  
                 
Total operating expenses
  $ 5,796     $ 11,066  
                 
Net operating income
    2,823       6,391  
                 
Interest expense and loan cost amortization
    (2,119 )     (4,994 )
                 
Net income
  $ 704     $ 1,397  
                 
Net income per share
               
Basic and diluted
    0.08       0.15  
Weighted average number of shares outstanding
               
Basic and diluted
    9,099,324       9,099,324  
Other Data
               
Funds from operations
  $ 4,025     $ 8,040  
EBITDA
  $ 6,144     $ 13,034  


58


Table of Contents

 
Selected pro forma financial information
 
 
The following table presents a reconciliation of our pro forma net income to pro forma FFO for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 (in thousands):
 
                 
    Pro forma
       
    six months
    Pro forma
 
    ended
    year ended
 
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
   
 
Net income
  $ 704     $ 1,397  
Depreciation and amortization
    3,321       6,643  
                 
Funds from operations
  $ 4,025     $ 8,040  
                 
 
We consider FFO to be an indicative measure of operating performance due to the significant effect of depreciation of real estate assets on net income. We calculate FFO in accordance with standards established by NAREIT which defines FFO as net income or loss determined in accordance with GAAP, excluding gains or losses from sales of property but including asset impairment write downs, plus depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of deferred financing costs) of real estate assets, and after adjustments for the portion of these items related to unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures.
 
In calculating FFO, net income is determined in accordance with GAAP and includes the noncash effect of scheduled rent increases throughout the lease terms. This is a GAAP convention requiring real estate companies to report rental revenue based on the average rent per year over the life of the leases. We believe that by excluding the effect of depreciation, amortization and gains or losses from sales of real estate, all of which are based on historical costs and which may be of limited relevance in evaluating current performance, FFO can facilitate comparisons of operating performance between periods and between other equity REITs. We also believe FFO captures trends in occupancy rates, rental rates and operating costs. FFO was developed by NAREIT as a relative measure of performance and liquidity of an equity REIT in order to recognize that income-producing real estate historically has not depreciated on the basis determined under GAAP, which assumes that the value of real estate diminishes predictably over time. In addition, we believe FFO is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of equity REITs. However, FFO (1) does not represent cash generated from operating activities determined in accordance with GAAP (which, unlike FFO, generally reflects all cash effects of transactions and other events that enter into the determination of net income), (2) is not necessarily indicative of cash flow available to fund cash needs and (3) should not be considered as an alternative to net income determined in accordance with GAAP as an indication of our operating performance. FFO, as presented, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other equity REITS. Accordingly, we believe that in order to facilitate a clear understanding of our pro forma operating results, FFO should be considered only as supplemental information and only in conjunction with our pro forma net income as reported in the accompanying pro forma financial statements and notes thereto.
 
At this time, we have not made a determination regarding whether adjustments to the manner in which FFO is calculated in order to adjust for the effect of straight line rent, capital expenditures, depreciation and other adjustments are appropriate for our company. We will assess whether any such adjustments are appropriate during our first year of operations following completion of this offering.


59


Table of Contents

 
Selected pro forma financial information
 
 
The following table presents a reconciliation of our pro forma net income to our pro forma EBITDA for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 (in thousands):
 
                 
    Pro forma
    Pro forma
 
    six months
    year ended
 
    ended
    December 31,
 
    June 30, 2010     2009  
   
 
Net income
  $ 704     $ 1,397  
Depreciation and amortization
    3,321       6,643  
Interest expense and loan cost amortization
    2,119       4,994  
                 
EBITDA
  $ 6,144     $ 13,034  
                 
 
EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) (calculated in accordance with GAAP) excluding: (1) interest expense, (2) income tax benefit or expense; and (3) depreciation and amortization. We believe EBITDA is useful to us and to an investor as a supplemental measure in evaluating our financial performance because it excludes expenses that we believe may not be indicative of our operating performance. By excluding interest expense, EBITDA measures our financial performance regardless of how we finance our operations and our capital structure. By excluding depreciation and amortization expense, which can vary by property based on factors unrelated to property operating performance, we and our investors can more accurately assess the financial performance of our portfolio. Our management also uses EBITDA as one measure in determining the value of acquisitions and dispositions. In addition, we believe EBITDA is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of equity REITs, particularly in the health care and senior housing industry. However, because EBITDA is calculated before recurring cash charges such as interest expense and taxes and is not adjusted for capital expenditures or other recurring cash requirements of our business, it does not reflect the amount of capital needed to maintain our properties nor does it reflect trends in interest costs due to interest rate changes or increased borrowings. EBITDA should be considered only as a supplement to net income, net cash provided by operating activities or any other financial and operating performance measure prescribed by GAAP. Other equity REITs may calculate EBITDA differently than we do and, accordingly, our calculation of EBITDA may not be comparable to such other REITs’ EBITDA.


60


Table of Contents

 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
 
You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the information provided under the sections of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Selected Pro Forma Financial Information,” and “Business” and our audited financial statements and the pro forma financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those contained in these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
OVERVIEW
 
We are a self-advised real estate company that was organized in April 2010 to acquire, own and actively asset manage income-producing senior housing facilities that derive substantially all of their revenues from private payment sources, generate stable cash flows and have the potential for long-term capital appreciation. As a newly formed company with no business activity to date, we have no historical operating history and only nominal assets, consisting of only cash contributed in connection with our formation. See “Capitalization.” However, shortly after completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we expect to complete the acquisition of six high quality senior housing facilities located in Florida, Illinois, New Jersey, New York and Virginia for an aggregate contractual purchase price of $240.0 million excluding transaction costs and the assumption of certain deposit liabilities, including approximately $81.9 million in cash and the assumption of approximately $158.1 million of in-place mortgage debt. Substantially all of the revenues at these facilities are derived from private payment sources.
 
We intend to elect and qualify to be treated as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We will own our senior housing facilities and conduct substantially all operations through our operating partnership, Legacy Healthcare Properties, LP, and its subsidiaries. Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we will own a 100% partnership interest in our operating partnership and be our operating partnership’s sole general partner. See “Operating Partnership and the Partnership Agreement.”
 
For us to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, we cannot operate the senior housing facilities we acquire. We will lease the facilities we acquire either to our TRS lessee which will engage facility operators that are “eligible independent contractors” to manage those facilities, or directly to third-party facility operators under lease agreements. We may also lease the individual units at certain of our facilities directly to the residents at those facilities and provide services to the residents through a TRS. Our TRS lessee or any TRS service provider will be treated as a TRS for federal income tax purposes and will be consolidated into our financial statements in accordance with GAAP. However, since both our operating partnership and our TRS lessee are controlled by us, our principal source of funds from any facilities we lease to our TRS lessee will, on a consolidated basis, be from the operations of those facilities. Our principal source of funds from any facilities we lease to third-party facility operators or residents will be from rental income paid by our facility operators under net lease agreements or by residents under lease agreements with those residents. If our TRS lessee or any TRS service provider provides services to the residents at a facility, our consolidated revenue will include the fees earned by these entities for those services and our consolidated expenses will include the expenses incurred by these entities in providing the services. The earnings of our TRS lessee or any TRS service provider will be fully subject to taxation as a C corporation, which will reduce our FFO and the cash otherwise available for distribution to our stockholders.


61


Table of Contents

 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
 
 
As further described in “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations,” following the completion of this offering and our receipt of the private letter ruling from the IRS that we intend to request confirming our ability to lease the six facilities we have under contract to our TRS lessee and the regulatory approvals required to transfer the operating licenses for these facilities to our TRS lessee, we intend to lease these facilities to our TRS lessee and engage Senior Lifestyle Management to manage the operations of these facilities pursuant to a management agreement. Pending receipt of these approvals, we will enter into new or assume existing leases with affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management, which we expect to terminate upon receipt of the private letter ruling and regulatory approvals. For more details regarding the terms of the management agreement and the new and existing leases, see “Business—Our Portfolio—Senior Housing Facilities Under Contract.”
 
Our unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 included elsewhere in this prospectus reflect the expected rental revenue to be received pursuant to the terms of the new and existing leases with affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management with respect to the six senior housing facilities we have under contract and do not reflect the TRS lessee structure that we expect to put in place upon receipt of the private letter ruling and regulatory approvals. If we obtain such private letter ruling and regulatory approvals and then lease the facilities to our TRS lessee, the rental revenue presented in our unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations would no longer be applicable and the operations of the facilities, by virtue of the TRS lessee structure, would be reflected in our statement of operations.
 
We estimate that, if we had completed the acquisition of the six facilities we have under contract as of January 1, 2009, and implemented the TRS lessee structure immediately upon completion of the acquisition, while our pro forma total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 would have increased from approximately $8.6 million and $17.1 million, respectively, to approximately $21.9 million and $43.4 million, respectively, our pro forma FFO for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 would have been substantially consistent with the pro forma FFO for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 presented elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Utilization of the TRS lessee structure for any or all of these facilities would cause the revenues and expenses of the underlying operations of the facilities to be reflected in our results of operations, with such expenses inclusive of the management fees paid to Senior Lifestyle Management pursuant to the management agreement entered into by the TRS lessee. The TRS lessee structure subjects us to the business risks inherent in the facilities’ operations while allowing us to benefit from any potential increase in revenues or cost efficiencies achieved by the operations. Should we instead utilize the TRS lessee structure for some but not all of these facilities, and lease units in the facilities for which we do not utilize the TRS lessee structure directly to the residents while using a TRS to provide services to such residents, our results of operations, cash flows, and the nature of our business risks and opportunities would not change materially. Alternatively, if we lease the facilities through net leases to the operators or affiliates of the operators, we would recognize rental revenues pursuant to the net leases and our results of operations would benefit primarily from any rent escalators.
 
There can be no assurance, however, that we will obtain the necessary regulatory approvals or be able to utilize the TRS lessee structure as outlined above. If we obtain the necessary rulings and regulatory approvals, there can be no assurance that the revenues generated or operating expenses incurred by us will be consistent with the revenues and operating expenses reflected in the historical audited and unaudited financial statements of SL Jupiter and the historical audited and unaudited financial statements of Senior Lifestyle operators referenced below for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009.


62


Table of Contents

 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
 
 
We have included the historical audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements of WSL IV, which reflect the historical financial position and operating history of the owner of five of the six senior housing facilities we intend to acquire after the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement. We have included the historical audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements of SL Jupiter, which reflect the historical financial position and operating history of the owner and operator of the sixth senior housing facility we intend to acquire after the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement. We have also included the historical audited and unaudited combined financial statements of Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio, which contain the historical operating history of six limited liability companies (SL Bella Terra, LLC, SL Barrington, LLC, SL Walden, LLC, SL Sage Harbor, LLC, SL Castle Pointe, LLC and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC, which we collectively refer to as the Senior Lifestyle operators) that operate the five senior housing facilities owned by WSL IV. We will not acquire the Senior Lifestyle operators as part of our intended acquisition of WSL IV or SL Jupiter; however we believe these financial statements and the notes thereto are meaningful to potential investors, since these operations will be relevant to our future operating results whether or not we implement the TRS lessee structure described above.
 
See “Selected Pro Forma Financial Information” and the pro forma financial statements and the related notes for additional information.
 
FACTORS AFFECTING OUR BUSINESS AND THE BUSINESS OF OUR FACILITY OPERATORS
 
The success of our business is dependent on a number of macroeconomic, demographic demand and industry fundamental trends. These trends will influence our ongoing ability to source accretive investment opportunities while other factors will impact our facility operators’ ability to conduct the operations of our facilities profitably and meet their obligations to us.
 
Industry trends
 
The number of Americans age 65 and older is expected to grow significantly in aggregate numbers and as a relative percentage of the total U.S. population. For example, the United States Census Bureau projects that the segment of the U.S. population age 65 and older will grow from a combined 40.2 million in 2010 (13.0% of the total population), to 54.8 million in 2020 (16.1% of the total population) and to more than 72.0 million Americans age 65 and older by 2030 (19.3% of the total population).
 
Supply fundamentals have been an important factor in previous senior housing cycles, notably supply overhang due to overbuilding in the late 1990s, which produced a sustained period of lower supply growth that increased net absorption and contributed to significant sustained rate increases within the sector. According to NIC Map Data Analysis and the American Senior Housing Association’s 2009 State of Seniors Housing report, construction starts and new unit delivery reductions will cause industry supply growth to trend from an estimated 1.7% in 2008 to an estimated 1.3% for 2009, significantly below the historical average supply growth rate of 4.8% since 1985. We believe capital market dislocations, a scarcity of development capital and continued challenging credit market conditions will restrain supply growth in the near term.
 
For more information regarding industry trends, you should refer to “Business—Our Market Opportunity.”
 
Competitive environment for health care real estate investing
 
We expect to compete for investment opportunities with institutional investors, private equity investors, other REITs and numerous local, regional and national owners, in each of our target markets. Some of these entities may have substantially greater financial resources than we do and may be able and willing to accept more risk than we can prudently manage. Competition generally may increase the bargaining


63


Table of Contents

 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
 
 
power of property owners seeking to sell and reduce the number of suitable investment opportunities offered to us or purchased by us.
 
The senior housing industry is highly competitive. Senior housing facilities we acquire will compete with other properties for residents in our markets. In addition, we must compete against home health care and other in home services which may allow residents to extend their stay in their apartment or home. Competitive factors include location, convenience, brand affiliation, rates, range of services, facilities and amenities or accommodations offered and quality of service. Competition in the markets in which our facilities will operate will include competition from existing, newly renovated and newly developed senior housing facilities in the relevant segments. Competition can adversely affect the occupancy and rates of our facilities, and thus our financial results, and may require us to provide additional amenities, incur additional costs or make capital improvements that we otherwise might not choose to make, which may adversely affect our profitability.
 
Liquidity and access to capital
 
Although our governing documents contain no limitations on the amount of debt that we can incur, we expect to maintain a reasonably low-leverage capital structure and intend to target on a long-term basis the sum of the outstanding principal amount of our consolidated indebtedness and the liquidation preference or redemption feature of any outstanding shares of preferred stock of approximately 40% to 45% of the cost basis of our total assets. In addition, our assumption of in-place mortgage debt in connection with our initial acquisition may cause our consolidated indebtedness to exceed the general limitation described above.
 
We expect to meet our short-term liquidity requirements generally through net cash provided by operations, existing cash balances and, if necessary, short-term borrowings under a future revolving credit facility. We believe that net cash provided by operations will be adequate to fund operating requirements, including management fee payments made to our facility operators, to pay interest on any borrowings and fund dividends in accordance with the requirements to qualify as a REIT under federal income tax laws.
 
Our indebtedness outstanding upon the completion of this offering and the acquisition of our initial portfolio of senior housing facilities will be comprised principally of secured mortgage debt. Following the anticipated application of the net proceeds of this offering, we expect to have approximately $158.1 million of outstanding indebtedness, all of which will mature in 2013.
 
Factors affecting our operators’ profitability
 
Our revenues will be derived principally from rents we receive from net leases with our facility operators or from rents we receive from our TRS lessee pursuant to net leases if we are able to utilize the TRS lessee structure. Certain economic factors present both opportunities and risks to our facility operators and, therefore, influence their ability to meet their obligations to us. These factors will directly affect our facility operators’ operations and, given our reliance on their performance under our leases and management agreements, will present risks to us that may affect our results of operations or ability to meet our financial obligations.
 
Labor and related expenses typically represent our facility operators’ largest cost component. Therefore, the labor markets in which our facility operators operate will affect their ability to operate cost effectively and profitably. In order for our facility operators to be successful, they must possess the management capability to attract and maintain skilled and motivated workforces. Much of the required labor needed to operate senior housing facilities requires specific technical experience and education. As a result, our facility operators may be required to increase their payroll costs to attract labor and adequately staff their operations. Increases in labor costs due to higher wages and greater employee


64


Table of Contents

 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
 
 
benefits required to attract and retain qualified personnel could affect our facility operators’ ability to meet their obligations to us.
 
For the facilities we net lease, we will seek to establish our rent at an appropriate level so that our facility operators are able to earn a reasonable return for their services and performance. This requires discipline to ensure that we do not overpay for the properties we acquire and negotiate long-term lease contracts with facility operators which fairly compensate us and them for the investment and operating risks associated with the business. While we operate in a competitive environment, we carefully assess the long-term risks facing our facility operators as we consider an investment. Because our leases are long-term arrangements, we are required to assess both the short and long-term capital needs of the properties we acquire. The senior housing facilities on which we focus are generally highly specialized real estate assets. We believe our dedicated management team has developed broad expertise in assessing the short and long-term needs of this asset class.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
As of the date of this prospectus, we have no operations because we have been in our organizational stage. We will not commence operations until we have closed the sale of all or a portion of the shares of our common stock offered hereby. Following the completion of this offering and the acquisition of our initial portfolio of facilities, our operations will consist primarily of revenues from the facility operators who will lease our facilities and our expenses will consist primarily of general and administrative expenses, salaries and benefits, interest expense on the mortgage debt we will assume, insurance costs and other general overhead expenses.
 
COMPONENTS OF OUR REVENUES AND EXPENSES
 
This section describes what we expect will be the components of our revenues and expenses following the completion of the acquisition of our initial portfolio of facilities. The components of our revenues and expenses are dependent upon whether our properties are leased to a third-party tenant who operates the facilities under a net lease agreement or we lease our properties to our TRS lessee and the TRS lessee enters into a management agreement with a qualified independent contractor to operate the day-to-day operations of the facility, which we refer to as the TRS lessee structure.
 
Revenues
 
Our rental income from our initial portfolio will consist primarily of the rents received from affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management pursuant to new or existing leases. The leases contain scheduled changes in rent payments, and, as a result, rental income will include unbilled rent relating to the straight-lining of rent based upon the cumulative rent to be paid pursuant to the leases recognized ratably over the term of the lease.
 
In addition to rent payable by affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management, our revenue may include other cash payments owed to us by affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management.
 
To the extent that we lease our facilities to our TRS lessee whose operations will be consolidated into our financial statements, we will also recognize rental income from residents at our facilities as well as resident services revenue.
 
Expenses
 
We will recognize a variety of cash and non-cash charges in our financial statements. Our cash expenses will consist primarily of general and administrative expenses, salaries and benefits, insurance costs, interest expense on the borrowings we will assume in connection with the acquisition of our initial


65


Table of Contents

 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
 
 
portfolio and other corporate overhead. Our general and administrative costs will consist primarily accounting, legal and other professional fees. Our non-cash expenses will consist primarily of stock-based compensation expenses. To the extent that we lease our facilities to our TRS lessee whose operations will be consolidated into our financial statements, we will recognize expenses related to the operation of our facilities, including salaries, marketing costs, utilities and repairs and maintenance.
 
Change in fair value of derivatives
 
The long-term debt agreements we will assume in connection with the acquisition of our initial portfolio are floating rate obligations. We will be required to obtain an interest rate cap for these floating rate obligations. In accordance with GAAP, all derivatives, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, are to be recorded as either an asset or liability measured at their fair value. We will recognize any changes in the fair value of the cap agreements in equity as a component of other comprehensive income.
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
We will incur depreciation expense on all of our acquired long-lived assets and amortization expense on any intangible assets acquired with an estimated useful life, resulting from the required application of purchase accounting in the initial recording of our real estate acquisitions. This non-cash expense is designed under GAAP to reflect the economic useful lives of our assets.
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Below is a discussion of the accounting policies that we believe will be critical once we commence operations. We consider these policies critical because they require estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain, involve various assumptions and require significant management judgment, and because they are important for understanding and evaluating our reported financial results. These judgments will affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Applying different estimates or assumptions may result in materially different amounts reported in our financial statements. From time to time, we will re-evaluate our estimates and assumptions. In the event estimates or assumptions prove to be different from actual results, adjustments would be made in subsequent periods to reflect more current estimates and assumptions about matters that are inherently uncertain.
 
Revenue recognition
 
For properties leased to our TRS lessee, we will recognize rental income as earned under rental agreements with the residents of our facilities which typically have terms of one year or less. We also will recognize resident services revenue, which consists of ancillary charges to residents for services such as personal care and assistance with daily living activities, upon completion of the applicable service.
 
For properties net leased to facility operators, we will recognize rental revenue on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the facility operator has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased facility. For facilities acquired subject to leases, we will recognize revenue upon acquisition of the facility provided the facility operator has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased facility. If the lease provides for tenant improvements, we will determine whether the tenant improvements, for accounting purposes, are owned by the facility operator or us. When we are the owner of the tenant improvements, the facility operator will not be considered to have taken physical possession or have control of the physical use of the leased facility until the tenant improvements are substantially completed. When the facility operator is the owner of the tenant improvements, any tenant


66


Table of Contents

 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
 
 
improvement allowance funded will be treated as a lease incentive and amortized as a reduction of revenue over the lease term. The determination of ownership of the tenant improvements will be subject to significant judgment. If our assessment of the owner of the tenant improvements for accounting purposes were to change, the timing and amount of our revenue recognized would be impacted.
 
Certain leases with facility operators may provide for additional rents contingent upon a percentage of the facility’s revenue in excess of specified base amounts or other thresholds. Such revenue will be recognized when actual results reported by the facility operator, or estimates of facility operator results, exceed the base amount or other thresholds. The recognition of additional rents will require us to make estimates of amounts owed and to a certain extent will be dependent on the accuracy of the facility results reported to us by the facility operator. Our estimates may differ from actual results, which could be material to our consolidated financial statements.
 
We will maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts, including an allowance for straight-line rent receivables, for estimated losses resulting from facility operator defaults or the inability of facility operator to make contractual rent and for estimated losses resulting from residents defaults or inability of the residents to make their contractual rent payments. We will monitor the liquidity and creditworthiness of our facility operators on an ongoing basis. For facility operators this evaluation will consider industry and economic conditions, property performance, credit enhancements and other factors. For straight-line rent amounts, our assessment will be based on income recoverable over the term of the lease. We will exercise judgment in establishing allowances and consider payment history and current credit status in developing these estimates. These estimates may differ from actual results, which could be material to our consolidated financial statements.
 
Real estate
 
We will make estimates as part of our allocation of the purchase price of acquisitions of properties to the various components of the acquisition based upon the relative value of each component. Upon acquisition, we allocate the purchase price based on the fair value of the acquired land, building, furniture, fixtures and equipment, identifiable intangible assets, other assets and assumed liabilities. Identifiable intangible assets typically arise from contractual arrangements. We determine the acquisition-date fair values of all assets and assumed liabilities using methods similar to those used by independent appraisers (e.g., discounted cash flow analysis) and that utilize appropriate discount and/or capitalization rates and available market information, and we utilize the services of independent third-party consultants to perform valuation studies to support our determinations of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Estimates of future cash flows are based on a number of factors including historical operating results, known and anticipated trends, and market and economic conditions. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred.
 
Renovations to our health care properties and/or replacements of assets that improve or extend the life of the asset are capitalized and depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Furniture, fixtures and equipment under capital leases are carried at the present value of the minimum lease payments.
 
Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred.
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
Health care properties will be carried at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of 25 to 40 years for buildings and one to seven years for furniture, fixtures and equipment. Intangible assets arising from contractual arrangements will typically be amortized over the life of the contract.


67


Table of Contents

 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
 
 
We will be required to make subjective assessments as to the useful lives and classification of our properties for purposes of determining the amount of depreciation expense to reflect each year with respect to the assets. These assessments may impact our results of operations.
 
Impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill
 
We will assess the carrying value of our real estate assets and related intangibles which we refer to as real estate assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a real estate asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Goodwill will be tested at least annually by applying the two-step approach. If the sum of the expected future net undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the real estate assets, an impairment loss will be recognized by adjusting the asset’s carrying amount to its estimated fair value. If the fair value of a reporting unit containing goodwill is less than its carrying value, then a second step of the test will be needed to measure the amount of potential goodwill impairment. The second step will require the fair value of the reporting unit to be allocated to all the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination at the date of the impairment test. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the fair value of assets and liabilities will be the implied value of goodwill and will be used to determine the amount of impairment. The determination of the fair value of real estate assets and goodwill will involve significant judgment. This judgment will be based on our analysis and estimates of fair value of real estate assets and reporting units, and the future operating results and resulting cash flows of each real estate asset whose carrying amount may not be recoverable. Our ability to accurately predict future operating results and cash flows and estimate and allocate fair values will impact the timing and recognition of impairments. While we believe our assumptions will be reasonable, changes in these assumptions may have a material impact on our financial results. A property will be considered held for sale when a contract for sale is entered into, a substantial, non-refundable deposit has been committed by the purchaser, and sale is reasonably expected to close.
 
Stock-based compensation
 
Prior to the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we will adopt our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which provides for the grant of stock options, stock awards, stock appreciation rights, performance units and other equity-based awards. Equity-based compensation will be recognized as an expense in our financial statements and measured at the fair value of the award on the date of grant. The amount of the expense may be subject to adjustment in future periods depending on the specific characteristics of the equity-based award and the application of the accounting guidance.
 
Stock purchase warrants
 
We account for stock purchase warrants as equity securities, unless, based on the underlying terms of the stock warrant agreement, the stock purchase warrants are determined to be derivative instruments. We expect the warrants we may issue in connection with this offering will be treated as equity securities.
 
Income taxes
 
We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT under the Code and intend to operate as such beginning with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We expect to have little or no taxable income prior to electing REIT status. To qualify as a REIT, we must meet certain organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement to distribute at least 90% of our annual REIT taxable income to our stockholders each year, computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction or net capital gain. As a REIT, excluding the taxes applicable to our TRS lessee, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax to the extent we currently distribute our taxable income to our stockholders. If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we will be subject to federal income tax on our taxable income at regular corporate income tax rates and generally will not be permitted to qualify for treatment as a REIT


68


Table of Contents

 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
 
 
for federal income tax purposes for the four taxable years following the year during which qualification is lost unless the IRS grants us relief under certain statutory provisions. Such an event could materially adversely affect our net income and net cash available for distribution to stockholders. However, we intend to organize and operate in such a manner as to qualify for treatment as a REIT.
 
Even if we qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, we may still be subject to state and local taxes on our income and assets and to federal income and excise taxes on our undistributed income. Additionally, any income earned by our TRS lessee, and any other TRS we form in the future, will be fully subject to federal, state, and local corporate income tax.
 
As part of the process of preparing consolidated financial statements, significant judgment is required of management to evaluate our compliance with applicable REIT requirements. Our determinations are based on our interpretations of tax laws, and our conclusions may have an impact on the income tax expense recognized. Events or circumstances which may require adjustments to income tax expense include: (i) our ability to qualify as a REIT, (ii) audits conducted by federal and state taxing authorities, and (iii) changes in tax laws.
 
Business combinations and property acquisition costs
 
Effective with our inception, we adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, guidance related to business combinations and property acquisitions, which requires the acquiring entity in a business combination or asset purchase to measure the assets acquired, liabilities assumed (including contingencies) and any non-controlling interests at their fair values on the acquisition date. The guidance also requires that acquisition-related transaction costs be expensed as incurred, acquired research and development value be capitalized and acquisition-related restructuring costs be capitalized only if they meet certain criteria. These costs, totaling $407,789, are included in property acquisition costs on our consolidated statement of operations for the period from inception to June 30, 2010.
 
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
In April 2009, the FASB issued additional disclosure provisions of Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 825-10, Financial Instruments—Overall , which we refer to as ASC 825-10. ASC 825-10 requires disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly-traded companies in addition to the annual financial statements. ASC 825-10 is effective for interim periods ending after June 15, 2009. Prior period presentation is not required for comparative purposes at initial adoption. The adoption of ASC 825-10 on June 30, 2009 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
In April 2009, the FASB issued an amendment to ASC 320-10, Investment-Debt and Equity Securities—Overall , which we refer to as ASC 320-10. ASC 320-10 amends the other-than-temporary impairment guidance for debt securities to make the guidance more operational and to improve the presentation and disclosure of other-than-temporary impairments on debt and equity securities in the financial statements. The amended provision of ASC 320-10 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of ASC 320-10 on June 30, 2009 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
In April 2009, the FASB issued an amendment to ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures—Overall , which we refer to as ASC 820-10. ASC 820-10 provides additional guidance for estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for both financial and nonfinancial assets or liabilities have significantly decreased. ASC 820-10 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods ending after June 15, 2009 and shall be applied prospectively. The adoption of ASC 820-10 on June 30, 2009 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.


69


Table of Contents

 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
 
 
In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855, Subsequent Events , which we refer to as ASC 855. ASC 855 provides general guidelines to account for the disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or available to be issued. These guidelines are consistent with current accounting requirements, but clarify the period, circumstances, and disclosures for properly identifying and accounting for subsequent events. ASC 855 is effective for interim periods and fiscal years ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of ASC 855 on June 30, 2009 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17, Consolidations (Topic 810): Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities , which we refer to as Update No. 2009-17. Update No. 2009-17 requires enterprises to perform a qualitative approach to determining whether or not a variable interest entity will need to be consolidated on a continuous basis. This evaluation will be based on an enterprise’s ability to direct and influence the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact its economic performance. Update No. 2009-17 is effective for interim periods and fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. The adoption of Update No. 2009-17 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
In June 2009, the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, or the Codification, was issued in the form of ASC 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles , which we refer to as ASC 105. Upon issuance, the Codification became the single source of authoritative, nongovernmental U.S. GAAP. The Codification reorganized GAAP pronouncements into accounting topics, which are displayed using a single structure. Certain SEC guidance is also included in the Codification and will follow a similar topical structure in separate SEC sections. ASC 105 is effective for interim periods and fiscal years ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of the Codification will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
In August 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-04, Accounting for Redeemable Equity Instruments—Amendment to Section 480-10-S99 (SEC Update), which we refer to as Update No. 2009-04. This update requires that preferred securities, or instruments with similar characteristics, such as noncontrolling interests, that are redeemable for cash or other assets be classified outside of permanent equity if they are redeemable (i) at a fixed or determinable price on a fixed or determinable date, (ii) at the option of the holder, or (iii) upon the occurrence of an event that is not solely within the control of the issuer. The SEC believes that it is necessary to highlight the future cash obligations attached to this type of security so as to distinguish it from permanent capital. The adoption of Update No. 2009-04 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Accounting and Reporting for Decreases in Ownership of a Subsidiary—a Scope Clarification . The amendments in this update clarify that a decrease in ownership resulting from sales of in substance real estate should be accounted for under the guidelines in ASC Sub Topics 360-20, Property, Plant, and Equipment, and ASC Sub Topics 976-605, Retail/Land . This update will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
PRO FORMA LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
Although our governing documents contain no limitations on the amount of debt that we can incur, we expect to maintain a reasonably low-leverage capital structure and intend to target on a long-term basis the sum of the outstanding principal amount of our consolidated indebtedness and the liquidation preference or redemption feature of any outstanding shares of preferred stock of approximately 40% to 45% of the cost basis of our total assets. In addition, our assumption of in-place mortgage debt in connection with our initial acquisition may cause our consolidated indebtedness to exceed the general limitation described above.


70


Table of Contents

 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
 
 
We anticipate that our total pro forma consolidated indebtedness will be approximately $158.1 million upon completion of the acquisition of the six senior housing facilities we have under contract.
 
Our short-term and long-term liquidity requirements consist primarily of funding our operating expenses and other expenditures directly associated with our properties, including:
 
Ø   Distributions paid to our stockholders pursuant to our distribution policy and to maintain our REIT status;
 
Ø   Interest expense and scheduled principal payments on our indebtedness;
 
Ø   Acquisition of properties;
 
Ø   Capital expenditures to improve our properties;
 
Ø   Recurring repairs and maintenance expenditures required to maintain our properties; and
 
Ø   Certain taxes affiliated with our TRS lessee structure.
 
We expect to meet our short term liquidity needs through a combination of the following:
 
Ø   Cash on hand;
 
Ø   Cash provided by operations;
 
Ø   Net proceeds from this offering;
 
Ø   Deposits from our membership programs; and
 
Ø   Reserves established for the replacement of furniture, fixtures and equipment.
 
We expect to meet our long term liquidity needs through a combination of the following:
 
Ø   Our ability to refinance borrowings on our properties;
 
Ø   Issuance of additional equity and/or debt securities; and
 
Ø   Sources described above with respect to our short-term liquidity.
 
In addition to the sources described above, we intend to obtain a revolving credit facility to provide us with additional liquidity to, among other things, pursue acquisitions which may require capital exceeding the funds raised in this offering. There is no assurance that we will be successful in securing a revolving credit facility on terms that are acceptable to us or at all.
 
We do not currently intend to reserve funds to retire existing secured or unsecured indebtedness upon maturity.
 
In order to remain qualified as a REIT, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, excluding net capital gains and determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction, to stockholders. We intend to pay distributions to our stockholders on a quarterly basis pursuant to our distribution policy, as more fully described under “Distribution Policy.” In addition, we utilize our capital to acquire or develop properties or entities that own properties and invest in joint ventures that acquire and own properties. Our properties will require recurring investment related to capital expenditures and general capital improvements.
 
We intend to invest in senior housing facilities only as suitable opportunities arise. In the near-term, we intend to fund future investments in properties with the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement and borrowings assumed or executed in connection with such acquisitions. Longer term, we intend to finance our additional senior housing investments and scheduled debt maturities under our mortgages with the net proceeds from additional issuances of common stock and issuances of OP units in our operating partnership and through long-term secured and unsecured borrowings which we anticipate will have staggered maturities. Over time, we intend to take advantage of the strength of


71


Table of Contents

 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
 
 
the senior housing segment in obtaining attractive long-term debt from government sponsored entities, or GSEs, such as the Federal National Mortgage Association, or Fannie Mae, and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or Freddie Mac. For example, Fannie Mae is the lender of the approximately $158.1 million of in-place mortgage debt that we will assume in connection with the acquisition of our initial portfolio of facilities.
 
Although we have no formal written agreement with Mr. Hutchison or any of his affiliates to do so, we intend to use approximately $0.1 million of the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement to reimburse out-of-pocket costs incurred by Mr. Hutchison and his affiliates in connection with our formation, approximately $0.6 million to reimburse offering expenses which Mr. Hutchison has advanced on our behalf, and approximately $0.7 million to reimburse the costs incurred by Mr. Hutchison in connection with the acquisition of our initial portfolio, primarily the earnest money deposit that Mr. Hutchison advanced on our behalf.
 
DEFERRED AND REFUNDABLE ENTRANCE FEES
 
Our pro forma financial information includes the receipt and recognition of member deposits and membership fee income representing the required entrance fee paid by residents of rented units, pursuant to a membership contract entered into at the time of the execution of the residency agreement. Under most membership arrangements, a portion of the upfront fee paid is refundable to the resident in accordance with the underlying residency agreement. The remaining amount of the entrance fee is accounted for as deferred revenue and included in the balance of other liabilities, and a portion is recognized each year as membership fee revenue, depending upon the terms of the residency agreement. Under the membership program, deposits generally become refundable upon the member’s withdrawal from the program and a request for a refund. However, for a substantial majority of our deposits, our obligation to refund the deposit of a member who has requested a refund occurs only after we have entered into a new resident agreement with a new resident upon the resale of the specific unit. We recognize a liability for the membership deposits, which do bear interest, and recognize the cash flow from these deposits. On a pro forma basis, our accrued deposit liability pertaining to deferred and refundable resident entrance fees was approximately $15.7 million as of June 30, 2010.
 
COMMITMENTS
 
Upon the completion of the acquisition of our initial portfolio, we expect to have long-term indebtedness totaling approximately $158.1 million. The following table summarizes the repayment schedule for such indebtedness for each of the years from 2010 to 2013 assuming we do not exercise our conversion right which would extend the term for up to 10 years (in thousands):
 
         
2010
  $ 1,186  
2011
    2,477  
2012
    2,574  
2013
    151,838  
         
Total
  $ 158,075  
         


72


Table of Contents

 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
 
 
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED INDEBTEDNESS
 
We anticipate that, upon completion of the acquisition of our initial portfolio, we will have approximately $158.1 million of outstanding mortgage debt, all of which will bear interest at a floating rate. This indebtedness is expected to be comprised of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
                Pro Forma
 
                Principal Balance as of
 
    Interest Rate (1)     Maturity Date     June 30, 2010  
   
 
Mortgage debt (2)
    3 month DMBS + 2.15 %     6/1/2013     $ 125,050  
Mortgage debt (3)
    3 month DMBS + 2.15 %     6/1/2013       33,025  
                         
Total Indebtedness
                  $ 158,075  
 
 
(1) The “DMBS rate” refers to the discounted mortgage-backed securities rate quoted by Fannie Mae. The weighted average DMBS rate for August 2010, based on reported trades occurring during such month, was 0.2338%.
 
(2) Cross-collateralized and cross-defaulted mortgage debt secured by Lake Barrington Woods, Bella Terra, Baywinde, Walden Place and Chancellor’s Village.
 
(3) Mortgage debt secured by Mangrove Bay. This mortgage debt is not cross-collateralized or cross-defaulted.
 
MATERIAL COVENANTS OF OUR PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED OUTSTANDING INDEBTEDNESS
 
We expect that our outstanding pro forma indebtedness as a result of the acquisition of our initial portfolio will be secured by the individual health care facilities and the loans will be cross-defaulted and cross-collateralized. We anticipate that, in addition to the pro forma indebtedness, any additional indebtedness incurred in connection with our acquisitions of facilities or portfolios of facilities will generally contain customary affirmative covenants, which are also found in our outstanding pro forma indebtedness, specific to the facility or facilities such as financial reporting and standard lease requirements and negative covenants, including, among others, restrictions on or require approval for the borrower’s ability to (i) create or incur additional liens or indebtedness, (ii) transfer the facility or an interest in the facility, (iii) merge or consolidate with or into, or convey, transfer or dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to or in favor of, any other person and (iv) change the management of the facilities.
 
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
 
As of the date of this prospectus, we have entered into the purchase and sale agreement relating to the acquisition of our initial portfolio. Other than this purchase and sale agreement, we do not have any other material contractual obligations.
 
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
 
As of the date of this prospectus, we had no off-balance sheet transactions.
 
FUNDS FROM OPERATIONS
 
One of our objectives is to provide cash distributions to our stockholders from cash generated by our operations. Due to certain unique operating characteristics of real estate companies, NAREIT, an industry trade group, has promulgated a measure known as funds from operations, or FFO, which it believes more accurately reflects the operating performance of a REIT such as us. FFO is not equivalent to our net income or loss as determined under GAAP.
 
We define FFO, a non-GAAP measure, consistent with the standards established by the White Paper on FFO approved by the Board of Governors of NAREIT, as revised in February 2004, or the White Paper.


73


Table of Contents

 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
 
 
The White Paper defines FFO as net income or loss computed in accordance with GAAP, excluding gains or losses from sales of property but including asset impairment writedowns, plus depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of deferred financing costs) of real estate assets, and after adjustments for the portion of these items related to unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures. Adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures are calculated to reflect FFO.
 
We consider FFO to be an appropriate supplemental measure of a REIT’s operating performance as it is based on a net income analysis of property portfolio performance that excludes non-cash items such as depreciation. The historical accounting convention used for real estate assets requires straight-line depreciation of buildings and improvements, which implies that the value of real estate assets diminishes predictably over time. Since real estate values historically rise and fall with market conditions, presentations of operating results for a REIT, using historical accounting for depreciation, could be less informative. The use of FFO is recommended by the REIT industry as a supplemental performance measure.
 
Presentation of this information is intended to assist the reader in comparing the operating performance of different REITs, although it should be noted that not all REITs calculate FFO the same way, so comparisons with other REITs may not be meaningful. Furthermore, FFO is not necessarily indicative of cash flow available to fund cash needs and should not be considered as an alternative to net income as an indication of our performance. Our FFO reporting will comply with NAREIT’s policy described above. For additional information, see “Selected Pro Forma Financial Information.”
 
At this time, we have not made a determination regarding whether any adjustments to the manner in which we calculate FFO in order to adjust for the effect of straight line rent, capital expenditures, depreciation and other adjustments are appropriate for our company. We will assess whether any such adjustments are appropriate during our first year of operations following completion of this offering.
 
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS
 
Market risk includes risks that arise from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes that affect market sensitive instruments. In pursuing our business plan, we expect that the primary market risk to which we will be exposed is interest rate risk.
 
We may be exposed to the effects of interest rate changes primarily as a result of long-term debt used to acquire properties and make loans and other permitted investments. Our interest rate risk management objectives will be to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows and to lower overall borrowing costs while taking into account variable interest rate risk. To achieve our objectives, we may borrow at fixed rates or variable rates. We may also enter into derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps and caps in order to mitigate our interest rate risk on a related financial instrument. In connection with our assumption of the in-place mortgage debt that is secured by the initial portfolio of facilities that we have under contract, we will be required to enter into an interest rate cap. We will not enter into derivative transactions for speculative purposes.
 
We estimate that a one-percentage point increase in the variable interest rate on our outstanding pro forma indebtedness as of June 30, 2010 and as of December 31, 2009 would have resulted in additional interest expense of approximately $0.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and approximately $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
In addition to changes in interest rates, the value of our future investments is subject to fluctuations based on changes in local and regional economic conditions and changes in the creditworthiness of facility operators, which may affect our ability to refinance our debt if necessary.
 
Upon completion of the acquisition of the six senior housing facilities that we currently have under contract, an affiliate of Senior Lifestyle Management is expected to account for substantially all of our revenues. This concentration of credit risk in one facility operator makes us more vulnerable


74


Table of Contents

 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
 
 
economically than if we entered into leases and management agreements with several facility operators. Any adverse developments in this facility operator’s business and affairs, financial strength or ability to operate our facilities efficiently and effectively could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We cannot assure you that this facility operator will have sufficient assets, income and access to financing and insurance coverage to enable it satisfy its lease obligations to us or effectively and efficiently operate the six facilities we intend to acquire with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement. The failure or inability of this facility operator to satisfy its lease obligations to us or effectively and efficiently operate these facilities would materially reduce our revenues and net income, which could in turn reduce the amount of our distributable cash and cause our stock price to decline. Our pursuit of any remedies upon a default under any agreement between us and the facility operator may be impacted by our consideration of the effect such remedies will have on other facilities leased to or managed by the facility operator.
 
INFLATION
 
We expect to be exposed to inflation risk as income from future long-term leases will be a significant source of our cash flows from operations. For our leased facilities, we expect there to be provisions in the majority of our leases that will protect us from the impact of inflation. These provisions may include rent steps, reimbursement billings for operating expense pass-through charges, and real estate tax and insurance reimbursements on a per square foot allowance. However, due to the long-term nature of the anticipated leases, they may not re-set frequently enough to cover inflation. For our non-leased facilities, we will be subject to inflation risks if our facility operators are unable to increase the costs of services provided by them at our facilities to negate the effects of inflation.


75


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
OUR COMPANY
 
We are a self-advised real estate company that was recently organized to acquire, own and actively asset manage income-producing senior housing facilities that derive substantially all of their revenues from private payment sources, generate stable cash flows and have the potential for long-term capital appreciation. Shortly after completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we expect to complete the acquisition of six high quality senior housing facilities located in Florida, Illinois, New Jersey, New York and Virginia for an aggregate contractual purchase price of $240.0 million excluding transaction costs and the assumption of certain deposit liabilities. We believe the markets in which these facilities are located exhibit strong demand, high barriers to entry and limited new supply. These facilities contain 1,042 independent and assisted living units with a weighted average occupancy of approximately 88.7% for the six months ended June 30, 2010. Substantially all of the revenues at these facilities are derived from private payment sources. The acquisition of these facilities demonstrates our ability to execute our growth strategy and acquire senior housing facilities that meet our targeted acquisition criteria.
 
We were formed in April 2010 to utilize the substantial experience and extensive network of relationships in the senior housing and real estate industries of our management team, which is led by Thomas J. Hutchison III, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, to identify and acquire independent living facilities, assisted living facilities, which may include Alzheimer’s/dementia care units or free-standing Alzheimer’s/dementia care facilities, and continuing care retirement communities which, in each case, generate substantially all of their revenues from private payment sources. We will generally target high quality facilities that occupy a market leading position within their local markets and are located in and around metropolitan areas with strong demographic profiles, high barriers to entry and limited new supply, as well as in destination retirement areas such as California, Florida, North Carolina, South Carolina and Texas. While not a primary focus of our strategy, we may also opportunistically acquire additional types of senior housing facilities, including but not limited to senior apartments and skilled nursing facilities.
 
We intend to capitalize on our management team’s prior experience in utilizing creative and flexible acquisition, lease and management structures to facilitate acquisitions and, where appropriate, to participate on an after-tax basis in operating improvements and capture potential growth in facility-level cash flows. We may, for example, lease certain facilities to our TRS lessee, which will contract with facility operators to operate these facilities, or lease our facilities to facility operators pursuant to net leases that will provide for the payment of base rent subject to annual escalators and require additional percentage rent based on gross revenues. For certain facilities, such as skilled nursing facilities, that possess slower growth characteristics or reimbursement risk from government programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, we may use traditional net lease structures even if the facilities are eligible for the TRS lessee structure. Alternatively, we may lease the units in certain facilities directly to the residents and form a TRS to provide services to the residents.
 
A key element of our strategy is to employ a dedicated and experienced asset management team to proactively manage our facility operators in order to improve operational performance and enhance the return on our investments. We plan to dedicate substantially more resources to asset management than many companies in our industry, which we believe will provide us with a competitive advantage. Although we do not intend to operate our facilities, our management team and the asset managers we intend to employ will actively participate with our facility operators in various aspects of the operations of our facilities, including property positioning and repositioning, operations analysis, physical design, renovation,


76


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
capital improvements, resident experience and overall strategic direction. Our facilities will be managed by or leased to experienced operators that we believe have track records of growth and profitability.
 
We believe the current market presents an attractive environment for us to invest in senior housing facilities. We expect the supply of suitable acquisition opportunities to grow as (i) senior housing operators seek to monetize real estate assets to fund growth in their core businesses, (ii) investment managers seek liquidity for investors in limited life funds and (iii) senior housing owners, operators and investors continue to face challenges refinancing debt used to acquire or develop senior housing facilities at peak-market prices during the period from 2003 to 2007. Moreover, we believe we will face less competition in the senior housing market compared to other commercial real estate sectors since generalist real estate investors have refocused on distressed assets in the multifamily, industrial, office and retail sectors in preference to the senior housing sector. In addition, senior housing cash flows should benefit from favorable demand and supply dynamics. Specifically, we believe that senior housing cash flows will benefit as occupancy levels revert to historical averages. This reversion will be driven by favorable demographic trends and limited supply growth given capital constraints in the senior housing industry and the overall economy.
 
Upon completion of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the acquisition of the six senior housing facilities that we currently have under contract, we expect to have approximately $72.3 million of cash available to invest in additional senior housing facilities. We believe our growth-oriented capital structure, together with our management team’s extensive network of long-standing relationships in the senior housing and real estate industries and the team’s depth of experience in using creative and flexible transaction structures, position us to take advantage of the opportunities described above.
 
We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010 and to hold our assets and conduct our operations through an operating partnership and other subsidiaries, including TRSs.
 
OUR MANAGEMENT TEAM’S TRACK RECORD
 
Our management team has a proven track record of acquiring senior housing facilities and creating value for investors. Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Thomas J. Hutchison III, has more than 30 years of experience in the senior housing and real estate industries, including having served as the former Chief Executive Officer of CNL Retirement and CNL Hotels. Our President and Chief Operating Officer, Phillip M. Anderson, Jr., has more than 25 years of experience in the senior housing and real estate industries, including having served as the former Chief Operating Officer of CNL Retirement.
 
Mr. Hutchison served in various capacities as an executive officer of CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels and CNL Lifestyle Properties, Inc. (formerly CNL Income Properties, Inc.). Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer and President of CNL Retirement from August 2003 to September 2005, as President from June 2002 to August 2003 and as Executive Vice President from February 2000 to June 2002. Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer of CNL Hotels from February 2003 to April 2007, as President from June 2002 to March 2003, and as Executive Vice President from May 2000 to June 2002. Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer of CNL Income Properties from August 2003 to August 2005 and as President from August 2003 to April 2004. In addition, Mr. Hutchison served as an executive officer of CNL Retirement Corp., the external advisor of CNL Retirement, from May 2000 to September 2005; of CNL Hospitality Corp., the external advisor of CNL Hotels, from May 2000 to April 2005; and of CNL Income Corp., the external advisor of CNL Income Properties, from August 2003 to August 2005. Phillip M. Anderson, Jr., our President and Chief Operating Officer, served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of CNL Retirement and its external advisor from 1999 until October 2006. Mr. Hutchison and Mr. Anderson, as well as other real estate professionals that included other members of our management team, as well as individuals who are not affiliated with our company, oversaw the investment of approximately $2.7 billion in equity capital that was raised by CNL Retirement. In particular, during their respective terms of service as executives at CNL Retirement, Mr. Hutchison was instrumental in identifying acquisition opportunities and negotiating the material terms of such acquisitions and Mr. Anderson had primary responsibility for underwriting the senior


77


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
housing acquisition opportunities, assessing the quality of facility management and asset managing the facilities after they were acquired, in addition to assisting Mr. Hutchison in sourcing and negotiating the terms of acquisition opportunities. Moreover, after Mr. Hutchison resigned from his positions with CNL Retirement, Mr. Anderson managed the performance of all CNL Retirement senior housing and health care properties and participated as a key member of the transaction team in connection with the merger of CNL Retirement with HCP, Inc.
 
Mr. Hutchison and Mr. Anderson, together with other officers and employees of CNL Retirement and its external advisor that included other members of our management team, as well as individuals who are not affiliated with our company, contributed to the growth of CNL Retirement from a start-up company with no assets at the time of its formation in September 1998 into an SEC reporting health care REIT that, at the time of its sale to HCP, Inc. in October 2006, owned more than 270 senior housing facilities and other health care properties. CNL Retirement was externally managed and advised by an affiliate of CNL Financial Group, Inc. and achieved returns primarily through the payment of quarterly cash distributions to its stockholders. During the period when Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer of CNL Retirement, which lasted from August 2003 to September 2005, and during each year Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer, CNL Retirement paid quarterly cash distributions to its stockholders at an average annual rate of 7.1%. During this period of time, CNL Retirement paid an average quarterly dividend of $0.177 per share. These cash distributions were funded primarily out of cash flow from operations, proceeds of equity capital raises or debt. In addition, from March 26, 2006 through June 15, 2006, CNL Retirement stockholders were able to purchase through a reinvestment plan shares of CNL Retirement’s common stock at a purchase price of $9.50 per share.
 
Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer of CNL Hotels from February 2003 to April 2007. During the period when Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer through the fourth quarter of 2006 (which is the last quarter in respect of which CNL Hotels paid a dividend prior to its acquisition), and during each year Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer, CNL Hotels paid quarterly cash distributions to its stockholders at an average annual rate of 6.42%. During this period of time, CNL Hotels paid an average quarterly dividend of $0.321 per share, which dividends were funded primarily out of cash flow from operations and borrowings. CNL Hotels was acquired by Morgan Stanley Real Estate in April 2007 and, in connection with this acquisition, certain of its assets were purchased by Ashford Sapphire Acquisition LLC. Stockholders of CNL Hotels received consideration of $20.50 per share as a result of the sale to Morgan Stanley Real Estate and Ashford Sapphire Acquisitions. Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer of CNL Income Properties from August 2003 to August 2005. CNL Income Properties commenced paying quarterly dividends with the third quarter of 2004. During the period from the third quarter of 2004 through the end of Mr. Hutchison’s tenure as Chief Executive Officer, and during each year Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer, CNL Income Properties paid quarterly cash distributions to its stockholders at an average annual rate of 5.27% and an average quarterly dividend of $0.132 per share, which dividends were largely funded using proceeds of the company’s continuous offering of common stock and/or loans from affiliates. CNL Income Properties, which is currently known as CNL Lifestyle Properties Inc., is still in operation and is, therefore, not a completed program.
 
Our returns will differ from the returns achieved by CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels and CNL Income Properties. We expect our common stock will be publicly-traded on the NYSE following completion of this offering. The market price of our common stock will fluctuate and these fluctuations will impact our returns. We can offer no assurance that a public trading market for our common stock will develop or, if it does develop, that it will be sustained. In addition, CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels and CNL Income Properties paid substantial fees to their affiliates, including their external managers. As an internally managed REIT, we will not pay similar fees, and our cost structure is expected to be substantially lower on an annual basis compared to CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels and CNL Income


78


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
Properties. Our use of leverage may differ from CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels and CNL Income Properties. The use of leverage impacts returns.
 
Adverse Business Developments and External Market Factors
 
Each of CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels and CNL Income Properties was impacted by general market trends and other external factors that were unrelated to management actions. For example, the returns that CNL Retirement was able to achieve for its stockholders as described above were positively impacted by:
 
Ø   positive trends in the growth of persons in the United States age 65 and older, which increased demand for the senior housing assets owned by CNL Retirement;
 
Ø   positive trends in senior housing occupancy rates across the entire senior housing industry, especially in the 2003 through 2006 period, which supported internal revenue growth across the industry and in many of CNL Retirement’s assets;
 
Ø   a trend to lower capitalization rates (and therefore higher market values) for senior housing assets, especially over the 2002 through 2006 period, which was fueled by a credit and capital rich market environment;
 
Ø   positive economic and employment conditions, especially over the 2002 through 2006 period; and
 
Ø   modest annual average rate growth rates in the supply of new senior housing in many markets, especially through 2005, which supported internal revenue growth for existing facilities across the industry.
 
However, CNL Retirement also faced considerable external challenges as a result of selected overbuilding of senior housing in certain markets. In some cases, this overbuilding reduced monthly revenue rates that communities were able to obtain for their services. The performance of CNL Retirement was also impacted by adverse business developments that occurred in connection with the operation of CNL Retirement’s business. These included the purchase of certain properties as part of larger portfolio acquisitions that were in need of significant capital improvements or that were nonperforming. In some cases, these properties were sold at a loss. CNL Retirement also funded certain dividend payments using the proceeds of equity capital raises or debt and, as a result, these dividends were treated as a return of capital. For more information regarding external market factors impacting CNL Retirement, see “Market Opportunity and Industry Overview.”
 
CNL Hotels experienced significant challenges resulting from severe downturns in the hospitality industry, such as the period following the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, which negatively affected CNL Hotels’ earnings. CNL Hotels was also negatively impacted by certain adverse business developments that occurred in connection with the operation of CNL Hotels’ business. These included:
 
Ø   an attempt by CNL Hotels to complete a registered underwritten public offering of shares of its common stock and a related listing of the company’s outstanding shares of common stock in 2004, which offering and listing were abandoned;
 
Ø   an attempt by CNL Hotels to acquire CNL Hotels Corp., the external advisor of CNL Hotels, through a merger in 2004, which merger was abandoned and then subsequently renegotiated for a substantially reduced amount of merger consideration; and
 
Ø   certain stockholder class action lawsuits that were filed against various CNL Hotels affiliates, including certain officers and directors of CNL Hotels and its external advisor, including Mr. Hutchison, arising out of, among other things, the terms of the proposed merger of CNL Hotels Corp. into CNL Hotels, which lawsuits were settled.


79


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
 
CNL Income Properties was negatively impacted by certain adverse business developments that occurred in connection with the operation of its business during the period when Mr. Hutchison served as its Chief Executive Officer. These included:
 
Ø   challenges associated with the formation and start-up of a newly formed investment vehicle, including capital raising and sourcing of acquisition opportunities;
 
Ø   the lack of focus on a specific property type; and
 
Ø   availability of debt financing for non-core real estate assets.
 
For additional information, please refer to “Prior Performance Summary” and the Prior Performance Tables included with this prospectus as Appendix A.
 
OUR COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGES
 
We expect to have the following competitive advantages:
 
Ø   Proven track record of acquiring senior housing facilities . As discussed above under “Our Management Team’s Track Record,” our management team has a proven track record of identifying and acquiring senior housing facilities. Mr. Hutchison and Mr. Anderson, together with other real estate professionals, that included other members of our management team, as well as individuals who are not affiliated with our company, oversaw the investment of approximately $2.7 billion in equity capital that was raised by CNL Retirement. Mr. Hutchison and Mr. Anderson, together with other officers and employees of CNL Retirement and its external advisor, contributed to the growth of CNL Retirement from a start-up company with no assets at the time of its formation in September 1998 into an SEC reporting health care REIT that, at the time of its sale to HCP, Inc. in October 2006, owned more than 270 senior housing facilities and other health care properties. CNL Financial Group, Inc. and its affiliates are not sponsors of and have no affiliation with our company, have not participated in the preparation of this prospectus and are not endorsing our company or an investment in our common stock.
 
Ø   Proven acquiror of senior housing facilities with access to off-market acquisition opportunities. Our management team has substantial experience in the senior housing and real estate industries:
 
  Ø   Mr. Hutchison, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is a real estate industry veteran with over 30 years of experience in the real estate industry, including serving as a principal overseeing the development, acquisition, management, financing and disposition of commercial office, industrial, multifamily residential, hospitality, senior housing and other types of real estate. Mr. Hutchison’s experience in the senior housing industry includes over five years of experience as an executive officer of CNL Retirement.
 
  Ø   Mr. Anderson, our President and Chief Operating Officer, has over 25 years of experience in the real estate industry, including 13 years of experience overseeing the development and acquisition of senior living communities and hotel properties at Hyatt and seven years of experience as an executive officer at CNL Retirement where he was instrumental in sourcing and underwriting senior housing property acquisitions and overseeing the asset management of such acquisitions after they were acquired from its inception through October 2006 when CNL Retirement was acquired by HCP, Inc. in a merger in which the CNL Retirement stockholders received merger consideration valued at $13.89 per share.
 
  Ø   Mr. Patten, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, has approximately 8 years of experience serving in various senior financial and accounting positions at real estate industry companies with a focus in the lodging and self-storage sectors, as well as approximately 12 years of experience as an accountant at KPMG where he primarily served publicly-traded companies with a focus on the real estate and transportation industries.


80


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
 
  Ø   Mr. Hendrix, our Senior Vice President of Investments, has been involved in the acquisition and management of senior housing properties since he joined CNL Retirement in 2003, where he served as its Director of Investments from 2003 through October 2006 when CNL Retirement was acquired by HCP, Inc. After the sale of CNL Retirement to HCP, Inc., Mr. Hendrix has served as Managing Partner of HJK Consulting Group, LLC, a real estate advisory business specializing in the senior housing industry, from October 2006 to the present.
 
  Ø   Mr. Krueger, our Senior Vice President of Portfolio Management, has been involved in the acquisition and management of senior housing and hotel properties since he joined CNL Retirement in 2003, where he served as its Senior Manager of Investments from 2003 until March 2005, and as its Director of Asset Management from March 2005 through October 2006 when CNL Retirement was acquired by HCP, Inc. After the sale of CNL Retirement to HCP, Inc., Mr. Krueger served as Director of Asset Management at HCP, Inc. until March 2007, and then as a consultant to and later as Vice President of Investments for Inland American Lodging Advisors until December 2008. Mr. Krueger has served as Managing Partner of HJK Consulting Group, LLC, a real estate advisory business specializing in the senior housing industry, from October 2006 to the present.
 
In addition, our management team has developed an extensive network of long-standing relationships with senior housing owners, operators and developers, brokers, banks, insurance companies, publicly-traded companies, fund managers, REITs, private investors and other parties who invest in or otherwise provide capital to the senior housing industry. We believe these long-standing relationships will provide us with access to a significant pipeline of off-market acquisition opportunities that may not be available to other buyers. Some of these relationships may include owners and operators with whom our management team has previously completed senior housing transactions while at CNL Retirement. We believe many of these owners and operators will consider us a preferred acquiror due to our management team’s track record of completing fair and timely senior housing acquisitions structured to align the interests of owners and operators. We have identified a pipeline of additional acquisition opportunities in various stages of negotiation that consists of high quality independent and assisted living facilities geographically dispersed throughout our target markets that derive substantially all of their revenues from private payment sources and otherwise satisfy our acquisition criteria.
 
Ø   Attractive initial portfolio with strong embedded growth.   Shortly after completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we expect to complete the acquisition of six senior housing facilities located in Florida, Illinois, New Jersey, New York and Virginia for an aggregate contractual purchase price of $240.0 million excluding transaction costs and assumption of certain deposit liabilities. We believe these facilities are high quality facilities that occupy market-leading positions in markets with strong demand, high barriers to entry and limited new supply. We believe the acquisition of these facilities will provide us with a strong platform to facilitate our future growth.
 
Ø   Internal growth focus.   Unlike many companies in our industry that seek to generate internal growth through annual rent escalators tied to increases in the CPI we intend to structure our transactions, where appropriate, to capture potential growth in facility-level cash flows on an after-tax basis. Our management team has substantial experience structuring net leases that require facility operators to pay, in addition to base rent, percentage rent based on gross revenues. In addition, Mr. Hutchison, who formerly served as the Chief Executive Officer of CNL Hotels, Mr. Patten, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Krueger, our Senior Vice President of Portfolio Management, and certain of our director nominees have substantial experience in the hospitality REIT industry where the TRS lessee structure has been utilized since 2001. We believe this gives us a competitive advantage to the extent we implement the TRS lessee structure for certain facilities we acquire.
 
Ø   Growth-oriented capital structure.   After the completion of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the acquisition of the six senior housing facilities that we currently have under contract, we expect to have approximately $72.3 million of cash to invest in additional facilities


81


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
(assuming an initial public offering price of $18.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering range shown on the cover of this prospectus). We believe certain of our competitors face challenges from the recent economic downturn, such as deteriorating facility-level cash flows and excessive leverage combined with upcoming debt maturities, which will keep management focused on balance sheet repair rather than pursuing senior housing acquisitions. We will not have these issues, which will enable the members of our management team to dedicate substantial amounts of their time to sourcing, negotiating and completing senior housing acquisitions. In addition to the cash we will have available to invest in additional facilities after we complete the acquisition of our initial portfolio and our operating cash flow, we intend to obtain a revolving credit facility to provide us with additional liquidity to, among other things, pursue acquisitions which may require capital exceeding the funds raised in this offering. There is no assurance that we will be successful in securing a revolving credit facility on terms that are acceptable to us or at all. We believe that as a well-capitalized public company we will have access to multiple sources of financing currently unavailable to many private market buyers or overleveraged public companies.
 
Ø   Active asset management.   Given our strategy of employing creative and flexible acquisition, leasing and management structures to facilitate acquisitions and, where appropriate, to participate on an after-tax basis in operating improvements and capture potential growth in facility-level cash flows, we plan to dedicate substantially more resources to asset management than many companies in our industry, which we believe will provide us with a competitive advantage. While at CNL Retirement, our management team oversaw a portfolio of more than 270 senior housing facilities and other health care properties and established a track record of effectively asset managing those facilities and properties.
 
Ø   Committed management team with interests aligned with stockholders . Certain members of our management team will invest $6.0 million in our common stock in the concurrent private placement which will result in ownership by our management team of approximately 3.56% of our outstanding common stock upon the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement. We believe that our management team’s equity ownership in our company will strongly align the team’s interests with those of our stockholders.
 
OUR MARKET OPPORTUNITY
 
We believe the weakened economy combined with the current capital constrained environment presents a compelling opportunity for well-capitalized companies to acquire high quality private-pay senior housing facilities at attractive prices. We believe many owners of senior housing facilities will encounter challenges in refinancing or repaying upcoming debt maturities, particularly for those senior housing facilities acquired at peak-market prices with high loan-to-value ratios during the period from 2003 to 2007. Lower facility-level cash flows in conjunction with more conservative lending practices will lead over-leveraged senior housing owners, operators and investors to sell senior housing facilities at attractive prices. We also expect liquidity constraints faced by financial buyers, including investment managers of limited life funds, will cause these non-operating owners to sell income-producing senior housing facilities to provide liquidity to their investors. Finally, we believe that sale lease back transactions may be appealing to select senior housing operators who prefer to deploy available capital into operations and away from real estate ownership.
 
We believe that investors will face relatively less competition in the senior housing market compared to other commercial real estate sectors since generalist real estate investors have refocused on distressed markets and core real estate asset classes. We also believe the fragmented nature of health care real estate and the specialized expertise needed to underwrite these assets will restrain demand for senior housing facilities. Our extensive relationships with leading senior housing owners, operators, developers and investors and our growth-oriented capital structure are expected to give us a competitive advantage in acquiring these assets.


82


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
We expect to benefit from a rebound in facility-level cash flows, which will improve our investment yields and enhance our total returns to stockholders. Deterioration in the residential real estate market, including declines in median home sale prices, and weakened consumer confidence have contributed to lower occupancy rates in the senior housing industry as many seniors have deferred the decision to sell their homes and relocate to senior housing facilities. We believe that this trend will reverse course as economic conditions improve, residential real estate values stabilize, and consumer confidence rises. We also believe owners of senior housing facilities will continue to benefit from favorable demographics, including growth in the total U.S. population age 65 and older and limited growth in new supply of senior housing facilities as a result of the current capital constrained environment.
 
For more information regarding the senior housing industry, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Market Opportunity and Industry Overview.”
 
OUR PORTFOLIO
 
Senior housing facilities under contract
 
Shortly after completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we expect to complete the acquisition of six senior housing facilities located in Florida, Illinois, New Jersey, New York and Virginia for an aggregate contractual purchase price of $240.0 million excluding transaction costs and the assumption of certain deposit liabilities. Approximately $81.9 million of the contractual purchase price will be paid in cash. The remainder of the contractual purchase price will be paid through our assumption of approximately $158.1 million of in-place mortgage debt. The contractual purchase price of $240.0 million is a negotiated price based on our own valuation analysis of the facilities. We did not obtain current independent appraisals of these facilities.
 
We believe these facilities are high quality senior housing facilities that are attractively situated in markets with strong demand, high barriers to entry and limited new supply. These facilities contain an aggregate of 1,042 units, consisting of 635 independent living units and 407 assisted living units, including 88 Alzheimer’s/dementia care units, with a weighted average occupancy of approximately 88.7% for the six months ended June 30, 2010. Substantially all of the revenues generated at these facilities are derived from private payment sources. The acquisition of these facilities demonstrates our ability to execute our growth strategy and acquire high quality senior housing facilities that meet our targeted acquisition criteria.
 
The following table sets forth more information regarding the senior housing facilities that we have under contract and expect to acquire after completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement:
 
                                                     
                                      Outstanding
 
                                      principal
 
                                      balance
 
                      Year
              of assumed
 
          Number
    built/last
        Contractual
    mortgage
 
    Type of
    of units     major
        purchase price
    debt as of
 
Facility/location   facility     ILF     ALF (1)     renovation   Occupancy (2)     allocation     June 30, 2010  
   
 
Lake Barrington Woods — Lake Barrington, IL
    ILF       129       64     2000     95.4 %   $ 64,981     $ 43,512  
Bella Terra — Jackson, NJ
    ILF       124       91     2001     86.2       38,453       25,748  
Baywinde — Webster, NY (3)
    ILF       134       78     2001     88.1       44,800       29,770 (4)
Walden Place — Cortland, NY
    ALF       0       80     2001     96.1       12,769       8,550  
Chancellor’s Village — Fredericksburg, VA
    ILF       147       40     1989/1998     77.4       26,090       17,470  
Mangrove Bay — Jupiter, FL
    ILF       101       54     2002     94.3       52,907       33,025  
                                                     
Total/Weighted Average
            635       407           88.7 %   $ 240,000     $ 158,075  
                                                     
 
 
(1) Includes 88 Alzheimer’s/dementia care units.


83


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
 
(2) For the six months ended June 30, 2010, the occupancy rates shown represent the average occupancy rate for the period determined by calculating the average of the average monthly occupancy rates for each month for the six months ended June 30, 2010.
 
(3) Consists of a campus that includes nine separate buildings, eight of which are referred to as Castle Pointe and one of which is referred to as Sage Harbor.
 
(4) Consists of two mortgage loans.
 
In connection with the acquisition of the facilities that we have under contract, we expect to assume an aggregate of approximately $158.1 million of in-place mortgage debt provided by Fannie Mae. The estimated cost of assuming this mortgage debt is approximately $1.6 million. This mortgage debt is comprised of seven individual mortgage loans, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of which are set forth in the table above, six of which (Lake Barrington, Bella Terra, Baywinde, Walden Place and Chancellor’s Village) are cross-collateralized, meaning each of the six properties serves as collateral for each of the six loans, and cross-defaulted, meaning a default of one loan would be an event of default for the other five loans, and one of which (Mangrove Bay) is not cross-collateralized or cross-defaulted. There are two mortgage loans secured by the Baywinde facilities, one of which is secured by the Castle Pointe buildings and the other of which is secured by the Sage Harbor building. These mortgage loans contain identical terms, except for the principal amount of each mortgage loan. These mortgage loans otherwise bear interest at a variable rate equal to the three-month Discounted Mortgage-Backed Securities rate, as quoted by Fannie Mae, plus 2.15% and required interest only payments through June 1, 2010. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, and the year ended December 31, 2009, the interest incurred for these mortgage loans, excluding amortization of deferred loan costs, was approximately $1.8 million and $4.4 million, respectively. After June 30, 2010, the outstanding principal balance amortizes based on scheduled principal payments over a three-year period. These mortgage loans mature on June 1, 2013 and are pre-payable at any time upon payment of a prepayment penalty and all other sums due and owing. Additionally, under these mortgage loans, the borrower has the option to convert the loan to a fixed interest rate and modify the terms of the loan, provided certain conditions are met which conversion would extend the term of the loan up to ten years.
 
Combined operating information for Lake Barrington Woods, Bella Terra, Baywinde, Walden Place and Chancellor’s Village, the senior housing facilities currently owned by WSL IV, appears below. The revenue data reflects the revenue generated by the Senior Lifestyle operators, the current facility operators, and not WSL IV, the current owner of these facilities. Our rental revenue will be derived from lease payments made pursuant to lease agreements that we intend to enter into with the current facility operators. We anticipate that our rental revenue from the net leases for these five facilities will approximate the EBITDA generated by these senior housing facilities, exclusive of the impact of the straight-lining of rents over the lease term, because the lease payments payable by each tenant for the term of the applicable lease have been set at amounts that are intended to approximate the expected underlying net cash flow of each facility.
 
                                 
    Six months
       
    ended
    Year ended
 
    June 30,     December 31,  
       
    2010     2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Revenue
  $ 17,487,074     $ 34,413,596     $ 34,949,615     $ 31,968,566  
EBITDA (1)
  $ (32,367 )   $ (328,983 )   $ 887,828     $ 514,166  
Occupancy
    87.7%       90.7%       93.7%       92.8%  
 
 
(1) EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) (calculated in accordance with GAAP) excluding interest expense, income tax benefit or expense, and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA presented in the above table is derived from historical financial information for these facilities prior to their


84


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
acquisition by us. We believe that the presentation of EBITDA provides useful supplemental information to us and to investors regarding the financial performance of these facilities because it excludes expenses that we believe may not be indicative of the facilities’ operating performance. EBITDA is also a factor in our evaluation of facility-level operating performance and is one measure in determining the value of acquisitions; however, EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income, net cash provided by operating activities or any other financial and operating performance measure prescribed by GAAP. EBITDA was impacted by lease payments made by the current facility operators to the current facility owner. On a combined basis, these lease payments totaled approximately $6.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and approximately $13.1 million, approximately $12.3 million and approximately $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These lease payments represent the only amounts payable by the current facility operators to the current facility owner. The decrease in EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2008, was attributable to a nearly $0.8 million reduction in rental revenue due to a slight decline in occupancy levels and an increase of approximately $0.8 million in rent expense, offset by approximately $0.3 million in increased revenue from resident services. The EBITDA for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was impacted by higher unit rental rates for occupied units that were implemented during the period which were offset by a reduction in average occupancy. A reconciliation of EBITDA with net income (loss) calculated in accordance with GAAP appears below:
 
                                 
    Six months
       
    ended
    Year ended
 
    June 30,     December 31,  
       
    2010     2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (132,403 )   $ (523,705 )   $ 703,667     $ 270,186  
Interest expense
    (178 )     158       1,015       19,078  
Depreciation and amortization
    100,214       194,564       183,146       224,902  
                                 
EBITDA*
  $ (32,367 )   $ (328,983 )   $ 887,828     $ 514,166  
                                 
 
 
* EBITDA does not reflect any corporate general and administrative expense. See “Selected Pro Forma Financial Information.”
 
Operating information for Mangrove Bay, which is currently owned by SL Jupiter, appears below. The revenue data reflects revenue generated by the ownership and operation of Mangrove Bay by SL Jupiter for the periods presented. SL Jupiter, the current owner of Mangrove Bay, is also the facility operator. Our rental revenue will be derived from lease payments made pursuant to a lease agreement that we intend to enter into with the current facility owner/operator. We anticipate that our rental revenue from the net lease for this facility will approximate the EBITDA generated by this senior housing facility, exclusive of the impact of straight-lining of rents over the lease term, because the lease payment payable


85


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
by the tenant for the term of the lease have been set at an amount that is intended to approximate the expected underlying net cash flow of the facility.
 
                                 
    Six months
       
    ended
    Year ended
 
    June 30,     December 31,  
       
    2010     2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Revenue
  $ 4,422,490     $ 8,970,341     $ 8,826,357     $ 9,030,410  
EBITDA (1)
  $ 1,748,320     $ 3,528,263     $ 3,176,816     $ 3,332,612  
Occupancy
    94.3%       97.6%       94.1%       100.0%  
 
 
(1) EBITDA for the periods presented was not impacted by a lease payment as no lease was in place for this facility. The EBITDA for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was impacted by a decline in average occupancy during the period which was offset by an increase in revenues from residential services and a reduction in operating expenses. A reconciliation of EBITDA with net income (loss) calculated in accordance with GAAP appears below:
 
                                 
    Six months
       
    ended
    Year ended
 
    June 30,     December 31,  
       
    2010     2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Net income
  $ 803,072     $ 1,504,589     $ 596,550     $ 272,812  
Interest expense
    390,426       952,174       1,401,692       1,989,196  
Depreciation and amortization
    554,822       1,071,500       1,178,574       1,070,604  
                                 
EBITDA*
  $ 1,748,320     $ 3,528,263     $ 3,176,816     $ 3,332,612  
                                 
 
 
* EBITDA does not reflect any corporate general and administrative expense. See “Selected Pro Forma Financial Information.”
 
The following table provides the occupancy rates at the six senior housing facilities that we have under contract for each of the years in the four year period ended December 31, 2009 and for the partial year period ended December 31, 2005:
 
Occupancy Rates
 
                                         
          Partial year
 
    Year ended
    ended
 
    December 31,     December 31,  
       
      2009 (1)       2008 (1)       2007 (2)       2006 (2)       2005 (2)(3)  
   
 
Lake Barrington Woods
    95.3 %     98.9 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     89.0 %
Bella Terra
    88.1 %     88.1 %     81.4 %     79.1 %     78.2 %
Baywinde
    94.7 %     97.8 %     97.7 %     96.9 %     95.3 %
Walden Place
    98.1 %     97.9 %     94.2 %     93.9 %     86.3 %
Chancellor’s Village
    80.9 %     85.1 %     92.0 %     93.3 %     94.9 %
Mangrove Bay
    97.6 %     94.1 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
 
 
(1) For the years ended 2008 and 2009, the occupancy rates shown represent the average occupancy rate for the year determined by calculating the average of the average monthly occupancy rates for each month during the applicable year.


86


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
 
(2) For the years ended 2007 and 2006 and the partial year ended 2005, the occupancy rates shown represent the average occupancy rate for the year determined by averaging the month-end occupancy rates for each month during the year.
 
(3) For the partial year ended 2005, the occupancy rates shown are for partial year ownership based on the date the applicable facility was acquired by the current owner, as follows: Lake Barrington Woods and Bella Terra (March 4, 2005 to December 31, 2005); Baywinde and Walden Place (October 31, 2005 to December 31, 2005); and Chancellor’s Village (November 18, 2005 to December 31, 2005).
 
The following table provides the revenue per available unit in the six senior housing facilities that we have under contract for each of the years in the four year period ended December 31, 2009 and the partial year period ended December 31, 2005. The underlying revenue used to calculate revenue per available unit is net of any sales concessions or allowances and, accordingly, we believe revenue per available unit is the substantive equivalent of net effective rent per unit.
 
Revenue Per Available Unit (1)
 
                                         
          Partial year
 
    Year ended
    ended
 
    December 31,     December 31,  
       
    2009     2008     2007     2006 (2)     2005 (2)(3)  
   
Lake Barrington Woods
  $ 48,267     $ 50,692     $ 46,261     $ 43,335     $ 30,713  
Bella Terra
  $ 39,785     $ 40,886     $ 35,367     $ 32,531     $ 25,836  
Baywinde
  $ 35,977     $ 35,926     $ 33,528     $ 31,308     $ 5,152  
Walden Place
  $ 42,449     $ 40,071     $ 35,674     $ 33,313     $ 5,312  
Chancellor’s Village
  $ 29,526     $ 29,698     $ 29,274     $ 27,693     $ 3,957  
Mangrove Bay
  $ 57,873     $ 56,944     $ 58,261     $ 56,645     $ 54,246  
 
 
(1) Rent payable by residents is paid to the facility operator while the facility operator is also responsible for paying the expenses of the operations which support the rent paid by the residents. Under a net lease structure, the facility operator retains the net of the revenue and operating expenses after paying the lease payment to the owner of the property. Under a TRS structure, the facility operator is paid a management fee and the net of the revenue and operating expenses after paying the management fee would be retained by the TRS lessee whereby the TRS lessee would remit the lease payment required under its lease to the owner of the property.
 
(2) Revenues per available unit for 2006 and partial year 2005 are derived from unaudited financial statements.
 
(3) For the partial year ended 2005, the revenues per available unit shown are for partial year ownership based on the date the applicable facility was acquired by the current owner, as follows: Lake Barrington Woods and Bella Terra (March 4, 2005 to December 31, 2005); Baywinde and Walden Place (October 31, 2005 to December 31, 2005); and Chancellor’s Village (November 18, 2005 to December 31, 2005).
 
The purchase and sale agreement that we have entered into to acquire these six senior housing facilities contains various customary conditions to closing. There can be no assurances that all of these conditions will be satisfied or waived and that we will be able to complete the acquisition of these facilities on the terms described herein or at all.
 
The agreement provided for a 30-day due diligence period, which has expired. We have completed our due diligence investigation of the facilities that we have under contract.


87


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
The agreement requires us to deposit a total of $20.5 million in escrow. Mr. Hutchison paid the initial deposit in the amount of $100,000 and the second deposit in the amount of $400,000 on our behalf. We will reimburse Mr. Hutchison for these deposits. We are required to deposit $20.0 million in escrow within one business day after completion of this offering, $5.0 million of which will be non-refundable if we do not complete the purchase of these facilities, other than as a result of the failure of the sellers to meet certain closing conditions.
 
Upon completion of the acquisition, we will own each of the facilities that we currently have under contract in fee simple, other than the Walden Place facility, where we will acquire a ground lease interest with an option to buy the fee interest in the facility for a nominal purchase price upon expiration of the ground lease in 2011.
 
As further described in “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations,” following completion of this offering and our receipt of the private letter ruling from the IRS that we intend to request confirming our ability to lease the facilities we have under contract to our TRS lessee, and the regulatory approvals required to transfer the operating licenses for these facilities to our TRS lessee, we intend to lease these facilities to our TRS lessee.
 
Pending receipt of these approvals and upon completion of the acquisition of the six senior housing facilities we have under contract:
 
Ø   We will enter into new leases for Lake Barrington Woods, Bella Terra, Baywinde—Castle Pointe, Chancellor’s Village and Mangrove Bay with affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC, or Senior Lifestyle Management, the management company that currently operates the six facilities we have under contract. Each of these new leases will have a term that expires on January 31, 2012, with a possible extension for a period not to exceed 18 months.
 
Ø   Until the necessary regulatory approvals to transfer the operating licenses from the current facility operators to affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management are obtained from the New York State Department of Health, affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management will continue to lease the New York assisted living facilities from us pursuant to the existing leases which have terms that expire on June 18, 2013 without renewal options. The New York assisted living facilities are subleased by the affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management to the current facility operators who are not affiliated with Senior Lifestyle Management. Upon the receipt of regulatory approvals to transfer the operating licenses from the subtenants to affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management, we will terminate the subleases and we will amend and restate the existing leases for the New York assisted living facilities. The amended and restated leases will be similar to the new leases for the other facilities we have under contract.
 
We refer to the affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management that will lease Lake Barrington Woods, Bella Terra, Baywinde—Castle Pointe, Chancellor’s Village and Mangrove Bay and the New York assisted living facilities as tenants, except in the case where we implement the TRS lessee structure, in which case the TRS lessee will be the tenant.
 
We will have the right to terminate the new leases with respect to the six senior housing facilities we have under contract at any time upon 30 days’ prior written notice, and the existing leases at any time, without penalty. The tenants will be required to pay us aggregate fixed rent under the new and existing leases at an annual rate of approximately $16.3 million in 2010, $18.5 million in 2011, $20.7 million in 2012 and $21.0 million in 2013.
 
The tenants at the facilities, other than the New York assisted living facilities, will enter into new management agreements with Senior Lifestyle Management. Senior Lifestyle Management will continue to operate the New York assisted living facilities pursuant to existing management agreements with the current facility operators who are not affiliated with Senior Lifestyle Management. Once the regulatory approvals required to transfer the operating licenses from the current facility operators to affiliates of


88


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
Senior Lifestyle Management are obtained from the New York State Department of Health, the existing management agreements will be terminated and the tenants at the New York assisted living facilities will enter into new management agreements with Senior Lifestyle Management. We will not be a party to any of these management agreements, and, therefore, we will not be responsible for any payments under these management agreements, until such time as the management agreements are assigned to our TRS lessee as described below.
 
The new management agreements for the facilities other than the New York assisted living facilities will each have a term of 20 years. The new management agreements for the two New York assisted living facilities will each have an initial term of five years, and Senior Lifestyle Management will have the right to extend the agreements for three additional five-year terms. Under the new management agreements, the tenants will be required to pay Senior Lifestyle Management a base management fee ranging from 2.0% to 4.0% of the gross revenue generated at the facilities (subject to a reduction if Senior Lifestyle Management fails to meet certain performance targets in an amount not to exceed $275,000 in the aggregate), as well as a tiered incentive fee of up to an additional 15.0% of annual net operating income of the facilities on a combined basis, to the extent it exceeds certain thresholds. Senior Lifestyle Management will be entitled to receive an additional incentive payment from the tenant upon a sale of the applicable facility equal to 15.0% of any profits we earn on the sale in excess of a 12.0% unleveraged internal rate of return on our cumulative investment basis as it relates to such facility or facilities.
 
During the term of the new management agreements, each tenant has the right to terminate the agreement, at any time, without paying a termination fee to Senior Lifestyle Management if there has been an event of default or if Senior Lifestyle Management does not meet or exceed certain baseline performance targets based on the portfolio’s and the facility’s annual net operating income. An event of default occurs under each new management agreement if: (1) Senior Lifestyle Management files a bankruptcy petition, makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or has a bankruptcy petition filed against it that is not discharged within 60 days; (2) the permits required to operate the facility are suspended, terminated or revoked; (3) Senior Lifestyle Management fails to maintain the facility in material compliance with applicable laws or the facility is closed; (4) Senior Lifestyle Management fails to comply with its obligations under the agreement following receipt of written notice of the default and the opportunity to cure the default; or (5) Senior Lifestyle Management breaches any of the representations and warranties contained in the agreement. Additionally, each tenant has the right to terminate the new management agreement with Senior Lifestyle Management if, at any time, the applicable facility is sold and the tenant pays Senior Lifestyle Management a termination fee equal to an amount ranging from 3.5x to 1.0x the trailing 12 months of base management fees actually paid to Senior Lifestyle Management depending on when the facility is sold. Beginning in 2014 and anytime thereafter, each tenant has the right to terminate the new management agreement if Senior Lifestyle Management fails to meet performance targets (set at levels that are higher than the baseline performance targets) and the tenant pays Senior Lifestyle Management a termination fee equal to 3.5x the base management fees actually paid to Senior Lifestyle Management over the trailing 12-month period prior to termination.
 
If we are successful in obtaining a private letter ruling from the IRS that allows us to lease the facilities to a TRS lessee and the regulatory approvals necessary to transfer the operating licenses from the facility operators to our TRS lessee, the tenants will assign the new management agreements to our TRS lessee and our TRS lessee will assume the new tenants’ obligations under each management agreement.
 
If the IRS does not confirm our ability to use a TRS lessee for certain of these facilities, we will either lease the units at the facilities directly to the residents and use a TRS to provide services to the residents or net lease the facilities to affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management under a long-term net leases that provide for the payment of base rent subject to annual escalators as well as additional percentage rent based on gross revenues.


89


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
The pro forma financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus reflects the expected rental revenue to be received pursuant to the terms of the new leases for Lake Barrington Woods, Bella Terra, Baywinde-Castle Pointe, Chancellor’s Village and Mangrove Bay and the existing leases for the New York assisted living facilities and does not reflect the TRS lessee structure that we expect to put in place upon receipt of the private letter ruling and regulatory approvals. For additional information regarding the potential impact to our revenues of the implementation of the TRS lessee structure, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview.”
 
Pipeline
 
Our management team is actively reviewing and discussing potential off-market acquisition opportunities, substantially all of which have been sourced through its long-standing relationships in the senior housing and real estate industries. In addition to our initial portfolio, as of the date of this prospectus, we have executed one non-binding letter of intent to negotiate acquisition terms for a high quality, income-producing assisted living facility containing over 100 units with an estimated value in excess of $18 million. In addition, we previously executed letters of intent on 15 additional properties. These previous letters of intent have expired or been terminated. We expect to reinstate letters of intent on several of these properties following completion of this offering, although there is no assurance that we will be successful in doing so. These previous letters of intent, four of which were terminated on September 30, 2010, include a portfolio of 13 senior housing facilities and a portfolio of two senior housing facilities, which in the aggregate contain approximately 1,300 units consisting of predominantly assisted living units and representing a potential purchase value in excess of $300 million.
 
All of these properties derive substantially all of their revenues from private payment sources. The letter of intent related to the single senior housing facility gives us the exclusive right to negotiate purchase terms with the potential seller until October 28, 2010. We believe that the purchase terms for some of these potential acquisitions would include phased closings or purchase options, the timing of which could be impacted by the transfer of operating licenses and other regulatory matters or general market conditions. The valuation measurement we are targeting for these potential acquisitions reflects a capitalization rate range of between 7.5% and 8.5%.
 
In addition to the potential acquisitions described above, we are currently reviewing other potential acquisition opportunities which include over 2,000 units. These other opportunities consist of high quality, income-producing independent and assisted living facilities that derive substantially all of their revenues from private payment sources.
 
We have not entered into any binding agreements with respect to any of the facilities in our pipeline, including the facility we have under a non-binding letter of intent, and there can be no assurance that we will reinstate any previous letter of intent or enter into binding purchase contracts to acquire any of these facilities or that we will acquire any of these facilities.
 
INVESTMENT STRATEGY
 
Our objective is to maximize total returns to our stockholders through the payment of consistent cash distributions and the achievement of long-term capital appreciation in our properties. We intend to achieve this objective by utilizing our management team’s substantial experience and extensive network of long-standing relationships in the senior housing and real estate industries to acquire senior housing facilities that generate substantially all of their revenues from private payment sources. We will target facilities that occupy a market-leading position within their local markets and that are located in and around metropolitan areas with strong demographic profiles, as well as in destination retirement areas such as California, Florida, North Carolina, South Carolina and Texas. Typically, our facilities will be


90


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
managed by or leased to experienced facility operators that we believe have track records of achieving growth and profitability in the facilities they operate.
 
The senior housing facilities we intend to acquire generally will have apartment or bedroom accommodations, dining services, emergency call systems, concierge support and activity programs, transportation and, as the level of medical and health care services offered to residents of a particular facility, or the acuity level, increases, various levels of personal and medical support services. Our senior housing facilities will generally have lower acuity levels and will focus primarily on providing residential housing and need-driven services focused on assistance with activities of daily living.
 
Our primary focus will be on identifying and acquiring the following facilities:
 
Ø   Independent living facilities.   Independent living facilities are age-restricted multifamily rental properties with central dining facilities that provide residents, as part of their monthly fee, access to meals and other services such as housekeeping, linen service, transportation and social and recreational activities. These facilities do not provide, in a majority of the units, assistance with activities of daily living such as supervision of medication, bathing, dressing, eating, ambulating and toileting. There are no licensed skilled nursing beds in these facilities. Revenues generated by these facilities are predominantly private payment sources.
 
Ø   Assisted living facilities.   Assisted living facilities are state-regulated rental properties that provide the same services as independent living facilities, but also provide, in a majority of the units, supportive care from trained employees to residents who are unable to live independently and require assistance with activities of daily living. Assisted living facilities may have some licensed nursing beds, but the majority of the units are licensed for assisted living. Assisted living facilities may have wings or floors dedicated to residents with Alzheimer’s disease or other forms of dementia. We consider a facility that specializes in the care of residents with Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of dementia and that is not licensed as a skilled nursing facility to be an assisted living facility.
 
Ø   Freestanding Alzheimer’s/dementia care facilities.   Freestanding Alzheimer’s/dementia care facilities are assisted living facilities that provide, in a majority of units, assistance with activities of daily living to residents suffering from Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of dementia in a secure environment. These facilities may provide dementia specific programming, assistance, supervision and care giving in addition to services typically offered at assisted living facilities.
 
Ø   Continuing care retirement communities.   Continuing care retirement communities are age-restricted senior housing facilities that include a combination of independent living, assisted living and skilled nursing services (or independent living and skilled nursing services) available to residents all on one campus. Resident payment plans vary and may include entrance fees and condo/co-op and rental programs. The majority of the units in these types of facilities are not licensed nursing beds.
 
While not a primary focus of our strategy, we may also opportunistically acquire from time to time additional types of senior housing facilities, including but not limited to:
 
Ø   Senior apartments.   Senior apartments are multifamily residential rental properties restricted to adults at least 55 years of age or older. These properties do not have central kitchen facilities and generally do not provide meals to residents, but may offer community rooms, social activities, and other amenities.
 
Ø   Skilled nursing facilities.   Skilled nursing facilities are licensed daily rate or rental facilities where the majority of individuals require 24-hour nursing and/or medical care. In most cases, these facilities are licensed for Medicaid and/or Medicare reimbursement. These facilities may include a minority of assisted living units, including Alzheimer’s/dementia care units.


91


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
 
OUR GROWTH STRATEGIES
 
Our objective is to maximize total returns to our stockholders through the payment of consistent cash distributions and the achievement of long-term capital appreciation in our properties through the pursuit of the following growth strategies:
 
Ø   Capitalize on network of relationships to pursue off-market transactions.   We plan to pursue off-market transactions in our target markets through the long-standing relationships our management team has developed over the past 20 years. We believe these relationships will be a significant source of senior housing acquisition opportunities. The senior housing facilities that we currently have under contract were sourced off-market through a relationship developed by our management team.
 
Ø   Utilize creative and flexible transaction structures to participate in operating improvements.   We intend to capitalize on our management team’s prior experience in utilizing creative and flexible acquisition, management and lease structures that allow senior housing REITs to capture potential growth in facility-level cash flows. We believe that, as the overall economy recovers, residential real estate values stabilize and consumer confidence is restored, many seniors will respond to deferred health care and social needs and choose to sell their homes and move into senior housing facilities. We also believe minimal new supply will be added to the inventory of available senior housing units through the near term. We believe that, as demographic trends cause demand to increase, occupancy and pricing power will accelerate, thereby improving operating profitability.
 
Ø   Maximize value through active asset management.   Based on our management team’s prior experience, we expect to allocate a significant portion of our staffing resources to asset management based on an active ownership philosophy that engages our facility operators in a cooperative relationship. Although we do not intend to operate our senior housing facilities directly, we will actively participate with our facility operators in various aspects of the operations of our facilities, including positioning and repositioning, operations analysis, physical design, renovation, capital improvements, resident experience and overall strategic direction.
 
OUR ACQUISITION PROCESS
 
Our acquisition process will utilize extensive research to evaluate a target market and facility, including a detailed review of the long-term economic outlook, trends in local demand generators, competitive environment, property systems and physical condition, capabilities of the facility operator, and facility financial performance. We intend to implement a disciplined acquisition and asset management process that involves significant attention from our senior management team at all stages of the acquisition process.
 
Our acquisition process is outlined below:
 
Ø   Origination and screening.   We expect to identify investment opportunities through our management team’s network of long-standing relationships in the senior housing and real estate industries. Only if the targeted facility, market and operator meet our investment criteria will we proceed to the next step of our acquisition process.
 
Ø   Initial due diligence, investment analysis and site inspections . Once we identify a prospective acquisition, we will employ detailed financial modeling and analysis of the facility. In connection with our acquisitions, we intend to focus on the following factors:
 
  the expertise and reputation of the facility operator that will operate the facility;
 
  the geographic area, type of facility and demographic profile;
 
  the market position and competitive landscape of the facility, including occupancy and demand for similar facilities in the same or nearby communities;


92


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
 
  the location, construction quality, condition and design of the facility;
 
  the current and anticipated earnings and cash flows, their adequacy to meet lease obligations, service facility level indebtedness, if any, and other operational needs, including capital expenditures, and risks to such earnings and cash flows;
 
  whether the anticipated rent provides a competitive market return to us;
 
  the potential for capital appreciation;
 
  the federal income tax laws applicable to REITs;
 
  the regulatory and reimbursement environment in which the facility operates; and
 
  the proportion of private-pay residents, with an emphasis on little or no Medicare or Medicaid reimbursements.
 
Ø   Investment committee.   Our investment committee will be composed of key members of our management team. The initial members of the committee will be Messrs. Hutchison, Anderson and Patten. Upon completion of our initial due diligence, investment analysis and site inspection, our investment committee will evaluate the acquisition opportunity and determine whether to present the potential investment to our board of directors for their consideration and approval. In this presentation, our analysis will provide an in-depth overview of the facility, due diligence conducted, key financial metrics and analyses related to the facility and the market in which it is located, as well as investment considerations and potential factors mitigating risk. We will not acquire any assets or make any investments without investment committee approval.
 
Ø   Confirmatory due diligence process.   We will work with outside legal counsel to complete legal due diligence, including title, insurance and regulatory review, and document each acquisition. We expect to engage third party advisors and/or consultants to conduct various physical inspections. We will not proceed with any acquisition opportunity unless the results of these reviews are satisfactory to us.
 
Ø   Final investment approval.   Upon completion of our confirmatory due diligence and a favorable decision by our investment committee to proceed with an investment, our board of directors will have approval rights over acquisitions exceeding thresholds that it will identify. All other acquisitions will be at the investment committee’s discretion. For acquisitions requiring approval by our board of directors, once approval is received, we will proceed with closing the acquisition. We expect that we will not put any nonrefundable deposit money at risk until we have received final approval from our board of directors, if approval is required.
 
Ø   Asset management.   After closing an acquisition, we intend to actively asset manage the acquired facility. We intend to employ a dedicated and experienced asset management team to proactively manage our facility operators in order to improve operational performance and enhance total returns on our investments. We believe active asset management represents a substantial competitive advantage compared to many other companies in our industry and creates stockholder value. Although we do not intend to directly operate our senior housing facilities, our management team and the asset managers we intend to employ will actively participate with our facility operators in various aspects of the operations of our facilities, including property positioning and repositioning, operations analysis, physical design, renovation, capital improvements, resident experience and overall strategic direction.


93


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
 
GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION
 
General
 
We anticipate that most of our senior housing facilities will derive their revenues from private payment sources and not from government reimbursement programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. Independent living facilities and assisted living facilities are generally subject to less governmental regulation than skilled nursing facilities, which do receive payment from governmental sources, including Medicare and Medicaid. The Medicare program was enacted in 1965 to provide a nationwide, federally funded health insurance program for the elderly and certain disabled persons. The Medicaid program is a joint federal/state cooperative arrangement established for the purpose of enabling states to furnish medical assistance on behalf of aged, blind or disabled individuals, and members of families with dependent children, whose income and resources are insufficient to meet the costs of necessary medical services. Within the Medicare and Medicaid statutory framework, there are substantial areas subject to administrative regulations and rulings, interpretation and discretion that may affect payments made to providers under these programs. The amounts of program payments received by our facility operators can be changed by legislative or regulatory actions and by determinations made by fiscal intermediaries and other payment agents acting on behalf of the programs.
 
Licensure
 
Senior housing facilities are subject to extensive state and local laws and regulations relating to licensure, conduct of operations and services provided within the properties. Health care operations are subject to regulation and licensing by state and local health and social services agencies and other regulatory authorities. In order to maintain operating licenses, facility operators must comply with standards concerning medical care, equipment, and hygiene. Although regulatory requirements vary from state to state, these requirements generally address among other things: personnel education and training; staffing levels; patient records; facility services; quality of care provided; physical residence specifications; food and housekeeping services; and residents’ rights and responsibilities. Senior housing facilities are subject to periodic survey and inspection by governmental authorities. Senior housing facilities are also subject to various state and local building codes and other ordinances, including zoning, fire, food service and safety codes. The licensure requirements may apply to our TRS lessee.
 
Medicare and Medicaid overview
 
Our strategy is to identify and acquire independent living facilities, assisted living facilities, which may include Alzheimer’s/dementia care units or free-standing Alzheimer’s/dementia care facilities, and continuing care retirement communities, that generate substantially all of their revenues from private payment sources. While not a primary focus of our strategy, we may also opportunistically acquire other types of senior housing facilities, including but not limited to senior apartments and skilled nursing facilities.
 
Skilled nursing services are reimbursable by both Medicare and Medicaid. Medicare is a federally funded program that provides certain health care benefits to persons aged 65 and over, some disabled persons and persons who qualify for the end-stage renal disease program. Medicare is administered by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, and consists of four parts: Parts A, B, C, and D.
 
Medicaid is a medical assistance program for low-income individuals. Medicaid is jointly funded by the federal and state governments, but is administered by individual states operating within federal guidelines. The federal government sets broad national guidelines to qualify for federal funding, under which states establish their own eligibility standards, determine the type, amount, duration and scope of services, set the rate of payment for such services and administer their own programs. Because of this structure, Medicaid programs vary considerably from state to state, as well as within each state over


94


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
time. The federal government pays a share of the medical assistance expenditures under each state’s Medicaid program. That share, known as the Federal Medical Assistance Percentage, is determined annually by a formula that compares a state’s average per capital income level with the national income average. A state with a higher per capital income level is reimbursed for a smaller share of its costs, but in all cases the federal share is at least 50%.
 
Americans with Disabilities Act
 
Our facilities must comply with the ADA and any similar state or local laws to the extent that such facilities are “public accommodations” as defined in those statutes. The ADA may require removal of barriers to access by persons with disabilities in certain public areas of our facilities where such removal is readily achievable. Should barriers to access by persons with disabilities be discovered at any of our facilities, we may be directly or indirectly responsible for additional costs that may be required to make facilities ADA-compliant. Noncompliance with the ADA could result in the imposition of fines or an award of damages to private litigants. The obligation to make readily achievable accommodations pursuant to the ADA is an ongoing one, and we continue to assess our facilities and make modifications as appropriate in this respect.
 
Recent developments
 
Health care, including the long-term care and assisted living sectors, remains a dynamic, evolving industry. On March 23, 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 was enacted and on March 30, the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act was enacted, which in part modified the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act. Together, the two Acts represent a significant overhaul of the healthcare system in the United States. The two Acts are intended to reduce the number of individuals in the United States without health insurance and effect significant other changes to the ways in which health care is organized, delivered and reimbursed. The legislation will become effective in a phased approach, beginning in 2010 and concluding in 2018. At this time, the effects of these two Acts and their impact on our business are not yet known. Our business, results of operations and ability to pay cash distributions to our stockholders could be materially and adversely effected by the two Acts and further governmental initiatives undertaken pursuant to the two Acts.
 
COMPETITION
 
We expect to compete for investment opportunities with institutional investors, private equity investors, other REITs and numerous local, regional and national owners, in each of our target markets. Some of these entities may have substantially greater financial resources than we do and may be able and willing to accept more risk than we can prudently manage. Competition generally may increase the bargaining power of property owners seeking to sell and reduce the number of suitable investment opportunities offered to us or purchased by us.
 
The senior housing industry is highly competitive. Senior housing facilities we acquire will compete with other properties for residents in our markets. In addition, we must compete against home health care and other in home services which may allow residents to extend their stay in their apartment or home. Competitive factors include location, convenience, brand affiliation, rates, range of services, facilities and amenities or accommodations offered and quality of service. Competition in the markets in which our facilities will operate will include competition from existing, newly renovated and newly developed senior housing facilities. Competition can adversely affect the occupancy and rates of our facilities, and thus our financial results, and may require us to provide additional amenities, incur additional costs or make capital improvements that we otherwise might not choose to make, which may adversely affect our profitability.


95


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
The senior housing facilities that we acquire will be subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws. Under these laws, courts and government agencies have the authority to require us, as owner or operator of a contaminated property, to clean up the property, even if we did not know of or were not responsible for the release of the contamination. These laws also apply to persons who owned or operated a property at the time that it became contaminated, and therefore it is possible that we could incur these costs even after we sell some of the properties we acquire. In addition to the costs of cleanup, environmental contamination can affect the value of a property and, therefore, an owner’s ability to borrow funds using the property as collateral or to sell the property. Under the environmental laws, courts and government agencies also have the authority to require that a person who sent waste to a waste disposal facility, such as a landfill or an incinerator, pay for the clean-up of that facility if it becomes contaminated and threatens human health or the environment.
 
Furthermore, various court decisions have established that third parties may recover damages for personal injury, as well as for damage to property and to natural resources caused by property contamination. For instance, a person exposed to asbestos while staying in a senior housing facility may seek to recover damages if he or she suffers personal injury from the asbestos. Lastly, some of these environmental laws restrict the use of a property or place conditions on various activities. An example would be laws that require a business using chemicals (such as swimming pool treatment chemicals at a senior housing facility) to manage them carefully and to notify local officials that the chemicals are being used.
 
We could be responsible for any of the costs discussed above. The costs to clean up a contaminated property, to defend against a claim, to satisfy a judgment or pay a penalty, or to comply with environmental laws could be material and could adversely affect the funds available for distribution to our stockholders. We have obtained a Phase I environmental site assessment for each of the six senior housing facilities that we have under contract and expect to obtain Phase I environmental site assessments for facilities we acquire in the future. Based on these Phase I environmental site assessments and the sellers’ representations in the purchase and sale agreement related to the six senior housing facilities we have under contract, we are not aware of any material environmental liabilities related to these facilities. However, these environmental site assessments may not reveal all environmental costs that might have a material adverse effect on our business, assets, results of operations or liquidity and may not identify all potential environmental liabilities. For example, the Phase I environmental site assessments did not include a comprehensive mold investigation.
 
As a result, we may become subject to material environmental liabilities. We can make no assurances that (1) future laws or regulations will not impose material environmental liabilities on us, or (2) the environmental condition of our senior housing facilities will not be affected by the condition of the properties in the vicinity of our senior housing facilities (such as the presence of leaking underground storage tanks on an adjacent up-gradient property) or by third parties unrelated to us.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
As of the date of this prospectus, we had five full-time officers, but no employees since we are in our organizational stage.
 
INSURANCE
 
We will maintain and/or require in our leases and other agreements that our facility operators maintain all applicable lines of insurance on our facilities and their operations. We will be required to maintain casualty insurance for the senior housing facilities that we lease to our TRS lessee. Our facility operators will be required pursuant to management agreements to maintain general and professional liability insurance covering the facilities leased to our TRS lessee and to operate these facilities in


96


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
 
accordance with the standards contained in the management agreements. The costs of the insurance program covering the senior housing facilities that may be leased to our TRS lessee will be facility expenses paid from the revenues of these facilities, regardless of who maintains the insurance.
 
The amount and scope of insurance coverage provided by the policies we maintain and the policies maintained by our facility operators will be customary for similarly situated companies in our industry. We believe the amount of insurance coverage we will have on the six initial facilities in our portfolio is adequate. We cannot assure you that in the future insurance will be available at a reasonable cost or that we, our facility operators will be able to maintain adequate levels of insurance coverage. In addition, we cannot give any assurances as to the future financial viability of our insurers or that the insurance coverage provided will fully cover all losses on our facilities upon the occurrence of a catastrophic event.
 
Due to historically high frequency and severity of professional liability claims against health care providers, the availability of professional liability insurance has been restricted and the premiums for such coverage remain very high. In addition, many health care providers are pursuing different organizational and corporate structures coupled with self-insurance programs that provide less insurance coverage. As a result, our facility operators could incur large funded and unfunded professional liability expense, which could have a material adverse effect on their liquidity, financial condition and results of operations, and which, in turn, could affect adversely their ability to make rental payments under, or otherwise comply with the terms of, their leases or other agreements with us or, with regard to our facilities leased to our TRS lessee, adversely affect our results of operations. We cannot assure you that our facility operators will carry the insurance coverage required under the terms of their leases and other agreements with us or that we will require the same levels of insurance under those leases and agreements.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
We are not involved in any material litigation nor is any material litigation threatened against us.


97


Table of Contents

 
Market opportunity and industry overview
 
OVERVIEW
 
We believe the weakened economy combined with the current capital constrained environment presents a compelling opportunity for well-capitalized companies to acquire high quality private-pay senior housing facilities at attractive prices. We believe many owners of senior housing facilities will encounter challenges in refinancing or repaying upcoming debt maturities, particularly for those senior housing facilities acquired at peak-market prices with high loan-to-value ratios during the period from 2003 to 2007. Lower facility-level cash flows in conjunction with more conservative lending practices will lead over-leveraged senior housing owners, operators and investors to sell senior housing facilities at attractive prices. We also expect liquidity constraints faced by financial buyers, including investment managers of limited life funds, will cause these non-operating owners to sell income-producing senior housing facilities to provide liquidity to their investors. Finally, we believe that sale lease back transactions may be appealing to select senior housing operators who prefer to deploy available capital into operations and away from real estate ownership.
 
We believe that investors will face relatively less competition in the senior housing market compared to other commercial real estate sectors since generalist real estate investors have refocused on distressed markets and core real estate asset classes. We also believe the fragmented nature of health care real estate and the specialized expertise needed to underwrite these assets will restrain demand for senior housing facilities. Our extensive relationships with leading senior housing owners, operators, developers and investors and our growth-oriented capital structure are expected to give us a competitive advantage in acquiring these assets.
 
We expect to benefit from a rebound in facility-level cash flows, which will improve our investment yields and enhance our total returns to stockholders. Deterioration in the residential real estate market, including declines in median home sale prices, and weakened consumer confidence have contributed to lower occupancy rates in the senior housing industry as many seniors have deferred the decision to sell their homes and relocate to senior housing facilities. We believe that this trend will reverse course as economic conditions improve, residential real estate values stabilize, and consumer confidence rises. We also believe owners of senior housing facilities will continue to benefit from favorable demographics, including growth in the total U.S. population age 65 and older and limited growth in new supply of senior housing facilities as a result of the current capital constrained environment.
 
Certain industry data discussed below is derived from third party sources that require the payment of subscription or membership fees. We pay a quarterly subscription fee of $7,500 to the NIC MAP ® Data & Analysis service, an annual membership fee of $495 for our NIC Executive Circle membership, and fees ranging from $150 to $195 to the American Seniors Housing Association, or ASHA, for the Seniors Housing Statistical Handbook, The State of Seniors Housing 2009 Report and the Seniors Housing Construction Trends Report.
 
SIGNIFICANT AND GROWING SEGMENT OF THE HEALTH CARE INDUSTRY
 
The health care industry is the single largest sector of the U.S. economy, generating over $2.3 trillion of expenditures in 2008 and a projected $2.4 trillion in expenditures in 2009 according to a National Health Expenditures report released in January 2010 by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. The United States Department of Health and Human Services has projected steady growth of health care needs for aging Americans. The number of Americans age 65 and older is expected to grow significantly in aggregate numbers and as a relative percentage of the total U.S. population. For example, the United States Census Bureau, as illustrated in the table below, projects that the segment of the U.S. population age 65 and older will grow from a combined 40.2 million in 2010 (13.0% of the total population), to 54.8 million in 2020 (16.1% of the total population) and to more than 72.0 million Americans age 65 and older by 2030 (19.3% of the total population).


98


Table of Contents

 
Market opportunity and industry overview
 
 
Population (Historical and Projected)
 
(POPULATION GRAPH)
 
Source: United States Census Bureau
 
OCCUPANCY REVERSION TO HISTORICAL MEAN
 
As shown in the table below, independent and assisted living occupancy rates have fallen in recent periods. We believe that current declines in occupancy are primarily a result of delayed transitions by seniors to senior housing facilities because of the recent economic recession and downturn in the residential real estate market in the United States. The decline in demand for senior housing among seniors and the resulting decline in occupancy rates and revenues within the senior housing industry, particularly in independent living facilities and continuing care retirement communities, has given buyers opportunities to acquire facilities with prospects for strong internal growth as the residential real estate market stabilizes and seniors gain the confidence to relocate.
 
Occupancy Trends
 
(OCCUPANY TRENDS GRAPH)
 
Source: NIC MAP ® Data & Analysis Service, American Senior Housing Association 2009 State of Seniors Housing


99


Table of Contents

 
Market opportunity and industry overview
 
 
Recent data suggest some improvement in the single family home resale market. According to the National Association of Realtors, the supply of homes on the market available for resale peaked in July 2008 at 11.2 month’s supply compared to 7.8 month’s supply in January 2010. In addition, measures of consumer confidence continue to improve from recent lows as shown in the University of Michigan Consumer Sentiment index below.
 
Consumer Sentiment
 
(CONSUMER SENTIMENT GRAPH)
 
Source: Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis
 
Assisted living occupancies are correlated with economic conditions such as employment, as demonstrated in the chart below. Assisted living average occupancy has declined with job growth since the onset of the U.S. economic recession in the fourth quarter of 2007. The ASHA 2009 State of Seniors Housing indicates stabilized assisted living properties have exhibited long-term average occupancy of 92.9% from 1994 to 2007. We believe assisted living occupancies will revert to historic averages based on growing demographic demand and need-based health care demands of aging seniors. Additionally, we believe a general economic recovery will positively impact consumer sentiment and add velocity to seniors waiting to transition to age or service appropriate senior housing options. Furthermore, we believe that the majority of seniors that move into the types of retirement communities that we target are likely to own their homes free and clear from mortgages or subject to mortgages that have been substantially paid down. While those residents may be subject to constraints on saleability of their homes based on market conditions for home sales, their decision to sell is not typically constrained by problems associated with having mortgage balances that exceed the market value of their homes. For example, ASHA reports in the Spring 2008 Statistical Survey of Senior Homeowners that 74% of the respondents own their homes free and clear.


100


Table of Contents

 
Market opportunity and industry overview
 
 
Assisted Living Occupancy & Employment
 
(ASSISTED LIVING OCCUPANCY AND EMPLOYMENT GRAPH)
 
Source: NIC MAP ® Data & Analysis Service, United States Bureau of Labor Statistics
 
Independent living occupancies are related to economic conditions such as GDP growth as demonstrated in the table below. The ASHA 2009 State of Seniors Housing indicates stabilized independent living properties have exhibited long-term average occupancy of 94.4% from 1994 to 2007.
 
Independent Living Occupancy & GDP
 
(INDEPENDENT LIVING OCCUPANCY AND GDP GRAPH)
 
Source: NIC MAP ® Data & Analysis Service, United States Department of Commerce - Bureau of Economic Analysis
 
Independent living occupancies are tied to the residential real estate market as illustrated in the chart below. Based on our prior experience, we believe as an economic recovery develops and residential real estate values stabilize seniors will more readily accept paper losses on their home asset values and transition to senior housing options.


101


Table of Contents

 
Market opportunity and industry overview
 
 
Independent Living Occupancy & Months Supply of Homes for Sale
 
(INDEPENDENT LIVING OCCUPANCY & MONTHS SUPPLY GRAPH)
 
Source: NIC MAP ® Data & Analysis Service, National Association of Realtors
 
SEVERELY LIMITED SUPPLY GROWTH
 
Supply fundamentals have been an important factor in previous senior housing cycles, notably supply overhang due to overbuilding in the late 1990s, which produced a sustained period of lower supply growth that increased net absorption and contributed to significant sustained rate increases within the sector. As shown in the chart below, new supply growth as a percentage of existing inventory has been trending at a historic low since 2000. Construction starts and new unit delivery reductions will cause industry supply growth to trend from an estimated 1.7% in 2008 to an estimated 1.3% for 2009, significantly below the historical average supply growth rate of 4.8% from 1985 to 2009 (ASHA/NIC Senior Housing Construction Trends Report 2009). We believe capital market dislocations, a scarcity of development capital and continued challenging credit market conditions will restrain supply growth in the near term.
 
Supply & 75+ Population Growth
 
(SUPPLY AND 75+POPULATION GROWTH GRAPH)
 
Source: NIC MAP ® Data & Analysis Service, ASHA 2009 Seniors Housing Construction Trends Report, United States Census Bureau


102


Table of Contents

 
Market opportunity and industry overview
 
 
INDEPENDENT LIVING AND ASSISTED LIVING SECTORS SHOW CONSISTENT GROWTH
 
As shown in the chart below, the independent living and assisted living sectors, in which we intend to focus our investments, have sustained rate growth increases over the last 15 years, with average annual rate growth of 4.3%. Within the four-year period of 1994 to 1998 following the 1990-1991 recession, the senior housing industry achieved a blended average annual rate growth of 4.0%. A similar trend followed the 2001-2002 downturn, when the senior housing industry experienced average annual rate growth of 4.5% in 2003 and 2004. Despite the onset of the economic recession from 2007 through 2009, senior housing averaged greater than a 2.0% rate growth. We believe that the recent decline in median senior housing occupancies will allow us to acquire assets at attractive valuations and that increases in market rates and occupancy are likely to follow as property performance reverts to the blended historic median occupancies of 93.5% (according to the ASHA 2009 State of Senior Housing) and median rate increases of 4.3%.
 
Annual Rate Growth
 
(ANNUAL RATE GROWTH GRAPH)
 
Source: NIC MAP ® Data & Analysis Service, The State of Senior Housing 2009
 
REFINANCING, LOAN MATURITIES AND LACK OF TAKE OUT FINANCING
 
According to the National Investment Center for the Seniors Housing and Care Industry, or NIC, senior housing property-related commercial mortgages with an aggregate principal amount of approximately $30.0 billion were originated between the first quarter of 2002 and the fourth quarter of 2008. NIC Key Financial Indicators for the same period classify $18.2 billion of these originations as short-term debt with maturities of less than 10 years including bridge loans, acquisition financing, turn-around and mezzanine financing but excluding construction and mini-perm loans. During that same period, conventional construction finance tracked by NIC totaled $1.4 billion for independent and assisted living, which includes units located in continuing care retirement communities. We believe that a number of these are term loans and construction mini-perm loans that are scheduled to mature over the next three years. In the current recessionary environment, traditional lending sources, such as banks, insurance companies and pension funds, have adopted more conservative lending policies and have made fewer new lending commitments to health care properties. Furthermore, the commercial mortgage-backed security, or CMBS, market, which has historically provided a significant amount of debt to the real estate industry, especially from 2004 through 2007, effectively has been closed since July 2008. U.S. domestic CMBS issuances declined from a high of $233.4 billion in 2007 to $15.8 billion in 2008 and $11.7 billion in 2009 according to Commercial Mortgage Alert. We believe the current and projected cash flows at some senior housing facilities, when coupled with more conservative lending policies, will only support mortgage financing that is significantly less than the amounts currently borrowed against such properties. As a result, we expect some owners of senior


103


Table of Contents

 
Market opportunity and industry overview
 
 
housing facilities will be unable to refinance maturing debt without significant additional equity investment, which may result in restructurings, sales or foreclosures. In some cases, seller financing may be made available to qualified buyers.
 
Short and Long-Term Debt Originations
 
(SHORT AND LONG-TERM DEBT ORIGINATIONS GRAPH)
 
Source: NIC Key Financial Indicators 4Q 2009, NIC Map Data, & Analysis Service
 
DRAMATIC MARKET SHARE OPPORTUNITY FOR HEALTH CARE REITs
 
ASHA’s 2008 Seniors Housing Statistical Handbook estimated the 2008 supply of professionally managed private-pay U.S. senior housing units to be 1,435,000 units. Since that publication, we believe the supply of senior housing units in the United States has increased to approximately 1,478,050 units. According to ASHA’s 2009 Top 50 Owners report, health care REITs owned a total of 125,770 seniors housing units or 8.5% of the total estimated supply of professionally managed inventory in the United States. We believe a conservative estimate of $100,000 per unit represents a total investment market of $147.8 billion of professionally managed private-pay seniors housing assets, $135.2 billion of which is not currently owned by health care REITs. We believe a $135.2 billion potential investment universe provides a significant deployment opportunity for our company.
 
According to ASHA, the top 20 senior housing managers control on a combined basis approximately 23.8% of the existing inventory of independent and assisted living units, including Alzheimer’s/dementia care units. We believe there is a significant consolidation opportunity as facility operators seek economies of scale to enhance profitability and that the efficient blend of long-term equity and low leverage debt offered by a company such as ours will make us a compelling choice for long-term capital. A difficult debt market, higher equity requirements, reduced institutional investor allocations to real estate, and the short term investment horizons and opportunistic hurdle rates for many equity investors severely limit the capital choices for growth-minded managers. We believe our management team has a demonstrated track record and will have significant opportunities to deploy capital with the most efficient and profitable facility operators.


104


Table of Contents

 
Prior performance summary
 
The information presented in this section represents the historical experience of real estate programs for which Thomas J. Hutchison III, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, served as the Chief Executive Officer. The information presented in this section should be read in conjunction with the Prior Performance Tables included in this prospectus as Appendix A. Prospective investors should not assume they will experience returns comparable to those experienced by investors in the real estate programs discussed in this section. Further, by purchasing shares of our common stock, investors will not acquire ownership interests in any real estate programs to which the following information relates.
 
During the ten-year period ended December 31, 2009, Mr. Hutchison served in various capacities as an executive officer of CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels and CNL Income Properties. Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer and President of CNL Retirement from August 2003 to September 2005, as President from June 2002 to August 2003 and as Executive Vice President from February 2000 to June 2002. Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer of CNL Hotels from February 2003 to April 2007, as President from June 2002 to March 2003, and as Executive Vice President from May 2000 to June 2002. Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer of CNL Income Properties from August 2003 to August 2005, and as President from August 2003 to April 2004. In addition, Mr. Hutchison served as an executive officer of CNL Retirement Corp., the external advisor of CNL Retirement, from May 2000 to September 2005; of CNL Hospitality Corp., the external advisor of CNL Hotels, from May 2000 to April 2005; and of CNL Income Corp., the external advisor of CNL Income Properties, from August 2003 to August 2005.
 
We believe it is appropriate to present information regarding the prior performance of CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels and CNL Income Properties because of the principal roles and responsibilities of Mr. Hutchison during the periods when he served as the Chief Executive Officer of these three entities and their respective external advisors. The other sponsors of these prior public programs included the two principals of CNL Financial Group, Inc., James M. Seneff, Jr. and Robert A. Bourne, and their affiliates. Mr. Seneff and Mr. Bourne are not affiliated with us and are not promoting, sponsoring or endorsing this offering or an investment in our common stock. CNL Financial Group, Inc. and its affiliates are not sponsors of and have no affiliation with our company, have not participated in the preparation of this prospectus and are not endorsing our company or an investment in our common stock. The prior performance of CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels and CNL Income Properties is no indication of the performance we may achieve.
 
CNL Retirement
 
CNL Retirement invested in independent and assisted living facilities, continuing care retirement communities, medical office buildings and other health care properties.
 
CNL Hotels
 
CNL Hotels engaged primarily in the ownership of interests in hotel and resort properties, including full service hotels and resorts, limited service hotels and extended stay hotels, with a focus during its last few years of operation prior to its sale on luxury and upscale hotels and resorts.
 
CNL Income Properties
 
CNL Income Properties, which currently operates as CNL Lifestyle Properties, Inc., invests primarily in properties that reflect or are impacted by the social, consumption and entertainment values and choices of our society. Examples of the types of properties that CNL Income Properties targets for investment


105


Table of Contents

 
Prior performance summary
 
 
are ski and mountain lifestyle resort properties, golf facilities, entertainment properties such as theme parks and water parks, marinas and other lifestyle properties.
 
We have provided below, for each of CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels and CNL Income Properties, information relating to the number of properties acquired, the aggregate purchase price of properties and the number of properties sold for the period from July 1, 2003 to September 30, 2005 for each of CNL Retirement and CNL Income Properties and from January 1, 2003 to April 30, 2007 for CNL Hotels. We have provided the information for these periods, rather than for the period from each program’s inception through its completion (or in the case of CNL Income Properties through a recent date), because the periods presented encompass the periods when Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer of the applicable program.
 
                         
    Number of
    Aggregate
    Number of
 
    properties
    purchase
    properties
 
Name of program   acquired     price     sold  
   
          (in millions)        
 
CNL Retirement
    174     $ 2,476 (1)     (4)
CNL Hotels
    82       5,189 (2)     76 (5)
CNL Income Properties
    8       372 (3)     (6)
                         
Total public programs
    264     $ 8,037       76  
                         
 
 
(1) Based on purchase price. Approximately 39.1% of these properties were commercial properties (medical office buildings, specialty hospitals and walk-in clinics) and approximately 60.9% were residential, senior housing facilities.
 
(2) Based on purchase price. All of these properties were commercial properties (100% were hotels).
 
(3) Based on purchase price. All of these properties were commercial properties (ski resort properties, golf facilities, attractions such as theme parks and water parks and other commercial properties).
 
(4) CNL Retirement was acquired by HCP, Inc., an unaffiliated publicly-traded REIT, in October 2006, approximately 13 months after Mr. Hutchison resigned from his position as its Chief Executive Officer. Because the merger of CNL Retirement with HCP, Inc. was not completed until approximately 13 months after Mr. Hutchison’s resignation as its Chief Executive Officer, we do not consider CNL Retirement to be a completed program for purposes of presenting the prior performance of programs that were partially sponsored by Mr. Hutchison.
 
(5) CNL Hotels was acquired by Morgan Stanley Real Estate, a global real estate investing, banking and lending company, in April 2007, and in connection with such acquisition, certain assets of CNL Hotels were purchased by Ashford Sapphire Acquisition LLC. Therefore, CNL Hotels is considered a completed program.
 
(6) CNL Income Properties, currently known as CNL Lifestyle Properties, Inc., continued its operations after Mr. Hutchison resigned from his position as its Chief Executive Officer and continues its operations today; therefore, we do not consider CNL Income Properties to be a completed program.
 
Source: CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels and CNL Income Properties SEC filings.
 
Information relating to the public offerings of CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels and CNL Income Properties is as follows. All information is historical. The information is presented for the time periods during which Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer of each entity and the entity was conducting capital raising activities.
 


106


Table of Contents

 
Prior performance summary
 
 
                         
    Dollar
    Date
       
    amount
    offering
    Shares
 
Name of program   raised     closed     sold  
   
 
CNL Retirement
  $ 1.7 billion       (1 )     (1 )
CNL Hotels
  $ 1.9 billion       (2 )     (2 )
CNL Income Properties
  $ 247.0 million       (3 )     (3 )
 
 
(1) From July 1, 2003 through September 3, 2005, which encompasses the entire period during which Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer of CNL Retirement, CNL Retirement raised approximately $1.7 billion of equity capital through a fixed-price continuous public offering of its common stock. As of April 2006, 90% or more of such amount had been invested or committed for investment in properties and mortgage loans. As of September 30, 2006, approximately 40% of the assets acquired by CNL Retirement had been funded using debt. The balance were acquired using proceeds from CNL Retirement’s common stock offerings. In October 2006, the company merged with and into a wholly-owned subsidiary of HCP, Inc.
 
(2) From January 1, 2003 through December 31, 2006, which is the period during Mr. Hutchison’s tenure as the Chief Executive Officer of CNL Hotels during which CNL Hotels was engaged in raising capital through the public offering of its common stock, CNL Hotels raised approximately $1.9 billion of equity capital through a fixed-price continuous public offering of its common stock. As of December 31, 2006, 90% or more of such amount had been invested or committed for investment in properties and mortgage loans. As of December 31, 2006, approximately 53.3% of the assets acquired by CNL Hotels had been funded using debt. The balance were acquired using proceeds from CNL Hotels’ common stock offerings. In April 2007, the company was acquired by Morgan Stanley Real Estate and in connection with such acquisition, certain assets of the company were purchased by Ashford Sapphire Acquisition LLC.
 
(3) From April 1, 2004, which is the beginning of the quarter in which CNL Income Properties commenced its capital raising activities, through September 30, 2005, which encompasses the entire period during which Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer of CNL Income Properties, and CNL Income Properties was conducting capital raising activities, CNL Income Properties raised a total of approximately $247.0 million of equity capital through a fixed price continuous public offering of its common stock. As of March 31, 2005, 90% or more of the equity capital raised during that period had been invested or committed for investment in properties and mortgage loans. As of September 30, 2005, approximately 62.0% of the assets acquired by CNL Income Properties had been funded using debt and the balance were acquired using proceeds from the company’s common stock offerings.
 
Source: CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels and CNL Income Properties SEC filings.
 
Adverse Business Developments and External Market Factors
 
Each of CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels and CNL Income Properties was impacted by general market trends and other external factors that were unrelated to management actions. For example, the returns that CNL Retirement was able to achieve for its stockholders as described above were positively impacted by:
 
Ø   positive trends in the growth of persons in the United States age 65 and older, which increased demand for the senior housing assets owned by CNL Retirement;
 
Ø   positive trends in senior housing occupancy rates across the entire senior housing industry, especially in the 2003 through 2006 period, which supported internal revenue growth across the industry and in many of CNL Retirement’s assets;

107


Table of Contents

 
Prior performance summary
 
 
 
Ø   a trend to lower capitalization rates (and therefore higher market values) for senior housing assets, especially over the 2002 through 2006 period, which was fueled by a credit and capital rich market environment;
 
Ø   positive economic and employment conditions, especially over the 2002 through 2006 period; and
 
Ø   modest annual average rate growth rates in the supply of new senior housing in many markets, especially through 2005, which supported internal revenue growth for existing facilities across the industry.
 
However, CNL Retirement also faced considerable external challenges as a result of selected overbuilding of senior housing in certain markets. In some cases, this overbuilding reduced monthly revenue rates that communities were able to obtain for their services. The performance of CNL Retirement was also impacted by adverse business developments that occurred in connection with the operation of CNL Retirement’s business. These included the purchase of certain properties as part of larger portfolio acquisitions that were in need of significant capital improvements or that were nonperforming. In some cases, these properties were sold at a loss. CNL Retirement also funded certain dividend payments using the proceeds of equity capital raises or debt and, as a result, these dividends were treated as a return of capital. For more information regarding external market factors impacting CNL Retirement, see “Market Opportunity and Industry Overview.”
 
CNL Hotels experienced significant challenges resulting from severe downturns in the hospitality industry, such as the period following the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, which negatively affected CNL Hotels’ earnings. CNL Hotels was also negatively impacted by certain adverse business developments that occurred in connection with the operation of CNL Hotels’ business. These included:
 
Ø   an attempt by CNL Hotels to complete a registered underwritten public offering of shares of its common stock and a related listing of the company’s outstanding shares of common stock in 2004, which offering and listing were abandoned;
 
Ø   an attempt by CNL Hotels to acquire CNL Hotels Corp., the external advisor of CNL Hotels, through a merger in 2004, which merger was abandoned and then subsequently renegotiated for a substantially reduced amount of merger consideration; and
 
Ø   certain stockholder class action lawsuits that were filed against various CNL Hotels affiliates, including certain officers and directors of CNL Hotels and its external advisor, including Mr. Hutchison, arising out of, among other things, the terms of the proposed merger of CNL Hotels Corp. into CNL Hotels, which lawsuits were settled.
 
CNL Income Properties also faced challenges resulting from the downturn in the hospitality and travel industries following the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001. In addition, CNL Income Properties was negatively impacted by certain adverse business developments that occurred in connection with the operation of its business during the period when Mr. Hutchison served as its Chief Executive Officer. These included:
 
Ø   challenges associated with the formation and start-up of a newly formed investment vehicle, including capital raising and sourcing of acquisition opportunities;
 
Ø   the lack of focus on a specific property type; and
 
Ø   availability of debt financing for non-core real estate assets.
 
For additional information, please refer to the Prior Performance Tables included with this prospectus as Appendix A.
 
In order to enable potential investors to evaluate the prior experience of Mr. Hutchison concerning the prior public programs described above, we have provided the foregoing tables and encourage potential


108


Table of Contents

 
Prior performance summary
 
 
investors to examine certain financial and other information in the Prior Performance Tables included as Appendix A of this prospectus.
 
The information presented above regarding CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels and CNL Income Properties and their prior performance is based entirely on information contained in the SEC filings of these entities which are publicly available through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has not independently verified the accuracy of the information contained in the SEC filings of these entities.


109


Table of Contents

 
Management
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
Currently, our board of directors consists of one director, Mr. Hutchison. Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, our board of directors will consist of six directors, a majority of whom will be “independent” in accordance with the requirements set forth in the NYSE listing standards. Each of the director nominees named in the table below has agreed to serve as a director upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement. Our board of directors will be elected annually by our stockholders in accordance with our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a majority of the entire board of directors may establish, increase or decrease the number of directors, provided that the number of directors shall never be less than one nor more than fifteen. All of our executive officers will serve at the discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors will determine whether our directors satisfy the independence requirements set forth in the NYSE’s listing standards.
 
None of our executive officers manages, owns or controls a material interest in any real estate investment entity or vehicle that targets senior housing facilities or other health care properties.
 
The following table sets forth the names and ages of our executive officers, director and each person who has agreed to become a director upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement and the descriptions below set forth certain biographical information about each such person.
 
             
Name   Age   Position
 
 
Thomas J. Hutchison III
    69     Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Phillip M. Anderson, Jr. 
    51     President and Chief Operating Officer
Mark E. Patten
    46     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
James R. Hendrix
    38     Senior Vice President of Investments
John W. Krueger
    35     Senior Vice President of Portfolio Management
James W. Duncan, Jr.*
    58     Director Nominee
Joseph E. Gibbs*
    61     Director Nominee
Dianna F. Morgan*
    58     Director Nominee
Robert E. Parsons, Jr.*
    55     Director Nominee
David M. Thomas*
    61     Director Nominee
 
 
* Independent in accordance with the requirements set forth in the NYSE listing standards.
 
Thomas J. Hutchison III.   Mr. Hutchison has served as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and as our sole director since our formation in April 2010. Mr. Hutchison is also the Chairman of Legacy Healthcare Advisors, LLC, a strategic health care advisory firm he founded in October 2008, and Legacy Hotel Advisors, LLC, a strategic lodging advisory firm he founded in August 2008. Prior to forming our company, Mr. Hutchison served in various capacities as an executive officer of CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels and CNL Lifestyle Properties, Inc. (formerly CNL Income Properties, Inc.). Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer and President of CNL Retirement from August 2003 to September 2005, as President from June 2002 to August 2003 and as Executive Vice President from February 2000 to June 2002. Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer of CNL Hotels from February 2003 to April 2007, as President from June 2002 to March 2003, and as Executive Vice President from May 2000 to June 2002. Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer of CNL


110


Table of Contents

 
Management
 
 
Income Properties from August 2003 to August 2005, and as President from August 2003 to April 2004. In addition, Mr. Hutchison served as an executive officer of CNL Retirement Corp., the external advisor of CNL Retirement, from May 2000 to September 2005; of CNL Hospitality Corp., the external advisor of CNL Hotels, from May 2000 to April 2005; and of CNL Income Corp., the external advisor of CNL Income Properties from August 2003 to August 2005.
 
From 1995 to 2000, Mr. Hutchison was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Atlantic Realty Service, Inc. and TJH Development Corporation. Since 1990, he has fulfilled a number of long-term consulting assignments for large corporations, including managing a number of large international joint ventures. From 1990 to 1991, Mr. Hutchison was the court-appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of General Development Corporation, a real estate community development company, where he assumed the day-to-day management of the NYSE-listed company through the reorganization process. From 1986 to 1990, he was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of a number of personally owned real estate-related companies engaged in the master planning and land acquisition of forty residential, industrial and office development projects. From 1978 to 1986, Mr. Hutchison was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Murdock Development Corporation and Murdock Investment Corporation. Mr. Hutchison serves as a director for numerous for-profit and not-for-profit organizations, including the U.S. Chamber of Commerce, Real Estate Roundtable, KSL Capital Partners, LLC, Hersha Hospitality Trust (NYSE: HT), where he serves on the audit committee, compensation committee, nominating and corporate governance committee and the acquisition committee, and the Trinity Forum, Inc. Mr. Hutchison attended Purdue University and received a Bachelor of Arts degree. He also attended University of Maryland School of Business and received a Master of Business Administration degree. Mr. Hutchison was selected to serve as our Chairman based on his experience in the senior housing and real estate industries, including his executive leadership experience, and his network of long-standing relationships with real estate professionals. Mr. Hutchison is the father-in-law of James R. Hendrix, our Senior Vice President of Investments, and John W. Krueger, our Senior Vice President of Portfolio Management.
 
Phillip M. Anderson, Jr.   Mr. Anderson has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since our formation in April 2010. He also serves as an executive officer of Legacy Healthcare Advisors, LLC, a position he has held since March 2010. Mr. Anderson has also served as the President and owner of The Genova Company LLC, a real estate advisor and investor, since October 2006. Mr. Anderson served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of CNL Retirement and its external advisor from 1999 until October 2006. Prior to joining CNL Retirement, Mr. Anderson served as the Senior Vice President of Development and Acquisitions and other positions for Classic Residence by Hyatt, a privately held corporation dealing with senior living communities, and its affiliate, the Hyatt Corporation, from 1984 until 1998. Prior to that, Mr. Anderson was employed by Georgia Power, an operating public utility company in a variety of development and construction functions from 1978 to 1984. Mr. Anderson received his Bachelors degree in civil engineering, cum laude, from Georgia Institute of Technology.
 
Mark E. Patten.   Mr. Patten has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since April 2010. Most recently, Mr. Patten served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Simply Storage Management, LLC, a privately held self-storage company, from August 2007 to April 2010, where he managed its corporate finance group including the accounting, financial reporting and cash management functions as well as its information technology and human resources departments. Mr. Patten previously served as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of CNL Hotels from February 2004 until the sale of the company in April 2007. At CNL Hotels, Mr. Patten managed its corporate accounting, financial and SEC reporting, and cash management functions. Mr. Patten served as Chief Financial Officer of World Commerce Online Inc. from October 1999 to October 2001. In August 2001, World Commerce Online filed a petition pursuant to Chapter 11 of the federal


111


Table of Contents

 
Management
 
 
bankruptcy laws. From February 1998 to October 1999, Mr. Patten served as Chief Accounting Officer and Assistant Corporate Secretary of Vistana Inc., a developer and operator of timeshare resorts. Mr. Patten also spent approximately 12 years with KPMG LLP, including two years in KPMG’s Department of Professional Practice in New York and was elected into the partnership of KPMG in 1997. Mr. Patten received his Bachelor of Science in accounting from the University of Florida and received his certification as a public accountant in 1988.
 
James R. Hendrix.   Mr. Hendrix has served as our Senior Vice President of Investments since our formation in April 2010. Mr. Hendrix has served as Managing Partner of HJK Consulting Group, LLC, a real estate advisory business specializing in the senior housing industry, from October 2006 to the present. Prior to that, from July 2003 to October 2006, Mr. Hendrix served as Director of Investments for CNL Retirement where he helped acquire and manage a multi-billion dollar portfolio of health care real estate. Prior to CNL Retirement, from September 2001 to July 2003, Mr. Hendrix served as Project Manager for PlautSigma Consulting, serving clients in the United States and Asia. Mr. Hendrix received a Bachelors of Arts degree in psychology from Wake Forest University and a Masters of Business Administration from Rollins College with concentrations in finance and entrepreneurship. Mr. Hendrix is the son-in-law of Mr. Hutchison.
 
John W. Krueger.   Mr. Krueger has served as our Senior Vice President of Portfolio Management since our formation in April 2010. Mr. Krueger has served as Managing Partner of HJK Consulting Group, LLC, a real estate advisory business specializing in the senior housing industry, from October 2006 to the present. In addition, from April 2007 to December 2008, Mr. Krueger served as a consultant to and later as Vice President of Investments for Inland American Lodging Advisors where he helped invest and asset-manage over $2 billion in hotel and seniors’ housing assets for the Inland American REIT. Prior to Inland, from October 2006 to March 2007, Mr. Krueger served as Director of Asset Management for HCP, Inc. Prior to HCP, Mr. Krueger served as Director of Asset Management for CNL Retirement from March 2005 to October 2006 and as Senior Manager of Investments for CNL Retirement from July 2003 to March 2005. Mr. Krueger received a Bachelors of Arts degree in sociology from Duke University. Mr. Krueger is the son-in-law of Mr. Hutchison.
 
In addition to Mr. Hutchison, the following persons have agreed to become directors upon completion of this offering:
 
James W. Duncan, Jr. Mr. Duncan is the President of Navtrak, Inc., a mobile data and asset tracking company that provides a web-based system to track vehicles in commercial fleets, a position he has held since 2000. Mr. Duncan served as a director of CNL Retirement from 2003 through 2006. During his tenure on the CNL Retirement board, Mr. Duncan served as a member of the audit committee and as chairman of two special committees of that company’s board. From 1994 through 2000, Mr. Duncan served as the President of The Latrobe Group, LLC, a private investment company. From 1985 through 1994, Mr. Duncan was co-Chairman and President of PersonaCare, Inc., a company he co-founded that provided sub-acute, skilled nursing and assisted living care. Prior to founding PersonaCare, Inc., Mr. Duncan was a partner at Duncan & Smick, Inc., a commercial real estate development firm. Mr. Duncan attended Wheaton College and received a Bachelor of Arts degree in economics and he attended University of Maryland School of Law and received a Doctor of Jurisprudence degree. Mr. Duncan was selected to serve as a director based on his experience in the senior housing and real estate industries obtained through both senior officer positions and directorships, and his experience in finance, accounting, SEC reporting and risk assessment and management.
 
Joseph E. Gibbs.   Mr. Gibbs has served as Chairman of Gibbs Investments, LLC since 2002. He previously served as Co-Founder, Vice Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of TGC, Inc. (The Golf Channel) for ten years from 1991 to 2001. Mr. Gibbs serves as a director of Convergys Corp.


112


Table of Contents

 
Management
 
 
(NYSE: CVG), where he is a member of the compensation and benefits committee and the finance committee. After serving four years in the Navy as a crewman navigator, Mr. Gibbs graduated cum laude with a Bachelor of Arts degree from University of Alabama and is a licensed certified public accountant. Mr. Gibbs was selected to serve as a director based on his global and diversified business knowledge and his experience in the areas of finance, tax and audit.
 
Dianna F. Morgan.   Ms. Morgan is the immediate past chair and is a current member of the Board of Trustees of the University of Florida. She was originally appointed to the University of Florida’s Board of Trustees in 2001. In addition, Ms. Morgan serves on the board of directors of Chesapeake Utilities Corp. (NYSE: CPK), where she is a member of the compensation committee, and Hersha Hospitality Trust (NYSE: HT). Ms. Morgan also serves as a director of CNL Bancshares, Inc. Ms. Morgan previously served on the board of directors of CNL Hotels, where she was a member of the audit committee and the compensation committee, from July 2004 until it was sold in April 2007. Ms. Morgan is also a member of the board of directors of Orlando Health (formerly Orlando Regional Healthcare System) and serves as vice-chair of the national board of the Children’s Miracle Network. Previously, Ms. Morgan served as Senior Vice President of Public Affairs and as Senior Vice President of Human Resources for Walt Disney World Company where she oversaw the Disney Institute, a recognized leader in experiential training, leadership development, benchmarking and cultural change for business professionals around the world. Ms. Morgan received a Bachelor of Arts degree in organizational communications from Rollins College. Ms. Morgan was selected to serve as a director based on her experience as a director and senior officer of public companies in a variety of industries and her diversified business knowledge.
 
Robert E. Parsons, Jr.   Mr. Parsons has served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Exclusive Resorts, LLC, a Denver-based luxury residence club, since 2004. Prior to Exclusive Resorts, Mr. Parsons spent over 20 years at Host Marriott Corporation, a hospitality REIT focused on the ownership of full service hotels, where, from 1995 to 2003, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Parsons serves on the board of directors of Excel Trust, Inc. (NYSE: EXL), where he is a member of the audit committee and the chair of the compensation committee. He also previously served as Chairman of the Hotel Development Council of the Urban Land Institute and is the chair-elect of the National Advisory Counsel of the Marriott Graduate School of Management at Brigham Young University where he is also a member of the Executive Committee. Mr. Parsons also served as a director of TenFold Corporation (OTC Bulletin Board: TENF.OB), where he was a member of the audit and compensation committee, and CNL Hotels. Mr. Parsons received a Bachelor of Arts degree and a Masters of Business Administration from Brigham Young University. Mr. Parsons was selected to serve as a director based on his experience as a director and senior officer in public REITs and other real estate companies and his experience in finance, accounting, SEC reporting and risk assessment and management.
 
David M. Thomas.   Mr. Thomas has served on the board of directors at Fortune Brands, Inc. (NYSE: FO) since 2004, where he is the lead director, chairman of the audit committee, and a member of the nominating and governance committee. Mr. Thomas also has served on the board of directors of the Interpublic Group of Companies, Inc. (NYSE: IPG) since 2006, is chairman of the audit committee and a member of the nominating and governance committee. Mr. Thomas has also served on the board of trustees of Fidelity Investments Institutional Services Company, Inc. since 2007, where he is chairman of the proxy committee and a member of the equity committee, the shareholder, distribution and brokerage committee and the operations committee. Mr. Thomas was previously Executive Chairman of IMS Health, Inc. from January 2005 until March 2006 and previously Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of IMS Health, Inc. from 2000 to 2004. Prior to joining IMS Health Inc., Mr. Thomas spent 28 years with IBM Corporation, including serving as Senior Vice President/Group Executive, personal systems group, from 1998 to 2000. Mr. Thomas received a Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial Engineering and Master of Science in Engineering from the University of Florida. He was recognized with the Distinguished Graduate Award


113


Table of Contents

 
Management
 
 
from the University of Florida in 1996. Mr. Thomas was selected to serve as a director based on his management experience, his knowledge of the healthcare industry and his experience in the areas of finance, tax and audit.
 
PROMOTERS
 
We consider Mr. Hutchison, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Anderson, our President and Chief Operating Officer, to be our promoters, in that they have taken initiative in funding and organizing our company. Mr. Hutchison and Mr. Anderson are the only persons whom we consider to be our promoters.
 
BOARD COMMITTEES
 
Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition of each committee must comply with the listing requirements and other rules and regulations of the NYSE, as amended or modified from time to time. Each of these committees will have at least three directors and will be composed exclusively of independent directors, as defined by the rules, regulations and listing qualifications of the NYSE, which generally deem a director to be independent if the director has no relationship to us that may interfere with the exercise of his or her independence from management. Matters put to a vote at any one of our three board committees will have to be approved by a majority of the directors on the committee who are present at a meeting, in person or as otherwise permitted by our bylaws, at which there is a quorum or by unanimous written consent of the directors of that committee.
 
Audit committee
 
Our board of directors will establish an audit committee, which will consist of Mr. Parsons (chair), Mr. Thomas (vice chair) and Ms. Morgan. All members of the audit committee will be independent and financially literate in accordance with the listing requirements and other rules and regulations of the NYSE, as amended or modified from time to time. In addition, all members of the audit committee will be independent in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC. The audit committee will make recommendations concerning the engagement of independent public accountants, review with the independent public accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement, approve professional services provided by the independent public accountants, review the independence of the independent public accountants, consider the range of audit and non-audit fees and review the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. Mr. Parsons, an independent director, will be our audit committee financial expert as that term is defined by the SEC.
 
Compensation committee
 
Our board of directors will establish a compensation committee, which will consist of Mr. Gibbs (chair), Mr. Duncan and Mr. Thomas. The compensation committee will determine compensation for our executive officers, administer our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, produce an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in our annual meeting proxy statement and publish an annual committee report for our stockholders. All members of the compensation committee will be independent in accordance with the listing requirements and other rules and regulations of the NYSE, as amended or modified from time to time. In addition, all members of the compensation committee are expected to be “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and “non-employee directors” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.


114


Table of Contents

 
Management
 
 
Nominating and corporate governance committee
 
Our board of directors will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee, which will consist of Ms. Morgan (chair), Mr. Gibbs and Mr. Parsons. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for seeking, considering and recommending to the board of directors qualified candidates for election as directors and recommending a slate of nominees for election as directors at the annual meeting. It also will periodically prepare and submit to the board of directors for adoption the committee’s selection criteria for director nominees. It will review and make recommendations on matters involving general operation of the board of directors and our corporate governance, and it will annually recommend to the board nominees for each committee of the board. In addition, the committee will annually facilitate the assessment of the board of directors’ performance as a whole and of the committees and individual directors and reports thereon to the board of directors. All members of the nominating and corporate governance committee will be independent in accordance with the listing requirements and other rules and regulations of the NYSE, as amended or modified from time to time.
 
CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS
 
Our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to our employees, officers and directors. We intend to maintain the highest standards of ethical business practices and compliance with all laws and regulations applicable to our business, including those relating to doing business outside the United States. Specifically, our code of business conduct and ethics will be designed to: deter wrongdoing and to promote honest and ethical conduct; full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in our SEC reports and other public communications; compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations; prompt internal reporting of violations of our code of business conduct and ethics; and accountability for adherence to our code of business conduct and ethics prohibits payments, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official seeking to influence such official or otherwise obtain an improper advantage for our business.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
The members of the compensation committee of our board of directors will be independent under the listing requirements and other rules and regulations of the NYSE, as amended or modified from time to time. Upon completion of this offering, none of these directors or any of our executive officers will serve as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.
 
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY
 
For information concerning limitations of liability and indemnification applicable to our directors, executive officers and, in certain circumstances, employees, see “Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws.”
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
Each of our independent directors will be paid a director’s fee of $30,000 per year in cash or stock. Each of our independent directors will also receive the equivalent of $40,000 per year in common stock grants in addition to director’s fees. The director who serves as the compensation committee chairman will be paid an additional fee of $5,000. The director who serves as the chairman of the audit committee will be paid an additional fee of $10,000. The director who serves as the chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee will be paid an additional fee of $5,000. In addition,


115


Table of Contents

 
Management
 
 
the independent members of our board of directors will appoint a lead independent director, who will be paid an additional fee of $10,000 per year. Directors’ fees and committee chair fees will be paid one-half in cash and one-half in shares of our common stock, although each director may elect to receive up to all of his or her director fees in the form of our common stock. Directors who are employees will receive no additional compensation as directors. Each of the independent directors will also receive a fee of $1,500 for each board of directors meeting attended in person and $1,000 for each board of directors meeting attended telephonically and a fee of $1,000 for each board committee meeting attended in person or telephonically, other than for committee meetings that occur on the same day as a board meeting. In addition, we will reimburse all directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their services on the board of directors.
 
Each of our director nominees who is not an employee will receive an initial grant of 5,000 shares of restricted common stock upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, subject to forfeiture restrictions that will lapse one year from the date of grant.
 
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
 
We were only recently organized, and meaningful individual compensation information is not available for periods prior to our organization. We expect to pay base salaries and annual bonuses and make grants of restricted common stock under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan to our executive officers. Our board of directors and our compensation committee have not yet adopted compensation policies with respect to, among other things, setting base salaries, awarding bonuses or making future grants of equity awards to our executive officers. We anticipate that such determinations will be made by our compensation committee based on factors such as the desire to retain such officer’s services over the long-term, aligning such officer’s interest with those of our stockholders, incentivizing such officer over the near-, medium- and long-term, and rewarding such officer for exceptional performance. In addition, our compensation committee may determine to make awards to new executive officers to help attract them to our company.
 
We anticipate that the primary goals and objectives of our compensation program will be to: compensate our executive officers, key employees, independent contractors and consultants on a market competitive basis in order to attract, motivate and retain high quality, high performance individuals who will achieve our short-term and long-term goals; motivate and reward our executive officers whose knowledge, skill and performance are critical to our success; align the interests of our executive officers and stockholders through equity based long-term incentive awards that motivate our executive officers to increase stockholder value and reward executive officers when stockholder value increases; and ensure fairness among our management team by recognizing the contributions that each executive officer makes to our success.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
We will enter into employment agreements with each of our executive officers that will become effective upon the completion of this offering. See “—Employment Agreements” below. Each of our executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table below, or the named executive officers, will receive


116


Table of Contents

 
Management
 
 
the initial base salary and other compensation indentified in the following table commencing upon the completion of this offering.
 
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
                                                 
                Non-equity
       
            Stock
  incentive plan
  All other
   
Name and principal position   Year   Base salary (1)(2)   awards   compensation (2)(3)   compensation (4)   Total
 
 
Thomas J. Hutchison III     2010     $ 400,000                       $ 400,000  
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
                                               
Phillip M. Anderson, Jr.     2010     $ 250,000                         250,000  
President and Chief Operating Officer
                                               
Mark E. Patten     2010     $ 200,000                         200,000  
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
                                               
James R. Hendrix     2010     $ 175,000                         175,000  
Senior Vice President of Investments
                                               
John W. Krueger     2010     $ 175,000                         175,000  
Senior Vice President of Portfolio Management
                                               
 
 
(1) Each executive will receive a pro rata portion of his 2010 base salary for the period from the completion of this offering through December 31, 2010, except as otherwise noted. Excludes consulting fees paid by an affiliate of Mr. Hutchison to a consulting firm owned by Messrs. Hendrix and Krueger prior to the completion of this offering for consulting services provided by them in connection with our formation, this offering, the acquisition of our initial portfolio and evaluating other acquisition opportunities. These consulting fees, totaling approximately $120,000, will be included in our reimbursement to Mr. Hutchison out of the net proceeds of this offering. We will pay Mr. Patten consulting fees in an amount equal to a pro rata portion of his 2010 base salary for the period from April 20, 2010 through July 31, 2010 for services provided by him in connection with our formation, this offering and the acquisition of our initial portfolio. The consulting fees payable to Mr. Patten are expected to be approximately $64,000. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
 
(2) Following completion of this offering, we expect our compensation committee to establish both individual performance goals and company based performance targets, which may relate to, among other things, stockholder returns, our operating performance and the deployment of the proceeds of this offering, for the members of our management team. For Mr. Hutchison, goals and targets will also be established relating to his base salary and he has agreed to waive $150,000 of his base salary until such time as he achieves the goals and targets established for him relating to his base salary.
 
(3) Any performance-based cash compensation will be determined at the sole discretion of the compensation committee of our board of directors based on criteria to be determined by the compensation committee after completion of this offering.
 
(4) Our executive officers are entitled to receive long-term disability coverage equal to 75% of the executive officer’s annual base salary and group life insurance coverage with a face amount equal to one times the executive officer’s annual base salary or, in the case of Mr. Hutchison, $1,000,000. We will pay the premiums on all primary or supplemental disability and supplemental life insurance policies provided for the benefit of our executive officers and their designated beneficiaries, and the value of these premiums will be treated as taxable income to the executive officer.


117


Table of Contents

 
Management
 
 
 
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
 
Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have adopted, and our sole stockholder will have approved, our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan to attract and retain independent directors, executive officers and other key employees and service providers, including officers and employees of our affiliates. The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of options to purchase shares of common stock, stock awards, stock appreciation rights, performance units, incentive awards and other equity-based awards.
 
Administration of the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
 
The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors, except that the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our board of directors with respect to awards made to directors who are not employees. This summary uses the term “administrator” to refer to the compensation committee or our board of directors, as applicable. The administrator will approve all terms of awards under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. The administrator will also approve who will receive grants under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and the number of shares of common stock subject to each grant.
 
Eligibility
 
All of our employees and employees of our affiliates and our independent directors are eligible to receive grants under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, individuals who provide significant services to us or an affiliate, including individuals who provide services to us or an affiliate by virtue of employment with, or providing services to, our operating partnership, may receive grants under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
Share authorization
 
The number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will equal the lesser of (i) 1.0 million shares and (ii) 5.0% of the total number of shares sold in this offering (including any shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ overallotment option) and the concurrent private placement.
 
In connection with stock splits, dividends, recapitalizations and certain other events, our board will make equitable adjustments that it deems appropriate in the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and the terms of outstanding awards.
 
If any options or stock appreciation rights terminate, expire or are canceled, forfeited, exchanged or surrendered without having been exercised or are paid in cash without delivery of common stock or if any stock awards, performance units or other equity-based awards are forfeited, the shares of common stock subject to such awards will again be available for purposes of the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Shares of common stock tendered or withheld to satisfy the exercise price or for tax withholding are not available for future grants under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
No awards under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan were outstanding prior to completion of this offering. The initial grants described below will become effective upon completion of this offering.
 
Options
 
The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the grant of incentive stock options (under Section 422 of the Code) and options that do not qualify as incentive stock options. The exercise price of each option


118


Table of Contents

 
Management
 
 
will be determined by the administrator, provided that the price cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date on which the option is granted (or 110% of the shares’ fair market value on the grant date in the case of an incentive stock option granted to an individual who is a “ten percent stockholder” under Sections 422 and 424 of the Code). Except for adjustments to equitably reflect stock splits, stock dividends or similar events, the exercise price of an outstanding option may not be reduced without the approval of our stockholders. The exercise price for any option is generally payable (i) in cash, (ii) by certified check, (iii) by the surrender of shares of common stock (or attestation of ownership of shares of common stock) with an aggregate fair market value on the date on which the option is exercised, equal to the exercise price, or (iv) by payment through a broker in accordance with procedures established by the Federal Reserve Board. The term of an option cannot exceed ten years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a “ten percent stockholder”). Incentive stock options may only be granted to our employees and employees of our subsidiaries.
 
Stock awards
 
The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan also provides for the grant of stock awards. A stock award is an award of shares of common stock that may be subject to restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the administrator determines in its sole discretion on the date of grant. The restrictions, if any, may lapse over a specified period of time or through the satisfaction of conditions, in installments or otherwise, as the administrator may determine. A participant who receives a stock award will have all of the rights of a stockholder as to those shares, including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to receive distributions. During the period, if any, when stock awards are non-transferable or forfeitable, (i) a participant is prohibited from selling, transferring, pledging, exchanging, hypothecating or otherwise disposing of his or her stock award shares, (ii) the company will retain custody of the certificates and (iii) a participant must deliver a stock power to the company for each stock award.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will grant an aggregate of 25,000 shares of restricted common stock to our director nominees pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. These stock awards will be subject to forfeiture restrictions that will lapse one year after the date of grant.
 
Stock appreciation rights
 
The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the grant of stock appreciation rights. A stock appreciation right provides the recipient with the right to receive, upon exercise of the stock appreciation right, cash, shares of common stock or a combination of the two. The amount that the recipient will receive upon exercise of the stock appreciation right generally will equal the excess of the fair market value of the shares of our common stock on the date of exercise over the shares’ fair market value on the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights will become exercisable in accordance with terms determined by the compensation committee. Stock appreciation rights may be granted in tandem with an option grant or as independents grants. The term of a stock appreciation right cannot exceed ten years from the date of grant or five years in the case of a stock appreciation right granted in tandem with an incentive stock option awarded to a “ten percent stockholder.”
 
Performance units
 
The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan also authorizes the grant of performance units. Performance units represent the participant’s right to receive an amount, based on the value of a specified number of shares of our common stock, if performance goals established by the administrator are met. The administrator will determine the applicable performance period, the performance goals and such other


119


Table of Contents

 
Management
 
 
conditions that apply to the performance unit. Performance goals may relate to our financial performance or the financial performance of our operating partnership, the participant’s performance or such other criteria determined by the administrator. If the performance goals are met, performance units will be paid in cash, shares of our common stock, other securities or property or a combination thereof.
 
Incentive awards
 
The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan also authorizes our compensation committee to make incentive awards. An incentive award entitles the participant to receive a payment if certain requirements are met. Our compensation committee will establish the requirements that must be met before an incentive award is earned and the requirements may be stated with reference to one or more performance measures or criteria prescribed by the compensation committee. A performance goal or objective may be expressed on an absolute basis or relative to the performance of one or more similarly situated companies or a published index and may be adjusted for unusual or non-recurring events, changes in applicable tax laws or accounting principles. An incentive award that is earned will be settled in a single payment which may be in cash, common stock or a combination of cash and common stock.
 
Other equity-based awards
 
The administrator may grant other types of stock-based awards as other equity-based awards under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, including long-term incentive plan, or LTIP, units. Other equity-based awards are payable in cash, shares of our common stock or shares or units of such other equity, or a combination thereof, as determined by the administrator. The terms and conditions of other equity-based awards are determined by the administrator.
 
LTIP units are a special class of partnership interest in our operating partnership. Each LTIP unit awarded will be deemed equivalent to an award of one share of common stock under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, reducing the plan’s share authorization for other awards on a one-for-one basis. We will not receive a tax deduction for the value of any LTIP units granted to our employees. The vesting period for any LTIP units, if any, will be determined at the time of issuance. LTIP units, whether vested or not, will receive the same quarterly per unit distributions as OP units, which distributions will generally equal per share distributions on our shares of common stock. This treatment with respect to quarterly distributions is similar to the expected treatment of our stock awards, which will generally receive full dividends whether vested or not. Initially, LTIP units will not have full parity with OP units with respect to liquidating distributions. Under the terms of the LTIP units, our operating partnership will revalue its assets upon the occurrence of certain specified events, and any increase in the operating partnership’s valuation from the time of grant until such event will be allocated first to the holders of LTIP units to equalize the capital accounts of such holders with the capital accounts of OP unitholders. Upon equalization of the capital accounts of the holders of LTIP units with the other holders of OP units, the LTIP units will achieve full parity with OP units for all purposes, including with respect to liquidating distributions. If such parity is reached, vested LTIP units may be converted into an equal number of OP units at any time, and thereafter enjoy all the rights of OP units, including redemption/exchange rights. However, there are circumstances under which such parity would not be reached. Until and unless such parity is reached, the value that a holder of LTIP units will realize for a given number of vested LTIP units will be less than the value of an equal number of our shares of common stock.
 
Dividend equivalents
 
The administrator may grant dividend equivalents in connection with the grant of performance units and other equity-based awards. Dividend equivalents may be paid currently or accrued as contingent


120


Table of Contents

 
Management
 
 
cash obligations (in which case they may be deemed to have been reinvested in shares of common stock or otherwise reinvested) and may be payable in cash, shares of common stock or other property or a combination of the two. The administrator will determine the terms of any dividend equivalents.
 
Change in control
 
If we experience a change in control, the administrator may, at its discretion, provide that outstanding options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards, performance units, incentive awards or other equity-based awards that are not exercised prior to the change in control will be assumed by the surviving entity, or will be replaced by a comparable substitute award of substantially equal value granted by the surviving entity. The administrator may also provide that outstanding options and stock appreciation rights will be fully exercisable on the change in control, restrictions and conditions on outstanding stock awards will lapse upon the change in control and performance units, incentive awards or other equity-based awards will become earned and nonforfeitable in their entirety. The administrator may also provide that participants must surrender their outstanding options and stock appreciation rights, stock awards, performance units, incentive awards and other equity based awards in exchange for a payment, in cash or our shares of common stock or other securities or consideration received by stockholders in the change in control transaction, equal to the value received by stockholders in the change in control transaction (or, in the case of options and stock appreciation rights, the amount by which that transaction value exceeds the exercise price).
 
In summary, a change of control under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan occurs if:
 
Ø   a person, entity or affiliated group (with certain exceptions) acquires, in a transaction or series of transactions, more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding securities;
 
Ø   there occurs a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination, unless the holders of our voting securities immediately prior to such transaction have more than 50% of the combined voting power of the securities in the successor entity or its parent;
 
Ø   we (i) sell or dispose of all or substantially all of our assets or (ii) acquire assets or stock of another entity, unless the holders of our voting securities immediately prior to such transaction have more than 50% of the combined voting power of the securities in the successor entity or its parent; or
 
Ø   during any period of two consecutive years individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute our board of directors together with any new directors (other than individuals who become directors in connection with certain transactions or election contests) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of our board of directors.
 
The Code has special rules that apply to “parachute payments,” i.e., compensation or benefits the payment of which is contingent upon a change in control. If certain individuals receive parachute payments in excess of a safe harbor amount prescribed by the Code, the payor is denied a federal income tax deduction for a portion of the payments and the recipient must pay a 20% excise tax, in addition to income tax, on a portion of the payments.
 
If we experience a change in control, benefits provided under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan could be treated as parachute payments. In that event, the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan provides that the plan benefits, and all other parachute payments provided under other plans and agreements, will be reduced to the safe harbor amount, i.e., the maximum amount that may be paid without excise tax liability or loss of deduction, if the reduction allows the recipient to receive greater after-tax benefits. The benefits under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and other plans and agreements will not be reduced, however, if the recipient will receive greater after-tax benefits (taking into account the 20% excise tax payable by the recipient) by receiving the total benefits. The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan also provides that these


121


Table of Contents

 
Management
 
 
provisions do not apply to a participant who has an agreement with us providing that the individual is entitled to indemnification or other payment from us for the 20% excise tax.
 
Amendment; termination
 
Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan at any time, provided that no amendment may adversely impair the rights of participants under outstanding awards. Our stockholders must approve any amendment if such approval is required under applicable law or stock exchange requirements. Our stockholders also must approve, among other things, any amendment that materially increases the benefits accruing to participants under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, materially increases the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (other than on account of stock dividends, stock splits, or other changes in capitalization as described above) or materially modifies the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Unless terminated sooner by our board of directors or extended with stockholder approval, the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate on the day before the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
Employment agreements
 
Effective upon completion of this offering, we will enter into employment agreements with our executive officers. These agreements will have an initial term expiring December 31, 2013. Each employment agreement will provide for automatic one-year extensions after the expiration of the initial term, unless either party provides written notice of non-renewal. The employment agreements will require each executive officer to dedicate substantially all of his business time and efforts to the performance of his duties as our executive officers.
 
The employment agreements will provide for, among other things:
 
Ø   an annual base salary of $400,000 for Mr. Hutchison (provided, however, that Mr. Hutchison has agreed to waive $150,000 of his annual base salary until such time as he achieves the individual performance goals and company based performance targets that will be established by our compensation committee for him relating to his base salary), $250,000 for Mr. Anderson, $200,000 for Mr. Patten and $175,000 for Messrs. Hendrix and Krueger, subject to future increases from time to time at the discretion of our board of directors or the compensation committee of our board of directors;
 
Ø   eligibility for annual cash performance bonuses based on the satisfaction of performance goals to be established by the compensation committee of our board of directors;
 
Ø   participation in our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and any subsequent equity incentive plans approved by our board of directors; and
 
Ø   participation in any group life, hospitalization or disability insurance plans, health programs, pension and profit sharing plans, relocation programs and similar benefits that may be available to our other senior executive officers.
 
Mr. Hutchison will have a target annual cash performance bonus equal to 125% of his annual base salary. Mr. Anderson and Mr. Patten will have a target annual cash performance bonus equal to 100% of their annual base salary. Messrs. Hendrix and Krueger will have a target annual cash performance bonus equal to 75% of their annual base salary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no cash performance bonuses will be paid to our executive officers until our compensation committee establishes, in its discretion, individual performance goals and company based performance targets and those goals and targets are achieved. We expect our compensation committee to establish these individual performance


122


Table of Contents

 
Management
 
 
goals and company based performance targets, which may relate to, among other things, stockholder returns, our operating performance and the deployment of the proceeds of this offering, for the members of our management team following completion of this offering.
 
Our executive officers are entitled to receive long-term disability coverage equal to 75% of the executive officer’s annual base salary and group life insurance coverage with a face amount equal to one times the executive officer’s annual base salary or, in the case of Mr. Hutchison, $1,000,000. We will pay the premiums on all primary or supplemental disability and supplemental life insurance policies provided for the benefit of our executive officers and their designated beneficiaries, and the value of these premiums will be treated as taxable income to the executive officer.
 
If we terminate the executive officer’s employment for “cause” (as defined in the employment agreements), the executive officer will be entitled to receive his annual base salary and other benefits that have been earned and accrued prior to the date of termination and reimbursement of expenses incurred prior to the date of termination.
 
If the executive officer resigns without “good reason” (as defined in the employment agreements), the executive officer will be entitled to receive his annual base salary and other benefits that have been earned and accrued prior to the date of termination and reimbursement of expenses incurred prior to the date of termination. If the executive officer elects not to renew the employment agreement, the non-renewal will be treated as a resignation without good reason.
 
Mr. Hutchison’s employment agreement will provide that, in the event of any non-renewal of Mr. Hutchison’s employment agreement (unless an exception applies), if the nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors fails to nominate him for election to our board of directors for a period of one year following the date of such non-renewal, all equity awards granted to Mr. Hutchison under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan or any subsequent equity incentive plan approved by our board of directors will immediately vest (and any performance criteria for the year in which such non-renewal occurs will be treated as satisfied) and, in the case of any options, become vested and exercisable or, at the discretion of the board of directors, may be cashed out or cancelled.
 
If we terminate the executive officer’s employment without cause, the executive officer resigns for good reason or if we elect not to renew the employment agreement, the executive officer will be entitled to the severance benefits described below. The severance benefits include the following:
 
Ø   In each case, the executive officer will be entitled to receive his annual base salary and other benefits that have been earned and accrued prior to the date of termination, reimbursement of expenses incurred prior to the date of termination and any cash or equity bonus compensation that has been earned and accrued prior to the date of termination.
 
Ø   In the event we terminate the executive officer without cause or if the executive officer resigns for good reason, the executive officer will be entitled to receive a cash payment in an amount equal to the sum of (1) the executive officer’s then-current annual base salary, plus (2) the greater of the annual cash bonus compensation most recently earned (whether or not paid) and the average annual cash bonus compensation actually paid for the last three full fiscal years, which sum will be multiplied by three for Mr. Hutchison, two for Mr. Anderson and Mr. Patten and one for Mr. Hendrix and Mr. Krueger.
 
Ø   In the event we elect not to renew the executive officer’s employment agreement, the executive officer will be entitled to receive a cash payment in an amount equal to the sum of the executive officer’s then-current annual base salary plus the average annual cash bonus compensation actually paid for the last three full fiscal years.


123


Table of Contents

 
Management
 
 
 
Ø   In each case, the executive officer and his dependents will be entitled to receive continuing coverage under health, dental, disability and life insurance benefit plans for a period of 18 months after the executive officer’s termination. We will have no obligation to provide these continuing benefits if the executive officer becomes entitled to receive them from another employer.
 
Ø   In each case, all equity awards granted to the executive officer under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan or any subsequent equity incentive plan approved by our board of directors will immediately vest and any performance criteria for the year in which such termination occurs will be treated as satisfied and, in the case of any options, will become vested and exercisable or, at the discretion of the board of directors, may be cashed out or cancelled.
 
Each employment agreement will provide that the executive officer or his estate will be entitled to certain benefits in the event of his death or disability. Specifically, each executive officer, or in the event of the executive officer’s death, his beneficiaries, will be entitled to receive:
 
Ø   the executive officer’s annual salary and other benefits that are earned and accrued under the employment agreement and the applicable benefit plans prior to the date of termination;
 
Ø   any cash or equity bonus compensation that has been earned and accrued prior to the date of termination;
 
Ø   immediate vesting of any unvested equity incentive awards, with any applicable performance criteria for the year in which such death or disability occurs being treated as satisfied and any options, will become vested and exercisable or, at the discretion of our board of directors, be cashed out or cancelled;
 
Ø   reimbursement for and/or continuing coverage under our benefit plans for a period of 18 months after the executive officer’s termination; and
 
Ø   reimbursement for expenses incurred prior to the date of termination.
 
In addition, with respect to Mr. Hutchison only, Mr. Hutchison or his estate will be entitled to receive an additional amount equal to one year of his then-current annual salary plus the amount of bonus compensation that would have been payable to him in the year of his death or disability had he achieved the target level for such year.
 
The employment agreements will provide that, if a “change in control” (as defined in the employment agreements) occurs, all equity awards granted to the executive officer under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and any subsequent equity incentive plans approved by our board of directors will immediately vest (and the performance criteria will be treated as satisfied) and, if applicable, become exercisable. In addition, the employment agreements provide that we will indemnify the executive officer for any “parachute payment” as defined in Section 280G of the Code for any excise tax liability, which would include our payment of the excise tax liability as well as the income, excise tax and employment tax liability attributable to payment of the excise tax liability).
 
The employment agreements also contain standard confidentiality provisions, which apply indefinitely and non-competition and non-solicitation provisions which apply during the term of the employment agreement and for one year following the executive officer’s termination under certain circumstances.
 
401(k) plan
 
We may establish and maintain a retirement savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Code to cover our eligible employees. The Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. We may match employees’ annual contributions, within prescribed limits.


124


Table of Contents

 
 
The following is a discussion of our investment policies and our policies with respect to certain other activities, including financing matters and conflicts of interest. These policies may be amended or revised from time to time at the discretion of our board of directors, without a vote of our stockholders. Any change to any of these policies by our board of directors, however, would be made only after a thorough review and analysis of that change, in light of then-existing business and other circumstances, and then only if, in the exercise of its business judgment, our board of directors believes that it is advisable to do so and in our best interests. We cannot assure you that our investment objectives will be attained.
 
INVESTMENTS IN REAL ESTATE OR INTERESTS IN REAL ESTATE
 
We plan to invest principally in private-pay senior housing facilities. At the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we will have identified only the six senior housing facilities we currently have under contract and a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement will not be committed to any other specific senior housing acquisition. Our management team will identify and negotiate acquisition opportunities. For information concerning the investing experience of these individuals, please see the sections entitled “Business,” “Prior Performance Summary” and “Management.”
 
We intend to conduct substantially all of our investment activities through our operating partnership and its subsidiaries. Our investment objective is to maximize total returns to our stockholders through the payment of consistent cash distributions and long-term capital appreciation.
 
There are no limitations on the amount or percentage of our total assets that may be invested in any one property. Additionally, no limits have been set on the concentration of investments in any one location or facility type.
 
Additional criteria with respect to our health care properties is described in “Business—Investment Strategy.”
 
INVESTMENTS IN SECURITIES OF OR INTERESTS IN PERSONS PRIMARILY ENGAGED IN REAL ESTATE ACTIVITIES AND OTHER ISSUERS
 
Generally speaking, we do not expect to engage in any significant investment activities with other entities, although we may consider joint venture investments with other investors. We may also invest in the securities of other issuers in connection with acquisitions of indirect interests in properties (normally general or limited partnership interests in special purpose partnerships owning properties). We may in the future acquire some, all or substantially all of the securities or assets of other REITs or similar entities where that investment would be consistent with our investment policies and the REIT qualification requirements. There are no limitations on the amount or percentage of our total assets that may be invested in any one issuer, other than those imposed by the gross income and asset tests that we must satisfy to qualify as a REIT. However, we do not anticipate investing in other issuers of securities for the purpose of exercising control or acquiring any investments primarily for sale in the ordinary course of business or holding any investments with a view to making short-term profits from their sale. In any event, we do not intend that our investments in securities will cause us to fall within the definition of “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. For this reason, we do not plan to register as an “investment company”


125


Table of Contents

 
Investment policies and policies with respect to certain activities
 
 
under the Investment Company Act, and we intend to divest securities before any registration would be required.
 
Initially, we do not intend to engage in significant development or redevelopment of our facilities. However, we may opportunistically engage in partial redevelopment and repositioning of certain facilities as we seek to maximize the financial performance of the facilities we acquire. In addition, we may acquire facilities that require significant capital improvement, renovation or refurbishment. Although we do not have any current plans to conduct any development activities, if we find opportunities in attractive markets with high barriers to entry and favorable pricing that may not have been available to senior housing facilities in the past, we may evaluate and pursue a very limited number of development opportunities.
 
We do not intend to engage in trading, underwriting, agency distribution or sales of securities of other issuers.
 
INVESTMENT IN REAL ESTATE MORTGAGES AND OTHER LOANS
 
While our initial portfolio will consist of, and our business objectives emphasize, equity investments in senior housing facilities, we may, at the discretion of our board of directors, invest in real estate mortgages and other types of real estate interests consistent with our qualification as a REIT. We may consider acquiring outstanding mortgage loans secured by senior housing facilities, mezzanine loans secured by interest in entities that own senior housing facilities or similar real estate-related debt if we believe we can ultimately acquire ownership of the facility in the near term. While we do not intend to originate any secured or unsecured real estate loans or purchase any debt securities as a stand-alone, long-term investment, we may from time to time provide short-term, unsecured loans to a facility operator as a means of securing an acquisition opportunity. Investments in real estate mortgages and other loans have risks, including the risk that one or more borrowers may default and the value of the collateral securing our loan may not be sufficient to enable us to recoup our full investment.
 
DISPOSITION POLICY
 
Although we have no current plans to dispose of any of the senior housing facilities we acquire, we will consider doing so, subject to REIT qualification and prohibited transaction rules under the Code, if our management determines that a sale of a facility would be in our interests based on the price being offered for the senior housing facility, the operating performance of the senior housing facility, the tax consequences of the sale and other factors and circumstances surrounding the proposed sale. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business.”
 
FINANCING POLICIES
 
Although our governing documents contain no limitations on the amount of debt we can incur, we expect to maintain a reasonably low-leverage capital structure and intend to target on a long-term basis the sum of the outstanding principal amount of our consolidated indebtedness and the liquidation preference or redemption feature of any outstanding shares of preferred stock of approximately 40% to 45% of the cost basis of our total assets. In addition, our assumption of in-place mortgage debt in connection with our initial acquisition may cause our consolidated indebtedness to exceed the general limitation described above. In the future, compliance with this limitation will be judged at the time debt is incurred or shares of preferred stock are issued, and a subsequent decrease in EBITDA will not require us to repay debt or redeem shares of preferred stock. Our board of directors will periodically review this limitation and may modify or eliminate it without the approval of our stockholders.
 
Generally, we do not expect to incur debt, pursuant to a revolving credit facility or otherwise, until we have invested substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement,


126


Table of Contents

 
Investment policies and policies with respect to certain activities
 
 
other than assuming in-place mortgage debt in connection with a senior housing acquisition. If we assume debt in connection with our initial senior housing acquisitions, our debt level could temporarily exceed the general limitation described above. In measuring our debt for purposes of our general debt limitation, we will utilize “net” debt, which is the principal amount of our consolidated indebtedness and the liquidation preference of any outstanding shares of preferred stock less the amount of our cash.
 
Going forward, we will consider a number of factors when evaluating our level of indebtedness and making financial decisions, including, among others, the following:
 
Ø   the interest rate of the proposed financing;
 
Ø   the extent to which the financing impacts the flexibility with which we asset manage our properties;
 
Ø   prepayment penalties and restrictions on refinancing;
 
Ø   the purchase price of properties we acquire with debt financing;
 
Ø   our long-term objectives with respect to the financing;
 
Ø   our target investment returns;
 
Ø   the ability of particular properties, and our company as a whole, to generate cash flow sufficient to cover expected debt service payments;
 
Ø   overall level of consolidated indebtedness;
 
Ø   timing of debt maturities;
 
Ø   provisions that require recourse and cross-collateralization;
 
Ø   corporate credit ratios, including debt service or fixed charge coverage, debt to EBITDA, debt to total market capitalization and debt to undepreciated assets; and
 
Ø   the overall ratio of fixed- and variable-rate debt.
 
EQUITY CAPITAL AND OTHER POLICIES
 
Subject to applicable law and the requirements for listed companies on the NYSE, our board of directors has the authority, without further stockholder approval, to issue additional authorized common stock and preferred shares or otherwise raise capital, including through the issuance of senior securities, in any manner and on the terms and for the consideration it deems appropriate, including in exchange for property. Existing stockholders will have no preemptive right to additional shares issued in any offering, and any offering might cause a dilution of investment. We may in the future issue common stock in connection with acquisitions. We also may issue limited partnership interests in our operating partnership in connection with acquisitions of property.
 
Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a transaction or a change in control of our company that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise might be in their best interests. Additionally, shares of preferred stock could have distribution, voting, liquidation and other rights and preferences that are senior to those of our common stock.
 
We may, under certain circumstances, purchase shares of common or preferred stock in the open market or in private transactions with our stockholders, if those purchases are approved by our board of directors. Our board of directors has no present intention of causing us to repurchase any shares, and any action would only be taken in conformity with applicable federal and state laws and the applicable requirements for qualifying as a REIT.
 
In the future, we may institute a dividend reinvestment plan, or DRIP, which would allow our stockholders to acquire additional common stock by automatically reinvesting their cash dividends.


127


Table of Contents

 
Investment policies and policies with respect to certain activities
 
 
Shares would be acquired pursuant to the plan at a price equal to the then prevailing market price, without payment of brokerage commissions or service charges. Stockholders who do not participate in the plan will continue to receive cash distributions as declared.
 
We have not engaged in trading, underwriting or agency distribution or sale of securities of other issuers other than our operating partnership and do not intend to do so. At all times, we intend to make investments in such a manner as to qualify as a REIT, unless our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interest to qualify as a REIT. We have not made any loans to third parties, although we may in the future make loans to third parties consistent with our intention to qualify as a REIT, including, without limitation, short-term debt to facility operators as a means of securing an important facility or portfolio. We intend to make investments in such a way that we will not be treated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.
 
CONFLICT OF INTEREST POLICY
 
Our current board of directors consists of Mr. Hutchison and as a result, the transactions and agreements entered into in connection with our formation prior to this offering and the concurrent private placement have not been approved by any independent directors.
 
Effective upon closing of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we intend to adopt policies to reduce potential conflicts of interest. Generally, we expect that our policies will provide that any transaction, agreement or relationship in which any of our directors, officers or employees has an interest must be approved by a majority of our disinterested directors. However, we cannot assure you that these policies will be successful in eliminating the influence of these conflicts. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business.”
 
REPORTING POLICIES
 
After this offering, we will become subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Pursuant to these requirements, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information, including audited financial statements, with the SEC. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”


128


Table of Contents

 
Principal stockholders
 
We currently have outstanding 1,000 shares of common stock, all of which are owned by our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Hutchison. Upon completion of this offering, we will repurchase all 1,000 shares of common stock from Mr. Hutchison at his cost of $1.00 per share.
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of common stock by (i) each of the persons who will become a director upon completion of this offering, (ii) each of our executive officers and (iii) our director, director nominees and executive officers as a group upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement. Unless otherwise indicated, all shares are owned directly and the indicated person has sole voting and investment power.
 
                 
    Number of shares
       
Name of beneficial owner   beneficially owned     Percent of class  
   
 
Thomas J. Hutchison III (1)
    297,296       3.4 %
Phillip M. Anderson, Jr. (1)
    13,514       *  
Mark E. Patten (1)
    13,514       *  
James R. Hendrix
          *  
John W. Krueger
          *  
James W. Duncan, Jr. (2)
    5,000       *  
Joseph E. Gibbs (2)
    5,000       *  
Dianna F. Morgan (2)
    5,000       *  
Robert E. Parsons (2)
    5,000       *  
David M. Thomas (2)
    5,000       *  
     
     
Executive officers, director and director nominees as a group
    349,324       4.0 %
 
 
* Represents less than 1% of the number of outstanding common stock upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement.
 
(1) Includes an aggregate of 324,324 shares of our common stock that we will sell to certain of our executive officers in the concurrent private placement at a purchase price per share equal to the public offering price per share in this offering. Mr. Hutchison has agreed to purchase 297,296 shares of our common stock in the concurrent private placement. Mr. Anderson has agreed to purchase 13,514 shares of our common stock in the concurrent private placement. Mr. Patten has agreed to purchase 13,514 shares of our common stock in the concurrent private placement.
 
(2) We will grant 5,000 shares of restricted common stock to each director nominee upon completion of this offering, which shares will be subject to forfeiture restrictions that will lapse one year after the date of grant.


129


Table of Contents

 
Certain relationships and related party transactions
 
We will use approximately $0.1 million of the net proceeds to reimburse Mr. Hutchison and his affiliates for out-of-pocket expenses he and his affiliates incurred in connection with the formation of our company, approximately $0.6 million to reimburse offering expenses which Mr. Hutchison has advanced on our behalf, and approximately $0.7 million to reimburse Mr. Hutchison for costs incurred by him in connection with the acquisition of our initial portfolio, primarily the earnest money deposit that Mr. Hutchison advanced on our behalf. The reimbursement to Mr. Hutchison and his affiliates includes approximately $120,000 of consulting fees that an affiliate of Mr. Hutchison has paid to a consulting firm owned by Messrs. Hendrix and Krueger for consulting services provided by them in connection with our formation, this offering, the acquisition of our initial portfolio and evaluating other acquisition opportunities. Mr. Hutchison is the father-in-law of Messrs. Hendrix and Krueger.
 
We will pay Mr. Patten approximately $64,000 of consulting fees upon completion of this offering for services provided in connection with our formation, this offering and our acquisition of our initial portfolio of senior housing facilities we have under contract.
 
We will use $1,000 to repurchase the shares Mr. Hutchison acquired in connection with the formation and initial capitalization of our company.
 
We will sell an aggregate of 324,324 shares of our common stock to certain of our executive officers in the concurrent private placement at a price per share equal to the public offering price in this offering. We will agree to register the resale of the shares of common stock purchased by our executive officers in the concurrent private placement once we have become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 or another short-form of registration available to us. We will bear expenses incident to the registration of these shares.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will grant an aggregate of 25,000 shares of restricted common stock to our director nominees.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will enter into employment agreements with Messrs. Hutchison, Anderson, Patten, Hendrix and Krueger, which agreement will provide for payments and other benefits to these officers, including certain severance payments and benefits if their employment with us is terminated under certain circumstances. See “Management—Employment Agreements.”
 
We also expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our executive officers that would provide for indemnification and advance of expenses to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.


130


Table of Contents

 
Description of securities
 
The following is a summary of the material terms of our securities and our charter and bylaws. Copies of our charter, bylaws and the form of warrant agreement (including the contingent warrant issuance form) and the form of warrant certificate are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”
 
GENERAL
 
Our charter provides that we may issue up to 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and up to 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. Our charter authorizes our board of directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire board, to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of stock or the number of authorized shares of stock of any class or series without stockholder approval.
 
We issued 1,000 shares of common stock in connection with our initial capitalization. Upon completion of this offering, we will repurchase these shares. Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, 9,099,324 shares of common stock will be issued and outstanding, including 25,000 shares of restricted common stock to be granted to our director nominees pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, and no shares of preferred stock will be issued and outstanding. Under Maryland law, stockholders generally are not liable for a corporation’s debts or obligations.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
Subject to the preferential rights, if any, of holders of any other class or series of stock and to the provisions of our charter regarding restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends if, when and as authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of assets legally available for distribution and to share ratably in the assets of our company legally available for distribution to our stockholders in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, after payment of or adequate provision for all known debts and liabilities of our company.
 
Subject to the provisions of our charter regarding restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock and except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of common stock, each outstanding share of our common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors and, except as may be provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of such shares will possess the exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of our directors, and directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the election of directors. Consequently, at each annual meeting of stockholders, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock can elect all of the directors then standing for election, and the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any directors.
 
Holders of shares of our common stock have no preference, conversion, exchange, sinking fund, redemption or appraisal rights and have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any securities of our company. Subject to the provisions of our charter regarding restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, all holders of our shares of common stock will have equal dividend, liquidation and other rights.
 
Our charter authorizes our board of directors, without stockholder approval, to reclassify any unissued shares of our common stock into other classes or series of classes of stock and to establish the number of shares in each class or series and to set the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption for each such class or series.


131


Table of Contents

 
Description of securities
 
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
Our charter authorizes our board of directors, without stockholder approval, to classify any unissued shares of preferred stock and to reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of any class or series of preferred stock. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, our board of directors is required by the MGCL and our charter to set the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each such class or series. Thus, our board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock that have priority over our common stock with respect to dividends or rights upon liquidation or with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control of our company that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interests. As of the date of this prospectus, no shares of preferred stock are outstanding and we have no present plans to issue any preferred stock.
 
CONTINGENT WARRANTS
 
In the event that (1) the volume-weighted average price (VWAP) for our common stock over the 30-day period commencing on the first trading day of our common stock on the NYSE, or the 30-day VWAP, is less than the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and (2) the warrants are approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance, on the NYSE or the NYSE Amex, we will issue to each purchaser of our common stock in our initial public offering one warrant for each share of our common stock that it purchased in our initial public offering and that it holds continuously throughout such 30-day period. The amount of common stock that each warrant will give the holder the right to purchase per share of common stock purchased in this offering will depend on the extent to which the 30-day VWAP of our common stock is below the initial public offering price. The actual number of shares that each warrant will give the holder the right to purchase for each share of common stock purchased by the holder in the initial public offering and held for the full 30-day period will be determined based on the extent to which the 30-day VWAP is less than the initial public offering price, as follows:
 
         
    Number of
 
    warrant shares
 
    to be issued
 
    in respect of
 
    each qualifying
 
30-day VWAP (a)   share (b)(c)  
   
 
$18.50
    0.000  
$18.25
    0.060  
$18.00
    0.125  
$17.75
    0.200  
$17.50
    0.275  
$17.25
    0.350  
$17.00
    0.425  
$16.75
    0.525  
$16.50
    0.625  
$16.25
    0.750  
$16.00
    0.875  
$15.75 or below
    1.000  
 
 
(a) Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.50 per share, the midpoint of the initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus.


132


Table of Contents

 
Description of securities
 
 
 
(b) If the 30-day VWAP is between two of the VWAP data points shown above, the number of shares that will be issuable pursuant to each warrant will be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the two VWAP data points (rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of a share).
 
(c) A minimum of 200,000 warrants will be issued to satisfy the applicable NYSE Amex listing standards.
 
For illustrative purposes only, assuming the initial public offering price is $18.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, and the 30-day VWAP is $17.75 per share, an investor who purchased 200 shares of our common stock in our initial public offering, held those shares throughout the 30-day period commencing on the first trading day of our common stock on the NYSE and did not, directly or indirectly, sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including without limitation any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open put equivalent position on, or otherwise dispose of, or publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing, with respect to the 200 shares purchased in our initial public offering, would be eligible to receive 200 warrants, each of which would entitle the investor to purchase 0.200 shares of our common stock, or a total of 40 shares.
 
If the above described events occur and conditions are satisfied, following the 30-day period after our initial public offering, a contingent warrant issuance form constituting notice will be mailed to each registered and beneficial holder of shares of our common stock as of the last day of the 30-day period following our initial public offering, together with a letter of instruction pursuant to which stockholders who are eligible to receive warrants will be instructed how to properly complete, sign and return the form to us. We expect that we will mail this form and the letter of instruction promptly following the end of the 30-day period commencing on the first trading day of our common stock on the NYSE. Purchasers who are eligible to receive warrants must complete, sign and return this form within 30 calendar days of the date we mail the form and related letter of instruction, in which they must, among other things, represent and warrant as to the number of shares of common stock that they purchased in our initial public offering, the number of shares that they have held continuously throughout the 30-day period commencing on the first trading day of our common stock on the NYSE and that they have not, directly or indirectly, sold, offered, contracted or granted any option to sell (including without limitation any short sale), pledged, transferred, established an open put equivalent position on, or otherwise disposed of, or publicly announced an intention to do any of the foregoing, with respect to any of the shares held throughout such 30-day period, which we refer to as qualifying shares.
 
The contingent warrant issuance form will also require that the investor make representations and warranties as to the accuracy of the information provided in the form, compliance with laws, and certain other customary representations, warranties and acknowledgments. The form will also require that the investor indemnify us, the warrant agent, each underwriter in our initial public offering and their respective directors, executive officers and other control persons from and against any loss, liability, claim, damage and expense arising out of or based upon any false, misleading or incomplete representation, declaration or warranty or breach or failure by the investor to comply with any covenant or agreement made by the investor in the contingent warrant issuance form.
 
The contingent warrant issuance form will also require that investors who are eligible to receive warrants provide us with the account information where the investor’s qualifying shares are held, including the name and contact information of the investor’s broker, and the investor will acknowledge that we may seek to verify the accuracy of the responses supplied by the investor in the contingent warrant issuance form by obtaining additional information, including, without limitation, by obtaining additional information from the underwriters in the initial public offering or by contacting and obtaining additional information from the investor’s broker or other financial service providers, and the investor will be required to consent to such verification process and waive any privacy rights the


133


Table of Contents

 
Description of securities
 
 
investor may have under applicable law for purposes of such verification process, subject to confidentiality restrictions regarding any confidential information about the investor obtained by us during such verification process.
 
Under the contingent warrant issuance form, the investor will further acknowledge and agree that: (i) all questions as to the validity (including the time of receipt), form, eligibility and acceptance of the contingent warrant issuance forms will be determined by us in our sole discretion, (ii) we reserve the absolute right to reject any and all contingent warrant issuance forms not in valid form or based on our findings in the verification process and to determine whether the issuance of warrants by us in respect of any such contingent warrant issuance form would be unlawful, (iii) we reserve the absolute right in our sole discretion, subject to applicable law, to waive or amend any of the conditions relating to the issuance of the warrants or to waive any defect or irregularity in the contingent warrant issuance form of any particular investor, whether or not similar conditions, defects or irregularities are waived in the case of other investors and (iv) interpretation of the terms and conditions of the issuance of the warrants will be made by us in our sole discretion and will be final and binding on all parties.
 
Assuming one share of our common stock is issuable upon exercise of each warrant, all purchasers of common stock in the initial public offering hold all of their shares for the full 30-day period and we do not exercise our option to pay cash in lieu of issuing shares upon exercise of warrants, the maximum number of shares of common stock that could be issued upon full exercise of all possible warrants is 8,750,000 shares, or 10,062,500 shares if the underwriters exercise in full the option that will be granted to them to cover overallotments, if any.
 
The warrants will be immediately exercisable on the date that they are issued. The warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York time, five years after the date of the warrants’ issuance, or earlier upon redemption by us.
 
At any time while the warrants are exercisable and an effective registration statement covering the shares of our common stock that are issuable upon exercise of the warrants is available and a current prospectus relating to the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is available for use by the holders of the warrants, we may call the outstanding warrants for redemption:
 
Ø   in whole and not in part;
 
Ø   at a price of $0.01 per warrant;
 
Ø   upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, or the “redemption period”, to each warrant holder and the warrant agent; and
 
Ø   if, and only if, the reported last sale price of our common stock equals or exceeds $27.75 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending on the third business day prior to but not including the date on which notice of redemption is delivered to warrant holders and the warrant agent.
 
We will call the warrants for redemption by mailing a notice of redemption to each warrant holder and the warrant agent. We will also announce the redemption, including the specified redemption date, at the time of mailing of the notice of redemption by filing a Current Report on Form 8-K. The right to exercise will be forfeited unless the warrants are exercised prior to the date specified in the notice of redemption. On and after the redemption date, a record holder of a warrant will have no further rights except to receive the redemption price for the holder’s warrant upon surrender of such warrant.
 
We will not redeem the warrants unless an effective registration statement covering the shares of our common stock that are issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is available for use by the holders of the warrants throughout the redemption period.


134


Table of Contents

 
Description of securities
 
 
If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption of the warrants, each warrant holder shall be entitled to exercise his, her or its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date, subject to the ownership limits in our charter. However, there can be no assurance that the price of our common stock will exceed the redemption trigger price or the warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.
 
If we call the warrants for redemption, we may, in our sole discretion, require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a “cashless basis.” In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of shares of our common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of our common stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall be determined by us based on the average of the last reported sale price of our common stock for the 10 trading days ending on but not including the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is delivered to the holders of warrants and the warrant agent. This would have the effect of reducing the number of shares of our common stock received by holders of the warrants.
 
The warrants will be issued in the form of one or more global warrants as specified in the warrant agreement between us and Mellon Investor Services LLC, as warrant agent. Each global warrant will be registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, or its nominee, and delivered by the warrant agent to DTC, or its custodian, for crediting to the accounts of its participants pursuant to DTC procedures. A global warrant registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be exchanged for certificated warrants only if (i) DTC (A) has notified us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as or ceases to be a clearing agency registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act and (B) a successor to DTC registered as a clearing agency under Section 17A of the Exchange Act is not able to be appointed by us within 90 days or (ii) DTC is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as depositary and a successor to DTC is not able to be appointed by us within 90 days.
 
The warrant agreement will provide that the terms of the warrants may be amended without consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision and will also require the approval by the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding warrants in order to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders. You should review a copy of the form of warrant agreement (including the contingent warrant issuance form) and the form of warrant certificate, which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the warrants, including the terms and conditions of the issuance of the warrants.
 
The exercise price and number of shares of our common stock that are issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation of our company. However, the exercise price and number of shares of our common stock that are issuable upon exercise of the warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of our common stock for cash or in connection with an acquisition by us. Additionally, the exercise price of, and the number of shares of common stock underlying, the warrants will not be adjusted for any cash distributions.
 
The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. Because the warrants will be issued in global form, any exercise notice will be delivered to the warrant agent through and in accordance with the procedures of DTC. In no event (whether in the case of a registration statement not being effective or otherwise) will we be required to net cash settle a warrant exercise, nor will a holder be permitted to satisfy the payment of the exercise price by tendering his or


135


Table of Contents

 
Description of securities
 
 
her shares of our common stock to us. Warrant holders will not have the rights or privileges of holders of our common stock, including voting rights, until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of our common stock. After the issuance of shares of our common stock upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by common stockholders.
 
Upon the valid exercise of a warrant, we have the right, but not the obligation, to pay cash in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares of common stock that are issuable to the holder as a result of the exercise. The fair market value of such shares will be determined by us based on the average of the last reported sale price of our common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to but not including the date the properly completed and executed exercise notice is delivered to the warrant agent.
 
No warrants will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue shares of our common stock unless, at the time a holder seeks to exercise such warrant, a registration statement relating to the shares of our common stock that are issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to such shares is available and the common stock has been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our best efforts to meet these conditions and to maintain a current prospectus relating to the shares of our common stock that are issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so and, if we do not maintain an effective registration statement or a current prospectus relating to the shares of our common stock that are issuable upon exercise of the warrants, holders will be unable to exercise their warrants and we will not be required to settle any such warrant exercise. If the registration statement or prospectus relating to the shares of our common stock that are issuable upon the exercise of the warrants is not effective or current, as applicable, or if our common stock is not qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders of the warrants reside, we will not be required to net cash settle or cash settle the warrant exercise, the warrants may have no value, the market for the warrants may be limited and the warrants may expire worthless.
 
No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If a holder exercises warrants and would be entitled to receive a fractional interest of a share, we, upon exercise, will round up the number of shares of common stock to be issued to the warrant holder to the nearest whole number of shares of common stock.
 
No warrant may be exercised if it would cause the holder to beneficially or constructively own, as defined in our charter, more than 9.8% of the outstanding shares of our common stock or otherwise violate any of the other ownership restrictions in our charter, assuming we elect to issue shares of common stock rather than paying cash upon exercise of the warrant.
 
POWER TO INCREASE OR DECREASE AUTHORIZED STOCK AND ISSUE ADDITIONAL SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK AND PREFERRED STOCK
 
Our charter authorizes our board of directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire board, to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of stock or the number of authorized shares of stock of any class or series without stockholder approval. We believe that the power of our board of directors to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of stock and to classify or reclassify unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and thereafter to cause us to issue such classified or reclassified shares of stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs which might arise. The additional classes or series, as well as the additional shares of stock, will be available for issuance without further action by our stockholders, unless such action is required by applicable law


136


Table of Contents

 
Description of securities
 
 
or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our securities may be listed or traded. Although our board of directors does not intend to do so, it could authorize us to issue a class or series that could, depending upon the terms of the particular class or series, delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control of our company that might involve a premium price for our stockholders or otherwise be in their best interests.
 
RESTRICTIONS ON OWNERSHIP AND TRANSFER
 
In order to qualify as a REIT under the Code, our shares of stock must be beneficially owned by 100 or more persons during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made) or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year. Also, not more than 50% of the value of our outstanding shares of capital stock may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the Code to include certain entities) during the last half of a taxable year (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made).
 
Because our board of directors believes it is at present essential for us to qualify as a REIT, our charter, subject to certain exceptions, contains restrictions on the number of our shares of stock that a person may own. Our charter provides that, subject to certain exceptions, no person may beneficially or constructively own more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock, or the Ownership Limit.
 
Our charter also prohibits any person from (1) beneficially owning shares of our capital stock to the extent that such beneficial ownership would result in our being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of the taxable year), (2) transferring shares of our capital stock to the extent that such transfer would result in our capital stock being beneficially owned by less than 100 persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code), (3) beneficially or constructively owning shares of our capital stock to the extent such beneficial or constructive ownership would cause us to constructively own 10% or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of our real property within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code or (4) beneficially or constructively owning or transferring shares of our capital stock if such ownership or transfer would cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including as a result of any operators that manage “qualified health care properties” for our TRS lessee failing to qualify as an “eligible independent contractor” under the REIT rules. Any person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire beneficial or constructive ownership of our shares of stock that will or may violate any of the foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership, or any person who would have owned our shares of stock that resulted in a transfer of shares to a charitable trust, is required to give written notice immediately to us, or in the case of a proposed or attempted transaction, to give at least 15 days’ prior written notice, and provide us with such other information as we may request in order to determine the effect of such transfer on our status as a REIT. The foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interests to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT.
 
Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may prospectively or retroactively exempt a person from certain of the limits described in the paragraph above and may establish or increase an excepted holder percentage limit for such person. The person seeking an exemption must provide to our board of directors any such representations, covenants and undertakings as our board of directors may deem appropriate in order to conclude that granting the exemption will not cause us to lose our status as a REIT. Our board of directors may not grant such an exemption to any person if such exemption would result in our failing to qualify as a REIT. Our board of directors may require a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to the board of directors, in its sole discretion, in order to determine or ensure our status as a REIT.


137


Table of Contents

 
Description of securities
 
 
Any attempted transfer of our capital stock which, if effective, would violate any of the restrictions described above will result in the number of shares causing the violation to be automatically transferred to a trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more charitable beneficiaries, except that any transfer that results in the violation of the restriction relating to our shares of capital stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons will be void ab initio . In either case, the proposed transferee will not acquire any rights in the shares. The trustee of the trust will be appointed by us and the automatic transfer will be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the purported transfer. Shares of our capital stock held in the trust will be issued and outstanding shares. The proposed transferee will not benefit economically from ownership of any shares of stock held in the trust, will have no rights to dividends or other distributions and will have no rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares of stock held in the trust. The trustee of the trust will have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares held in the trust. These rights will be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the charitable beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to our discovery that shares of stock have been transferred to the trust will be paid by the recipient to the trustee upon demand. Any distribution authorized but unpaid will be paid when due to the trustee. Any dividend or other distribution paid to the trustee will be held in trust for the charitable beneficiary. Subject to Maryland law, the trustee will have the authority (1) to rescind as void any vote cast by the proposed transferee prior to our discovery that the shares have been transferred to the trust and (2) to recast the vote in accordance with the desires of the trustee acting for the benefit of the charitable beneficiary. However, if we have already taken irreversible corporate action, then the trustee will not have the authority to rescind and recast the vote.
 
Within 20 days of receiving notice from us that shares of our capital stock have been transferred to the trust, the trustee will sell the shares to a person designated by the trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the above ownership limitations. Upon the sale, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the proposed transferee and to the charitable beneficiary as follows. The proposed transferee will receive the lesser of (1) the price paid by the proposed transferee for the shares or, if the proposed transferee did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the trust (e.g., a gift, devise or other similar transaction), the market price of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the trust and (2) the price received by the trustee from the sale or other disposition of the shares (net of any commissions and other expenses). The trustee may reduce the amount payable to the proposed transferee by the amount of dividends or other distributions paid to the proposed transferee and owed by the proposed transferee to the trustee. Any net sale proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the proposed transferee will be paid immediately to the charitable beneficiary. If, prior to our discovery that shares of our capital stock have been transferred to the trust, the shares are sold by the proposed transferee, then (1) the shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the trust and (2), to the extent that the proposed transferee received an amount for the shares that exceeds the amount he or she was entitled to receive, the excess shall be paid to the trustee upon demand.
 
In addition, shares of capital stock held in the trust will be deemed to have been offered for sale to us, or our designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in the transfer to the trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the market price at the time of such devise or gift) and (ii) the market price on the date we, or our designee, accept the offer, which we may reduce by the amount of dividends and other distributions paid to the proposed transferee and owed by the proposed transferee to the trustee. We will have the right to accept the offer until the trustee has sold the shares. Upon a sale to us, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the proposed transferee and any dividends or other distributions held by the trustee shall be paid to the charitable beneficiary.


138


Table of Contents

 
Description of securities
 
 
If a transfer to a charitable trust, as described above, would be ineffective for any reason to prevent a violation of a restriction, the transfer that would have resulted in such violation will be void ab initio , and the proposed transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares.
 
All certificates, if any, representing shares of our capital stock will bear a legend referring to the restriction described above.
 
Every owner of more than 5% (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder) of our capital stock, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, is required to give us written notice, stating his or her name and address, the number of shares of our capital stock that he or she beneficially owns and a description of the manner in which the shares are held. Each such owner will provide us with such additional information as we may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of his or her beneficial ownership on our status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the ownership limits. In addition, each stockholder will upon demand be required to provide us with such information as we may request in good faith in order to determine our status as a REIT and to comply with the requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance.
 
These ownership limitations could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or change in control of us that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or might otherwise be in the interest of our stockholders.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock and warrants is expected to be Mellon Investor Services LLC.


139


Table of Contents

 
Shares eligible for future sale
 
GENERAL
 
Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we will have outstanding 9,099,324 shares of our common stock (10,411,824 shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full).
 
Of these shares, the 8,750,000 shares sold in this offering (10,062,500 shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, subject to the limitations on ownership set forth in our charter, except for any shares held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined by Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any shares of our common stock purchased by affiliates in this offering, the 324,324 shares of our common stock purchased by affiliates in the concurrent private placement and the 25,000 shares of restricted common stock that we will grant to our directors upon completion of this offering pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan may be “restricted shares” as defined in Rule 144. For a description of certain restrictions on transfers of our common stock held by our affiliates, see “—Lock-Up Agreements” below and “Underwriting.”
 
If we issue warrants to purchasers of our common stock in this offering, the warrants will also be transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any warrants held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined by Rule 144 under the Securities Act. If any warrants are issued, additional shares of our common stock would be issuable upon exercise of the warrants.
 
RULE 144
 
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for a least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.
 
A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock reported through the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of notice of the sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.
 
REDEMPTION/EXCHANGE RIGHTS
 
We may issue OP units to third parties in the future. Beginning on the date that is 12 months following the issuance of such units, our operating partnership’s limited partners will have the right to require our operating partnership to redeem part or all of their OP units for cash, or, at our election, shares of our common stock. The price at which we must redeem OP units is based upon the fair market value of an equivalent number of shares of our common stock at the time of the redemption. If we wish to redeem OP units by issuing new shares of our common stock, the issuance would be subject to the ownership limits in our charter.


140


Table of Contents

 
Shares eligible for future sale
 
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
Our operating partnership’s limited partners (other than us and our subsidiaries) will have the right to require our operating partnership to redeem part or all of their OP units for cash, or, at our election, shares of our common stock. We have granted registration rights to those persons who will receive shares of our common stock issuable upon redemption of OP units. These registration rights require us to seek to register all such shares of our common stock approximately 12 months after issuance of such OP units. Our operating partnership will bear expenses incident to these registration requirements. However, neither we nor the operating partnership will bear the costs of (1) any underwriting discounts or commissions or (2) any fees or expenses incurred by holders of such shares of our common stock in connection with such registration that we or the operating partnership are not permitted to pay according to the rules of any regulatory authority.
 
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
 
Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have adopted, and our sole stockholder will have approved, our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. The number of shares that are reserved for issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will equal the lesser of (i) 1.0 million shares and (ii) 5.0% of the total number of shares sold in this offering (including any shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option) and the concurrent private placement.
 
We anticipate that we will file a registration statement with respect to the shares of our common stock issuable under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Shares of our common stock covered by this registration statement will be eligible for transfer or resale without restriction under the Securities Act unless held by affiliates.
 
LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS
 
We, our operating partnership, our executive officers and directors and our existing security holders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, subject to certain exceptions, we and each of these persons may not, sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-l(h) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of common stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock, including, without limitation, OP units, currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially, or publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Jefferies & Company, Inc. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus (subject to extension under certain circumstances). Jefferies & Company, Inc. may, in its sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 180-day period, without public notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements.


141


Table of Contents

 
Certain provisions of Maryland law and of our charter and bylaws
 
The following is a summary of the material provisions of Maryland law applicable to us and of our charter and bylaws as they will be in effect upon completion of this offering. Copies of our charter and bylaws are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”
 
OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
Our charter and bylaws provide that the number of directors of our company will not be less than the minimum number required under the MGCL, which is one, and, unless our bylaws are amended, not more than fifteen and may be increased or decreased pursuant to our bylaws by a vote of the majority of our entire board of directors. Our charter provides that, at such time as we become eligible to elect to be subject to Title 3, Subtitle 8 of the MGCL (which we expect will be upon the completion of this offering) and subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock, any vacancy may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the full term of the directorship in which such vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies. Pursuant to our charter, each member of our board of directors is elected by our stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Holders of shares of our common stock will have no right to cumulative voting in the election of directors, and directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the election of directors. Consequently, at each annual meeting of stockholders, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock will be able to elect all of our directors.
 
REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
 
Our charter provides that, subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock to elect or remove one or more directors, a director may be removed only for cause (as defined in our charter) and only by the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. This provision, when coupled with the exclusive power of our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, may preclude stockholders from removing incumbent directors except for cause and by a substantial affirmative vote and filling the vacancies created by such removal with their own nominees.
 
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
 
Under the MGCL, certain “business combinations” (including a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder (i.e., any person (other than the corporation or any subsidiary) who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock, or an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding stock of the corporation after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock) or an affiliate of an interested stockholder, are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Thereafter, any such business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of such


142


Table of Contents

 
Certain provisions of Maryland law and of our charter and bylaws
 
 
corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least (1) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation and (2) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom (or with whose affiliate) the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder, unless, among other conditions, the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price (as defined in the MGCL) for their shares and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. The board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance with any terms and conditions determined by it.
 
As permitted by the MGCL, our board of directors has adopted a resolution exempting any business combination between us and any other person, provided that the business combination is first approved by our board of directors (including a majority of directors who are not affiliates or associates of such persons). However, our board of directors may repeal or modify this resolution at any time in the future, in which case the applicable provisions of this statute will become applicable to business combinations between us and interested stockholders.
 
CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITIONS
 
The MGCL provides that holders of “control shares” of a Maryland corporation acquired in a “control share acquisition” have no voting rights except to the extent approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, excluding votes cast by (1) the person who makes or proposes to make a control share acquisition, (2) an officer of the corporation or (3) an employee of the corporation who is also a director of the corporation. “Control shares” are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other such shares of stock previously acquired by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power: (1) one-tenth or more but less than one-third, (2) one-third or more but less than a majority or (3) a majority or more of all voting power. Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A “control share acquisition” means the acquisition of issued and outstanding control shares, subject to certain exceptions.
 
A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition, upon satisfaction of certain conditions (including an undertaking to pay expenses), may compel the board of directors to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.
 
If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then, subject to certain conditions and limitations, the corporation may redeem any or all of the control shares (except those for which voting rights have previously been approved) for fair value determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of such shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of such appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.


143


Table of Contents

 
Certain provisions of Maryland law and of our charter and bylaws
 
 
The control share acquisition statute does not apply to, among other things: (1) shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (2) acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation.
 
Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the control share acquisition statute any acquisition by any person of shares of our stock. There can be no assurance that such provision will not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future.
 
MARYLAND UNSOLICITED TAKEOVERS ACT
 
Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors to elect to be subject, by provision in its charter or bylaws or a resolution of its board of directors and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, to any or all of five provisions of the MGCL which provide, respectively, that:
 
Ø   the corporation’s board of directors will be divided into three classes;
 
Ø   the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes cast in the election of directors generally is required to remove a director;
 
Ø   the number of directors may be fixed only by vote of the directors;
 
Ø   a vacancy on the board be filled only by the remaining directors and that directors elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred; and
 
Ø   the request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting is required for stockholders to require the calling of a special meeting of stockholders.
 
Without our having elected to be subject to Subtitle 8, our charter and bylaws already (1) require the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors to remove a director from our board of directors, (2) vest in our board of directors the exclusive power to fix the number of directors, by vote of a majority of the entire board, and (3) require, unless called by the Chairman of our board of directors, our President, our Chief Executive Officer or our board of directors, the request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting to call a special meeting. Our charter provides that, at such time as we become eligible to make the election provided for under Subtitle 8 (which we expect we will be upon consummation of this offering), vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, and directors elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred. Our board of directors is not currently classified. In the future, our board of directors may elect, without stockholder approval, to classify our board of directors or elect to be subject to any of the other provisions of Subtitle 8.
 
CHARTER AMENDMENTS AND EXTRAORDINARY TRANSACTIONS
 
Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, sell all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business unless approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter unless a lesser percentage (but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter) is set forth in the corporation’s charter. Our charter generally provides that charter amendments requiring stockholder approval must be declared advisable by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. However, our charter’s


144


Table of Contents

 
Certain provisions of Maryland law and of our charter and bylaws
 
 
provisions regarding the removal of directors and restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock may be amended only if such amendment is declared advisable by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast not less than two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. In addition, we generally may not merge with or into another company, sell all or substantially all of our assets, engage in a share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business unless such transaction is declared advisable by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. However, because operating assets may be held by a corporation’s subsidiaries, as in our situation, this may mean that one of our subsidiaries could transfer all of its assets without any vote of our stockholders.
 
BYLAW AMENDMENTS
 
Our board of directors has the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of our bylaws and to make new bylaws.
 
ADVANCE NOTICE OF DIRECTOR NOMINATIONS AND NEW BUSINESS
 
Our bylaws provide that, with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by our stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by or at the direction of our board of directors or (3) by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting on the election of the individual so nominated or such other business and who has complied with the advance notice procedures set forth in our bylaws, including a requirement to provide certain information about the stockholder and its affiliates and the nominee or business proposal, as applicable.
 
With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (1) by or at the direction of our board of directors or (2) provided that the special meeting has been properly called for the purpose of electing directors, by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting on the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the advance notice provisions set forth in our bylaws, including a requirement to provide certain information about the stockholder and its affiliates and the nominee.
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS
 
Our charter and bylaws and Maryland law contain provisions that may delay, defer or prevent a change in control or other transaction that might involve a premium price for our common stock or otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders, including business combination provisions, supermajority vote and cause requirements for removal of directors, provisions that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by the remaining directors, for the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred, the power of our board to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of stock or the number of shares of any class or series of stock, to issue additional shares of stock of any class or series and to fix the terms of one or more classes or series of stock without stockholder approval, the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock and advance notice requirements for director nominations and stockholder proposals. Likewise, if the provision in the


145


Table of Contents

 
Certain provisions of Maryland law and of our charter and bylaws
 
 
bylaws opting out of the control share acquisition provisions of the MGCL were rescinded, these provisions of the MGCL could have similar anti-takeover effects.
 
LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS’ AND OFFICERS’ LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
The MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from (1) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (2) active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains a provision that eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.
 
The MGCL requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:
 
Ø   the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;
 
Ø   the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or
 
Ø   in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.
 
However, under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon its receipt of:
 
Ø   a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and
 
Ø   a written undertaking by the director or officer or on the director’s or officer’s behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the director or officer did not meet the standard of conduct.
 
Our charter authorizes us and our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of such a proceeding to:
 
Ø   any present or former director or officer of our company who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or
 
Ø   any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member or manager of another corporation, REIT, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.


146


Table of Contents

 
Certain provisions of Maryland law and of our charter and bylaws
 
 
 
Our charter and bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any individual who served our predecessor in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of our company or our predecessor.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that would provide for indemnification and advance of expenses to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.
 
Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
REIT QUALIFICATION
 
Our charter provides that our board of directors may revoke or otherwise terminate our REIT election, without approval of our stockholders, if it determines that it is no longer in our best interests to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT.


147


Table of Contents

 
Operating partnership and the partnership agreement
 
The following summary of the terms of the agreement of limited partnership of our operating partnership that will be in effect upon completion of this offering does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Agreement of Limited Partnership of Legacy Healthcare Properties, LP, a copy of which is an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”
 
MANAGEMENT
 
We will be the sole general partner of our operating partnership, which we will organize as a Delaware limited partnership. We will conduct substantially all of our operations and make substantially all of our investments through the operating partnership. Pursuant to the partnership agreement, we will have full, exclusive and complete responsibility and discretion in the management and control of the operating partnership, including the ability to cause the operating partnership to enter into certain major transactions including acquisitions, dispositions, refinancings and selection of lessees, make distributions to partners, and to cause changes in the operating partnership’s business activities.
 
TRANSFERABILITY OF INTERESTS
 
We may not voluntarily withdraw from the operating partnership or transfer or assign our interest in the operating partnership or engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets in a transaction which results in a change of control of our company unless:
 
Ø   we receive the consent of limited partners holding more than 50% of the partnership interests of the limited partners (other than those held by our company or its subsidiaries);
 
Ø   as a result of such transaction, all limited partners will receive for each partnership unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value to the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property paid in the transaction to a holder of one share of our common stock, provided that if, in connection with the transaction, a purchase, tender or exchange offer shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of common stock, each holder of partnership units shall be given the option to exchange its partnership units for an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value to the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property that a limited partner would have received had it (A) exercised its redemption right (described below) and (B) sold, tendered or exchanged pursuant to the offer shares of common stock received upon exercise of the redemption right immediately prior to the expiration of the offer; or
 
Ø   we are the surviving entity in the transaction and either (A) our stockholders do not receive cash, securities or other property in the transaction or (B) all limited partners (other than our company or our subsidiaries) receive for each partnership unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value to the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property received in the transaction by our stockholders.
 
We also may merge with or into or consolidate with another entity if immediately after such merger or consolidation (i) substantially all of the assets of the successor or surviving entity, other than partnership units held by us, are contributed, directly or indirectly, to the partnership as a capital contribution in exchange for partnership units with a fair market value equal to the value of the assets so contributed as determined by the survivor in good faith and (ii) the survivor expressly agrees to assume all of our obligations under the partnership agreement and the partnership agreement shall be amended after any such merger or consolidation so as to arrive at a new method of calculating the amounts payable upon


148


Table of Contents

 
Operating partnership and the partnership agreement
 
 
exercise of the redemption right that approximates the existing method for such calculation as closely as reasonably possible.
 
We also may (i) transfer all or any portion of our general partnership interest to (A) a wholly owned subsidiary or (B) a parent company or a majority-owned subsidiary of a parent company, and following such transfer may withdraw as the general partner and (ii) engage in a transaction required by law or by the rules of any national securities exchange on which shares of our common stock are listed.
 
We also may (i) merge or consolidate our operating partnership with or into any other domestic or foreign partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or corporation or (ii) sell all or substantially all of the assets of our operating partnership, and may amend the partnership agreement in connection with any such transaction, if we receive the consent of limited partners holding more than 50% of the partnership interests of the limited partners (other than those held by our company or its subsidiaries).
 
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION
 
We will contribute, directly, to our operating partnership substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering as our initial capital contribution in exchange for substantially all of the limited partnership interests in our operating partnership. The partnership agreement provides that if the operating partnership requires additional funds at any time in excess of funds available to the operating partnership from borrowing or capital contributions, we may borrow such funds from a financial institution or other lender and lend such funds to the operating partnership on the same terms and conditions as are applicable to our borrowing of such funds. Under the partnership agreement, we are obligated to contribute the net proceeds of any future offering of shares as additional capital to the operating partnership. If we contribute additional capital to the operating partnership, we will receive additional partnership units and our percentage interest will be increased on a proportionate basis based upon the amount of such additional capital contributions and the value of the operating partnership at the time of such contributions. Conversely, the percentage interests of the limited partners will be decreased on a proportionate basis in the event of additional capital contributions by us. In addition, if we contribute additional capital to the operating partnership, we will revalue the property of the operating partnership to its fair market value (as determined by us) and the capital accounts of the partners will be adjusted to reflect the manner in which the unrealized gain or loss inherent in such property (that has not been reflected in the capital accounts previously) would be allocated among the partners under the terms of the partnership agreement if there were a taxable disposition of such property for its fair market value (as determined by us) on the date of the revaluation. The operating partnership may issue preferred partnership interests, in connection with acquisitions of property or otherwise, which could have priority over OP units with respect to distributions from the operating partnership, including the OP units we own as the general partner.
 
REDEMPTION RIGHTS
 
Pursuant to the partnership agreement, any future limited partners, other than us, will receive redemption rights, which will enable them to cause the operating partnership to redeem their limited partnership interests in exchange for cash or, at our option, shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis. The cash redemption amount per unit is based on the market price of our common stock at the time of redemption. The number of shares of common stock issuable upon redemption of limited partnership interests held by limited partners may be adjusted upon the occurrence of certain events such as share dividends, share subdivisions or combinations. We expect to fund any cash redemptions out of available cash or borrowings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a limited partner will not be


149


Table of Contents

 
Operating partnership and the partnership agreement
 
 
entitled to exercise its redemption rights if the delivery of common stock to the redeeming limited partner would:
 
Ø   result in any person owning, directly or indirectly, common stocks in excess of the stock ownership limit in our charter;
 
Ø   result in our common stock being owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution);
 
Ø   result in our being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code;
 
Ø   cause us to own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of ours, the operating partnership’s or a subsidiary partnership’s real property, within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code;
 
Ø   cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including, but not limited to, as a result of any management company that operates a health care property failing to qualify as an eligible independent contractor under the Code; or
 
Ø   cause the acquisition of common stock by such redeeming limited partner to be “integrated” with any other distribution of common stock for purposes of complying with the registration provisions of the Securities Act.
 
We may, in our sole and absolute discretion, waive any of these restrictions.
 
The partnership agreement will require that the operating partnership be operated in a manner that enables us to satisfy the requirements for being classified as a REIT, to avoid any federal income or excise tax liability imposed by the Code (other than any federal income tax liability associated with our retained capital gains) and to ensure that the partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation under Section 7704 of the Code.
 
In addition to the administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred by the operating partnership, the operating partnership generally will pay all of our administrative costs and expenses, including:
 
Ø   all expenses relating to our continuity of existence and our subsidiaries’ operations;
 
Ø   all expenses relating to offerings and registration of securities;
 
Ø   all expenses associated with the preparation and filing of any of our periodic or other reports and communications under federal, state or local laws or regulations;
 
Ø   all expenses associated with our compliance with laws, rules and regulations promulgated by any regulatory body; and
 
Ø   all of our other operating or administrative costs incurred in the ordinary course of business on behalf of the operating partnership.
 
These expenses, however, do not include any of our administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred that are attributable to health care properties that are owned by us directly rather than by the operating partnership or its subsidiaries.
 
FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES
 
Our directors and officers have duties under applicable Maryland law to manage us in a manner consistent with the best interests of our stockholders. At the same time, we, as the general partner of our operating partnership, will have fiduciary duties to manage our operating partnership in a manner beneficial to our operating partnership and its partners. Our duties, as general partner to our operating partnership and its limited partners, therefore, may come into conflict with the duties of our directors


150


Table of Contents

 
Operating partnership and the partnership agreement
 
 
and officers to our stockholders. We will be under no obligation to give priority to the separate interests of the limited partners of our operating partnership or our stockholders in deciding whether to cause the operating partnership to take or decline to take any actions.
 
The limited partners of our operating partnership expressly will acknowledge that as the general partner of our operating partnership, we are acting for the benefit of the operating partnership, the limited partners and our stockholders collectively.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
The partnership agreement will provide that the operating partnership will distribute cash from operations (including net sale or refinancing proceeds, but excluding net proceeds from the sale of the operating partnership’s property in connection with the liquidation of the operating partnership) at such time and in such amounts as determined by us in our sole discretion, to us and the limited partners in accordance with their respective percentage interests in the operating partnership.
 
Upon liquidation of the operating partnership, after payment of, or adequate provision for, debts and obligations of the partnership, including any partner loans, any remaining assets of the partnership will be distributed to us and the limited partners with positive capital accounts in accordance with their respective positive capital account balances.
 
LTIP UNITS
 
In general, LTIP units are a class of partnership units in our operating partnership and will receive the same quarterly per unit distributions as the other outstanding OP units in our operating partnership. Initially, each LTIP unit will have a capital account balance of zero and, therefore, will not have full parity with OP units with respect to liquidating distributions. However, the operating partnership agreement provides that “book gain,” or economic appreciation, in our assets realized by our operating partnership as a result of the actual sale of all or substantially all of our operating partnership’s assets or the revaluation of our operating partnership’s assets as provided by applicable U.S. Department of Treasury regulations, or Treasury Regulations, will be allocated first to the LTIP unit holders until the capital account per LTIP unit is equal to the average capital account per-unit of the general partner’s OP units in our operating partnership. The partnership agreement provides that our operating partnership’s assets will be revalued upon the occurrence of certain events, specifically additional capital contributions by us or other partners, the redemption of a partnership interest, a liquidation (as defined in the Treasury Regulations) of our operating partnership or the issuance of a partnership interest (including LTIP units) to a new or existing partner as consideration for the provision of services to, or for the benefit of, our operating partnership.
 
Upon equalization of the capital accounts of the LTIP unit holders with the average per-unit capital account of our OP units, the LTIP units will achieve full parity with the OP units for all purposes, including with respect to liquidating distributions. If such parity is reached, vested LTIP units may be converted into an equal number of OP units at any time, and thereafter enjoy all the rights of OP units. If a sale or revaluation of assets occurs at a time when our operating partnership’s assets have appreciated sufficiently since the last revaluation, the LTIP units would achieve full parity with the OP units upon such sale or revaluation. In the absence of sufficient appreciation in the value of our operating partnership’s assets at the time of a sale or revaluation, full parity would not be reached.
 
Consequently, an LTIP unit may never become convertible because the value of our operating partnership’s assets has not appreciated sufficiently between revaluation dates to equalize capital accounts. Until and unless parity is reached, the value for a given number of vested LTIP units will be less than the value of an equal number of our shares of common stock.


151


Table of Contents

 
Operating partnership and the partnership agreement
 
 
ALLOCATIONS
 
Profits and losses of the partnership (including depreciation and amortization deductions) for each fiscal year generally will be allocated to us and the other limited partners in accordance with the respective percentage interests in the partnership. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our operating partnership will allocate gain on the sale of all or substantially all of its assets first to holders of LTIP units, and will, upon the occurrence of certain specified events, revalue its assets with any net increase in valuation allocated first to the LTIP units, in each case to equalize the capital accounts of such holders with the average capital account per unit of the general partner’s OP units. All of the foregoing allocations are subject to compliance with the provisions of Sections 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. To the extent Treasury Regulations promulgated pursuant to Section 704(c) of the Code permit, we, as the general partner, shall have the authority to elect the method to be used by the operating partnership for allocating items with respect to contributed property acquired in connection with this offering for which fair market value differs from the adjusted tax basis at the time of contribution, and such election shall be binding on all partners.
 
TERM
 
The operating partnership will continue indefinitely, or until sooner dissolved upon:
 
Ø   our bankruptcy, dissolution, removal or withdrawal (unless the limited partners elect to continue the partnership);
 
Ø   the passage of 90 days after the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the partnership;
 
Ø   the redemption of all partnership units (other than those held by us, if any); or
 
Ø   an election by us in our capacity as the general partner.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
Our operating partnership’s limited partners (other than us and our subsidiaries) will have the right to require our operating partnership to redeem part or all of their OP units for cash, or, at our election, shares of our common stock. We have granted registration rights to those persons who will receive shares of our common stock issuable upon redemption of OP units. These registration rights require us to seek to register all such shares of our common stock approximately 12 months after issuance of such OP units. Our operating partnership will bear expenses incident to these registration requirements. However, neither we nor the operating partnership will bear the costs of (1) any underwriting discounts or commissions or (2) any fees or expenses incurred by holders of such shares of our common stock in connection with such registration that we or the operating partnership are not permitted to pay according to the rules of any regulatory authority.
 
TAX MATTERS
 
Our partnership agreement will provide that we, as the sole general partner of the operating partnership, will be the tax matters partner of the operating partnership and, as such, will have authority to handle tax audits and to make tax elections under the Code on behalf of the operating partnership.
 


152


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
This section summarizes the material federal income tax considerations that you, as a stockholder, may consider relevant. Hunton & Williams LLP has acted as our counsel, has reviewed this summary, and is of the opinion that the discussion contained herein is accurate in all material respects. Because this section is a summary, it does not address all aspects of taxation that may be relevant to particular stockholders in light of their personal investment or tax circumstances, or to certain types of stockholders that are subject to special treatment under the federal income tax laws, such as:
 
Ø   insurance companies;
 
Ø   tax-exempt organizations (except to the limited extent discussed in “—Taxation of Tax-Exempt Stockholders” below);
 
Ø   financial institutions or broker-dealers;
 
Ø   non-U.S. individuals and foreign corporations (except to the limited extent discussed in “—Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders” below);
 
Ø   U.S. expatriates;
 
Ø   persons who mark-to-market our common stock;
 
Ø   subchapter S corporations;
 
Ø   U.S. stockholders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;
 
Ø   regulated investment companies and REITs;
 
Ø   trusts and estates;
 
Ø   holders who receive our common stock through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation;
 
Ø   persons holding our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or other integrated investment;
 
Ø   persons subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code; and
 
Ø   persons holding our common stock through a partnership or similar pass-through entity.
 
This summary assumes that stockholders hold shares as capital assets for federal income tax purposes, which generally means property held for investment.
 
The statements in this section are based on the current federal income tax laws, are for general information purposes only and are not tax advice. We cannot assure you that new laws, interpretations of law, or court decisions, any of which may take effect retroactively, will not cause any statement in this section to be inaccurate.
 
WE URGE YOU TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND SALE OF OUR COMMON STOCK AND OF OUR ELECTION TO BE TAXED AS A REIT. SPECIFICALLY, YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN, AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF SUCH PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP, SALE AND ELECTION, AND REGARDING POTENTIAL CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.
 
TAXATION OF OUR COMPANY
 
We currently have in effect an election to be taxed as a pass-through entity under subchapter S of the Code, but intend to revoke our S election prior to the closing date of this offering. We intend to elect to


153


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We believe that, commencing with such short taxable year, we will be organized and will operate in such a manner as to qualify for taxation as a REIT under the federal income tax laws, and we intend to continue to operate in such a manner, but no assurances can be given that we will operate in a manner so as to qualify or remain qualified as a REIT. This section discusses the laws governing the federal income tax treatment of a REIT and its stockholders. These laws are highly technical and complex.
 
In connection with this offering, Hunton & Williams LLP is rendering an opinion that, commencing with our short taxable year beginning on the business day prior to the closing of this offering and ending on December 31, 2010, we will be organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the federal income tax laws, and our proposed method of operations will enable us to satisfy the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the federal income tax laws for our taxable year ending December 31, 2010 and thereafter. Investors should be aware that Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion is based upon customary assumptions, is conditioned upon certain representations made by us as to factual matters, including representations regarding the nature of our assets and the conduct of our business, is not binding upon the IRS, or any court, and speaks as of the date issued. In addition, Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion is based on existing federal income tax law governing qualification as a REIT, which is subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. Moreover, our qualification and taxation as a REIT depend upon our ability to meet on a continuing basis, through actual annual operating results, certain qualification tests set forth in the federal tax laws. Those qualification tests involve the percentage of income that we earn from specified sources, the percentage of our assets that falls within specified categories, the diversity of ownership of our shares of common stock, and the percentage of our earnings that we distribute. Hunton & Williams LLP will not review our compliance with those tests on a continuing basis. As described more fully below under “—Taxable REIT Subsidiaries” and “—Gross Income Tests,” upon completion of this offering, we intend to request a private letter ruling from the IRS substantially to the effect that (i) five of our initial properties will be treated as “qualified health care properties,” making them eligible to be leased to our TRS lessee and (ii) with respect to our initial properties located in the State of New York, that certain powers our TRS lessee will be required to retain under healthcare regulations issued by the State of New York will not cause our TRS lessee to be considered to operate or manage a health care facility. We have not received, and do not expect to seek, a private letter ruling from the IRS on any other issue. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that our actual results of operations for any particular taxable year will satisfy such requirements. Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion does not foreclose the possibility that we may have to use one or more of the REIT savings provisions discussed below, which could require us to pay an excise or penalty tax (which could be material) in order for us to maintain our REIT qualification. For a discussion of the tax consequences of our failure to qualify as a REIT, see “—Failure to Qualify.”
 
If we qualify as a REIT, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the taxable income that we distribute to our stockholders. The benefit of that tax treatment is that it avoids the “double taxation,” or taxation at both the corporate and stockholder levels, that generally results from owning stock in a corporation. However, we will be subject to federal tax in the following circumstances:
 
Ø   We will pay federal income tax on any taxable income, including undistributed net capital gain, that we do not distribute to stockholders during, or within a specified time period after, the calendar year in which the income is earned.
 
Ø   We may be subject to the “alternative minimum tax” on any items of tax preference including any deductions of net operating losses.


154


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
 
Ø   We will pay income tax at the highest corporate rate on:
 
  net income from the sale or other disposition of property acquired through foreclosure (“foreclosure property”) that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business, and
 
  other non-qualifying income from foreclosure property.
 
Ø   We will pay a 100% tax on net income from sales or other dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business.
 
Ø   If we fail to satisfy one or both of the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test, as described below under “—Gross Income Tests,” and nonetheless continue to qualify as a REIT because we meet other requirements, we will pay a 100% tax on:
 
  the gross income attributable to the greater of the amount by which we fail the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test, in either case, multiplied by
 
  a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.
 
Ø   If we fail to distribute during a calendar year at least the sum of (1) 85% of our REIT ordinary income for the year, (2) 95% of our REIT capital gain net income for the year, and (3) any undistributed taxable income required to be distributed from earlier periods, we will pay a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the excess of the required distribution over the amount we actually distributed.
 
Ø   We may elect to retain and pay income tax on our net long-term capital gain. In that case, a stockholder would be taxed on its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain (to the extent that we made a timely designation of such gain to the stockholders) and would receive a credit or refund for its proportionate share of the tax we paid.
 
Ø   We will be subject to a 100% excise tax on transactions with a TRS that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis.
 
Ø   In the event of a failure of any of the asset tests, other than a de minimis failure of the 5% asset test or the 10% vote or value test, as described below under “—Asset Tests,” as long as the failure was due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, we file a description of each asset that caused such failure with the IRS, and we dispose of the assets or otherwise comply with the asset tests within six months after the last day of the quarter in which we identify such failure, we will pay a tax equal to the greater of $50,000 or the highest federal income tax rate then applicable to U.S. corporations (currently 35%) on the net income from the nonqualifying assets during the period in which we failed to satisfy the asset tests.
 
Ø   In the event we fail to satisfy one or more requirements for REIT qualification, other than the gross income tests and the asset tests, and such failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, we will be required to pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure.
 
Ø   If we acquire any asset from a C corporation, or a corporation that generally is subject to full corporate-level tax, in a merger or other transaction in which we acquire a basis in the asset that is determined by reference either to the C corporation’s basis in the asset or to another asset, we will pay tax at the highest regular corporate rate applicable if we recognize gain on the sale or disposition of the asset during the 10-year period after we acquire the asset provided no election is made for the transaction to be taxable on a current basis. The amount of gain on which we will pay tax is the lesser of:
 
  the amount of gain that we recognize at the time of the sale or disposition, and
 
  the amount of gain that we would have recognized if we had sold the asset at the time we acquired it.
 
Ø   We may be required to pay monetary penalties to the IRS in certain circumstances, including if we fail to meet record-keeping requirements intended to monitor our compliance with rules relating to the composition of a REIT’s stockholders, as described below in “—Recordkeeping Requirements.”


155


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
 
Ø   The earnings of our lower-tier entities that are subchapter C corporations, including our TRS lessee and any other TRSs we form in the future, will be subject to federal corporate income tax.
 
In addition, notwithstanding our qualification as a REIT, we may also have to pay certain state and local income taxes, because not all states and localities treat REITs in the same manner that they are treated for federal income tax purposes. Moreover, as further described below, TRSs will be subject to federal, state and local corporate income tax on their taxable income.
 
REQUIREMENTS FOR QUALIFICATION
 
A REIT is a corporation, trust, or association that meets each of the following requirements:
 
1.  It is managed by one or more directors or directors.
 
2.  Its beneficial ownership is evidenced by transferable shares, or by transferable certificates of beneficial interest.
 
3.  It would be taxable as a domestic corporation, but for the REIT provisions of the federal income tax laws.
 
4.  It is neither a financial institution nor an insurance company subject to special provisions of the federal income tax laws.
 
5.  At least 100 persons are beneficial owners of its shares or ownership certificates.
 
6.  Not more than 50% in value of its outstanding shares or ownership certificates is owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals, which the Code defines to include certain entities, during the last half of any taxable year.
 
7.  It elects to be a REIT, or has made such election for a previous taxable year, and satisfies all relevant filing and other administrative requirements established by the IRS that must be met to elect and maintain REIT status.
 
8.  It meets certain other qualification tests, described below, regarding the nature of its income and assets and the amount of its distributions to stockholders.
 
9.  It uses a calendar year for federal income tax purposes and complies with the recordkeeping requirements of the federal income tax laws.
 
We must meet requirements 1 through 4, 7, 8 and 9 during our entire taxable year and must meet requirement 5 during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months, or during a proportionate part of a taxable year of less than 12 months. Requirements 5 and 6 will apply to us beginning with our 2011 taxable year. If we comply with all the requirements for ascertaining the ownership of our outstanding shares in a taxable year and have no reason to know that we violated requirement 6, we will be deemed to have satisfied requirement 6 for that taxable year. For purposes of determining share ownership under requirement 6, an “individual” generally includes a supplemental unemployment compensation benefits plan, a private foundation, or a portion of a trust permanently set aside or used exclusively for charitable purposes. An “individual,” however, generally does not include a trust that is a qualified employee pension or profit sharing trust under the federal income tax laws, and beneficiaries of such a trust will be treated as holding our shares in proportion to their actuarial interests in the trust for purposes of requirement 6.
 
Our charter provides restrictions regarding the transfer and ownership of shares of our capital stock. See “Description of Securities—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” We believe that we will issue sufficient stock with sufficient diversity of ownership to allow us to satisfy requirements 5 and 6 above. The restrictions in our charter are intended (among other things) to assist us in continuing to satisfy


156


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
requirements 5 and 6 described above. These restrictions, however, may not ensure that we will, in all cases, be able to satisfy such share ownership requirements. If we fail to satisfy these share ownership requirements, our qualification as a REIT may terminate.
 
In addition, we must satisfy all relevant filing and other administrative requirements established by the IRS that must be met to elect and maintain REIT status and comply with the record-keeping requirements of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
Qualified REIT Subsidiaries.   A corporation that is a “qualified REIT subsidiary” is not treated as a corporation separate from its parent REIT. All assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit of a “qualified REIT subsidiary” are treated as assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit of the REIT. A “qualified REIT subsidiary” is a corporation, other than a TRS, all of the stock of which is owned by the REIT. Thus, in applying the requirements described herein, any “qualified REIT subsidiary” that we own will be ignored, and all assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit of such subsidiary will be treated as our assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit.
 
Other Disregarded Entities and Partnerships.   An unincorporated domestic entity, such as a partnership or limited liability company that has a single owner, generally is not treated as an entity separate from its parent for federal income tax purposes. An unincorporated domestic entity with two or more owners is generally treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. In the case of a REIT that is a partner in a partnership that has other partners, the REIT is treated as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the partnership and as earning its allocable share of the gross income of the partnership for purposes of the applicable REIT qualification tests. Our proportionate share for purposes of the 10% value test (see “—Asset Tests”) will be based on our proportionate interest in the equity interests and certain debt securities issued by the partnership. For all of the other asset and income tests, our proportionate share will be based on our proportionate interest in the capital interests in the partnership. Our proportionate share of the assets, liabilities, and items of income of any partnership, joint venture, or limited liability company that is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes in which we acquire an equity interest, directly or indirectly, will be treated as our assets and gross income for purposes of applying the various REIT qualification requirements.
 
Taxable REIT Subsidiaries.   A REIT may own up to 100% of the shares of one or more TRSs. A TRS is a fully taxable corporation that may earn income that would not be qualifying income if earned directly by the parent REIT. The subsidiary and the REIT must jointly elect to treat the subsidiary as a TRS. A corporation of which a TRS directly or indirectly owns more than 35% of the voting power or value of the securities will automatically be treated as a TRS. We are not treated as holding the assets of a TRS or as receiving any income that the subsidiary earns. Rather, the stock issued by a TRS to us is an asset in our hands, and we treat the distributions paid to us from such taxable subsidiary, if any, as income. This treatment can affect our compliance with the gross income and asset tests. Because we do not include the assets and income of TRSs in determining our compliance with the REIT requirements, we may use such entities to undertake indirectly activities that the REIT rules might otherwise preclude us from doing directly or through pass-through subsidiaries. Overall, no more than 25% of the value of a REIT’s assets may consist of stock or securities of one or more TRSs.
 
A TRS will pay income tax at regular corporate rates on any income that it earns. In addition, the TRS rules limit the deductibility of interest paid or accrued by a TRS to its parent REIT to assure that the TRS is subject to an appropriate level of corporate taxation. Further, the rules impose a 100% excise tax on transactions between a TRS and its parent REIT or the REIT’s tenants that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis.
 
A TRS may not directly or indirectly operate or manage any health care facilities or lodging facilities or provide rights to any brand name under which any health care facility or lodging facility is operated. A


157


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
TRS may provide rights to any brand name under which any health care facility or lodging facility is operated if such rights are provided to an “eligible independent contractor” (as described below) to operate or manage a health care facility or lodging facility if such rights are held by the TRS as a franchisee, licensee, or in a similar capacity and such health care facility or lodging facility is either owned by the TRS or leased to the TRS by its parent REIT. A TRS will not be considered to operate or manage a “qualified health care property” or “qualified lodging facility” solely because the TRS directly or indirectly possesses a license, permit, or similar instrument enabling it to do so. Additionally, a TRS that employs individuals working at a “qualified health care property” or “qualified lodging facility” outside of the United States will not be considered to operate or manage a “qualified health care property” or “qualified lodging facility”, as long as an “eligible independent contractor” is responsible for the daily supervision and direction of such individuals on behalf of the TRS pursuant to a management agreement or similar service contract.
 
Rent that we receive from our TRS lessee will qualify as “rents from real property” as long as the property is a “qualified health care property” and is operated on behalf of such TRS lessee by a person who qualifies as an “independent contractor” and who is, or is related to a person who is, actively engaged in the trade or business of operating “qualified health care properties” for any person unrelated to us and such TRS lessee (an “eligible independent contractor”). A “qualified health care property” includes any real property and any personal property that is, or is necessary or incidental to the use of, a hospital, nursing facility, assisted living facility, congregate care facility, qualified continuing care facility, or other licensed facility which extends medical or nursing or ancillary services to patients and which is operated by a provider of such services which is eligible for participation in the Medicare program with respect to such facility. Our assisted living, Alzheimer’s care, and skilled nursing facilities will generally be treated as “qualified health care properties.” Our independent living facilities and continuing care retirement communities may be treated as “qualified health care properties.”
 
One of the initial properties we have under contract contains solely assisted living units, and consequently, will constitute a “qualified health care property.” With respect to the remaining five initial properties, four are senior housing facilities containing both independent living and assisted living units housed in the same building and one is a senior housing facility containing both independent living and assisted living units housed on the same campus, in each case with a majority of the units constituting independent living units. While we believe these independent living facilities should be treated as “qualified health care properties” under current law, it is unclear whether such facilities will constitute “qualified health care properties.” Consequently, we intend to initially lease our initial properties to affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management, the management company that currently operates those facilities, and we intend to request a private letter ruling from the IRS holding that (i) our initial properties constitute “qualified health care properties” and (ii) with respect to our initial properties located in the State of New York, that certain powers our TRS lessee will be required to retain under healthcare regulations issued by the State of New York will not cause our TRS lessee to be considered to operate or manage a health care facility. If we receive such a ruling and the regulatory approvals required to transfer the operating licenses for the facilities in our initial portfolio to our TRS lessee, we will subsequently lease our initial properties to our TRS lessee and our TRS lessee will enter into management agreements with the management company that currently operates those properties. There can be no assurance that the IRS will issue such a private letter ruling to us. Additionally, we would be entitled to rely upon that private letter ruling only to the extent that we did not misstate or omit a material fact in the ruling request we submit to the IRS and that we operate in the future in accordance with the material facts described in that request. Moreover, the IRS, in its sole discretion, may revoke a private letter ruling. If, despite a private letter ruling, the IRS were to determine that any of our initial properties are not “qualified health care properties” and we have leased those properties to our TRS lessee, the rents from those properties would not be treated as qualifying income for the 75% and 95% gross income tests, which could cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT.


158


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
Additionally, we generally intend to lease certain of our assisted living, Alzheimer’s/dementia care, skilled nursing facilities and continuing care retirement communities to our TRS lessee, but we may use traditional net lease structures for some of these facilities even though they are eligible for the TRS lessee structure. Our TRS lessee will engage one or more independent, third-party health care managers to operate those properties on its behalf. We believe all those managers will qualify as “eligible independent contractors.” In the case of facilities that do not constitute “qualified health care properties,” we may lease the units in those facilities directly to the residents and form a TRS to provide services to those residents.
 
GROSS INCOME TESTS
 
We must satisfy two gross income tests annually to maintain our qualification as a REIT. First, at least 75% of our gross income for each taxable year must consist of defined types of income that we derive, directly or indirectly, from investments relating to real property or mortgages on real property or qualified temporary investment income. Qualifying income for purposes of that 75% gross income test generally includes:
 
Ø   rents from real property;
 
Ø   interest on debt secured by mortgages on real property, or on interests in real property;
 
Ø   dividends or other distributions on, and gain from the sale of, shares in other REITs;
 
Ø   gain from the sale of real estate assets; and
 
Ø   income derived from the temporary investment of new capital that is attributable to the issuance of our stock or a public offering of our debt with a maturity date of at least five years and that we receive during the one-year period beginning on the date on which we received such new capital.
 
Second, in general, at least 95% of our gross income for each taxable year must consist of income that is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, other types of interest and dividends, gain from the sale or disposition of shares or securities, or any combination of these. Gross income from our sale of property that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business is excluded from both the numerator and the denominator in both gross income tests. In addition, income and gain from “hedging transactions” that we enter into to hedge indebtedness incurred or to be incurred to acquire or carry real estate assets and that are clearly and timely identified as such will be excluded from both the numerator and the denominator for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests. In addition, certain foreign currency gains will be excluded from gross income for purposes of one or both of the gross income tests. See “—Foreign Currency Gain.” The following paragraphs discuss the specific application of the gross income tests to us.
 
Rents from Real Property.   Rent that we receive from our real property will qualify as “rents from real property,” which is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests, only if the following conditions are met:
 
Ø   First, the rent must not be based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits of any person, but may be based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales.
 
Ø   Second, neither we nor a direct or indirect owner of 10% or more of our stock may own, actually constructively, 10% or more of a tenant from whom we receive rent, other than a TRS. If the tenant is a TRS, such TRS may not directly or indirectly operate or manage the related property. Instead, the property must be operated on behalf of the TRS by a person who qualifies as an “independent contractor” and who is, or is related to a person who is, actively engaged in the trade or business of operating health care facilities for any person unrelated to us and the TRS. See “—Taxable REIT Subsidiaries.”
 
Ø   Third, if the rent attributable to personal property leased in connection with a lease of real property is 15% or less of the total rent received under the lease, then the rent attributable to personal


159


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
property will qualify as rents from real property. However, if the 15% threshold is exceeded, the rent attributable to personal property will not qualify as rents from real property.
 
Ø   Fourth, we generally must not operate or manage our real property or furnish or render services to our tenants, other than through an “independent contractor” who is adequately compensated and from whom we do not derive revenue. However, we need not provide services through an “independent contractor,” but instead may provide services directly to our tenants, if the services are “usually or customarily rendered” in connection with the rental of space for occupancy only and are not considered to be provided for the tenants’ convenience. In addition, we may provide a minimal amount of “noncustomary” services to the tenants of a property, other than through an independent contractor, as long as our income from the services (valued at not less than 150% of our direct cost of performing such services) does not exceed 1% of our income from the related property. Furthermore, we may own up to 100% of the stock of a TRS which may provide customary and noncustomary services to our tenants without tainting our rental income for the related properties. See “—Taxable REIT Subsidiaries.”
 
Our operating partnership and its subsidiaries will lease certain of our assisted living, Alzheimer’s/dementia care, skilled nursing facilities and continuing care retirement communities under percentage leases to our TRS lessee. Under our percentage leases, our TRS lessee will pay base rent plus a percentage rent based on the gross income of the property. Our operating partnership and its subsidiaries will lease certain of our senior housing facilities to third-party facility operators pursuant to long-term net leases that provide for base rent plus percentage rent based on gross revenues. The determination of whether our leases are true leases depends on an analysis of all the surrounding facts and circumstances. In making such a determination, courts have considered a variety of factors, including the following:
 
Ø   the intent of the parties;
 
Ø   the form of the agreement;
 
Ø   the degree of control over the property that is retained by the property owner (for example, whether the lessee has substantial control over the operation of the property or whether the lessee was required simply to use its best efforts to perform its obligations under the agreement); and
 
Ø   the extent to which the property owner retains the risk of loss with respect to the property (for example, whether the lessee bears the risk of increases in operating expenses or the risk of damage to the property) or the potential for economic gain with respect to the property.
 
In addition, the federal income tax law provides that a contract that purports to be a service contract or a partnership agreement is treated instead as a lease of property if the contract is properly treated as such, taking into account all relevant factors. Since the determination of whether a service contract should be treated as a lease is inherently factual, the presence or absence of any single factor may not be dispositive in every case.
 
We currently intend to structure our leases so that they qualify as true leases for federal income tax purposes. For example, with respect to each lease, we generally expect that:
 
Ø   our operating partnership and the lessee will intend for their relationship to be that of a lessor and lessee, and such relationship will be documented by a lease agreement;
 
Ø   the lessee will have the right to exclusive possession and use and quiet enjoyment of the health care properties covered by the lease during the term of the lease;
 
Ø   the lessee will bear the cost of, and will be responsible for, day-to-day maintenance and repair of the senior housing facilities other than the cost of certain capital expenditures, and dictate, either directly or through third party operators that are eligible independent contractors who will work for the lessee during the term of the lease, how the health care properties will be operated and maintained;


160


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
 
Ø   the lessee will generally bear the costs and expenses of operating the health care properties, including the cost of any inventory used in their operation, during the term of the lease;
 
Ø   the lessee will benefit from any savings and bear the burdens of any increases in the costs of operating the health care properties during the term of the lease;
 
Ø   in the event of damage or destruction to a health care properties, the lessee will be at economic risk because it will bear the economic burden of the loss in income from operation of the health care properties subject to the right, in certain circumstances, to terminate the lease if the lessor does not restore the property to its prior condition;
 
Ø   the lessee will generally have indemnified the lessor against all liabilities imposed on the lessor during the term of the lease by reason of (1) injury to persons or damage to property occurring at the health care properties, (2) the lessee’s use, management, maintenance or repair of the health care properties, (3) taxes and assessments in respect of the health care properties that are obligations of the lessee, (4) any breach of the lease by the lessee, and (5) the nonperformance of contractual obligations of the lessee with respect to the health care properties;
 
Ø   the lessee will be obligated to pay, at a minimum, material base rent for the period of use of the health care properties under the lease;
 
Ø   the lessee will stand to incur substantial losses or reap substantial gains depending on how successfully they, either directly or through the eligible independent contractors, operate the health care properties;
 
Ø   we expect that each lease that we enter into, at the time we enter into it (or at any time that any such lease is subsequently renewed or extended) will enable the applicable lessee to derive a meaningful profit, after expenses and taking into account the risks associated with the lease, from the operation of the health care properties during the term of its lease; and
 
Ø   upon termination of each lease, the applicable health care property will be expected to have a substantial remaining useful life and substantial remaining fair market value.
 
Investors should be aware that there are no controlling Treasury Regulations, published rulings or judicial decisions involving leases with terms substantially the same as our anticipated leases that discuss whether such leases constitute true leases for federal income tax purposes. We intend to enter into leases that will be treated as true leases. If our leases are characterized as service contracts or partnership agreements, rather than as true leases, part or all of the payments that our operating partnership and its subsidiaries receive from our percentage and other leases may not be considered rent or may not otherwise satisfy the various requirements for qualification as “rents from real property.” In that case, we likely would not be able to satisfy either the 75% or 95% gross income test and, as a result, would lose our REIT status unless we qualify for relief, as described below under “—Failure to Satisfy Gross Income Tests.”
 
As described above, in order for the rent that we receive to constitute “rents from real property,” several other requirements must be satisfied. One requirement is that percentage rent must not be based in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person. Percentage rent, however, will qualify as “rents from real property” if it is based on percentages of receipts or sales and the percentages:
 
Ø   are fixed at the time the percentage leases are entered into;
 
Ø   are not renegotiated during the term of the percentage leases in a manner that has the effect of basing percentage rent on income or profits; and
 
Ø   conform with normal business practice.
 
More generally, percentage rent will not qualify as “rents from real property” if, considering the leases and all the surrounding circumstances, the arrangement does not conform with normal business practice, but is in reality used as a means of basing the percentage rent on income or profits.


161


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
Second, we must not own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the shares or the assets or net profits of any lessee (a “related party tenant”), other than a TRS. The constructive ownership rules generally provide that, if 10% or more in value of our stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by or for any person, we are considered as owning the shares owned, directly or indirectly, by or for such person. We anticipate that all of our senior housing facilities will be leased either to third parties which do not constitute related party tenants or to our TRS lessee. In addition, our charter prohibits transfers of our stock that would cause us to own actually or constructively, 10% or more of the ownership interests in any non-TRS lessee. Based on the foregoing, we should never own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of any lessee other than a TRS. However, because the constructive ownership rules are broad and it is not possible to monitor continually direct and indirect transfers of our stock, no absolute assurance can be given that such transfers or other events of which we have no knowledge will not cause us to own constructively 10% or more of a lessee (or a subtenant, in which case only rent attributable to the subtenant is disqualified) other than a TRS at some future date.
 
As described above, under “—Requirements for Qualification—Taxable REIT Subsidiaries” we may own up to 100% of the shares of one or more TRSs that may lease “qualified health care properties” from us. Rent that we receive from a TRS will qualify as “rents from real property” as long as the “qualified health care property” is operated on behalf of the TRS by an “eligible independent contractor”.
 
One of the initial properties we have under contract contains solely assisted living units, and consequently, will constitute a “qualified health care property.” With respect to the remaining five initial properties, four are senior housing facilities containing both independent living and assisted living units housed in the same building and one is a senior housing facility containing both independent living and assisted living units housed on the same campus, in each case with a majority of the units constituting independent living units. While we believe these independent living facilities should be treated as “qualified health care properties” under current law, it is unclear whether such facilities will constitute “qualified health care properties.” Consequently, we intend to initially lease our initial properties to an affiliate of Senior Lifestyle Management, the management company that currently operates those properties, and we intend to request a private letter ruling from the IRS holding that (i) our initial properties constitute “qualified health care properties” and (ii) with respect to our initial properties located in the State of New York, that certain powers our TRS lessee will be required to retain under healthcare regulations issued by the State of New York will not cause our TRS lessee to be considered to operate or manage a health care facility. If we receive such a ruling, we will subsequently lease our initial properties to our TRS lessee and our TRS lessee will enter into management agreements with the management company that currently operates those properties. There can be no assurance that the IRS will issue such a private letter ruling to us. Additionally, we would be entitled to rely upon that private letter ruling only to the extent that we did not misstate or omit a material fact in the ruling request we submit to the IRS and that we operate in the future in accordance with the material facts described in that request. Moreover, the IRS, in its sole discretion, may revoke a private letter ruling. If, despite a private letter ruling, the IRS were to determine that our initial properties are not “qualified health care properties” and we have leased those properties to our TRS lessee, the rents from those properties would not be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests, which could cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT.
 
We generally intend to lease to our TRS lessee the senior housing facilities that are treated as “qualified health care properties,” but we may use traditional net lease structures for some of these facilities even though they are eligible for the TRS lessee structure. Accordingly, our operating partnership and its subsidiaries will lease certain of our assisted living, Alzheimer’s/dementia care, skilled nursing facilities and continuing care retirement communities under percentage leases to our TRS lessee. Under our percentage leases, our TRS lessee will pay base rent plus a percentage rent based on the gross income of the property. Our TRS lessee will engage independent, third-party facility operators that qualify as “eligible independent contractors” to operate the related health care facilities on behalf of such TRS


162


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
lessee. Our operating partnership and its subsidiaries will lease our senior housing facilities that are not “qualified health care properties” to third-party facility operators under long-term net leases that generally provide for base rent plus percentage rent based on gross revenues. In addition, in the case of facilities that do not constitute “qualified health care properties,” we may lease the units in those facilities directly to the residents and form a TRS to provide services to those residents.
 
Third, the rent attributable to the personal property leased in connection with the lease of a health care property must not be greater than 15% of the total rent received under the lease. The rent attributable to the personal property contained in a health care property is the amount that bears the same ratio to total rent for the taxable year as the average of the fair market values of the personal property at the beginning and at the end of the taxable year bears to the average of the aggregate fair market values of both the real and personal property contained in the health care property at the beginning and at the end of such taxable year (the “personal property ratio”). To comply with this limitation, a TRS lessee may acquire furnishings, equipment and other personal property. With respect to each health care property in which a TRS lessee or the applicable lessee does not own the personal property, we believe either that the personal property ratio will be less than 15% or that any rent attributable to excess personal property will not jeopardize our ability to qualify as a REIT. There can be no assurance, however, that the IRS would not challenge our calculation of a personal property ratio, or that a court would not uphold such assertion. If such a challenge were successfully asserted, we could fail to satisfy the 75% or 95% gross income test and thus potentially lose our REIT status.
 
Fourth, we cannot furnish or render noncustomary services to the tenants of our senior housing facilities, or manage or operate our senior housing facilities, other than through an independent contractor who is adequately compensated and from whom we do not derive or receive any income. However, we need not provide services through an “independent contractor,” but instead may provide services directly to our tenants, if the services are “usually or customarily rendered” in connection with the rental of space for occupancy only and are not considered to be provided for the tenants’ convenience. In addition, we may provide a minimal amount of “noncustomary” services to the tenants of a property, other than through an independent contractor, as long as our income from the services does not exceed 1% of our income from the related property. Finally, we may own up to 100% of the shares of one or more TRSs, which may provide noncustomary services to our tenants without tainting our rents from the related senior housing facilities. We will not perform any services other than customary ones for our lessees, unless such services are provided through independent contractors or TRSs.
 
If a portion of the rent that we receive from a senior housing facility does not qualify as “rents from real property” because the rent attributable to personal property exceeds 15% of the total rent for a taxable year, the portion of the rent that is attributable to personal property will not be qualifying income for purposes of either the 75% or 95% gross income test. Thus, if such rent attributable to personal property, plus any other income that is nonqualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test, during a taxable year exceeds 5% of our gross income during the year, we would lose our REIT qualification. If, however, the rent from a particular senior housing facility does not qualify as “rents from real property” because either (1) the percentage rent is considered based on the income or profits of the related lessee, (2) the lessee either is a related party tenant or fails to qualify for the exceptions to the related party tenant rule for qualifying TRSs (including as a result of a health care property leased to a TRS lessee failing to qualify as a “qualified health care property” or an operator engaged by a TRS lessee to operate a “qualified health care property” failing to qualify as an eligible independent contractor) or (3) we furnish noncustomary services to the tenants of the senior housing facility, or manage or operate the senior housing facility, other than through a qualifying eligible independent contractor engaged by a TRS, none of the rent from that senior housing facility would qualify as “rents from real property.” In that case, we might lose our REIT qualification because we would be unable to satisfy either the 75% or 95% gross income test. In addition to the rent, the lessees are required to pay certain additional charges. To the extent that such additional charges represent


163


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
reimbursements of amounts that we are obligated to pay to third parties, such as a lessee’s proportionate share of a property’s operational or capital expenses, such charges generally will qualify as “rents from real property.” To the extent such additional charges represent penalties for nonpayment or late payment of such amounts, such charges should qualify as “rents from real property.” However, to the extent that late charges do not qualify as “rents from real property,” they instead will be treated as interest that qualifies for the 95% gross income test.
 
Interest.   The term “interest” generally does not include any amount received or accrued, directly or indirectly, if the determination of such amount depends in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person. However, interest generally includes the following:
 
Ø   an amount that is based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales; and
 
Ø   an amount that is based on the income or profits of a debtor, as long as the debtor derives substantially all of its income from the real property securing the debt from leasing substantially all of its interest in the property, and only to the extent that the amounts received by the debtor would be qualifying “rents from real property” if received directly by a REIT.
 
If a loan contains a provision that entitles a REIT to a percentage of the borrower’s gain upon the sale of the real property securing the loan or a percentage of the appreciation in the property’s value as of a specific date, income attributable to that loan provision will be treated as gain from the sale of the property securing the loan, which generally is qualifying income for purposes of both gross income tests.
 
We may invest from time to time in mortgage debt and mezzanine loans when we believe the investment will allow us to acquire control of the related asset. Interest on debt secured by a mortgage on real property or on interests in real property, including, for this purpose, discount points, prepayment penalties, loan assumption fees, and late payment charges that are not compensation for services, generally is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test. However, if a loan is secured by real property and other property and the highest principal amount of a loan outstanding during a taxable year exceeds the fair market value of the real property securing the loan as of the date the REIT agreed to originate or acquire the loan, a portion of the interest income from such loan will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, but will be qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test. The portion of the interest income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test will be equal to the interest income attributable to the portion of the principal amount of the loan that is not secured by real property—that is, the amount by which the loan exceeds the value of the real estate that is security for the loan.
 
Mezzanine loans are loans secured by equity interests in an entity that directly or indirectly owns real property, rather than by a direct mortgage of the real property. IRS Revenue Procedure 2003-65 provides a safe harbor pursuant to which a mezzanine loan, if it meets each of the requirements contained in the Revenue Procedure, will be treated by the IRS as a real estate asset for purposes of the REIT asset tests described below, and interest derived from it will be treated as qualifying mortgage interest for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Although the Revenue Procedure provides a safe harbor on which taxpayers may rely, it does not prescribe rules of substantive tax law. Moreover, we anticipate that the mezzanine loans we will acquire typically will not meet all of the requirements for reliance on this safe harbor. We intend to invest in mezzanine loans in manner that will enable us to continue to satisfy the gross income and asset tests.
 
Dividends.   Our share of any dividends received from any corporation (including any TRS, but excluding any REIT) in which we own an equity interest will qualify for purposes of the 95% gross income test but not for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Our share of any dividends received from any other REIT in which we own an equity interest, if any, will be qualifying income for purposes of both gross income tests.


164


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
Prohibited Transactions.   A REIT will incur a 100% tax on the net income (including foreign currency gain) derived from any sale or other disposition of property, other than foreclosure property, that the REIT holds primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business. We believe that none of our assets will be held primarily for sale to customers and that a sale of any of our assets will not be in the ordinary course of our business. Whether a REIT holds an asset “primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business” depends, however, on the facts and circumstances in effect from time to time, including those related to a particular asset. A safe harbor to the characterization of the sale of property by a REIT as a prohibited transaction and the 100% prohibited transaction tax is available if the following requirements are met:
 
Ø   the REIT has held the property for not less than two years;
 
Ø   the aggregate expenditures made by the REIT, or any partner of the REIT, during the two-year period preceding the date of the sale that are includable in the basis of the property do not exceed 30% of the selling price of the property;
 
Ø   either (1) during the year in question, the REIT did not make more than seven sales of property other than foreclosure property or sales to which Section 1033 of the Code applies, (2) the aggregate adjusted bases of all such properties sold by the REIT during the year did not exceed 10% of the aggregate bases of all of the assets of the REIT at the beginning of the year or (3) the aggregate fair market value of all such properties sold by the REIT during the year did not exceed 10% of the aggregate fair market value of all of the assets of the REIT at the beginning of the year;
 
Ø   in the case of property not acquired through foreclosure or lease termination, the REIT has held the property for at least two years for the production of rental income; and
 
Ø   if the REIT has made more than seven sales of non-foreclosure property during the taxable year, substantially all of the marketing and development expenditures with respect to the property were made through an independent contractor from whom the REIT derives no income.
 
We will attempt to comply with the terms of safe-harbor provision in the federal income tax laws prescribing when an asset sale will not be characterized as a prohibited transaction. We cannot assure you, however, that we can comply with the safe-harbor provision or that we will avoid owning property that may be characterized as property that we hold “primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business.” The 100% tax will not apply to gains from the sale of property that is held through a TRS or other taxable corporation, although such income will be taxed to the corporation at regular corporate income tax rates.
 
Foreclosure Property.   We will be subject to tax at the maximum corporate rate on any income from foreclosure property, which includes certain foreign currency gains and related deductions, other than income that otherwise would be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, less expenses directly connected with the production of that income. However, gross income from foreclosure property will qualify under the 75% and 95% gross income tests. Foreclosure property is any real property, including interests in real property, and any personal property incident to such real property:
 
Ø   that is acquired by a REIT as the result of the REIT having bid on such property at foreclosure, or having otherwise reduced such property to ownership or possession by agreement or process of law, after there was a default or default was imminent on a lease of such property or on indebtedness that such property secured;
 
Ø   for which the related loan was acquired by the REIT at a time when the default was not imminent or anticipated; and
 
Ø   for which the REIT makes a proper election to treat the property as foreclosure property.


165


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
 
Foreclosure property also includes certain “qualified health care properties” (as defined above under “—Rents from Real Property”) acquired by a REIT as a result of the termination or expiration of a lease of such property (other than by reason of a default, or the imminence of a default, on the lease).
 
A REIT will not be considered to have foreclosed on a property where the REIT takes control of the property as a mortgagee-in-possession and cannot receive any profit or sustain any loss except as a creditor of the mortgagor. Property generally ceases to be foreclosure property at the end of the third taxable year (or, with respect to “qualified health care property,” the second taxable year) following the taxable year in which the REIT acquired the property, or longer if an extension is granted by the Secretary of the Treasury. However, this grace period terminates and foreclosure property ceases to be foreclosure property on the first day:
 
Ø   on which a lease is entered into for the property that, by its terms, will give rise to income that does not qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test, or any amount is received or accrued, directly or indirectly, pursuant to a lease entered into on or after such day that will give rise to income that does not qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test;
 
Ø   on which any construction takes place on the property, other than completion of a building or any other improvement, where more than 10% of the construction was completed before default became imminent; or
 
Ø   which is more than 90 days after the day on which the REIT acquired the property and the property is used in a trade or business which is conducted by the REIT, other than through an independent contractor from whom the REIT itself does not derive or receive any income. Income that we derive from an independent contractor with respect to a “qualified health care property” is disregarded if such income is derived pursuant to a lease in effect at the time we acquired the “qualified heath care property,” through renewal of such a lease according to its terms, or through a lease entered into on substantially similar terms.
 
Hedging Transactions.   From time to time, we or our operating partnership may enter into hedging transactions with respect to one or more of our assets or liabilities. Our hedging activities may include entering into interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, options to purchase such items, and futures and forward contracts. Income and gain from “hedging transactions” will be excluded from gross income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income tests. A “hedging transaction” means either (1) any transaction entered into in the normal course of our or our operating partnership’s trade or business primarily to manage the risk of interest rate, price changes, or currency fluctuations with respect to borrowings made or to be made, or ordinary obligations incurred or to be incurred, to acquire or carry real estate assets and (2) any transaction entered into primarily to manage the risk of currency fluctuations with respect to any item of income or gain that would be qualifying income under the 75% or 95% gross income test (or any property which generates such income or gain). We are required to clearly identify any such hedging transaction before the close of the day on which it was acquired, originated, or entered into and to satisfy other identification requirements. We intend to structure any hedging transactions in a manner that does not jeopardize our qualification as a REIT.
 
Foreign Currency Gain.   Certain foreign currency gains will be excluded from gross income for purposes of one or both of the gross income tests. “Real estate foreign exchange gain” will be excluded from gross income for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests. Real estate foreign exchange gain generally includes foreign currency gain attributable to any item of income or gain that is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, foreign currency gain attributable to the acquisition or ownership of (or becoming or being the obligor under) obligations secured by mortgages on real property or on interest in real property and certain foreign currency gain attributable to certain “qualified business units” of a REIT. “Passive foreign exchange gain” will be excluded from gross income for purposes of the 95% gross income test. Passive foreign exchange gain generally includes real estate foreign exchange gain as described above, and also includes foreign currency gain attributable to


166


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
any item of income or gain that is qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test and foreign currency gain attributable to the acquisition or ownership of (or becoming or being the obligor under) obligations. These exclusions for real estate foreign exchange gain and passive foreign exchange gain do not apply to any certain foreign currency gain derived from dealing, or engaging in substantial and regular trading, in securities. Such gain is treated as nonqualifying income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income tests.
 
Failure to Satisfy Gross Income Tests.   If we fail to satisfy one or both of the gross income tests for any taxable year, we nevertheless may qualify as a REIT for that year if we qualify for relief under certain provisions of the federal income tax laws. Those relief provisions are available if:
 
Ø   our failure to meet those tests is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect; and
 
Ø   following such failure for any taxable year, we file a schedule of the sources of our income in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury.
 
We cannot predict, however, whether in all circumstances we would qualify for the relief provisions. In addition, as discussed above in “—Taxation of Our Company,” even if the relief provisions apply, we would incur a 100% tax on the gross income attributable to the greater of the amount by which we fail the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test multiplied, in either case, by a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.
 
ASSET TESTS
 
To qualify as a REIT, we also must satisfy the following asset tests at the end of each quarter of each taxable year. First, at least 75% of the value of our total assets must consist of:
 
Ø   cash or cash items, including certain receivables and, in certain circumstances, foreign currencies;
 
Ø   government securities;
 
Ø   interests in real property, including leaseholds and options to acquire real property and leaseholds;
 
Ø   interests in mortgages loans secured by real property;
 
Ø   stock in other REITs; and
 
Ø   investments in stock or debt instruments during the one-year period following our receipt of new capital that we raise through equity offerings or public offerings of debt with at least a five-year term.
 
Second, of our investments not included in the 75% asset class, the value of our interest in any one issuer’s securities may not exceed 5% of the value of our total assets, or the 5% asset test.
 
Third, of our investments not included in the 75% asset class, we may not own more than 10% of the voting power or value of any one issuer’s outstanding securities, or the 10% vote or value test.
 
Fourth, no more than 25% of the value of our total assets may consist of the securities of one or more TRSs.
 
Fifth, no more than 25% of the value of our total assets may consist of the securities of TRSs and other non-TRS taxable subsidiaries and other assets that are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 75% asset test, or the 25% securities test.
 
For purposes of the 5% asset test and the 10% vote or value test, the term “securities” does not include shares in another REIT, equity or debt securities of a qualified REIT subsidiary or TRS, mortgage loans that constitute real estate assets, or equity interests in a partnership. The term “securities,” however,


167


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
generally includes debt securities issued by a partnership or another REIT, except that for purposes of the 10% value test, the term “securities” does not include:
 
Ø   “Straight debt” securities, which is defined as a written unconditional promise to pay on demand or on a specified date a sum certain in money if (i) the debt is not convertible, directly or indirectly, into shares, and (ii) the interest rate and interest payment dates are not contingent on profits, the borrower’s discretion, or similar factors. “Straight debt” securities do not include any securities issued by a partnership or a corporation in which we or any controlled TRS (i.e., a TRS in which we own directly or indirectly more than 50% of the voting power or value of the stock) hold non-“straight debt” securities that have an aggregate value of more than 1% of the issuer’s outstanding securities. However, “straight debt” securities include debt subject to the following contingencies:
 
  a contingency relating to the time of payment of interest or principal, as long as either (i) there is no change to the effective yield of the debt obligation, other than a change to the annual yield that does not exceed the greater of 0.25% or 5% of the annual yield, or (ii) neither the aggregate issue price nor the aggregate face amount of the issuer’s debt obligations held by us exceeds $1 million and no more than 12 months of unaccrued interest on the debt obligations can be required to be prepaid; and
 
  a contingency relating to the time or amount of payment upon a default or prepayment of a debt obligation, as long as the contingency is consistent with customary commercial practice.
 
Ø   Any loan to an individual or an estate;
 
Ø   Any “section 467 rental agreement,” other than an agreement with a related party tenant;
 
Ø   Any obligation to pay “rents from real property”;
 
Ø   Certain securities issued by governmental entities;
 
Ø   Any security issued by a REIT;
 
Ø   Any debt instrument issued by an entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes in which we are a partner to the extent of our proportionate interest in the equity and debt securities of the partnership; and
 
Ø   Any debt instrument issued by an entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes not described in the preceding bullet points if at least 75% of the partnership’s gross income, excluding income from prohibited transactions, is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test described above in “—Gross Income Tests.”
 
For purposes of the 10% value test, our proportionate share of the assets of a partnership is our proportionate interest in any securities issued by the partnership, without regard to the securities described in the last two bullet points above.
 
We will monitor the status of our assets for purposes of the various asset tests and will manage our portfolio in order to comply at all times with such tests. If we fail to satisfy the asset tests at the end of a calendar quarter, we will not lose our REIT qualification if:
 
Ø   we satisfied the asset tests at the end of the preceding calendar quarter; and
 
Ø   the discrepancy between the value of our assets and the asset test requirements arose from changes in the market values of our assets and was not wholly or partly caused by the acquisition of one or more non-qualifying assets.
 
If we did not satisfy the condition described in the second item, above, we still could avoid disqualification by eliminating any discrepancy within 30 days after the close of the calendar quarter in which it arose.


168


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
In the event that we violate the 5% asset test or the 10% vote or value test described above, we will not lose our REIT qualification if (1) the failure is de minimis (up to the lesser of 1% of our assets or $10 million) and (2) we dispose of assets or otherwise comply with the asset tests within six months after the last day of the quarter in which we identify such failure. In the event of a failure of any of the asset tests (other than de minimis failures described in the preceding sentence), as long as the failure was due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, we will not lose our REIT qualification if we (1) dispose of assets or otherwise comply with the asset tests within six months after the last day of the quarter in which we identify the failure, (2) we file a description of each asset causing the failure with the IRS and (3) pay a tax equal to the greater of $50,000 or 35% of the net income from the nonqualifying assets during the period in which we failed to satisfy the asset tests.
 
We believe that the assets that we will hold will satisfy the foregoing asset test requirements. However, we will not obtain independent appraisals to support our conclusions as to the value of our assets and securities or the real estate collateral for any mortgage or mezzanine loans we may acquire. Moreover, the values of some assets may not be susceptible to a precise determination. As a result, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not contend that our ownership of securities and other assets violates one or more of the asset tests applicable to REITs.
 
DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
 
Each taxable year, we must distribute dividends, other than capital gain dividends and deemed distributions of retained capital gain, to our stockholders in an aggregate amount at least equal to:
 
Ø   the sum of
 
Ø   90% of our “REIT taxable income,” computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction and our net capital gain or loss, and
 
Ø   90% of our after-tax net income, if any, from foreclosure property, minus
 
Ø   the sum of certain items of non-cash income.
 
We must pay such distributions in the taxable year to which they relate, or in the following taxable year if either (a) we declare the distribution before we timely file our federal income tax return for the year and pay the distribution on or before the first regular dividend payment date after such declaration or (b) we declare the distribution in October, November or December of the taxable year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified day in any such month, and we actually pay the dividend before the end of January of the following year. The distributions under clause (a) are taxable to the stockholders in the year in which paid, and the distributions in clause (b) are treated as paid on December 31st of the prior taxable year. In both instances, these distributions relate to our prior taxable year for purposes of the 90% distribution requirement.
 
We will pay federal income tax on taxable income, including net capital gain, that we do not distribute to stockholders. Furthermore, if we fail to distribute during a calendar year, or by the end of January following the calendar year in the case of distributions with declaration and record dates falling in the last three months of the calendar year, at least the sum of:
 
Ø   85% of our REIT ordinary income for such year,
 
Ø   95% of our REIT capital gain income for such year, and
 
Ø   any undistributed taxable income from prior periods,
 
we will incur a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the excess of such required distribution over the amounts we actually distribute.


169


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
We may elect to retain and pay income tax on the net long-term capital gain we receive in a taxable year. If we so elect, we will be treated as having distributed any such retained amount for purposes of the 4% nondeductible excise tax described above. We intend to make timely distributions sufficient to satisfy the annual distribution requirements and to avoid corporate income tax and the 4% nondeductible excise tax.
 
Our distributions will count towards satisfaction of the 90% distribution requirement and for purposes of reducing our taxable income, as described above, only to the extent such distributions are not treated as preferential dividends for federal income tax purposes. The determination of whether a distribution will be treated as a preferential dividend is not always entirely clear. Accordingly, no assurance can be provided that the IRS will not successfully contend that certain of our distributions will be treated as preferential dividends.
 
It is possible that, from time to time, we may experience timing differences between the actual receipt of income and actual payment of deductible expenses and the inclusion of that income and deduction of such expenses in arriving at our REIT taxable income. For example, we may not deduct recognized capital losses from our “REIT taxable income.” Further, it is possible that, from time to time, we may be allocated a share of net capital gain attributable to the sale of depreciated property that exceeds our allocable share of cash attributable to that sale. As a result of the foregoing, we may have less cash than is necessary to distribute taxable income sufficient to avoid corporate income tax and the excise tax imposed on certain undistributed income or even to meet the 90% distribution requirement. In such a situation, we may need to borrow funds or, if possible, pay taxable dividends of our capital stock or debt securities.
 
Pursuant to a recent revenue procedure (Revenue Procedure 2010-12), or the Revenue Procedure, issued by the IRS, the IRS has indicated that it will treat distributions from publicly-traded REITs that are paid part in cash and part in stock as dividends that would satisfy the REIT annual distribution requirements and qualify for the dividends paid deduction for federal income tax purposes. In order to qualify for such treatment, the Revenue Procedure requires that at least 10% of the total distribution be payable in cash and that each stockholder have a right to elect to receive its entire distribution in cash. If too many stockholders elect to receive cash, each stockholder electing to receive cash must receive a proportionate share of the cash to be distributed (although no stockholder electing to receive cash may receive less than 10% of such stockholder’s distribution in cash). This Revenue Procedure applies to distributions declared on or before December 31, 2012 with respect to taxable years ending on or before December 31, 2011. We have no current intention of paying dividends in shares of our stock.
 
Under certain circumstances, we may be able to correct a failure to meet the distribution requirement for a year by paying “deficiency dividends” to our stockholders in a later year. We may include such deficiency dividends in our deduction for dividends paid for the earlier year. Although we may be able to avoid income tax on amounts distributed as deficiency dividends, we will be required to pay interest to the IRS based upon the amount of any deduction we take for deficiency dividends.
 
RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS
 
We must maintain certain records in order to qualify as a REIT. In addition, to avoid a monetary penalty, we must request on an annual basis information from our stockholders designed to disclose the actual ownership of our outstanding stock. We intend to comply with these requirements.
 
FAILURE TO QUALIFY
 
If we fail to satisfy one or more requirements for REIT qualification, other than the gross income tests and the asset tests, we could avoid disqualification if our failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect and we pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure. In addition, there are relief


170


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
provisions for a failure of the gross income tests and asset tests, as described in “—Gross Income Tests” and “—Asset Tests.”
 
If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, and no relief provision applies, we would be subject to federal income tax and any applicable alternative minimum tax on our taxable income at regular corporate rates. In calculating our taxable income in a year in which we fail to qualify as a REIT, we would not be able to deduct amounts paid out to stockholders. In fact, we would not be required to distribute any amounts to stockholders in that year. In such event, to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, all distributions to stockholders would be taxable as ordinary income. Subject to certain limitations of the federal income tax laws, corporate stockholders might be eligible for the dividends received deduction and stockholders taxed at individual rates may be eligible for the reduced federal income tax rate of 15% through 2010 on such dividends. Unless we qualified for relief under specific statutory provisions, we also would be disqualified from taxation as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which we ceased to qualify as a REIT. We cannot predict whether in all circumstances we would qualify for such statutory relief.
 
TAXATION OF TAXABLE U.S. STOCKHOLDERS
 
As used herein, the term “U.S. stockholder” means a holder of our common stock that for federal income tax purposes is:
 
Ø   a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
Ø   a corporation (including an entity treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any of its states or the District of Columbia;
 
Ø   an estate whose income is subject to federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
Ø   any trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) it has a valid election in place to be treated as a U.S. person.
 
If a partnership, entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by the partnership.
 
As long as we qualify as a REIT, a taxable U.S. stockholder must generally take into account as ordinary income distributions made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits that we do not designate as capital gain dividends or retained long-term capital gain. A U.S. stockholder will not qualify for the dividends received deduction generally available to corporations. In addition, dividends paid to a U.S. stockholder generally will not qualify for the 15% tax rate for “qualified dividend income.” The maximum tax rate for qualified dividend income received by U.S. stockholders taxed at individual rates is 15% through 2010. The maximum tax rate on qualified dividend income is lower than the maximum tax rate on ordinary income, which is currently 35%. Qualified dividend income generally includes dividends paid to U.S. stockholders taxed at individual rates by domestic C corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations. Because we are not generally subject to federal income tax on the portion of our REIT taxable income distributed to our stockholders (see “—Taxation of Our Company” above), our dividends generally will not be eligible for the 15% rate on qualified dividend income. As a result, our ordinary REIT dividends will be taxed at the higher tax rate applicable to ordinary income. However, the 15% tax rate for qualified dividend income will apply to our ordinary REIT dividends (i) attributable to dividends received by us from non-REIT corporations, such as our TRS lessee, and (ii) to the extent attributable to income upon which we have paid corporate income tax (e.g., to the extent that we distribute less than 100% of our taxable income). In general, to


171


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
qualify for the reduced tax rate on qualified dividend income, a stockholder must hold our common stock for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the date on which our common stock becomes ex-dividend. In addition, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, dividends paid to certain individuals, estates or trusts will be subject to a 3.8% Medicare tax. We may pay taxable dividends of our stock or debt securities. In the case of such a taxable distribution of our stock or debt securities, U.S. stockholders would be required to include the dividend as income and would be required to satisfy the liability associated with the dividend with cash from other sources, including sales of our stock or debt securities.
 
A U.S. stockholder generally will take into account as long-term capital gain any distributions that we designate as capital gain dividends without regard to the period for which the U.S. stockholder has held our common stock. We generally will designate our capital gain dividends as either 15% or 25% rate distributions for U.S. stockholders taxed at individual rates. See “—Capital Gains and Losses.” A corporate U.S. stockholder, however, may be required to treat up to 20% of certain capital gain dividends as ordinary income.
 
We may elect to retain and pay income tax on the net long-term capital gain that we receive in a taxable year. In that case, to the extent that we designate such amount in a timely notice to such stockholder, a U.S. stockholder would be taxed on its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain. The U.S. stockholder would receive a credit for its proportionate share of the tax we paid. The U.S. stockholder would increase the basis in its stock by the amount of its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain, minus its share of the tax we paid.
 
A U.S. stockholder will not incur tax on a distribution in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits if the distribution does not exceed the adjusted basis of the U.S. stockholder’s common stock. Instead, the distribution will reduce the adjusted basis of such stock. A U.S. stockholder will recognize a distribution in excess of both our current and accumulated earnings and profits and the U.S. stockholder’s adjusted basis in his or her stock as long-term capital gain, or short-term capital gain if the shares of stock have been held for one year or less, assuming the shares of stock are a capital asset in the hands of the U.S. stockholder. In addition, if we declare a distribution in October, November, or December of any year that is payable to a U.S. stockholder of record on a specified date in any such month, such distribution shall be treated as both paid by us and received by the U.S. stockholder on December 31 of such year, provided that we actually pay the distribution during January of the following calendar year.
 
Stockholders may not include in their individual income tax returns any of our net operating losses or capital losses. Instead, these losses are generally carried over by us for potential offset against our future income. Taxable distributions from us and gain from the disposition of our common stock will not be treated as passive activity income and, therefore, stockholders generally will not be able to apply any “passive activity losses,” such as losses from certain types of limited partnerships in which the stockholder is a limited partner, against such income. In addition, taxable distributions from us and gain from the disposition of our common stock generally will be treated as investment income for purposes of the investment interest limitations. We will notify stockholders after the close of our taxable year as to the portions of the distributions attributable to that year that constitute ordinary income, return of capital and capital gain.
 
TAXATION OF U.S. STOCKHOLDERS ON THE DISPOSITION OF COMMON STOCK
 
A U.S. stockholder who is not a dealer in securities must generally treat any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of our common stock as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. stockholder has held our common stock for more than one year and otherwise as short-term capital gain or loss. In general, a U.S. stockholder will realize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the sum of the fair market value of any property and the amount of cash received in such disposition and


172


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
the U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis. A stockholder’s adjusted tax basis generally will equal the U.S. stockholder’s acquisition cost, increased by the excess of net capital gains deemed distributed to the U.S. stockholder (discussed above) less tax deemed paid on such gains and reduced by any returns of capital. However, a U.S. stockholder must treat any loss upon a sale or exchange of common stock held by such stockholder for six months or less as a long-term capital loss to the extent of capital gain dividends and any other actual or deemed distributions from us that such U.S. stockholder treats as long-term capital gain. All or a portion of any loss that a U.S. stockholder realizes upon a taxable disposition of our common stock may be disallowed if the U.S. stockholder purchases other common stock within 30 days before or after the disposition.
 
CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES
 
A taxpayer generally must hold a capital asset for more than one year for gain or loss derived from its sale or exchange to be treated as long-term capital gain or loss. The highest marginal individual income tax rate currently is 35% (which rate absent additional congressional action, will apply until December 31, 2010). The maximum tax rate on long-term capital gain applicable to taxpayers taxed at individual rates is 15% for sales and exchanges of assets held for more than one year occurring through December 31, 2010. The maximum tax rate on long-term capital gain from the sale or exchange of “Section 1250 property,” or depreciable real property, is 25%, which applies to the lesser of the total amount of the gain or the accumulated depreciation on the Section 1250 property. In addition, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, capital gains recognized by certain of our stockholders that are individuals, estates or trusts from the sale or other disposition of our common stock will be subject to a 3.8% Medicare tax.
 
With respect to distributions that we designate as capital gain dividends and any retained capital gain that we are deemed to distribute, we generally may designate whether such a distribution is taxable to our stockholders taxed at individual rates at a 15% or 25% rate. Thus, the tax rate differential between capital gain and ordinary income for those taxpayers may be significant. In addition, the characterization of income as capital gain or ordinary income may affect the deductibility of capital losses. A non-corporate taxpayer may deduct capital losses not offset by capital gains against its ordinary income only up to a maximum annual amount of $3,000. A non-corporate taxpayer may carry forward unused capital losses indefinitely. A corporate taxpayer must pay tax on its net capital gain at ordinary corporate rates. A corporate taxpayer may deduct capital losses only to the extent of capital gains, with unused losses being carried back three years and forward five years.
 
TAXATION OF TAX-EXEMPT STOCKHOLDERS
 
Tax-exempt entities, including qualified employee pension and profit sharing trusts and individual retirement accounts, generally are exempt from federal income taxation. However, they are subject to taxation on their unrelated business taxable income, or UBTI. Although many investments in real estate generate UBTI, the IRS has issued a ruling that dividend distributions from a REIT to an exempt employee pension trust do not constitute UBTI so long as the exempt employee pension trust does not otherwise use the shares of the REIT in an unrelated trade or business of the pension trust. Based on that ruling, amounts that we distribute to tax-exempt stockholders generally should not constitute UBTI. However, if a tax-exempt stockholder were to finance its acquisition of common stock with debt, a portion of the income that it receives from us would constitute UBTI pursuant to the “debt-financed property” rules. Moreover, social clubs, voluntary employee benefit associations, supplemental unemployment benefit trusts and qualified group legal services plans that are exempt from taxation under special provisions of the federal income tax laws are subject to different UBTI rules, which generally will require them to characterize distributions that they receive from us as UBTI. Finally, in certain circumstances, a qualified employee pension or profit sharing trust that owns more than 10% of our capital stock must treat a percentage of the dividends that it receives from us as UBTI. Such


173


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
percentage is equal to the gross income we derive from an unrelated trade or business, determined as if we were a pension trust, divided by our total gross income for the year in which we pay the dividends. That rule applies to a pension trust holding more than 10% of our capital stock only if:
 
Ø   the percentage of our dividends that the tax-exempt trust must treat as UBTI is at least 5%;
 
Ø   we qualify as a REIT by reason of the modification of the rule requiring that no more than 50% of our capital stock be owned by five or fewer individuals that allows the beneficiaries of the pension trust to be treated as holding our capital stock in proportion to their actuarial interests in the pension trust; and
 
Ø   either:
 
Ø   one pension trust owns more than 25% of the value of our capital stock; or
 
Ø   a group of pension trusts individually holding more than 10% of the value of our capital stock collectively owns more than 50% of the value of our capital stock.
 
TAXATION OF NON-U.S. STOCKHOLDERS
 
The term “non-U.S. stockholder” means a holder of our common stock that is not a U.S. stockholder or a partnership (or entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes). The rules governing federal income taxation of nonresident alien individuals, foreign corporations, foreign partnerships, and other foreign stockholders are complex. This section is only a summary of such rules. We urge non-U.S. stockholders to consult their own tax advisors to determine the impact of federal, state, and local income tax laws on the purchase, ownership and sale of our common stock, including any reporting requirements.
 
A non-U.S. stockholder that receives a distribution that is not attributable to gain from our sale or exchange of a “United States real property interest,” or USRPI, as defined below, and that we do not designate as a capital gain dividend or retained capital gain will recognize ordinary income to the extent that we pay such distribution out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. A withholding tax equal to 30% of the gross amount of the distribution ordinarily will apply to such distribution unless an applicable tax treaty reduces or eliminates the tax. However, if a distribution is treated as effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, the non-U.S. stockholder generally will be subject to federal income tax on the distribution at graduated rates, in the same manner as U.S. stockholders are taxed with respect to such distribution, and a non-U.S. stockholder that is a corporation also may be subject to the 30% branch profits tax with respect to that distribution. We plan to withhold U.S. income tax at the rate of 30% on the gross amount of any such distribution paid to a non-U.S. stockholder unless either:
 
Ø   a lower treaty rate applies and the non-U.S. stockholder files an IRS Form W-8BEN evidencing eligibility for that reduced rate with us; or
 
Ø   the non-U.S. stockholder files an IRS Form W-8ECI with us claiming that the distribution is effectively connected income.
 
A non-U.S. stockholder will not incur tax on a distribution in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits if the excess portion of such distribution does not exceed the adjusted basis of its common stock. Instead, the excess portion of such distribution will reduce the adjusted basis of such stock. A non-U.S. stockholder will be subject to tax on a distribution that exceeds both our current and accumulated earnings and profits and the adjusted basis of its common stock, if the non-U.S. stockholder otherwise would be subject to tax on gain from the sale or disposition of its common stock, as described below. Because we generally cannot determine at the time we make a distribution whether the distribution will exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, we normally will withhold tax on the entire amount of any distribution at the same rate as we would


174


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
withhold on a dividend. However, a non-U.S. stockholder may claim a refund of amounts that we withhold if we later determine that a distribution in fact exceeded our current and accumulated earnings and profits. In the case of a taxable stock dividend with respect to which any withholding tax is imposed, we may be required to withhold or dispose of part of the shares otherwise distributable in such dividend and use such shares or the proceeds of such disposition to satisfy the withholding tax imposed. In addition, under the FIRPTA provisions discussed below, we must withhold 10% of any distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Consequently, although we intend to withhold at a rate of 30% on the entire amount of any distribution, to the extent that we do not do so, we will withhold at a rate of 10% on any portion of a distribution not subject to withholding at a rate of 30%.
 
For any year in which we qualify as a REIT, a non-U.S. stockholder will incur tax on distributions that are attributable to gain from our sale or exchange of a USRPI under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Act of 1980, or FIRPTA. A USRPI generally includes certain interests in real property and stock in corporations at least 50% of whose assets consist of interests in real property. Under FIRPTA, a non-U.S. stockholder is taxed on distributions attributable to gain from sales of USRPIs as if such gain were effectively connected with a U.S. business of the non-U.S. stockholder. A non-U.S. stockholder thus would be taxed on such a distribution at the normal capital gains rates applicable to U.S. stockholders, subject to applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of a nonresident alien individual. A non-U.S. corporate stockholder not entitled to treaty relief or exemption also may be subject to the 30% branch profits tax on such a distribution. We would be required to withhold 35% of any distribution that we could designate as a capital gain dividend. A non-U.S. stockholder may receive a credit against its tax liability for the amount we withhold.
 
However, if our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States, capital gain distributions on our common stock that are attributable to our sale of real property will be treated as ordinary dividends rather than as gain from the sale of a USRPI, as long as the non-U.S. stockholder did not own more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the one-year period preceding the distribution. As a result, non-U.S. stockholders generally will be subject to withholding tax on such capital gain distributions in the same manner as they are subject to withholding tax on ordinary dividends. We anticipate that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States following this offering. If our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States or the non-U.S. stockholder owned more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the one-year period preceding the distribution, capital gain distributions that are attributable to our sale of real property would be subject to tax under FIRPTA, as described in the preceding paragraph. Moreover, if a non-U.S. stockholder disposes of our common stock during the 30-day period preceding a dividend payment, and such non-U.S. stockholder (or a person related to such non-U.S. stockholder) acquires or enters into a contract or option to acquire our common stock within 61 days of the first day of the 30-day period described above, and any portion of such dividend payment would, but for the disposition, be treated as a USRPI capital gain to such non-U.S. stockholder, then such non-U.S. stockholder shall be treated as having USRPI capital gain in an amount that, but for the disposition, would have been treated as USRPI capital gain.
 
Non-U.S. stockholders could incur federal income tax under FIRPTA with respect to gain realized upon a disposition of our common stock if we are a United States real property holding corporation during a specified testing period. If at least 50% of a REIT’s assets are USRPIs, then the REIT will be a United States real property holding corporation. We anticipate that we will be a United States real property holding corporation based on our investment strategy. However, if we are a United States real property holding corporation, a non-U.S. stockholder generally would not incur tax under FIRPTA on gain from the sale of our common stock if we are a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.” A domestically controlled qualified investment entity includes a REIT in which, at all times during a


175


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
specified testing period, less than 50% in value of its shares are held directly or indirectly by non-U.S. stockholders. We cannot assure you that this test will be met. If our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, an additional exception to the tax under FIRPTA will be available with respect to our common stock, even if we do not qualify as a domestically controlled qualified investment entity at the time the non-U.S. stockholder sells our common stock. Under that exception, the gain from such a sale by such a non-U.S. stockholder will not be subject to tax under FIRPTA if:
 
Ø   our common stock is treated as being regularly traded under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations on an established securities market; and
 
Ø   the non-U.S. stockholder owned, actually or constructively, 5% or less of our common stock at all times during a specified testing period.
 
As noted above, we anticipate that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market following this offering.
 
If the gain on the sale of our common stock were taxed under FIRPTA, a non-U.S. stockholder would be taxed on that gain in the same manner as U.S. stockholders, subject to applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of nonresident alien individuals. Furthermore, a non-U.S. stockholder generally will incur tax on gain not subject to FIRPTA if:
 
Ø   the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s U.S. trade or business, in which case the non-U.S. stockholder will be subject to the same treatment as U.S. stockholders with respect to such gain; or
 
Ø   the non-U.S. stockholder is a nonresident alien individual who was present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year and has a “tax home” in the United States, in which case the non-U.S. stockholder will incur a 30% tax on his or her capital gains.
 
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, a U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate will be imposed on dividends and proceeds of sale in respect of our common stock received by certain non-U.S. stockholders if certain disclosure requirements related to U.S. accounts or ownership are not satisfied. If payment of withholding taxes is required, non-U.S. stockholders that are otherwise eligible for an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. withholding taxes with respect of such dividends and proceeds will be required to seek a refund from the IRS to obtain the benefit or such exemption or reduction. We will not pay any additional amounts in respect of any amounts withheld.
 
TAXATION OF WARRANTS
 
Distribution of Warrants.   There is no authority addressing the federal income tax treatment of a distribution of securities with terms substantially the same as the warrants under substantially similar circumstances, and, therefore, the treatment of the distribution is not entirely clear. We intend to treat each warrant for federal income tax purposes as acquired in a distribution pursuant to which the value of the warrant is not included in the gross income of the recipient under Section 305(a) of the Code. Pursuant to this treatment, each recipient of a warrant must allocate the purchase price paid by such holder for the related share of common stock pursuant to this offering between the share of common stock and the warrant based on their respective fair market values. However, the basis of the warrant will be zero if the fair market value of the warrant on the date of the distribution is less than 15% of the fair market value of the related share of common stock, unless the holder elects to allocate part of the basis of the common stock to the warrant as provided in the preceding sentence. Any such election will apply to all warrants received on the distribution date and once made is irrevocable.
 
Our view of the characterization of the distribution of the warrants described above and a holder’s purchase price allocation are not, however, binding on the IRS or a court of law. For example, the IRS


176


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
may contend that the distribution of the warrants should be treated as contingent consideration or an adjustment to the purchase price of the common stock acquired in this offering. In that case, the distribution of the warrants would not be a taxable event, but a shareholder would be required to allocate a portion of the basis of the common stock to the warrant without regarded to the 15% threshold described above. The IRS may also contend that the distribution of the warrants is, in whole or in part, a taxable distribution.
 
Because there are no authorities directly addressing a distribution of securities similar to the warrants, no assurance can be given that the IRS or the courts will agree with the characterization of the distribution described above or the discussion below. Accordingly, we urge you to consult your tax advisors regarding the federal income tax consequences of receipt of a warrant. The following discussion is based on the assumption that the characterization of the warrants and the allocation described above are accepted for federal income tax purposes.
 
Exercise of Warrants.   Unless we elect to pay cash upon exercise of a warrant, a warrantholder generally will not recognize taxable gain or loss upon the exercise of a warrant by paying the exercise price in cash. The warrantholder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares of our common stock received upon exercise will equal the sum of the warrantholder’s tax basis in the warrant immediately prior to exercise (generally the portion of the holder’s purchase price for the related share of common stock that is allocated to the warrant, as described above under “—Distribution of Warrants”) plus the exercise price of the warrant. In the event we elect to pay cash upon exercise of a warrant, the tax treatment of a warrantholder upon exercise will be as described under “—Sale or Exchange of Warrants” below.
 
In the event of a redemption, we may elect to require all holders that wish to exercise to do so on a “cashless basis.” The tax treatment of a warrantholder that pays the exercise price by surrendering warrants for cancellation, or a “cashless exercise”, is uncertain. Such an exercise may, for example, be treated as a tax-deferred recapitalization, in which case a warrantholder’s tax basis in our common stock received would equal the tax basis in the surrendered warrants. It is also possible that a cashless exercise will be treated as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss should be recognized. Due to the absence of authority as to the federal income tax treatment of a warrantholder making a cashless exercise, there can be no assurance which, if any, of the alternative tax consequences described above, or of other possible characterizations of a cashless exercise, would be adopted by the IRS or a court of law. Accordingly, warrantholders should consult their tax advisors as to the tax consequences of making a cashless exercise.
 
Sale or Exchange of Warrants.   Upon the sale or exchange of a warrant, a warrantholder generally will recognize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of property received in the exchange therefor, and (ii) the warrantholder’s tax basis, if any, in the warrant, as described above. If we elect to pay cash upon exercise of a warrant, the exercise will be treated as a sale or exchange and the warrantholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between (1) the excess of the cash received over the exercise price of the warrant and (2) the warrantholder’s tax basis, if any, in the warrant, as described above. Capital gain or loss recognized by a warrantholder upon the sale or exchange of a warrant generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the holding period with respect to the warrant is more than one year.
 
Lapse of Warrants.   The lapse or expiration without exercising a warrant generally will result in a capital loss to the warrantholder equal to the warrantholder’s tax basis, if any, in the warrant. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitation. This capital loss will be a long-term capital loss if the holding period with respect to such warrant is more than one year.
 
Holding Period.   The holding period for shares of our common stock will begin on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the warrant for cash. As discussed above, the tax consequences of a warrantholder making a cashless exercise are uncertain. If such an exercise


177


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
qualifies as a tax-deferred recapitalization, the holding period of such common stock should include the holding period of the surrendered warrants. If such an exercise is taxable, then the holding period for the shares of our common stock actually received upon the exercise of the warrants should begin on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the warrant and should not include the period during which the warrants were held.
 
As discussed above, the tax consequences to a warrantholder of a cashless exercise are uncertain. If such an exercise qualifies as a tax-deferred recapitalization, the holding period of such common stock should include the holding period of the surrendered warrants. If such an exercise is taxable, then the holding period for the shares of our common stock actually received upon the exercise of the warrants should begin on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the warrant and should not include the period during which the warrants were held.
 
Adjustments to the Warrants.   Pursuant to the terms of the warrants, the exercise price is subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of specified events. These adjustments should not give rise to a deemed taxable exchange of the warrants to the extent such adjustments are pursuant to the original terms of the warrants. However, under certain circumstances, a change in the exercise price or any transaction having a similar effect may be treated as a taxable distribution with respect to any warrantholder whose proportionate interest in our earnings and profits is increased by such change or transaction (even though no cash is received). Conversely, the absence of an appropriate anti-dilution adjustment may result in a constructive distribution that could be taxable as a dividend to the holders of the shares of common stock.
 
INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND WITHHOLDING
 
We will report to our stockholders and to the IRS the amount of distributions we pay during each calendar year, and the amount of tax we withhold, if any. Under the backup withholding rules, a stockholder may be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% with respect to distributions unless the holder:
 
Ø   is a corporation or qualifies for certain other exempt categories and, when required, demonstrates this fact; or
 
Ø   provides a taxpayer identification number, certifies as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding, and otherwise complies with the applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules.
 
A stockholder who does not provide us with its correct taxpayer identification number also may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Any amount paid as backup withholding will be creditable against the stockholder’s income tax liability. In addition, we may be required to withhold a portion of capital gain distributions to any stockholders who fail to certify their non-foreign status to us.
 
Backup withholding will generally not apply to payments of dividends made by us or our paying agents, in their capacities as such, to a non-U.S. stockholder provided that the non-U.S. stockholder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient. Payments of the proceeds from a disposition or a redemption effected outside the U.S. by a non-U.S. stockholder made by or through a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, information reporting (but not backup withholding) generally will apply to such a payment if the broker has certain connections with the U.S. unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. stockholder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established. Payment of the proceeds from a disposition by a


178


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
non-U.S. stockholder of common stock made by or through the U.S. office of a broker is generally subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the non-U.S. stockholder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded or credited against the stockholder’s federal income tax liability if certain required information is furnished to the IRS. Stockholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding application of backup withholding to them and the availability of, and procedure for obtaining an exemption from, backup withholding.
 
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, a U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate will be imposed on dividends and proceeds of sale in respect of our common stock received by U.S. stockholders who own their stock through foreign accounts or foreign intermediaries if certain disclosure requirements related to U.S. accounts or ownership are not satisfied. We will not pay any additional amounts in respect of any amounts withheld.
 
OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
Tax aspects of our investments in our operating partnership and subsidiary partnerships
 
The following discussion summarizes certain federal income tax considerations applicable to our direct or indirect investments in any subsidiary partnership or limited liability company that is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. Our operating partnership currently is a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes because we own 100% of the equity interests in our operating partnership. If our operating partnership admits other limited partners, our operating partnership will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and will be subject to taxation as described below. We may form or acquire interests in other partnerships in the future. The discussion does not cover state or local tax laws or any federal tax laws other than income tax laws.
 
Classification as Partnerships.   We will be entitled to include in our income our distributive share of each Partnership’s income and to deduct our distributive share of each Partnership’s losses only if such Partnership is classified for federal income tax purposes as a partnership (or an entity that is disregarded for federal income tax purposes if the entity has only one owner or member) rather than as a corporation or an association taxable as a corporation. An unincorporated entity with at least two owners or members will be classified as a partnership, rather than as a corporation, for federal income tax purposes if it:
 
Ø   is treated as a partnership under the Treasury Regulations relating to entity classification (the “check-the-box regulations”); and
 
Ø   is not a “publicly-traded” partnership.
 
Under the check-the-box regulations, an unincorporated entity with at least two owners or members may elect to be classified either as an association taxable as a corporation or as a partnership. If such an entity fails to make an election, it generally will be treated as a partnership (or an entity that is disregarded for federal income tax purposes if the entity has only one owner or member) for federal income tax purposes. Each Partnership intends to be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and no Partnership will elect to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation under the check-the-box regulations.
 
A publicly-traded partnership is a partnership whose interests are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof. A publicly-traded partnership will not, however, be treated as a corporation for any taxable year if, for each taxable year beginning after December 31, 1987 in which it was classified as a publicly-traded


179


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
partnership, 90% or more of the partnership’s gross income for such year consists of certain passive-type income, including real property rents, gains from the sale or other disposition of real property, interest, and dividends, or (the “90% passive income exception”). Treasury regulations (the “PTP regulations”) provide limited safe harbors from the definition of a publicly-traded partnership. Pursuant to one of those safe harbors (the “private placement exclusion”), interests in a partnership will not be treated as readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof if (1) all interests in the partnership were issued in a transaction or transactions that were not required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (2) the partnership does not have more than 100 partners at any time during the partnership’s taxable year. In determining the number of partners in a partnership, a person owning an interest in a partnership, grantor trust, or S corporation that owns an interest in the partnership is treated as a partner in such partnership only if (1) substantially all of the value of the owner’s interest in the entity is attributable to the entity’s direct or indirect interest in the partnership and (2) a principal purpose of the use of the entity is to permit the partnership to satisfy the 100-partner limitation. Our operating partnership is expected to qualify for the private placement exclusion. If our operating partnership were a publicly-traded partnership, we believe that our operating partnership would have sufficient qualifying income to satisfy the 90% passive income exception and thus would continue to be taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.
 
We have not requested, and do not intend to request, a ruling from the IRS that our operating partnership will be classified as a disregarded entity or a partnership for federal income tax purposes. If for any reason our operating partnership were taxable as a corporation, rather than as a disregarded entity or a partnership, for federal income tax purposes, we likely would not be able to qualify as a REIT unless we qualified for certain relief provisions. See “—Gross Income Tests” and “—Asset Tests.” In addition, any change in a Partnership’s status for tax purposes might be treated as a taxable event, in which case we might incur tax liability without any related cash distribution. See “—Distribution Requirements.” Further, items of income and deduction of such Partnership would not pass through to its partners, and its partners would be treated as stockholders for tax purposes. Consequently, such Partnership would be required to pay income tax at corporate rates on its net income, and distributions to its partners would constitute dividends that would not be deductible in computing such Partnership’s taxable income.
 
INCOME TAXATION OF PARTNERSHIPS AND THEIR PARTNERS
 
Partners, not the Partnerships, Subject to Tax.   A partnership is not a taxable entity for federal income tax purposes. Rather, we are required to take into account our allocable share of each Partnership’s income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits for any taxable year of such Partnership ending within or with our taxable year, without regard to whether we have received or will receive any distribution from such Partnership.
 
Partnership Allocations.   Although a partnership agreement generally will determine the allocation of income and losses among partners, such allocations will be disregarded for tax purposes if they do not comply with the provisions of the federal income tax laws governing partnership allocations. If an allocation is not recognized for federal income tax purposes, the item subject to the allocation will be reallocated in accordance with the partners’ interests in the partnership, which will be determined by taking into account all of the facts and circumstances relating to the economic arrangement of the partners with respect to such item. Each Partnership’s allocations of taxable income, gain, and loss are intended to comply with the requirements of the federal income tax laws governing partnership allocations.
 
Tax Allocations With Respect to Contributed Properties.   Income, gain, loss, and deduction attributable to appreciated or depreciated property that is contributed to a partnership in exchange for an interest in the partnership must be allocated in a manner such that the contributing partner is


180


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
charged with, or benefits from, respectively, the unrealized gain or unrealized loss associated with the property at the time of the contribution. The amount of such unrealized gain or unrealized loss (“built-in gain” or “built-in loss”) is generally equal to the difference between the fair market value of the contributed property at the time of contribution and the adjusted tax basis of such property at the time of contribution (a “book-tax difference”). Any property purchased by our operating partnership for cash initially will have an adjusted tax basis equal to its fair market value, resulting in no book-tax difference. In the future, however, our operating partnership may admit partners in exchange for a contribution of appreciated or depreciated property, resulting in book-tax differences. Such allocations are solely for federal income tax purposes and do not affect the book capital accounts or other economic or legal arrangements among the partners.
 
Under the Treasury Regulations, we are required to use a “reasonable method” for allocating items with respect to which there is a book-tax difference. Under certain available allocation methods, the carryover basis of contributed property in the hands of our operating partnership would cause us to be allocated lower amounts of depreciation deductions for tax purposes than would be allocated to us if all contributed properties were to have a tax basis equal to their fair market value at the time of the contribution, and a sale of that portion of our operating partnership’s properties which have a carryover basis could cause us to be allocated taxable gain in excess of the economic or book gain allocated to us as a result of such sale, with a corresponding benefit to the contributing partners. As a result of the foregoing allocations, we may recognize taxable income in excess of cash proceeds in the event of a sale or other disposition of property, which might adversely affect our ability to comply with the REIT distribution requirements and may result in a greater portion of our distributions being taxed as dividends. We have not yet decided what method will be used to account for book-tax differences.
 
Basis in Partnership Interest.   Our adjusted tax basis in our partnership interest in our operating partnership generally is equal to:
 
Ø   the amount of cash and the basis of any other property contributed by us to our operating partnership;
 
Ø   increased by our allocable share of our operating partnership’s income and our allocable share of indebtedness of our operating partnership; and
 
Ø   reduced, but not below zero, by our allocable share of our operating partnership’s loss and the amount of cash distributed to us, and by constructive distributions resulting from a reduction in our share of indebtedness of our operating partnership.
 
If the allocation of our distributive share of our operating partnership’s loss would reduce the adjusted tax basis of our partnership interest below zero, the recognition of such loss will be deferred until such time as the recognition of such loss would not reduce our adjusted tax basis below zero. To the extent that our operating partnership’s distributions, or any decrease in our share of the indebtedness of our operating partnership, which is considered a constructive cash distribution to the partners, reduce our adjusted tax basis below zero, such distributions will constitute taxable income to us. Such distributions and constructive distributions normally will be characterized as long-term capital gain.
 
Depreciation Deductions Available to Our Operating Partnership.   To the extent that our operating partnership acquires its properties in exchange for cash, its initial basis in such properties for federal income tax purposes generally will be equal to the purchase price paid by our operating partnership. Our operating partnership’s initial basis in properties acquired in exchange for units in our operating partnership should be the same as the transferor’s basis in such properties on the date of acquisition by our operating partnership. Although the law is not entirely clear, our operating partnership generally will depreciate such depreciable property for federal income tax purposes over the same remaining useful lives and under the same methods used by the transferors. Our operating partnership’s tax depreciation deductions will be allocated among the partners in accordance with their respective


181


Table of Contents

 
Material federal income tax considerations
 
 
interests in our operating partnership, except to the extent that our operating partnership is required under the federal income tax laws governing partnership allocations to use a method for allocating tax depreciation deductions attributable to contributed properties that results in our receiving a disproportionate share of such deductions.
 
SALE OF A PARTNERSHIP’S PROPERTY
 
Generally, any gain realized by a Partnership on the sale of property held by the Partnership for more than one year will be long-term capital gain, except for any portion of such gain that is treated as depreciation or cost recovery recapture. Any gain or loss recognized by a Partnership on the disposition of contributed properties will be allocated first to the partners of the Partnership who contributed such properties to the extent of their built-in gain or loss on those properties for federal income tax purposes. The partners’ built-in gain or loss on such contributed properties will equal the difference between the partners’ proportionate share of the book value of those properties and the partners’ tax basis allocable to those properties at the time of the contribution. Any remaining gain or loss recognized by the Partnership on the disposition of the contributed properties, and any gain or loss recognized by the Partnership on the disposition of the other properties, will be allocated among the partners in accordance with their respective percentage interests in the Partnership.
 
Our share of any gain realized by a Partnership on the sale of any property held by the Partnership as inventory or other property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of the Partnership’s trade or business will be treated as income from a prohibited transaction that is subject to a 100% penalty tax. Such prohibited transaction income also may have an adverse effect upon our ability to satisfy the income tests for REIT status. See “—Gross Income Tests.” We do not presently intend to acquire or hold or to allow any Partnership to acquire or hold any property that represents inventory or other property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of our or such Partnership’s trade or business.
 
SUNSET OF REDUCED TAX RATE PROVISIONS
 
Several of the tax considerations described herein are subject to a sunset provision. The sunset provisions generally provide that for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010, certain provisions that are currently in the Code will revert back to a prior version of those provisions. These provisions include provisions related to the reduced maximum income tax rate for long-term capital gains of 15% (rather than 20%) for taxpayers taxed at individual rates, the application of the 15% tax rate to qualified dividend income, and certain other tax rate provisions described herein. The impact of this reversion is not discussed herein. Consequently, prospective stockholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect of sunset provisions on an investment in our common stock.
 
STATE AND LOCAL TAXES
 
We and/or you may be subject to taxation by various states and localities, including those in which we or a stockholder transacts business, owns property or resides. The state and local tax treatment may differ from the federal income tax treatment described above. Consequently, you should consult your own tax advisors regarding the effect of state and local tax laws upon an investment in our common stock.


182


Table of Contents

 
 
A fiduciary of a pension, profit sharing, retirement or other employee benefit plan, or plan, subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, should consider the fiduciary standards under ERISA in the context of the plan’s particular circumstances before authorizing an investment of a portion of such plan’s assets in the common stock. Accordingly, such fiduciary should consider (i) whether the investment satisfies the diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA, (ii) whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the plan as required by Section 404(a)(1)(D) of ERISA, and (iii) whether the investment is prudent under ERISA. In addition to the imposition of general fiduciary standards of investment prudence and diversification, ERISA, and the corresponding provisions of the Code, prohibit a wide range of transactions involving the assets of the plan and persons who have certain specified relationships to the plan (“parties in interest” within the meaning of ERISA, “disqualified persons” within the meaning of the Code). Thus, a plan fiduciary considering an investment in our common stock also should consider whether the acquisition or the continued holding of the shares might constitute or give rise to a direct or indirect prohibited transaction that is not subject to an exemption issued by the Department of Labor, or the DOL. Similar restrictions apply to many governmental and foreign plans which are not subject to ERISA. Thus, those considering investing in the shares on behalf of such a plan should consider whether the acquisition or the continued holding of the shares might violate any such similar restrictions.
 
The DOL has issued final regulations, or the DOL Regulations, as to what constitutes assets of an employee benefit plan under ERISA. Under the DOL Regulations, if a plan acquires an equity interest in an entity, which interest is neither a “publicly offered security” nor a security issued by an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act, the plan’s assets would include, for purposes of the fiduciary responsibility provision of ERISA, both the equity interest and an undivided interest in each of the entity’s underlying assets unless certain specified exceptions apply. The DOL Regulations define a publicly offered security as a security that is “widely held,” “freely transferable,” and either part of a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act, or sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (provided the securities are registered under the Exchange Act within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year of the issuer during which the public offering occurred). The shares are being sold in an offering registered under the Securities Act and will be registered under the Exchange Act.
 
The DOL Regulations provide that a security is “widely held” only if it is part of a class of securities that is owned by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and of one another. A security will not fail to be “widely held” because the number of independent investors falls below 100 subsequent to the initial public offering as a result of events beyond the issuer’s control. We expect our common stock to be “widely held” upon completion of this offering.
 
The DOL Regulations provide that whether a security is “freely transferable” is a factual question to be determined on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances. The DOL Regulations further provide that when a security is part of an offering in which the minimum investment is $10,000 or less, as is the case with this offering, certain restrictions ordinarily will not, alone or in combination, affect the finding that such securities are “freely transferable.” We believe that the restrictions imposed under our charter on the transfer of our shares are limited to the restrictions on transfer generally permitted under the DOL Regulations and are not likely to result in the failure of the common stock to be “freely transferable.” The DOL Regulations only establish a presumption in favor of the finding of free transferability, and, therefore, no assurance can be given that the DOL will not reach a contrary conclusion.


183


Table of Contents

 
ERISA considerations
 
 
Accordingly, we believe that our common stock will be publicly offered securities for purposes of the DOL Regulations and that our assets will not be deemed to be “plan assets” of any plan that invests in our common stock.
 
Each holder of our common stock will be deemed to have represented and agreed that its purchase and holding of such common stock (or any interest therein) will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.


184


Table of Contents

 
Underwriting
 
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement to be dated on or about               , 2010, between us, our operating partnership, and Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, as representatives of the several underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters and the underwriters have severally agreed to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock indicated in the table below:
 
         
    Number of
 
    shares of
 
Underwriter   common stock  
   
 
Jefferies & Company, Inc. 
                     
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
       
Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. 
       
         
Total
    8,750,000  
         
 
Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated are acting as joint book-running managers of this offering and as representatives of the underwriters named above. Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. is acting as a co-manager of this offering.
 
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions and approval of certain legal matters by their counsel. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares if any of them are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. We and our operating partnership have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
 
The underwriters have advised us that they currently intend to make a market in the shares of common stock. However, the underwriters are not obligated to do so and may discontinue any market-making activities at any time without notice. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for the shares of common stock.
 
The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part. In addition, the underwriters have advised us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which they have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered.
 
COMMISSION AND EXPENSES
 
The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $      per share. The underwriters may allow, and certain dealers may reallow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $      per share to certain brokers and dealers. After the offering, the initial public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the representatives. No such reduction will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.


185


Table of Contents

 
Underwriting
 
 
The following table shows the public offering price, the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, to us in connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
 
                                 
    Per share     Total  
    Without
    With
    Without
    With
 
    option to
    option to
    option to
    option to
 
    purchase
    purchase
    purchase
    purchase
 
    additional
    additional
    additional
    additional
 
    shares     shares     shares     shares  
   
 
Public offering price
  $                $                $                $             
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us
  $       $       $       $    
Proceeds to us, before expenses
  $       $       $       $  
 
We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $2.6 million.
 
DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE
 
Prior to the offering, there has not been a public market for our shares of common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for our shares of common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant.
 
We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which the shares of common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to the offering or that an active trading market for the shares of common stock will develop and continue after the offering.
 
LISTING
 
Our shares of common stock have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “LRP.” We intend to apply to have the warrants approved for listing on the NYSE or NYSE Amex under the trading symbol “LRP WS.”
 
OPTION TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL SHARES
 
We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,312,500 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to specified conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriters’ initial purchase commitment as indicated in the table above. This option may be exercised only if the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. In addition, if the underwriters exercise the option, the total number of warrants we may issue in connection with this offering will increase by an amount equal to the total number of additional shares of our common stock purchased by the underwriters in connection with such exercise.


186


Table of Contents

 
Underwriting
 
 
NO SALES OF SIMILAR SECURITIES
 
We, our operating partnership, our officers, directors and holders of all or substantially all our outstanding shares and other securities have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:
 
Ø   sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-l(h) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or
 
Ø   otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of common stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock, including, without limitation, OP units, currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially, or
 
Ø   publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Jefferies & Company, Inc.
 
This restriction terminates after the close of trading of the shares of common stock on and including the 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, subject to certain exceptions, in the event that either:
 
Ø   during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs, or
 
Ø   prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period,
 
then in either case the expiration of the 180-day restricted period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the issuance of an earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Jefferies & Company, Inc. waives, in writing, such an extension.
 
Jefferies & Company, Inc. may, in its sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 180-day period, without public notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our stockholders who will execute a lock-up agreement, providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.
 
STABILIZATION
 
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, certain persons participating in the offering may engage in transactions, including overallotment, stabilizing bids, syndicate covering transactions or the imposition of penalty bids, which may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the shares of common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. Overallotment involves syndicate sales in excess of the offering size, which creates a syndicate short position. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares of common stock or purchasing shares of common stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of common stock in the


187


Table of Contents

 
Underwriting
 
 
open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. A stabilizing bid is a bid for the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the shares of common stock. A syndicate covering transaction is the bid for or the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the underwriters in connection with the offering. A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the underwriters to reclaim the selling concession otherwise accruing to a syndicate member in connection with the offering if the shares originally sold by such syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction and therefore have not been effectively placed by such syndicate member. Neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our shares of common stock. The underwriters are not obligated to engage in these activities and, if commenced, any of the activities may be discontinued at any time.
 
ELECTRONIC DISTRIBUTION
 
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or on the web sites or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares of common stock for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ web sites and any information contained in any other web site maintained by any of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.
 
DIRECTED SHARE PROGRAM
 
At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price a portion of the shares of common stock for employees, directors and other persons associated with us who have expressed an interest in purchasing shares in the offering. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the directed shares in the program. Any directed shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares. We and our operating partnership have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the directed shares.
 
AFFILIATIONS
 
The underwriters or their affiliates from time to time may in the future provide investment banking, commercial lending and financial advisory services to us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business. The underwriters and their affiliates, as applicable, will receive customary compensation and reimbursement of expenses in connection with such services.
 
DISCLAIMERS ABOUT NON-U.S. JURISDICTIONS
 
European Economic Area
 
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (as defined below) (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), an offer to the public of any securities which are the subject of this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in


188


Table of Contents

 
Underwriting
 
 
relation to the securities which has either been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities to the public in that Relevant Member State may be made at any time:
 
(a)  to any legal entity which is authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
(b)  to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
 
(c)  to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons per Relevant Member State (other than qualified investors as defined below) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters for any such offer; or
 
(d)  in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
Each purchaser of securities which are the subject of this prospectus located within a Relevant Member State will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that is it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
 
United Kingdom
 
This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (each such person being referred to as a “relevant person”).
 
This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.
 
Germany
 
Any offer or solicitation of securities within Germany must be in full compliance with the German Securities Prospectus Act ( Wertpapierprospektgesetz—WpPG ). The offer and solicitation of securities to the public in Germany requires the publication of a prospectus that has to be filed with and approved by the German Federal Financial Services Supervisory Authority ( Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht—BaFin ). This prospectus has not been and will not be submitted for filing


189


Table of Contents

 
Underwriting
 
 
and approval to the BaFin and, consequently, will not be published. Therefore, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer under the German Securities Prospectus Act ( Wertpapierprospektgesetz ). This prospectus and any other document relating to the securities, as well as any information contained therein, must therefore not be supplied to the public in Germany or used in connection with any offer for subscription of the securities to the public in Germany, any public marketing of the securities or any public solicitation for offers to subscribe for or otherwise acquire the securities. This prospectus and other offering materials relating to the offer of the securities are strictly confidential and may not be distributed to any person or entity other than the designated recipients hereof.
 
Australia
 
This prospectus is not a disclosure document for the purposes of Australia’s Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission and is only directed to the categories of exempt persons set out below. Accordingly, if you receive this prospectus in Australia:
 
You confirm and warrant that you are either:
 
Ø   a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;
 
Ø   a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to the company which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made; or
 
Ø   “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act.
 
To the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this prospectus is void and incapable of acceptance.
 
You warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the shares issued to you pursuant to this prospectus for resale in Australia within 12 months of those shares being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.
 
France
 
This prospectus has not been, and will not be, submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des marchés financiers (the “AMF”) in France and may not be directly or indirectly released, issued, or distributed to the public in France, or used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale or the securities to the public in France, in each case within the meaning of Article L. 411-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier (the “French Financial and Monetary Code”).
 
The securities have not been, and will not be, offered or sold to the public in France, directly or indirectly, and will only be offered or sold in France (i) to qualified investors ( investisseurs qualifiés ) investing for their own account, in accordance with all applicable rules and regulations, and in particular in accordance with Articles L. 411-2 and D. 411-2 of the French Financial and Monetary Code; (ii) to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio investment on behalf of third parties, in accordance with Article L.411-2 of the French Financial and Monetary Code; or (iii) in a transaction that, in accordance with all applicable rules and regulations, does not otherwise constitute an offer to the public (“ appel public à l’épargne ”) in France within the meaning of Article L.411-1 of the French Financial and Monetary Code.


190


Table of Contents

 
Underwriting
 
 
This prospectus is not to be further distributed or reproduced (in whole or in part) in France by any recipient, and this prospectus has been distributed to the recipient on the understanding that such recipient is a qualified investor or otherwise meets the requirements set forth above, and will only participate in the issue or sale of the securities for their own account, and undertakes not to transfer, directly or indirectly, the securities to the public in France, other than in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and in particular with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2, D.411-1 and D.411-2 of the French Financial and Monetary Code.
 
Japan
 
The offering has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended), or FIEL, and the underwriters will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means, unless otherwise provided herein, any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
 
Hong Kong
 
No securities have been offered or sold, and no securities may be offered or sold, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent; or to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32) of Hong Kong. No document, invitation or advertisement relating to the securities has been issued or may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance.
 
This prospectus has not been registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong. Accordingly, this prospectus may not be issued, circulated or distributed in Hong Kong, and the securities may not be offered for subscription to members of the public in Hong Kong. Each person acquiring the securities will be required, and is deemed by the acquisition of the securities, to confirm that he is aware of the restriction on offers of the securities described in this prospectus and the relevant offering documents and that he is not acquiring, and has not been offered any securities in circumstances that contravene any such restrictions.
 
Singapore
 
This prospectus has not been and will not be lodged or registered with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or the invitation for subscription or purchase of the securities may not be issued, circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and


191


Table of Contents

 
Underwriting
 
 
Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person as defined under Section 275(2), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of any other applicable provision of the SFA.
 
Where the securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
 
(a)  a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined under Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
 
(b)  a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor,
 
shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except:
 
(i)  to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA;
 
(ii)  where no consideration is given for the transfer; or
 
(iii)  where the transfer is by operation of law.


192


Table of Contents

 
Legal matters
 
Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Hunton & Williams LLP and for the underwriters by Clifford Chance US LLP, New York, New York. Venable LLP will issue an opinion to us regarding certain matters of Maryland law, including the validity of the common stock offered by this prospectus. Hunton & Williams LLP and Clifford Chance US LLP may rely as to certain matters of Maryland law upon the opinion of Venable LLP.
 
Experts
 
The consolidated financial statements of Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. as of June 30, 2010 and for the period from inception (April 7, 2010) to June 30, 2010, and the consolidated financial statements of WSL Holdings IV, LLC as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2009, included in this preliminary prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the combined financial statements of Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio and Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P. as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and for the years then ended as set forth in their reports. We have included the aforementioned financial statements in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance upon the reports of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
Where you can find more information
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-11, including exhibits and schedules filed with this registration statement, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to our common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to our company and our common stock to be sold in this offering, reference is made to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete and, where that contract is an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the exhibit to which the reference relates. Copies of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, may be examined without charge at the public reference unit of the Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, N.E., Unit 1580, Washington, DC 20549. Information about the operation of the public reference unit may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0300. Copies of all or a portion of the registration statement can be obtained from the public reference unit of the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees. Our SEC filings, including our registration statement, are also available to you on the SEC’s website www.sec.gov.
 
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and will file periodic reports and proxy statements and will make available to our stockholders quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial information.
 


193


Table of Contents

 
Index to financial statements
 
         
       
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc.
       
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  
    F-8  
    F-11  
    F-13  
    F-14  
    F-16  
    F-17  
    F-18  
       
WSL Holdings IV, LLC
       
    F-20  
    F-21  
    F-22  
    F-23  
    F-24  
    F-25  
       
Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio (SL Bella Terra, LLC, SL Barrington, LLC, SL Walden, LLC, SL Sage Harbor, LLC, SL Castle Pointe, LLC and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC)
       
    F-36  
    F-37  
    F-38  
    F-39  
    F-44  
    F-45  
    F-46  
    F-47  


F-1


Table of Contents

         
    F-48  
    F-49  
       
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P.
       
    F-54  
    F-55  
    F-56  
    F-57  
    F-62  
    F-63  
    F-64  
    F-65  
    F-66  
    F-67  


F-2


Table of Contents

 
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc.
 
 
Report of independent registered public accounting firm
 
The Board of Directors
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and subsidiary as of June 30, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholder’s deficit, and cash flows for the period from inception (April 7, 2010) to June 30, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and subsidiary as of June 30, 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from inception (April 7, 2010) to June 30, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
/s/   KPMG LLP
September 15, 2010
Orlando, Florida


F-3


Table of Contents

 
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc.
 
 
Consolidated balance sheet
 
June 30, 2010
 
         
Assets
       
Cash
  $ 2,245  
Deferred offering costs
    783,531  
Deposits
    501,000  
         
Total assets
  $ 1,286,776  
         
Liabilities and Stockholder’s Deficit
       
Accrued liabilities
  $ 619,078  
Payable to sole stockholder
    1,143,613  
         
Total liabilities
    1,762,691  
         
Stockholder’s deficit:
       
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share; 1,000 shares authorized; 1,000 shares issued and outstanding
    10  
Additional paid-in capital
    990  
Accumulated deficit
    (476,915 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
     
         
Total stockholder’s deficit
    (475,915 )
         
Total liabilities and stockholder’s deficit
  $ 1,286,776  
         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

 
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc.
 
 
Consolidated statement of operations
 
Inception (April 7, 2010) to June 30, 2010
 
         
Revenue from rental operations:
       
Rental revenue
  $  
         
Total revenue
     
         
Operating expenses
       
General and administrative
    69,126  
Property acquisition costs
    407,789  
         
Total operating expenses
    476,915  
         
Net loss
  $ (476,915 )
         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-5


Table of Contents

 
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc.
 
 
Consolidated statement of stockholder’s deficit
 
Inception (April 7, 2010) to June 30, 2010
 
                                         
                Additional
             
    Common Stock     Paid-In
    Accumulated
       
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Total  
 
Balance at inception (April 7, 2010)
    1,000       10       990             1,000  
Net loss and comprehensive loss
                      (476,915 )     (476,915 )
                                         
Balance as of June 30, 2010
    1,000       10       990       (476,915 )     (475,915 )
                                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

 
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc.
 
 
Consolidated statement of cash flows
 
Inception (April 7, 2010) to June 30, 2010
 
         
Net Cash flows used in operating activities:
       
Net loss
  $ (476,915 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used for operating activities:
       
Increase in accrued liabilities and payable to sole stockholder
    431,216  
         
Net cash (used) for operating activities
    (45,699 )
         
Cash flows provided by investing activity:
       
Payment of deposit
    (400,000 )
         
Net cash used for investing activity
    (400,000 )
Cash flows from financing activity:
       
Advance from sole stockholder
    446,944  
Collection of stock subscription receivable
    1,000  
         
Net cash provided by financing activity
    447,944  
         
Net increase in cash
    2,245  
Cash at beginning of period
     
         
Cash at end of period
  $ 2,245  
         
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash flow information from investing and financing activities:
       
Capitalized deposits paid by sole stockholder on behalf of the Company
  $ 101,000  
         
Capitalized deferred offering costs including $577,987 paid by sole stockholder on behalf of the Company
  $ 783,531  
         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-7


Table of Contents

 
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc.
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements
 
June 30, 2010
 
NOTE 1.   ORGANIZATION
 
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. (the “Company”, “we,” “us” or “our”) was formed as a Maryland corporation on April 7, 2010. The Company is internally managed and was organized to acquire, own and actively manage income-producing senior housing facilities that derive substantially all of their revenues from private payment sources, generate stable cash flows and have the potential for long-term capital appreciation.
 
The Company formed Legacy Healthcare Properties, LP (the “Operating Partnership”) on April 16, 2010. The Company is the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership and plans to conduct substantially all of its business through the Operating Partnership.
 
NOTE 2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Below is a discussion of the Company’s significant accounting policies:
 
Basis of presentation
 
The consolidated financial statements include all of the accounts of the Company as of June 30, 2010 and for the period from inception (April 7, 2010) to June 30, 2010, presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. All intercompany balances have been eliminated.
 
Use of estimates
 
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements is in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Income taxes
 
The Company has elected to be taxed as a pass-through entity under subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code, but intends to revoke the subchapter S election prior to the closing of the proposed initial public offering and the proposed concurrent private placement of the Company’s common stock, both of which are discussed in Note 5, “Initial Public Offering and Concurrent Private Placement.” The Company intends to elect to be taxed as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) for federal income tax purposes commencing with its short taxable year beginning on the date of the revocation of the subchapter S election and ending on December 31, 2010. The Company expects to have little or no taxable income prior to electing REIT status. To qualify as a REIT, the Company must meet certain organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement to distribute at least 90% of the Company’s annual REIT taxable income to its stockholders (which is computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction or net capital gain and which does not necessarily equal net income as calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principals). As a REIT, the Company generally will not be subject to federal income tax to the extent it distributes its taxable income to its stockholders. If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, it will be subject to federal income tax on its taxable income at regular corporate income tax rates and generally will not be permitted to qualify for treatment as a REIT for federal income tax purposes for the four taxable years following the year during which qualification is lost unless the Internal Revenue Service grants the Company relief under certain statutory provisions. Such an event could materially adversely affect the Company’s net income and net cash available for distribution to stockholders. However, the Company intends to organize and operate in such a manner as to qualify for treatment as a REIT.


F-8


Table of Contents

 
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc.
 
 
 
Business combinations and property acquisition costs
 
Effective with our inception, we adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance related to business combinations and property acquisitions, which requires the acquiring entity in a business combination or asset purchase to measure the assets acquired, liabilities assumed (including contingencies) and any non-controlling interests at their fair values on the acquisition date. The guidance also requires that acquisition-related transaction costs be expensed as incurred, acquired research and development value be capitalized and acquisition-related restructuring costs be capitalized only if they meet certain criteria. These costs, totaling $407,789, are included in property acquisition costs on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
 
NOTE 3.   DEFERRED OFFERING COSTS, DEPOSITS AND OTHER PROPERTY ACQUISITION COSTS
 
As described in Note 7 below, the Company expects to complete the acquisition of certain senior housing facilities upon completion of its proposed initial public offering and proposed concurrent private placement. As of June 30, 2010, the Company’s sole stockholder paid deposits and other property acquisition costs on behalf of the Company of $501,000 associated with the acquisition of these senior housing facilities. The sole stockholder also paid certain initial public offering costs on behalf of the Company totaling $577,987.
 
NOTE 4.   STOCKHOLDER’S DEFICIT
 
Under the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, the total number of shares authorized for issuance is 1,000 shares of common stock.
 
At formation, the Company issued the sole stockholder of the Company 1,000 shares of common stock at $1.00 per share.
 
NOTE 5.   INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING AND CONCURRENT PRIVATE PLACEMENT
 
The Company proposes to issue and sell in an underwritten initial public offering shares of its common stock for proposed gross proceeds of approximately $161.9 million and also proposes to issue and sell in a concurrent private placement shares of its common stock for proposed gross proceeds of $6.0 million.
 
The Company will reimburse its sole stockholder and his affiliates for certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the sole stockholder and his affiliates in connection with the formation of the Company, the proposed initial public offering of common stock and the acquisition of certain senior housing facilities. As of June 30, 2010, organizational costs and other costs relating to this offering and the proposed acquisition of the Company’s initial portfolio of facilities incurred by the sole stockholder and his affiliates were approximately $0.6 million. If the proposed initial public offering is terminated, the Company will have no obligation to reimburse the sole stockholder and his affiliates for any organizational, acquisition or offering costs.
 
NOTE 6.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
On April 20, 2010, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Mark E. Patten whereby Mr. Patten would provide financial and accounting services to the Company for which the Company would pay Mr. Patten a consulting fee, upon the completion of the Company’s proposed initial public offering, equivalent to his anticipated 2010 annual base salary pro-rated for the period of months and days worked pursuant to this arrangement. The term of the agreement expires on July 31, 2010 and payment under this agreement is entirely contingent upon the completion of the proposed initial public offering.
 
NOTE 7.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS AND OTHER MATTERS
 
The Company has evaluated the need for disclosures and/or adjustments resulting from subsequent events through September 15, 2010, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.


F-9


Table of Contents

 
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc.
 
 
 
Except as described below, this evaluation did not result in any subsequent events that necessitated disclosures and/or adjustments.
 
Upon completion of the proposed initial public offering and the proposed concurrent private placement, the Company expects to complete the acquisition of six senior housing facilities located in Florida, Illinois, New Jersey, New York and Virginia for an aggregate contractual purchase price of $240.0 million excluding transaction costs, including approximately $81.9 million in cash and the assumption of approximately $158.1 million of in-place mortgage debt. The Company expects to pay approximately $3.0 million of closing costs and assume approximately $15.7 million of liabilities related to deferred and refundable entrance fees in connection with the acquisition.


F-10


Table of Contents

 
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and subsidiaries
 
 
 
Pro forma condensed consolidated financial information
 
The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet of Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2010 and the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations of the Company for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 have been derived from: (i) the historical audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements of WSL Holdings IV, LLC (“WSL IV”), which the Company has agreed to acquire following the closing of the Company’s initial public offering (the “WSL Acquisition”) and which owns five senior housing facilities; and (ii) the historical audited and unaudited financial statements of Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P. (“SL Jupiter”), which the Company has agreed to acquire following the closing of the Company’s initial public offering (the “SLJ Acquisition” and together with the WSL Acquisition, the “WSL/SLJ Acquisition”) and which owns and operates an additional senior housing facility.
 
The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2010 and the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 reflect the WSL Acquisition and the SLJ Acquisition and the subsequent leasing of the facilities to be acquired by the Company pursuant to new leases for Lake Barrington Woods, Bella Terra, Baywinde—Castle Pointe, Chancellor’s Village and Mangrove Bay and the existing leases for Baywinde—Sage Harbour and Walden Place (the “Senior Lifestyle Leases”), in each case with affiliates (the “Tenants”) of Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC (“Senior Lifestyle Management”), the manager that has historically managed these facilities.
 
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of June 30, 2010 has been prepared to reflect the pro forma adjustments to the Company’s historical audited consolidated financial statements to illustrate the estimated effect of the following transactions as if they had occurred on June 30, 2010:
 
  (i)  the initial public offering of 8,750,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for an assumed initial public offering price of $18.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, net of the underwriting discounts and commissions (the “Common Stock Offering”), and the offering of contingent warrants to purchase up to an additional 8,750,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, which warrants would be issued only to investors who purchase shares of common stock in the Common Stock Offering if certain events occur and certain conditions are satisfied (the “IPO Warrants”);
 
  (ii)  the concurrent private placement of 324,324 shares of the Company’s common stock to the Company’s executive officers at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price, without payment of any placement fee by the Company, resulting in an additional $6.0 million of net proceeds to the Company (the “Concurrent Private Placement” and together with the Common Stock Offering, the “Offerings”);
 
  (iii)  the WSL/SLJ Acquisition, following the closing of the Offerings, pursuant to which the Company will acquire the six senior housing facilities it has under contract for approximately $81.9 million in cash, funded from the net proceeds of the Offerings, the assumption of approximately $158.1 million of long-term indebtedness, the payment of approximately $3.0 million in closing costs and the assumption of approximately $15.7 million of deposit liabilities related to deferred and refundable resident entrance fees associated with the six facilities; and
 
  (iv)  the grant by the Company upon completion of the Offerings pursuant to the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) of an aggregate of 25,000 shares of the Company’s restricted common stock to the Company’s director nominees.
 
The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations of the Company for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 has been


F-11


Table of Contents

 
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and subsidiaries
 
 
prepared to illustrate the estimated effect of the transactions described in items (i) through (iv) above, assuming such transactions were completed on January 1, 2009 and also includes the anticipated operating costs for the Company and estimated lease payments under the Senior Lifestyle Leases.
 
The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with (i) the Company’s historical audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, (ii) the historical audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements of WSL IV and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, (iii) the historical audited and unaudited financial statements of SL Jupiter and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and (iv) the “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections in this prospectus.
 
The Company has based its unaudited pro forma adjustments on available information and assumptions that it believes are reasonable. These accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are presented for informational purposes only and do not purport to be indicative of the Company’s financial condition or operating results if the various events and transactions reflected therein had occurred on the dates, or been in effect during the periods indicated. These accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements should not be viewed as indicative of the Company’s future financial condition or operating results.


F-12


Table of Contents

 
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and subsidiaries
 
 
Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet
 
as of June 30, 2010
(in thousands)
 
                                                         
                                  Common Stock
       
                                  Offering, Private
       
                                  Placement,
       
                                  IPO Warrants
       
    The
    Acquisition
    Acquisition
    Pro Forma
    Pro Forma
    and
    Pro Forma
 
    Company (a)     of SL Jupiter (b)     of WSL IV (b)     Adjustments     Subtotal     Equity Grants     as Adjusted  
   
 
Assets
                                                       
Real estate
                                                       
Buildings and improvements
        $ 27,120     $ 117,026     $ 73,971 (c)   $ 218,117           $ 218,117  
Furniture and fixtures
          1,577       3,450       3,301 (c)     8,328             8,328  
Land
          2,362       11,780       16,568 (c)     30,710             30,710  
Accumulated depreciation
          (7,217 )     (16,787 )     24,004 (c)                  
                                                         
Net real estate
        $ 23,842     $ 115,469     $ 117,844     $ 257,155           $ 257,155  
                                                         
Accounts receivable (net)
          55       2,438       (2,493 ) (c)                  
                                                         
Cash and cash equivalents
    2       699       15,815       (16,514 ) (c)     (84,923 )     161,874 (d)     72,257  
                              (84,925 ) (c)             (10,694 ) (d)        
                                              6,000 (d)        
Restricted cash
          474       1,463       (1,937 ) (c)                  
Due from affiliates
          254             (254 ) (c)                  
Deferred costs
          268       1,413       (101 ) (c)     1,580             1,580  
Other assets
    1,285       151       167       (318 ) (c)     784       (784 ) (d)      
                              (501 ) (c)                        
                                                         
Total assets
    1,287     $ 25,743     $ 136,765     $ 10,801     $ 174,596     $ 156,396     $ 330,992  
                                                         
Liabilities and equity
                                                       
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    619       529       323       (852 ) (c)     619       (141 ) (d)     478  
Other liabilities
    1,144       71             (71 ) (c)     643       (643 ) (d)      
                              (501 ) (c)                        
Deferred and refundable entrance fees
          702       15,287       (254 ) (c)     15,735             15,735  
Long-term debt
          33,025       125,050             158,075             158,075  
                                                         
Total liabilities
    1,763     $ 34,327     $ 140,660     $ (1,678 )   $ 175,072       (784 )   $ 174,288  
                                                         
Commitments and contingencies
                                         
Common stock
                                  87 (d)     90  
                                              3 (d)        
Additional paid-in-capital
    1                         1       161,787 (d)     157,322  
                                              (10,694 ) (d)        
                                              5,997 (d)        
                                              231 (d)        
Retained earnings (deficit)
    (477 )   $ (8,584 )   $ (3,895 )   $ 12,479 (c)     (477 )     (231 ) (d)     (708 )
                                                         
Total stockholders’ equity
    (476 )   $ (8,584 )   $ (3,895 )   $ 12,479       (476 )   $ 157,180     $ 156,704  
                                                         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
    1,287     $ 25,743     $ 136,765     $ 10,801     $ 174,596     $ 156,396     $ 330,992  
                                                         
 
See the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet.


F-13


Table of Contents

 
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and subsidiaries
 
 
 
Notes to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet
 
(a)  The historical balance sheet of the Company is as of June 30, 2010.
 
(b)  The historical balance sheets of WSL IV and SL Jupiter are as of June 30, 2010.
 
(c)  The WSL/SLJ Acquisition has been presented as a single transaction for purposes of the pro forma presentation because WSL IV and SL Jupiter have common ownership. WSL IV is owned 90% by an affiliate of WSL Holdings Fund IV LLC and 10% by an affiliate of Senior Lifestyle Management. SL Jupiter is owned 50.1% by affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management and 49.9% by an affiliate of WSL Holdings Fund IV LLC. The WSL/SLJ Acquisition represents a single transaction between affiliates of WSL Holdings Fund IV LLC and affiliates of Senior Lifestyle Management, as sellers, and the Company, as purchaser. The purchase price for the WSL/SLJ Acquisition, which is expected to occur within 30 days of the completion of the Offerings, has been allocated to the health care operating assets and liabilities and between land, buildings and equipment based on the historical financial statements of both WSL IV and SL Jupiter and the Company’s estimates of fair value. These allocations are subject to change based on valuation studies obtained from third party consultants and the final purchase price allocation. As a result of the WSL/SLJ Acquisition, the Company may acquire assets with a tax basis that is lower than their carrying value. The Company has not reflected any deferred tax liabilities as a result of this transaction relating to this difference in basis due to its intent to either hold the facilities for the required ten-year period or to utilize expected net operating loss carry-forwards to achieve tax benefits or other tax planning strategies.
 
The purchase price for the WSL/SLJ Acquisition has been calculated as follows as of June 30, 2010 (in thousands):
 
                 
Cash Paid:
               
Purchase price for equity interests in the WSL/SLJ Acquisition
  $ 81,925          
Closing costs
  $ 3,000          
Total cash paid
          $ 84,925  
                 
Long-term debt assumed
          $ 158,075  
Other liabilities (net of amounts excluded per purchase and sale agreement)
               
Deferred and refundable entrance fees assumed
  $ 15,735          
                 
Total other liabilities assumed
          $ 15,735  
                 
Total purchase price including transaction costs and assumed liabilities
          $ 258,735  
                 
 
The allocation of the purchase price to the assets to be acquired as a result of the WSL/SLJ Acquisition is as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Purchase price including transaction costs and assumed liabilities
  $ 258,735  
Purchase price allocated to:
       
Operating assets
       
Deferred loan costs*
  $ 1,580  
         
Total operating assets
  $ 1,580  
Net real estate assets
       
Land
  $ 30,710  
Buildings and improvements
  $ 218,117  
Furniture and fixtures
  $ 8,328  
         
Total net real estate assets
  $ 257,155  
         
Total purchase price allocation
  $ 258,735  
         
 
* Reflects an increase of approximately $1.6 million in deferred loan costs for the estimated cost of assuming the indebtedness in the WSL/SLJ Acquisition.


F-14


Table of Contents

 
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and subsidiaries
 
 
In accordance with the purchase and sale agreement for the WSL/SLJ Acquisition, certain current assets and liabilities included on the historical WSL IV and SL Jupiter balance sheets will not be acquired by the Company. The following is a summary of the purchase price allocation adjustments, including the effect of these excluded assets and liabilities for the WSL/SLJ Acquisition (in thousands):
 
                         
          Purchase price
    Pro forma
 
    Historical     allocation     adjustments  
   
 
Assets:
                       
Net real estate assets
  $ 139,311     $ 257,155     $ 117,844  
Cash and cash equivalents
    16,514             (16,514 )
Restricted cash
    1,937             (1,937 )
Accounts receivable, net
    2,493             (2,493 )
Due from affiliates
    254             (254 )
Other assets (net)
    318             (318 )
Deferred loan costs*
  $ 1,681     $ 1,580     $ (101 )
Liabilities:
                       
Long-term debt (including current portion)
  $ 158,075     $ 158,075        
Deferred and refundable entrance fees
    15,989       15,735       (254 )
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    852             (852 )
Other liabilities
    71             (71 )
Retained earnings (deficit)
  $ (12,479 )         $ 12,479  
 
* Reflects an increase of approximately $1.6 million in deferred loan costs for the estimated cost of assuming the indebtedness in the WSL/SLJ Acquisition and the elimination of the previously deferred loan costs (net) with an unamortized balance of $1.69 million as of June 30, 2010.
 
Approximately $84.9 million of the net proceeds of the Offerings will be used in connection with the WSL/SLJ Acquisition, representing approximately $81.9 million in acquisition costs and approximately $3.0 million in transaction costs.
 
The pro forma adjustments also reflect the reimbursement of approximately $0.5 million, as of June 30, 2010, to the Company’s sole stockholder, who paid the initial earnest money deposits on the Company’s behalf.
 
(d)  Represents the effects of the Offerings net of the repurchase of 1,000 shares issued to the sole stockholder at the formation of the Company. In the Common Stock Offering, the Company intends to issue 8,750,000 shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, for approximately $161.9 million of gross offering proceeds and, in the Concurrent Private Placement, the Company intends to issue 324,324 shares of common stock at an assumed purchase price of $18.50 per share for $6.0 million of gross private placement proceeds. In connection with the Common Stock Offering, the Company expects to incur approximately $8.1 million in underwriting discounts and commissions, $1.7 million in accounting and legal fees and $0.9 million in other offering costs, or $10.7 million in the aggregate. The pro forma adjustments also reflect the reimbursement of approximately $0.7 million as of June 30, 2010 to the Company’s sole stockholder, who paid that amount of costs related the offering on the Company’s behalf. Also represents the grant of an aggregate of 25,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock to the Company’s director nominees, all of which vest one year after the date of grant. The compensation expense associated with these stock grants is $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010.
 
The pro forma adjustment to additional paid-in-capital reflects the impact of the Offerings and the IPO Warrants. The adjustment represents an allocation of the proceeds of the Offerings above the par value of the Company’s common stock and the fair value of the IPO Warrants. The Company has determined that the IPO Warrants are appropriately reflected as permanent equity based on the terms and characteristics of the IPO Warrants, pursuant to the IPO Warrant agreement, and as such the Company has estimated the fair value of the IPO Warrants, based on the lattice valuation methodology, to be


F-15


Table of Contents

 
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and subsidiaries
 
 
equal to approximately $0.7 million. The key assumptions used in the Company’s determination of fair value included, but were not limited to, estimated stock price volatility, dividend yield, and the discount factor applicable to the present value of the estimated stock price changes over the exercise period of the IPO Warrants. In addition, the Company estimated the number of IPO Warrants issued at the end of the 30-day contingency period based upon an estimate of possible trading volume in the Company’s common stock during such 30-day contingency period. The Company’s estimate of possible trading volume in the Company’s common stock during such 30-day contingency period was based primarily on the trading volume of the common stock of other property REITs that have completed initial public offerings in the last two years during the first 30 days after completion of their initial public offerings.
 
The Company estimates that a 5% change in the estimated number of IPO Warrants issued would cause the estimated fair value of the IPO Warrants to differ by approximately $0.1 million. The Company estimates that a 1% decrease in the estimated volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock during the 30-day contingency period would cause the estimated fair value of the IPO Warrants to increase by approximately $0.2 million. The Company estimates that a 5% change in the estimated price volatility assumption used in the lattice valuation model would cause the estimated fair value of the IPO Warrants to change by approximately $0.3 million.


F-16


Table of Contents

 
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and subsidiaries
 
 
 
Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations
 
For the six months ended June 30, 2010
(in thousands except per share data)
 
                                         
                      Common Stock
       
                      Offering, Private
       
                      Placement, IPO
       
    The
    Acquisition of
    Pro Forma
    Warrants and
    Pro Forma
 
    Company (1)     WSL IV (2)     Adjustments     Equity Grants     as Adjusted  
   
 
Revenues
                                       
Rental income
        $ 7,203     $ 1,366 (3)         $ 8,569  
Net residence services
                             
Membership fees
                             
Interest income
          50                   50  
                                         
Total revenues
        $ 7,253     $ 1,366           $ 8,619  
                                         
Operating expenses
                                       
Salaries and benefits
                1,131 (4)     231 (4)     1,362  
Real estate taxes
          707       (707 ) (5)            
Insurance
                178 (4)           178  
                                         
Real estate taxes and insurance
          707       (529 )           178  
                                         
Administrative and office
          186       (186 ) (6)           173  
                      173 (4 )                
Professional fees
    69                         354  
                      285 (4)                
                                         
General and administrative
    69       186       272             527  
                                         
Property acquisition costs
    408                               408  
Depreciation and amortization
          1,752       (1,752 ) (8)           3,321  
                      3,321 (8)                
                                         
Total property operating expenses
    477     $ 2,645     $ 2,443       231     $ 5,796  
                                         
Net operating income
    (477 )   $ 4,608     $ (1,077 )     (231 )   $ 2,823  
                                         
Interest expense and loan cost amortization
        $ (1,690 )   $ (390 ) (7)         $ (2,119 )
                      (39 ) (7)                
                                         
Net income (loss)
    (477 )   $ 2,918     $ (1,506 )     (231 )   $ 704  
                                         
Net income (loss) per share
                                       
Basic and diluted
  $ (477 )                           $ 0.08  
Weighted average shares
                                       
Basic and diluted
    1,000                               9,099,324  
 
See the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations.


F-17


Table of Contents

 
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and subsidiaries
 
 
 
Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009
(in thousands except per share data)
 
                                         
                      Offering, Private
       
                      Placement, IPO
       
    The
    Acquisition of
    Pro Forma
    Warrants and
    Pro Forma
 
    Company (1)     WSL IV (2)     Adjustments     Equity Grants     as Adjusted  
   
 
Revenues
                                       
Rental Income
        $ 14,350     $ 2,790 (3)         $ 17,140  
Net residence services
                             
Membership fees
          317                   317  
Interest income
                             
                                         
Total revenues
        $ 14,667     $ 2,790           $ 17,457  
                                         
Operating expenses
                                       
Salaries and benefits
                2,213 (4)     463 (4)     2,676  
Real estate taxes
          1,370       (1,370 ) (5)            
Insurance
                355 (4)           355  
                                         
Real estate taxes and insurance
          1,370       (1,015 )           355  
                                         
Administrative and office
          242       (242 ) (6)           345  
                      345 (4)                
Professional fees
    69             570 (4)           639  
                                         
General and administrative
    69       242       673             984  
                                         
Property acquisition costs
    408                               408  
Depreciation and amortization
          3,476       (3,476 ) (8)           6,643  
                      6,643 (8)                
                                         
Total property operating expenses
    477     $ 5,088     $ 5,038       463     $ 11,066  
                                         
Net operating income
    (477 )   $ 9,579     $ (2,248 )     (463 )   $ 6,391  
                                         
Interest expense and loan cost amortization
        $ (3,965 )   $ (77 ) (7)         $ (4,994 )
                      (952 ) (7)                
                                         
Net income (loss)
    (477 )   $ 5,614     $ (3,277 )     (463 )   $ 1,397  
                                         
Net income (loss) per share
                                       
Basic and diluted
  $ (477 )                           $ 0.15  
Weighted average shares
                                       
Basic and diluted
    1,000                               9,099,324  
 
See the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations.


F-18


Table of Contents

 
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and subsidiaries
 
 
 
Notes to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations
 
Six months ended June 30, 2010 and year ended December 31, 2009
 
(1)  The Company was incorporated in Maryland on April 7, 2010. For purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009, reflects the historical audited consolidated statement of operations for the period from inception (April 17, 2010) to June 30, 2010.
 
(2)  For purposes of the Company’s pro forma presentation, the operating results, revenues and expenses of the Company and WSL IV, the owner of five of the six facilities under contract, have been included.
 
(3)  Reflects the adjustment necessary to present the Company’s expected rental revenue received, on a straight line basis, in connection with the Senior Lifestyle Leases. The new Senior Lifestyle Leases have a term that expires on January 31, 2012. The existing Senior Lifestyle Leases have a term that expires on June 18, 2013. The Senior Lifestyle Leases provide, on an aggregate basis, for monthly rent in 2010, 2011 and 2012 based on annual rent amounts of approximately $16.3 million in 2010, $18.5 million in 2011 and $20.7 million in 2012, respectively. Based on the estimated potential total rent during the terms of the Senior Lifestyle Leases, totalling approximately $25.6 million, the Company has reflected a pro forma adjustment of approximately $1.4 million and approximately $2.8 million to present pro forma straight line rent of approximately $8.6 million and approximately $17.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively.
 
(4)  Represents the costs incurred by the Company attributable to its corporate infrastructure and overhead, including the salaries and benefits of the employees in place, compensation expense for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and year ended December 31, 2009 of approximately $0.2 million and $0.5 million, respectively, relating to the restricted common stock grants, insurance costs (including directors and officers insurance), and fees associated with operating as a public company (including accounting, auditing and other compliance costs), as if these expenses had been incurred from January 1, 2009 through the end of the period presented.
 
(5)  Represents the elimination of approximately $0.7 million and approximately $1.4 million in property taxes reflected as incurred by WSL IV for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively, but for which the Company will not be responsible pursuant to the Senior Lifestyle Leases. Under the terms of the Senior Lifestyle Leases, the tenants will bear the sole responsibility and obligation to pay the property taxes for the facilities.
 
(6)  Represents a reduction of approximately $0.2 million and approximately $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively, for certain general and administrative services including costs affiliated with the office facilities and administrative costs that were historically paid by WSL IV and that the Company is not assuming in connection with the WSL/SLJ Acquisition.
 
(7)  Reflects loan cost amortization expense of approximately $0.04 million and $0.08 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively, as a result of the Company’s assumption of indebtedness in connection with the WSL/SLJ Acquisition, pertaining to approximately $1.6 million in lender fees incurred net of the reversal of deferred loan cost amortization recognized by WSL IV. The loan costs that will be incurred by the Company will be amortized over the remaining three year term of the assumed mortgage indebtedness. Interest expense of approximately $0.4 million and $1.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively, relating to the long-term debt affiliated with SL Jupiter that the Company will


F-19


Table of Contents

 
Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and subsidiaries
 
 
assume in connection with the WSL/SLJ Acquisition has been included to present the full balance of interest expense expected to be incurred by the Company.
 
(8)  Adjustments for the estimated pro forma depreciation and amortization of real estate assets relating to the WSL/SLJ Acquisition are based on the adjusted basis of the WSL IV and SL Jupiter assets and liabilities. The Company has estimated these amounts based on the historical financial statements of both WSL IV and SL Jupiter and the Company’s estimates of fair value. These allocations are subject to change based on valuation studies obtained from third-party consultants and the final purchase price allocation.
 
The following table summarizes the estimated adjustments to depreciation and amortization of real estate assets relating to the WSL/SLJ Acquisition (in thousands):
 
         
Historical net book value of WSL IV and SL Jupiter properties
  $ 139,311  
Allocation of purchase price to health care properties
    117,844  
         
Estimated assigned value to WSL IV and SL Jupiter properties after application of purchase accounting
  $ 257,155  
         
Estimated allocation between land, buildings and equipment:
       
Land
  $ 30,710  
Buildings
    218,117  
Furniture and equipment
    8,328  
         
Total health care properties
  $ 257,155  
         
 
                 
    For the six months ended
    For the year ended
 
    June 30, 2010     December 31, 2009  
   
 
Estimated depreciation expense
               
Buildings (40 years)
  $ 2,726     $ 5,453  
Furniture and equipment (7 years)
    595       1,190  
                 
Total estimated depreciation expense
  $ 3,321     $ 6,643  
                 
 
(9)  Pro forma earnings per share for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and year ended December 31, 2009 was calculated based upon the number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding as a result of the Offerings and the shares of common stock issued in connection with the stock awards being made pursuant to the Plan to the Company’s executive officers and director nominees. Pro forma earnings per share were calculated based upon the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, adjusted as if the shares were outstanding on January 1, 2009 which equalled the total shares issued and outstanding as a result of the aforementioned transactions and the vested stock grants including the first year of vesting for the restricted common stock grants.


F-20


Table of Contents

 
WSL Holdings IV, LLC
 
 
 
Independent auditors’ report
 
The Members
WSL Holdings IV, LLC:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of WSL Holdings IV, LLC (a Delaware limited liability company) and subsidiaries (collectively, the Company) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, members’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2009. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s managing member. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
/s/ KPMG LLP
April 9, 2010
Chicago, Illinois


F-21


Table of Contents

 
WSL Holdings IV, LLC
 
 
 
Consolidated statements of financial position
 
June 30, 2010 (unaudited), December 31, 2009 and 2008
 
                         
    As of June 30:
    As of December 31:  
    2010     2009     2008  
   
    (unaudited)              
 
Assets
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 15,814,877     $ 11,646,499     $ 4,182,150  
Lender required and other escrow deposits
    1,463,272       1,386,052       1,325,974  
Accounts receivable
    787,435       451,236       2,232,763  
Notes receivable
                65,000  
Prepaid expenses
    166,494       363,136       565,058  
                         
      18,232,078       13,846,923       8,370,945  
                         
Investment properties:
                       
Land
    11,780,344       11,780,344       11,780,344  
Buildings and improvements
    117,025,503       117,006,711       116,874,203  
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment
    3,450,399       3,436,718       3,080,609  
                         
      132,256,246       132,223,773       131,735,156  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (16,786,741 )     (15,034,978 )     (11,558,731 )
                         
Total investment properties
    115,469,505       117,188,795       120,176,425  
                         
Straight-line rent receivable
    1,650,159       1,560,704       787,224  
Deferred expenses, net
    1,412,689       1,507,065       1,944,304  
Other assets
    291       33,094       54,022  
                         
Total assets
  $ 136,764,722     $ 134,136,581     $ 131,332,920  
                         
Liabilities and members’ (deficit)
                       
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 322,608     $ 674,136     $ 435,381  
Resident deposits
    15,286,805       15,224,633       15,272,974  
Notes payable
    125,050,000       125,050,000       125,050,000  
                         
Total liabilities
    140,659,413       140,948,769       140,758,355  
Commitments and contingencies
                       
Members’ (deficit)
    (3,894,691 )     (6,812,188 )     (9,425,435 )
                         
Total liabilities and members’ (deficit)
  $ 136,764,722     $ 134,136,581     $ 131,332,920  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-22


Table of Contents

 
WSL Holdings IV, LLC
 
 
 
Consolidated statements of operations
 
Six month periods ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
 
                                         
    Six months ended June 30:     Years ended December 31:  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007  
   
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)                    
 
Revenue:
                                       
Rental income
  $ 7,203,478     $ 7,186,681     $ 14,349,735     $ 13,678,080     $ 11,673,932  
Interest and other income
    49,451       166,486       316,698       214,947       381,950  
                                         
      7,252,929       7,353,167       14,666,433       13,893,027       12,055,882  
                                         
Expenses:
                                       
General and administrative
    186,079       143,807       241,856       1,010,361       572,532  
Real estate taxes
    707,248       691,088       1,369,622       1,358,971       1,379,246  
Interest
    1,690,342       2,250,692       3,965,461       5,899,432       6,231,184  
Depreciation
    1,751,763       1,732,369       3,476,247       3,378,105       3,340,407  
                                         
      4,335,432       4,817,956       9,053,186       11,646,869       11,523,369  
                                         
Net operating income
    2,917,497       2,535,211       5,613,247       2,246,158       532,513  
Gain on debt extinguishment
                      5,066,815        
                                         
Net income
  $ 2,917,497     $ 2,535,211     $ 5,613,247     $ 7,312,973     $ 532,513  
                                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-23


Table of Contents

 
WSL Holdings IV, LLC
 
 
 
Consolidated statements of members’ equity (deficit)
 
Six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
 
                         
          Senior
       
    Walton SL
    Lifestyle
       
    Investors IV
    Investors
       
    LLC
    2004 LLC
       
    90%     10%     Total  
   
 
Members’ equity, December 31, 2006
  $ 34,406,171     $ 3,822,908     $ 38,229,079  
Distributions
    (1,800,000 )     (200,000 )     (2,000,000 )
Net income
    479,262       53,251       532,513  
                         
Members’ equity, December 31, 2007
  $ 33,085,433     $ 3,676,159     $ 36,761,592  
Distributions
    (48,150,000 )     (5,350,000 )     (53,500,000 )
Net income
    6,581,676       731,297       7,312,973  
                         
Members’ deficit, December 31, 2008
    (8,482,891 )     (942,544 )     (9,425,435 )
Distributions
    (2,700,000 )     (300,000 )     (3,000,000 )
Net income
    5,051,922       561,325       5,613,247  
                         
Members’ deficit, December 31, 2009
  $ (6,130,969 )   $ (681,219 )   $ (6,812,188 )
Net income (unaudited)
    2,625,747       291,750       2,917,497  
                         
Members’ deficit, June 30, 2010 (unaudited)
  $ (3,505,222 )   $ (389,469 )   $ (3,894,691 )
                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-24


Table of Contents

 
WSL Holdings IV, LLC
 
 
 
Consolidated statements of cash flows
 
Six month periods ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited)
and years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
 
                                         
    Six months ended
    Years ended
 
    June 30:     December 31:  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007  
   
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)                    
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                       
Net income
  $ 2,917,497     $ 2,535,211     $ 5,613,247     $ 7,312,973     $ 532,513  
Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                       
Change in fair market value of the interest rate cap
    32,803       (38,491 )     20,928       396,867       32,925  
Amortization of deferred mortgage costs
    224,206       225,682       449,888       410,719       146,274  
Amortization of loan premium
                      (858,792 )     (83,132 )
Gain on debt extinguishment
                      (5,066,815 )      
Depreciation
    1,751,763       1,732,369       3,476,247       3,378,105       3,340,407  
Straight-line rent receivable
    (89,455 )     (386,740 )     (773,480 )     (576,951 )     721,709  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                                       
Lender required and other escrow deposits
    129,193       71,593       (68,799 )     451,449       441,911  
Accounts receivable
    (336,199 )     (178,268 )     1,781,527       (774,113 )     (531,177 )
Notes receivable
                65,000             (65,000 )
Prepaid expenses
    196,642       411,758       201,922       (415,739 )     (6,741 )
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (312,694 )     53,393       199,921       (318,817 )     (316,704 )
Resident deposits
    62,172       (3,180 )     (48,341 )     54,104       197,044  
                                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    4,575,928       4,423,327       10,918,060       3,992,990       4,410,029  
                                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                       
Additions to investment properties, net of related payables
    (71,307 )     (242,040 )     (449,783 )     (735,928 )     (112,500 )
Lender required and other escrow deposits
    (138,672 )     (41,377 )     (33,342 )     479,505       (172,045 )
                                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (209,979 )     (283,417 )     (483,125 )     (256,423 )     (284,545 )
                                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                       
Distributions
          (3,000,000 )     (3,000,000 )     (53,500,000 )     (2,000,000 )
Purchase of interest rate cap instruments
                      (450,889 )      
Proceeds from notes payable
                      125,050,000        
Repayment of notes payable
                      (72,241,401 )     (724,910 )
Payment of deferred loan costs
    (129,830 )     (12,649 )     (12,649 )     (2,163,425 )     (94,839 )
Lender required and other escrow deposits
    (67,741 )     127,345       42,063       305,846        
                                         
Net cash used in financing activities
    (197,571 )     (2,885,304 )     (2,970,586 )     (2,999,869 )     (2,819,749 )
                                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    4,168,378       1,254,606       7,464,349       736,698       1,305,735  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    11,646,499       4,182,150       4,182,150       3,445,452       2,139,717  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 15,814,877     $ 5,436,756     $ 11,646,499     $ 4,182,150     $ 3,445,452  
                                         
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                                       
Cash paid during the year for interest
  $ 1,274,898     $ 1,625,007     $ 3,309,235     $ 6,007,320     $ 6,168,042  
Noncash additions to investment properties were approximately $0 as of June 30, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited), respectively and $39,000, $38,000, and $532,000 as of December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.
                                       
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-25


Table of Contents

 
WSL Holdings IV, LLC
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements
 
NOTE 1.  Organization and nature of activities
 
WSL Holdings IV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“WSL Holdings”), was formed on January 18, 2005 by Walton SL Investors IV, LLC, managing member (“Walton SL”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Walton Acquisition REOC Holdings IV, LLC (“REOC”), Senior Lifestyle Investors 2004, LLC (“SLI”), and Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC (“SLM”) to form a number of wholly owned entities, which have acquired retirement community properties (the “Communities”) more fully described in note 3. On September 29, 2005, SLM transferred its interest in WSL Holdings to an affiliated party, Senior Lifestyle CI, LLC (“SLCI”).
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of WSL Holdings and its wholly owned subsidiaries WSL Chancellor’s Village Investors IV, LLC, WSL Baywinde Investors IV, LLC, WSL Castle Pointe Investors IV, LLC, WSL Sage Harbor Investors IV, LLC, WSL Walden Investors IV, LLC, WSL Lake Barrington Investors IV, LLC, and WSL Bella Terra Investors IV, LLC (collectively, “WSL IV”). All intercompany transactions and balances among these entities have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
NOTE 2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”).
 
Unaudited Interim Information
 
The financial statements as of June 30, 2010 and for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 are unaudited. In the opinion of management, such financial statements reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the respective interim periods. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments, including treasury money market funds, which invest principally in U.S. Treasury notes and bills or repurchase agreements collateralized by those securities. Cash and cash equivalent balances with any one institution may be or may have been in excess of federally insured limits then in place. WSL IV has not experienced any losses in such accounts to date.
 
Lender required and other escrow deposits
 
Lender required and other escrow deposits consist of deposits for real estate taxes, capital improvements, replacement costs, discount fees (as defined), and future interest rate cap purchases.
 
Buildings and improvements
 
Significant betterments and improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the applicable useful lives as they are placed in service. Maintenance and repair expenses are charged to operations as incurred.
 
Impairment of long-lived assets
 
WSL IV periodically reviews the carrying value of the Communities for impairment if circumstances exist indicating the carrying value of the investment in the Communities may not be recoverable. Impairment indicators include, but are not limited to, significant decreases in property net operating


F-26


Table of Contents

 
WSL Holdings IV, LLC
 
 
income and occupancy percentages. If events or circumstances support the possibility of impairment, WSL IV prepares a projection of the undiscounted future cash flows of the Communities to determine if the investment is recoverable. If impairment is indicated, an adjustment will be made to the carrying value of the Communities to reduce the carrying value to its current fair value. If an asset is held for sale, it is measured at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less selling costs. WSL IV does not believe that there are any events or circumstances indicating impairment of its investment in the Communities at December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
Acquisitions
 
The acquisitions of the Communities were accounted for utilizing the purchase method, and accordingly, the results of operations are included in WSL IV’s accompanying consolidated statements of operations from the respective date of acquisition. WSL IV used estimates of future cash flows and other valuation techniques to allocate the purchase price of acquired Communities among land, buildings and improvements, and furniture, fixtures, and equipment. WSL IV assumed above-market debt at acquisition for three of the Communities and recorded a related premium in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of $6,207,365 at acquisition. In connection with payoff of the related debt during 2008 (Note 5), the aggregate unamortized loan premium was written off to gain on debt extinguishment. As the leases were executed concurrently with the acquisition of the Communities, there are no other identifiable intangibles such as acquired in-place lease or acquired above and below market lease intangibles.
 
Deferred expenses
 
Deferred expenses are comprised of deferred mortgage costs, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lives of the related debt, which approximates the effective interest method. Amortization of deferred mortgage costs was $449,888, $410,719 and $146,274 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Derivatives and hedging instruments
 
WSL IV accounts for derivatives in accordance with applicable accounting literature, which requires that all derivatives be recognized as either an asset or a liability in the combined consolidated statements of financial position and be measured at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivative instruments is dependent upon whether the applicable instrument has been formally designated and derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, that instrument must then be designated, based upon the exposure being hedged, as a fair value, cash flow hedge, or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, WSL IV’s derivatives that are measured at fair value were derived using primarily level 2 inputs.
 
Asset retirement obligations
 
WSL IV evaluated any potential asset retirement obligations, including those related to disposal of asbestos-containing materials and environmental remediation obligations. WSL IV recognizes the fair value of such obligations in the period incurred, if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be determined.
 
Based on this review, WSL IV did not identify any significant asset retirement obligations or environmental remediation obligations related to the Communities.
 
Fair value of financial instruments
 
For fair value of financial instruments, WSL IV estimates fair value based on the discounting of future cash flows using current market information. The carrying amount of WSL IV’s financial instruments,


F-27


Table of Contents

 
WSL Holdings IV, LLC
 
 
principally accounts receivable, escrow deposits, accounts payable and accrued expenses, derivative instruments, and working capital items, approximate their fair value at December 31, 2009 and 2008. The approximate aggregate fair value of notes payable was $117,011,000 and $118,268,000 as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, as compared to the approximate book value of $125,050,000 and $125,050,000 as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Fair value measurements
 
In some instances, certain of WSL IV’s assets and liabilities are required to be measured or disclosed at fair value according to a fair value hierarchy pursuant to relevant accounting literature. This hierarchy ranks the quality and reliability of the inputs used to determine fair values, which are then classified and disclosed in one of three categories. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are:
 
Ø   Level 1–quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
 
Ø   Level 2–quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable.
 
Ø   Level 3–model-derived valuations with unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity.
 
Assets and liabilities are classified based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. WSL IV’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment, and may affect the valuation of fair value assets and liabilities and their classifications within the fair value hierarchy levels.
 
Revenue recognition
 
Although certain leases of the Communities provide for tenant occupancy during periods for which no rent is due and/or increases in the minimum lease payments over the terms of the leases, rental income is accrued for the full period of occupancy on a straight-line basis. Related adjustments increased rental income by $773,480 and $576,951 in 2009 and 2008, respectively and decreased rental income by $721,709 in 2007. Percentage rent is accrued when tenants’ specified sales targets have been met. Interest income is accrued as earned. Expense recoveries are recognized as revenue in the period the costs are incurred. Lease termination fees are generally recognized when fees are determinable, tenant move-out has occurred, and collectibility is reasonably assured.
 
Resident deposits received from residents of Chancellor’s Village are generally fully refundable upon a successor resident’s full payment of the resident fee with respect to the residential unit occupied by the terminating resident. During a resident’s occupancy, the use of the resident deposit to fund operations by WSL IV is generally unrestricted. As WSL IV bears the market risk relative to any shortfall in the replacement resident deposit, WSL IV does not recognize revenue associated with these resident deposits. Certain resident deposits received after February 2006 are only partially refundable based upon a successor resident’s full payment of the resident fee with respect to the residential unit occupied by the terminating resident. As it relates to these deposits, the length of residency at Chancellor’s Village determines the portion of the entrance fee that is refundable (95% if prior to first anniversary, 90% if first anniversary reached, 85% if second anniversary reached, and 80% if third anniversary reached). In January 2007, WSL IV further decreased the refundable portion of entrance fees at each anniversary date for incoming residents (90% if prior to first anniversary, 85% if first anniversary reached, 80% if second anniversary reached, and 75% if third anniversary reached). WSL IV recognizes the nonrefundable portion of the entrance fee as income using the straight-line method over five years. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the resident deposits liability aggregated to approximately $15.2 million and $15.3 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, resident fee revenue was $309,017, $93,581 and $274,220, respectively, and is included in interest and other income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.


F-28


Table of Contents

 
WSL Holdings IV, LLC
 
 
Income taxes
 
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued guidance on accounting for uncertain tax positions. The guidance clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes by creating a framework for how companies should recognize, measure, present, and disclose in their financial statements uncertain tax positions that they have taken or expect to take in a tax return. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and was adopted by WSL IV beginning January 1, 2009. WSL IV had no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2009. WSL IV expects no significant increases or decreases in unrecognized tax benefits due to changes in tax positions within one year of December 31, 2009. WSL IV has no significant interest or penalties relating to income taxes recognized in the consolidated financial statements.
 
No provision for Federal and state income taxes has been made in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, as the liability for such taxes is primarily that of the Members rather than WSL IV. In certain instances WSL IV may be subject to certain state and local taxes which are not material to the consolidated financial statements.
 
Depreciation
 
Depreciation of the Communities is computed using the straight-line method over 7 (personal property) to 39 (real property) years as assets are placed in service.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
 
On July 1, 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC” or the “Codification”) that establishes the exclusive authoritative reference for U.S. GAAP for use in financial statements. The Codification references supersede all existing accounting and reporting standard references. This guidance is effective for interim periods ending after September 15, 2009. WSL IV adopted the guidance as of July 1, 2009, and it did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements, aside from changing the nomenclature used to reference accounting literature.
 
Risks and uncertainties
 
In the normal course of business, WSL IV encounters economic risk, including interest rate risk, credit risk, and market risk. Interest rate risk is the result of movements in the underlying variable component of the mortgage financing rates. Credit risk is the risk of default on WSL IV’s real estate investments that results from an underlying tenant’s inability or unwillingness to make contractually required payments. Market risk reflects changes in the valuation of real estate investments held by WSL IV.
 
The recent market volatility will likely make the valuations of the Communities more difficult. There may be significant uncertainty in the valuations, or in the stability of the values, that could result in substantial decreases in the values of the Communities. As a result, WSL IV may not be able to recover the carrying values of the Communities which may require WSL IV to record provisions for impairment.
 
Use of estimates
 
In preparing the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, management of WSL IV makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


F-29


Table of Contents

 
WSL Holdings IV, LLC
 
 
Reclassifications
 
Certain prior year balances have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation, which has not changed the results of prior year.
 
NOTE 3.   INVESTMENT PROPERTIES
 
WSL IV owns the following Communities at December 31, 2009 and 2008:
 
                             
                    Total
 
        Units/
    Purchase
    purchase
 
Venture, community name, and location   Operator   acres     date     price  
   
 
WSL Chancellor’s Village Investors IV, LLC,
Chancellor’s Village, Fredericksburg, VA
 
SL Chancellor’s
Village, LLC
    187 units       11/05     $ 31,730,000 (2)
WSL Baywinde Investors IV, LLC,
Penfield, NY
 
N/A
    22 acres       10/05       300,000  
WSL Castle Pointe Investors IV, LLC,
Castle Pointe, Penfield, NY
 
SL Castle
Pointe, LLC
    134 units       10/05       18,343,000  
WSL Sage Harbor Investors IV, LLC,
Sage Harbor, Penfield, NY
 
SL Sage Harbor,
LLC
    78 units       10/05       9,877,000  
WSL Walden Investors IV, LLC,
Walden Place, Cortland, NY
 
SL Walden, LLC
    80 units       10/05       6,600,000  
WSL Lake Barrington Investors IV, LLC,
Lake Barrington, Lake Barrington, IL
 
SL Barrington,
LLC
    193 units       3/05       31,000,000 (1)
WSL Bella Terra Investors IV, LLC,
Bella Terra, Jackson, NJ
 
SL Bella Terra,
LLC
    215 units       3/05       25,000,000 (1)
 
 
(1) The purchase prices of Lake Barrington and Bella Terra included deferred payments totaling $6,000,000 at acquisition, all of which was subsequently paid.
 
(2) The purchase price of Chancellor’s Village included the assumption of a liability for resident deposits of approximately $14,530,000 at acquisition.
 
In conjunction with the execution of the leases as described in Note 4, the facility operators (the “Operators”) entered into management agreements with SLM for each of the Communities for a period of one year with renewals for successive one-month periods unless terminated in accordance with the management agreements. Management fees are paid to SLM by the Operators based on the terms of the management agreements, and such fees are not recorded by WSL IV. The management agreements require a base management fee in years one and two and a market rate fee (as defined in the respective management agreements) thereafter. Pursuant to the terms of the management agreements, SLM provides the operator of the Communities with various services.


F-30


Table of Contents

 
WSL Holdings IV, LLC
 
 
NOTE 4.   LEASES
 
                 
Venture   Operator   Term   Rent   Expenses
 
 
WSL Chancellor’s Village Investors IV, LLC
  SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC   5 years   Monthly fixed rent increases annually.   Tenant responsible for operating expenses and real estate taxes.
WSL Castle Pointe Investors IV, LLC
  SL Castle Pointe, LLC   5 years   Monthly fixed rent plus percentage rent based on 10% of Gross Revenues (1) in excess of the Percentage Rent Hurdle (2) . Fixed rent increases annually.   Tenant responsible for operating expenses and real estate taxes.
WSL Sage Harbor Investors IV, LLC
  SL Sage Harbor, LLC   5 years   Monthly fixed rent plus percentage rent based on 10% of Gross Revenues (1) in excess of the Percentage Rent Hurdle (2) . Fixed rent increases annually.   Tenant responsible for operating expenses and real estate taxes.
WSL Walden Investors IV, LLC
  SL Walden, LLC   5 years   Monthly fixed rent plus percentage rent based on 10% of Gross Revenues (1) in excess of the Percentage Rent Hurdle (2) . Fixed rent increases annually.   Tenant responsible for operating expenses and real estate taxes.
WSL Lake Barrington Investors IV, LLC
  SL Barrington, LLC   5 years   Monthly fixed rent plus percentage rent based on 10% of Gross Revenues (1) in excess of the Percentage Rent Hurdle (2) . Fixed rent increases annually.   Tenant responsible for operating expenses and real estate taxes.
WSL Bella Terra Investors IV, LLC
  SL Bella Terra, LLC   5 years   Monthly fixed rent plus percentage rent based on 10% of Gross Revenues (1) in excess of the Percentage Rent Hurdle (2) . Fixed rent increases annually.   Tenant responsible for operating expenses and real estate taxes.
 
 
(1) Gross Revenues—collected gross revenue without adjustment.
 
(2) Percentage Rent Hurdle—an annual gross revenue hurdle defined in each lease.
 
WSL IV bills the Operators for reimbursement of certain costs including real estate taxes as permitted pursuant to the leases. Additionally, in certain instances, the Operator advances costs for capital expenditures on behalf of WSL IV. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008 approximately $308,219 and $1,337,395, respectively, of such amounts are included in accounts receivable and approximately $154,494 and $127,580, respectively, of such amounts are included in accounts payable in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position.
 
Additionally, the leases allow for loans from WSL IV and its wholly owned subsidiaries to the Communities for operating cash shortfalls. The leases call for amounts borrowed by the Operator to be repaid plus interest at the prime rate. As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the principal drawn on the promissory notes was $0 (unaudited), $0, $65,000 and $65,000, respectively.
 
In connection with the debt refinancing in June 2008 (Note 5), WSL IV amended the leases with the Communities. Under the amended leases, the terms were extended so as to expire on June 18, 2013, and any options to extend the leases were terminated.


F-31


Table of Contents

 
WSL Holdings IV, LLC
 
 
WSL IV has determined that the tenant leases are classified as operating leases; therefore, rental income is recognized when earned. The approximate minimum lease payments to be received in the future under operating lease amounts are as follows as of December 31, 2009:
 
         
    Amounts  
   
 
Years:
       
2010
  $ 12,654,000  
2011
    13,160,000  
2012
    13,666,000  
2013
    6,568,000  
         
    $ 46,048,000  
         


F-32


Table of Contents

 
WSL Holdings IV, LLC
 
 
 
NOTE 5.   NOTES PAYABLE
 
Notes payable consisted of the following at June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009 and 2008:
 
                                                                         
                      Interest rate                    
    June 30,
    December 31           December 31     Payment
    Initial
    Extension
 
Entity   2010     2009     2008     Stated     2009     2008     terms     maturity     options  
   
    (unaudited)                                                  
 
                                                                         
WSL Chancellor’s Village Investors IV, LLC (6)
  $ 17,470,000     $ 17,470,000     $ 17,470,000       Variable (2)     2.29 % (3)     4.34 % (4)     Interest only (1)     6/1/2013       7 / 10 years (7)
                                                                         
WSL Castle Pointe Investors IV, LLC (6)
    17,845,000       17,845,000       17,845,000       Variable (2)     2.29 % (3)     4.34 % (4)     Interest only (1)     6/1/2013       7 / 10 years (7)
                                                                         
WSL Sage Harbor Investors IV, LLC (6)
    11,925,000       11,925,000       11,925,000       Variable (2)     2.29 % (3)     4.34 % (4)     Interest only (1)     6/1/2013       7 / 10 years (7)
                                                                         
WSL Walden Investors IV, LLC (6)
    8,550,000       8,550,000       8,550,000       Variable (2)     2.29 % (3)     4.34 % (4)     Interest only (1)     6/1/2013       7 / 10 years (7)
                                                                         
Lake Barrington Community, LLC (5)(6)
    43,512,000       43,512,000       43,512,000       Variable (2)     2.29 % (3)     4.34 % (4)     Interest only (1)     6/1/2013       7 / 10 years (7)
                                                                         
Bella Terra Community, LLC (5)(6)
    25,748,000       25,748,000       25,748,000       Variable (2)     2.29 % (3)     4.34 % (4)     Interest only (1)     6/1/2013       7 / 10 years (7)
                                                                         
Unamortized loan premium
                                                                 
                                                                         
                                                                         
    $ 125,050,000     $ 125,050,000     $ 125,050,000                                                  
                                                                         
 
 
(1) Note payable is interest only until July 1, 2010 and then changes to amortizing through maturity.
 
(2) Interest rate, per the 2008 refinancing agreement, is variable as defined per the terms of the note payable (based on current 3-month DMBS rate plus 2.15% spread).
 
(3) Interest rate equal to December 1, 2009 rollover 3-month DMBS rate (0.14%) plus spread (2.15%).
 
(4) Interest rate equal to December 1, 2008 rollover 3-month DMBS rate (2.19%) plus spread (2.15%).
 
(5) These entities are wholly owned subsidiaries of WSL Lake Barrington Investors IV, LLC and WSL Bella Terra Investors IV, LLC, respectively.
 
(6) The notes payable related to each entity are cross-collateralized.
 
(7) WSL IV has a one-time option to convert the variable interest rate to a fixed rate. If the conversion option is exercised, the initial maturity date shall be extended, at WSL IV’s election, by either 7 or 10 years from the date the fixed rate becomes effective.


F-33


Table of Contents

 
WSL Holdings IV, LLC
 
 
In connection with the acquisitions of Castle Pointe, Sage Harbor, and Walden Place (the “HUD Properties”), notes payable in the amount of $11,519,336, $6,095,216, and $4,994,240, bearing interest at 7.75%, 8.40%, and 7.55%, respectively, were assumed by WSL IV. As of the acquisition dates of these Communities, based on interest rates for similar loans as of that date, WSL IV recorded loan premiums of $3,040,097, $2,045,831, and $1,121,437 for Castle Pointe, Sage Harbor, and Walden Place, respectively. The loan premiums were amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the terms of the respective notes through the refinancing close date of June 5, 2008 (see below), at which time the aggregate unamortized loan premium was $5,866,397. The unamortized loan premium was netted against prepayment penalties of $799,582, and the resulting $5,066,815 was recognized as a gain on debt extinguishment in the accompanying 2008 consolidated statements of operations.
 
The purchases of the HUD Properties were financed through equity contributions and mortgage loans with the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) under the terms of Section 232 of the National Housing Act. Agreements with HUD provided for the regulation and control of the operations of the HUD Properties. Under the terms thereof, the operator of the HUD Properties was regulated as to rent charges and operating methods. WSL IV was also regulated by HUD, which provided restrictions as to transactions with related parties, transfer of title, and payments of principal and interest on the debt, as well as established certain restricted deposit accounts for real estate taxes, insurance, capital improvements, and replacement reserves. In connection with the June 2008 refinancing, the HUD notes payable were fully repaid.
 
WSL IV extended the original maturity dates of the loans secured by Bella Terra and Lake Barrington from March 4, 2007 to June 5, 2008, at which point the loans for all of the Communities were refinanced.
 
On June 5, 2008, WSL IV obtained debt financing in the amount of $125,050,000. Proceeds from the new financing were used to pay off existing debt and remaining proceeds were distributed to the members of WSL IV. The new debt consists of six Fannie Mae Discount Mortgage-Backed Securities (“DMBS”) notes which are cross-collateralized by the Communities. The notes bear interest at the DMBS rate plus 2.15% (2.29% and 4.34% at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively). Pursuant to lender requirements, the spread is paid on a monthly basis and the DMBS rate is prepaid by WSL IV at three month intervals. As of December 31, 2009, prepaid interest relating to the January 2010 spread and the January and February 2010 DMBS rate was $253,058, and is included in prepaid expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position. As of December 31, 2008, prepaid interest relating to January and February 2009 DMBS rate was $459,397, and is included in prepaid expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position.
 
Lender required and other escrow deposits aggregated $1,386,052 and $1,325,974 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
As a requirement of the June 2008 refinancing, WSL IV entered into interest rate cap agreements (the “Caps”) for each note payable, which fixed the maximum strike rate at 5.67%. The Caps have a term of three years, and subsequent interest rate caps with terms equal to the remaining terms of the notes are required to be purchased on June 1, 2011. The notional amount of each Cap is equal to the respective note’s principal amount, and the Caps were acquired at a total cost of $450,889. The approximate fair value of the Caps at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $33,094 and $54,022, respectively, and is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position. WSL IV elected not to designate the Caps as hedges and, as such, the decrease in the fair value of the Caps of $20,928 and $396,867 in 2009 and 2008, respectively, is reflected in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.


F-34


Table of Contents

 
WSL Holdings IV, LLC
 
 
The aggregate maturities of WSL IV’s notes payable at December 31, 2009 are as follows:
 
         
Years:
       
2010
  $ 938,408  
2011
    1,959,495  
2012
    2,036,090  
2013
    120,116,007  
         
    $ 125,050,000  
         
 
NOTE 6.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
WSL IV is or may be subject to a variety of claims or legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. The outcomes of such claims are not expected to have a material adverse effect on WSL IV’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
WSL IV generally carries such insurance coverage as commercial liability, property, fire, flood, earthquake, environmental, extended coverage, and rental loss insurance with policy specifications. WSL IV believes that the limits and deductibles are adequate and appropriate under the circumstances, given the relative risk of loss, the cost of such coverage, and industry practice, including the use of master policies and coverages covering multiple properties. There are, however, certain types of extraordinary losses (such as bio-terrorism) that may be either uninsurable or not economically insurable.
 
NOTE 7.   LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
 
WSL IV is to terminate no later than December 31, 2052. Except as provided in WSL IV’s limited liability company agreements (the “Agreements”), no member shall be personally liable for any debt, obligations, or liability of WSL IV solely by reason of being a member of a limited liability company.
 
The Agreements generally provide for contributions of funds needed by WSL IV to be made by the members in accordance with their respective percentage interests, as defined (currently 90% to Walton SL and 10% to SLI). Through December 31, 2009, contributions totaling $37,383,060 had been made by the members of WSL IV (exclusive of SLCI, which is not required to contribute capital) in their respective percentage interests. The acquisition of the Communities was partially funded by equity contributions from Walton SL and SLI totaling $32,583,060. Pursuant to the agreement, additional capital contributions are to be made from time to time by Walton SL and SLI to fund WSL IV’s costs. Subject to certain special allocations of profit and losses (as defined) to cause each member’s capital account to be in specified ratios, profits and losses are to be allocated in accordance with their respective percentage interests.
 
The Agreements provide that distributions of distributable cash (as defined in the respective agreements) will be made as follows: (i) in the ratio of percentage interests of Walton SL and SLI until Walton SL has received an amount equal to the 20% IRR deficiency (as defined in the respective agreements), (ii) 20% to SLCI with any remaining Distributable Cash in the ratio of percentage interests until Walton SL has received an amount equal to the 25% IRR Deficiency (as defined), (iii) 25% to SLCI with any remaining distributable cash in the ratio of percentage interests until Walton SL has received an amount equal to the 30% IRR deficiency (as defined), and (iv) 30% to SLCI with any remaining distributable cash in the ratio of percentage interests. In addition, if the management agreements, as described in note 3, are terminated for cause (as defined), SLCI will receive no distributions of distributable cash. Through December 31, 2009, cumulative distributions totaling $59,250,000 have been made by WSL IV to the members in their respective percentage interests.


F-35


Table of Contents

 
WSL Holdings IV, LLC
 
 
NOTE 8.   SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
In April 2010, WSL IV entered into a purchase and sale agreement with a third party purchaser to sell at a gain its membership interests in its wholly owned subsidiaries WSL Chancellor’s Village Investors IV, LLC, WSL Baywinde Investors IV, LLC, WSL Castle Pointe Investors IV, LLC, WSL Sage Harbor Investors IV, LLC, WSL Walden Investors IV, LLC, WSL Lake Barrington Investors IV, LLC and WSL Bella Terra Investors IV, LLC. There can be no assurance that the purchase and sale agreement will result in the sale of the membership interests.


F-36


Table of Contents

 
WSL Holdings IV, LLC
 
 
 
Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio
 
 
(SL Bella Terra, LLC, SL Barrington, LLC, SL Walden, LLC, SL Sage Harbor, LLC, SL Castle Pointe, LLC and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC)
 
 
Condensed combined balance sheets
 
June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009
(Unaudited)
 
                 
    As of
    As of
 
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009*  
   
 
Assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 526,053     $ 201,462  
Cash, security deposits
    302,022       359,147  
Accounts receivable, net
    98,164       86,386  
Prepaid expenses
    130,722       217,845  
Due from landlord
    390,198       58,338  
Leasehold improvements and equipment, net
    621,425       680,494  
                 
Total assets
  $ 2,068,584     $ 1,603,672  
                 
Liabilities and members’ deficit
               
Accounts payable
  $ 605,823     $ 809,428  
Accrued expenses
    1,777,373       1,151,223  
Rent advances and other
    510,080       474,543  
Due to affiliates
    633,485       547,430  
Security deposits
    343,993       392,075  
Deferred rent
    1,580,571       1,479,311  
                 
Total liabilities
    5,451,325       4,854,010  
Members’ deficit
    (3,382,741 )     (3,250,338 )
                 
Total liabilities and members’ deficit
  $ 2,068,584     $ 1,603,672  
                 
 
See notes to condensed combined financial statements.
 
* Derived from audited financial statements.


F-37


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio
 
 
(SL Bella Terra, LLC, SL Barrington, LLC, SL Walden, LLC, SL Sage Harbor, LLC, SL Castle Pointe, LLC and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC)
 
 
Condensed combined statements of operations
 
(Unaudited)
 
                 
    Six months ended June 30,  
    2010     2009  
   
 
Revenue:
               
Rental
  $ 16,261,798     $ 16,349,325  
Net resident service
    1,182,610       882,337  
Other
    42,666       79,713  
                 
Total revenue
    17,487,074       17,311,375  
                 
Expenses:
               
Salaries and employee benefits
    5,543,614       5,515,552  
Administrative and office
    435,943       332,738  
Management and contract services
    1,422,490       1,363,292  
Rent
    6,498,994       6,473,570  
Insurance
    143,858       141,726  
Utilities
    876,834       861,348  
Real estate taxes
    723,277       780,868  
Professional fees
    156,941       87,675  
Depreciation and amortization
    100,214       91,611  
Repairs and maintenance
    708,765       744,574  
Marketing
    297,628       149,616  
Management fees
    719,653       698,832  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    (8,147 )     21,365  
                 
Total expenses
    17,620,064       17,262,767  
                 
Operating income (loss)
    (132,990 )     48,608  
                 
Other income (expense):
               
Interest income
    409       268  
Interest expense
    178       (11 )
                 
Other income (expense)
    587       257  
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (132,403 )   $ 48,865  
                 
 
See notes to condensed combined financial statements.


F-38


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio
 
 
(SL Bella Terra, LLC, SL Barrington, LLC, SL Walden, LLC, SL Sage Harbor, LLC, SL Castle Pointe, LLC and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC)
 
 
Condensed combined statements of cash flows
 
(Unaudited)
 
                 
    Six months ended June 30,  
    2010     2009  
   
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
Net income (loss)
  $ (132,403 )   $ 48,865  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    100,214       91,611  
Changes in:
               
Cash, security deposits
    57,125       69,517  
Accounts receivable
    (11,778 )     (11,458 )
Prepaid expenses
    87,123       79,392  
Accounts payable
    (203,605 )     8,496  
Accrued expenses
    626,150       310,135  
Rent advances and other
    35,537       (110,590 )
Due to (from) landlord
    (331,860 )     (203,515 )
Security deposits
    (48,082 )     (75,901 )
Deferred rent
    101,260       395,345  
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    279,681       601,897  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Purchase of leasehold improvements and equipment
    (41,145 )     (9,968 )
Advances to affiliates
          (1,987,300 )
                 
Net cash (used in) investing activities
    (41,145 )     (1,997,268 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Advances from affiliates
    86,055       1,176,260  
                 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    86,055       1,176,260  
                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    324,591       (219,111 )
Cash and cash equivalents:
               
Beginning of period
    201,462       1,690,946  
                 
End of period
  $ 526,053     $ 1,471,835  
                 
 
See notes to condensed combined financial statements.


F-39


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio
 
 
(SL Bella Terra, LLC, SL Barrington, LLC, SL Walden, LLC, SL Sage Harbor, LLC, SL Castle Pointe, LLC and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC)
 
 
Notes to condensed combined financial statements
 
NOTE 1.  NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Basis of presentation:   The financial statements of Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio combine certain wholly-owned limited liability companies of Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Owner”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the presentation.
 
Nature of operations:   Included in these financial statements are SL Bella Terra, LLC (“Bella Terra”), a New Jersey limited liability company formed in March 2005, SL Barrington, LLC (“Lake Barrington Woods”), an Illinois limited liability company formed in March 2005, SL Walden, LLC (“Walden Place”), a Delaware limited liability company formed in October 2005, SL Sage Harbor, LLC (“Sage Harbor”), a Delaware limited liability company formed in October 2005, SL Castle Pointe, LLC (“Castle Pointe”), a Delaware limited liability company formed in October 2005, and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC (“Chancellor’s Village”), an Illinois limited liability company formed in July 2005. These entities were formed to enter into leases for the purpose of operating a senior care facility at each location.
 
The Owner was formed on June 11, 1997 to provide management and development services to senior living facilities throughout the United States. Under the terms of the Owner’s operating agreement, the Owner is to dissolve on the earlier of certain events occurring or December 31, 2047. Bella Terra, Lake Barrington Woods and Chancellor’s Village are wholly-owned by the Owner and the Owner is the sole member.
 
Bella Terra operates and leases a 215-unit/bed independent, assisted and special care facility located in Jackson, New Jersey. Under the terms of Bella Terra’s operating agreement, Bella Terra will terminate at the discretion of the Owner.
 
Lake Barrington Woods operates and leases a 193-unit independent and assisted living facility located in Lake Barrington, Illinois. Under the terms of Lake Barrington Woods’ operating agreement, Lake Barrington Woods will terminate at the discretion of the Owner.
 
Chancellor’s Village operates and leases a 187-unit independent and assisted living facility located in Fredericksburg, Virginia. Under the terms of Chancellor’s Village’s operating agreement, Chancellor’s Village will terminate at the discretion of the Owner.
 
An affiliate of the Owner, SL New York, LLC (“SL New York”) is the sole member of Walden Place, Sage Harbor and Castle Pointe (the “New York Operators”) formed to lease and operate senior care facilities located in the State of New York. The owners of SL New York are also the members of the Owner, and except for restrictions imposed by laws of the State of New York, the Owner, rather than SL New York, would be the sole member of these New York Operators. At time of formation of SL New York, an exclusive agency and nominee agreement was entered into between SL New York and the Owner to allow the Owner to retain all revenue and expenses of operating the New York Operators.
 
Walden Place operates and leases an 80-unit/bed assisted living and special care facility located in Cortland, New York. Under the terms of Walden Place’s operating agreement, Walden Place will terminate at the discretion of the Owner.


F-40


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio
 
 
(SL Bella Terra, LLC, SL Barrington, LLC, SL Walden, LLC, SL Sage Harbor, LLC, SL Castle Pointe, LLC and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC)
 
Sage Harbor operates and leases a 78-unit/bed assisted living and special care facility located in Webster, New York. Under the terms of Sage Harbor’s operating agreement, Sage Harbor will terminate at the discretion of the Owner.
 
Castle Pointe operates and leases a 134-unit independent living facility located in Webster, New York. Under the terms of Castle Pointe’s operating agreement, Castle Pointe will terminate at the discretion of the Owner.
 
Cash and cash equivalents:   Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and in banks, demand deposits, and all other amounts with original maturities of three months or less. The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio maintains cash deposits at multiple banks, which throughout the year periodically exceeded federally insured deposit limits. The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash.
 
Receivables:   Accounts receivable are comprised of billed but uncollected amounts due for rents, resident services and other charges due from senior residents. Receivables are recorded at the Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio’s estimate of the amounts that will ultimately be collected. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on specific identification of uncollectible accounts and the Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio’s historical collection experience. At June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $24,557 and $33,308, respectively.
 
Prepaid expenses:   Prepaid expenses consist primarily of insurance and other expenses paid in advance and deposits
 
Leasehold improvements and equipment:   Leasehold improvements and equipment are stated at cost. Furniture and fixtures and equipment are depreciated over estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis, five to seven years. The cost of leasehold improvements is amortized on the straight-line basis over the shorter of estimated useful lives or the term of the related lease.
 
Deferred rent:   Certain operating leases contain fixed escalations of the minimum annual lease payments during the original terms of the lease. For these leases, the Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio recognizes rental expense on a straight-line basis and record the difference between rent expense and the amount currently payable under the lease as deferred rent.
 
Revenue recognition:   Rental income is recognized as earned under resident leases that typically have terms of one year or less. Net resident service revenue consists of room and board and ancillary charges to residents for services such as nursing, therapy, meal preparation, housekeeping and laundry. Income from these services is recognized upon completion of the service. Any rental receipts received in advance are reflected as liabilities and included in rent advances and other.
 
Income taxes:   The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio is not subject to federal income tax because their income and losses are includable in the tax returns of the members, but may be subject to certain state taxes. The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) has provided guidance for how uncertain tax positions should be recognized, measured, disclosed and presented in the financial statements. This requires the evaluation of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing the entities’ tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are more-likely-than-not of being sustained when challenged or when examined by the applicable taxing authority.
 
The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio adopted the provisions of the Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes section of the Income Taxes Topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification on January 1, 2009. Management has determined that there are no material uncertain tax positions.


F-41


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio
 
 
(SL Bella Terra, LLC, SL Barrington, LLC, SL Walden, LLC, SL Sage Harbor, LLC, SL Castle Pointe, LLC and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC)
 
Tax returns filed by the Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio generally are subject to examination by U.S. and state taxing authorities for the years ended after December 31, 2005.
 
Use of estimates:   In preparing financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), management makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Cash, security deposits:   The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio has in the past received security deposits from residents in the independent and assisted living facilities. Cash, security deposits consist of separate security deposit accounts that must be maintained pursuant to certain state’s regulations.
 
Subsequent events:   The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio has evaluated subsequent events for potential recognition and/or disclosure through July 27, 2010, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
 
NOTE 2.  LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS AND EQUIPMENT
 
A summary of leasehold improvements and equipment at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 is as follows:
 
                 
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
   
 
Leasehold improvements
  $ 338,922     $ 338,922  
Furniture and fixtures
    658,484       658,484  
Equipment
    460,553       419,408  
                 
      1,457,959       1,416,814  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (836,534 )     (736,320 )
                 
    $ 621,425     $ 680,494  
                 
 
NOTE 3.  ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
Accrued expenses and other at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, consist of:
 
                 
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
   
 
Compensation
  $ 749,869     $ 711,558  
Real estate taxes
    930,625       239,524  
Other
    96,879       200,141  
                 
    $ 1,777,373     $ 1,151,223  
                 
 
NOTE 4.  RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND LEASES
 
The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio has entered into various operating leases with affiliates of the Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio (the “Landlords”). Each lease has a two to five-year term with expirations through June 2013. The terms of the leases generally provide for the payment of base rent and all operating expenses and taxes.


F-42


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio
 
 
(SL Bella Terra, LLC, SL Barrington, LLC, SL Walden, LLC, SL Sage Harbor, LLC, SL Castle Pointe, LLC and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC)
 
The Landlords, under the terms of each of the leases, have made available a $2,000,000 line of credit per property for a total available line of credit of $12,000,000. The lines of credit accrue interest at the prime rate (3.25 percent at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009) and are due in full upon the earlier of the expiration or termination of the leases. Monthly payment of interest and principal are due based on available cash flow. No distributions to the Owner can occur if any outstanding loan balance exists. At June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio had no amounts due to the Landlords under the lines of credit.
 
The payment of rent and lines of credit of the Owner are cross-collateralized by the collective cash flow of the other subsidiaries of the Owner (who have similar businesses to the Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio), such that any distribution from a subsidiary to the Owner is subordinate to the outstanding unpaid rent, and unpaid principal and accrued interest on the line of credit due to the Landlords. In the event a subsidiary is in default of any rent payment or any payment under the lines of credit, then all distributions paid by the subsidiary to the Owner during any preceding 12-month period are required to be returned to the subsidiary to be paid to the Landlord.
 
Minimum lease payments to be paid under current lease agreements are as follows at December 31, 2009:
 
         
2010
  $ 12,653,903  
2011
    13,159,564  
2012
    13,666,339  
2013
    6,516,570  
2014
     
         
    $ 45,996,376  
         
 
The leases above contain provisions for scheduled rent increases during the term of the respective leases. Included in deferred rent is $1,580,571 and $1,479,311 of such increases at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, which will be paid in the future.
 
Pursuant to various management agreements, the Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio pays management fees to the Owner. The management fees are either 4 percent of gross revenue or the market rate fee, as defined in the respective management agreements. For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2009, $719,653 and $698,823 were incurred. Unpaid management fees were $167 and $3,250 at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
 
Due to affiliates of $633,485 and $547,430 at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, consists of amounts received from affiliates for working capital purposes as well as management fees payable to the Owner.
 
Due from landlord of $390,198 and $58,338 at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, consists of advances to the Landlords for various obligations under the leases of the Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio.
 
Amounts due to/from affiliates are non-interest bearing and due on demand.
 
NOTE 5.  401(k) SAVINGS PLAN
 
The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio has created a 401(k) savings plan for all employees who are at least 21 years of age and have been employed in excess of one month. The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio reserves the right to make matching contributions at a rate determined by management, not to exceed


F-43


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio
 
 
(SL Bella Terra, LLC, SL Barrington, LLC, SL Walden, LLC, SL Sage Harbor, LLC, SL Castle Pointe, LLC and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC)
 
$1,500 per employee. Employees who participate in the plan vest in it for a six-year period commencing in year two. The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio’s contributions for the six month periods ending June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2009 were $11,662 and $11,573, respectively, and are included in salaries and employee benefits expenses.
 
NOTE 6.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio is subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management the amount of any ultimate liability with respect to any such claims will not materially affect the Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio’s combined financial statements.


F-44


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio
 
 
(SL Bella Terra, LLC, SL Barrington, LLC, SL Walden, LLC, SL Sage Harbor, LLC, SL Castle Pointe, LLC and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC)
 
 
Independent auditors’ report
 
To the Members
Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio
 
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio (the Companies) as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and the related combined statements of operations, changes in members’ deficit and cash flows for the years then ended. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Companies’ management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Companies as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations, changes in members’ deficit and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
 
Chicago, Illinois
April 20, 2010


F-45


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio
 
 
(SL Bella Terra, LLC, SL Barrington, LLC, SL Walden, LLC, SL Sage Harbor, LLC, SL Castle Pointe, LLC and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC)
 
 
Combined balance sheets
 
                         
    As of December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Assets
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 201,462     $ 1,690,946     $ 681,422  
Cash, security deposits
    359,147       480,142       700,351  
Accounts receivable, net
    86,386       102,638       111,048  
Prepaid expenses
    217,845       180,916       215,017  
Due from landlord
    58,338              
Due from affiliates
          1,380,660       27,326  
Leasehold improvements and equipment, net
    680,494       639,016       724,625  
                         
Total assets
  $ 1,603,672     $ 4,474,318     $ 2,459,789  
                         
Liabilities and Members’ Deficit
                       
Accounts payable
  $ 809,428     $ 423,189     $ 438,704  
Accrued expenses
    1,151,223       1,152,705       1,118,691  
Rent advances and other
    474,543       326,626       307,371  
Due to Landlord
          1,911,858       870,769  
Due to affiliates
    547,430       27,713       75,761  
Security deposits
    392,075       544,405       724,431  
Deferred rent
    1,479,311       681,114       221,021  
                         
Total liabilities
    4,854,010       5,067,610       3,756,748  
Members’ deficit
    (3,250,338 )     (593,292 )     (1,296,959 )
                         
Total liabilities and members’ deficit
  $ 1,603,672     $ 4,474,318     $ 2,459,789  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.


F-46


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio
 
 
(SL Bella Terra, LLC, SL Barrington, LLC, SL Walden, LLC, SL Sage Harbor, LLC, SL Castle Pointe, LLC and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC)
 
 
Combined statements of operations
 
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Revenue
                       
Rental
  $ 32,479,745     $ 33,271,935     $ 30,692,765  
Net resident service
    1,827,111       1,511,339       1,173,243  
Other
    106,740       166,341       102,558  
                         
Total revenue
    34,413,596       34,949,615       31,968,566  
                         
Expenses
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
    11,314,070       11,205,148       10,851,413  
Administrative and office
    783,577       800,129       800,394  
Management and contract services
    2,823,812       2,848,186       2,670,681  
Rent
    13,108,827       12,309,905       10,474,735  
Insurance
    275,217       274,704       432,474  
Utilities
    1,686,023       1,682,428       1,723,867  
Real estate taxes
    1,267,046       1,342,431       1,422,858  
Professional fees
    137,995       216,594       174,262  
Depreciation and amortization
    194,564       183,146       224,902  
Repairs and maintenance
    1,566,388       1,597,509       1,344,565  
Marketing
    363,461       376,426       312,251  
Management fees
    1,389,221       1,407,729       1,241,886  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    27,650       28,426       19,395  
                         
Total expenses
    34,937,851       34,272,761       31,693,683  
                         
Operating income (loss)
    (524,255 )     676,854       274,883  
                         
Other income (expense)
                       
Interest income
    708       27,828       14,381  
Interest expense
    (158 )     (1,015 )     (19,078 )
                         
Other income (expense)
    550       26,813       (4,697 )
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (523,705 )   $ 703,667     $ 270,186  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.


F-47


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio
 
 
(SL Bella Terra, LLC, SL Barrington, LLC, SL Walden, LLC, SL Sage Harbor, LLC, SL Castle Pointe, LLC and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC)
 
 
Combined statements of changes in member’s deficit
 
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
 
         
    Member’s
 
    deficit  
   
 
Balance, January 1, 2007
  $ (1,567,145 )
Net income
    270,186  
         
Balance, December 31, 2007
    (1,296,959 )
Net income
    703,667  
         
Balance, December 31, 2008
    (593,292 )
Distributions to members
    (2,133,341 )
Net loss
    (523,705 )
         
Balance, December 31, 2009
  $ (3,250,338 )
         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.


F-48


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio
 
 
(SL Bella Terra, LLC, SL Barrington, LLC, SL Walden, LLC, SL Sage Harbor, LLC, SL Castle Pointe, LLC and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC)
 
 
Combined statements of cash flows
 
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (523,705 )   $ 703,667     $ 270,186  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    194,564       183,146       224,902  
Changes in:
                       
Cash, security deposits
    120,995       220,209       344,743  
Accounts receivable
    16,252       8,410       162,628  
Prepaid expenses
    (36,929 )     34,101       167,632  
Accounts payable
    386,239       (15,515 )     101,607  
Accrued expenses
    (1,482 )     34,014       152,808  
Rent advances and other
    147,917       19,255       (48,094 )
Due to (from) Landlord
    (1,970,196 )     1,041,089       196,668  
Security deposits
    (152,330 )     (180,026 )     (209,041 )
Deferred rent
    798,197       460,093       (722,734 )
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (1,020,478 )     2,508,443       641,305  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Purchase of leasehold improvements and equipment
    (236,042 )     (97,537 )     (252,310 )
Repayments (advances) from (to) affiliates
    1,380,660       (1,353,334 )     (27,326 )
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    1,144,618       (1,450,871 )     (279,636 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Distributions to members
    (2,133,341 )            
Advances (repayments) from (to) affiliates
    519,717       (48,048 )     (110,895 )
                         
Net cash used in financing activities
    (1,613,624 )     (48,048 )     (110,895 )
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (1,489,484 )     1,009,524       250,774  
Cash and cash equivalents:
                       
Beginning of year
    1,690,946       681,422       430,648  
                         
End of year
  $ 201,462     $ 1,690,946     $ 681,422  
                         
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
                       
Interest paid
  $ 158     $ 1,015     $ 19,078  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.


F-49


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio
 
 
(SL Bella Terra, LLC, SL Barrington, LLC, SL Walden, LLC, SL Sage Harbor, LLC, SL Castle Pointe, LLC and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC)
 
 
Notes to combined financial statements
 
NOTE 1.   NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Basis of presentation:   The financial statements of Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio combine certain wholly-owned limited liability companies of Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Owner”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the presentation.
 
Nature of operations:   Included in these financial statements are SL Bella Terra, LLC (“Bella Terra”), a New Jersey limited liability company formed in March 2005, SL Barrington, LLC (“Lake Barrington Woods”), an Illinois limited liability company formed in March 2005, SL Walden, LLC (“Walden Place”), a Delaware limited liability company formed in October 2005, SL Sage Harbor, LLC (“Sage Harbor”), a Delaware limited liability company formed in October 2005, SL Castle Pointe, LLC (“Castle Pointe”), a Delaware limited liability company formed in October 2005, and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC (“Chancellor’s Village”), an Illinois limited liability company formed in July 2005. These entities were formed to enter into leases for the purpose of operating a senior health care facility at each location.
 
The Owner was formed on June 11, 1997 to provide management and development services to senior living facilities throughout the United States. Under the terms of the Owner’s operating agreement, the Owner is to dissolve on the earlier of certain events occurring on or before December 31, 2047. Bella Terra, Lake Barrington Woods and Chancellor’s Village are wholly-owned by the Owner and the Owner is the sole member.
 
Bella Terra operates and leases a 215-unit/bed independent, assisted and special care facility located in Jackson, New Jersey. Under the terms of Bella Terra’s operating agreement, Bella Terra will terminate at the discretion of the Owner.
 
Lake Barrington Woods operates and leases a 193-unit independent and assisted living facility located in Lake Barrington, Illinois. Under the terms of Lake Barrington Woods’ operating agreement, Lake Barrington Woods will terminate at the discretion of the Owner.
 
Chancellor’s Village operates and leases a 187-unit independent and assisted living facility located in Fredericksburg, Virginia. Under the terms of Chancellor’s Village’s operating agreement, Chancellor’s Village will terminate at the discretion of the Owner.
 
An affiliate of the Owner, SL New York, LLC (“SL New York”) is the sole member of Walden Place, Sage Harbor and Castle Pointe (the “New York Operators”) formed to lease and operate senior health care facilities located in the State of New York. The owners of SL New York are also the members of the Owner, and except for restrictions imposed by laws of the State of New York, the Owner, rather than SL New York, would be the sole member of these New York Operators. At the time of formation of SL New York, an exclusive agency and nominee agreement was entered into between SL New York and the Owner to allow the Owner to retain all revenue and expenses of operating the New York Operators.
 
Walden Place operates and leases an 80-unit/bed assisted living and special care facility located in Cortland, New York. Under the terms of Walden Place’s operating agreement, Walden Place will terminate at the discretion of the Owner.


F-50


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio
 
 
(SL Bella Terra, LLC, SL Barrington, LLC, SL Walden, LLC, SL Sage Harbor, LLC, SL Castle Pointe, LLC and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC)
 
Sage Harbor operates and leases a 78-unit/bed assisted living and special care facility located in Webster, New York. Under the terms of Sage Harbor’s operating agreement, Sage Harbor will terminate at the discretion of the Owner.
 
Castle Pointe operates and leases a 134-unit independent living facility located in Webster, New York. Under the terms of Castle Pointe’s operating agreement, Castle Pointe will terminate at the discretion of the Owner.
 
Cash and cash equivalents:   Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and in banks, demand deposits, and all other amounts with original maturities of three months or less. The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio maintains cash deposits at multiple banks, which throughout 2009 periodically exceeded federally insured deposit limits. The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash.
 
Receivables:   Accounts receivable are comprised of billed but uncollected amounts due for rents, resident services and other charges due from senior residents. Receivables are recorded at the Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio’s estimate of the amounts that will ultimately be collected. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on specific identification of uncollectible accounts and the Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio’s historical collection experience. At December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $33,308, $11,860 and $20,753, respectively.
 
Prepaid expenses:   Prepaid expenses consist primarily of insurance and other expenses paid in advance and deposits.
 
Property and equipment:   Property and equipment are stated at cost. Property and equipment are depreciated over estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis, five to seven years. The cost of leasehold improvements is amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of estimated useful lives or the term of the related lease.
 
Deferred rent:   Certain operating leases contain fixed escalations of the minimum annual lease payments during the original terms of the lease. For these leases, the Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio recognizes rental expense on a straight-line basis and records the difference between rent expense and the amount currently payable under the lease as deferred rent.
 
Revenue recognition:   Rental income is recognized as earned under resident leases that typically have terms of one year or less. Net resident service revenue consists of room and board and ancillary charges to residents for services such as nursing, therapy, meal preparation, housekeeping and laundry. Income from these services is recognized upon completion of the service. Any rental receipts received in advance are reflected as liabilities and included in rent advances and other.
 
Income taxes:   The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio is not subject to federal income tax because its income and losses are includable in the tax returns of their members, but may be subject to certain state taxes. The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) has provided guidance for how uncertain tax positions should be recognized, measured, disclosed and presented in the financial statements. This requires the evaluation of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing the entities’ tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are more-likely-than-not to be sustained when challenged or when examined by the applicable taxing authority.
 
The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio adopted the provisions of the Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes section of the Income Taxes Topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification on January 1, 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2009, management has determined that there are no material uncertain tax positions.


F-51


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio
 
 
(SL Bella Terra, LLC, SL Barrington, LLC, SL Walden, LLC, SL Sage Harbor, LLC, SL Castle Pointe, LLC and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC)
 
Tax returns filed by the Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio generally are subject to examination by U.S. and state taxing authorities for the years ended after December 31, 2005.
 
Use of estimates:   In preparing financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), management makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Cash, security deposits:   The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio has in the past received security deposits from residents in independent and assisted living facilities. Cash, security deposits consists of separate security deposit accounts that must be maintained pursuant to certain states’ regulations.
 
Subsequent events:   The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio has evaluated subsequent events for potential recognition and/or disclosure through April 20, 2010, the date the combined financial statements were available to be issued.
 
NOTE 2.   LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS AND EQUIPMENT
 
A summary of leasehold improvements and equipment, net, at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Leasehold improvements
  $ 338,922     $ 317,784     $ 249,594  
Furniture and fixtures
    658,484       469,681       451,066  
Equipment
    419,408       393,307       382,575  
                         
Leasehold improvements and equipment
    1,416,814       1,180,772       1,083,235  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (736,320 )     (541,756 )     (358,610 )
                         
Leasehold improvements and equipment, net
  $ 680,494     $ 639,016     $ 724,625  
                         
 
NOTE 3.   ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
Accrued expenses at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 consist of:
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Compensation
  $ 711,558     $ 640,417     $ 523,869  
Real estate taxes—additional rent
    239,524       310,214       374,132  
Other
    200,141       202,074       220,690  
                         
Accrued expenses
  $ 1,151,223     $ 1,152,705     $ 1,118,691  
                         
 
NOTE 4.   RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND LEASES
 
The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio has entered into various operating leases with affiliates of the Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio (the “Landlords”). Each lease has a two to five-year term with expirations through June 2013. The terms of the leases generally provide for the payment of base rent and all operating expenses and taxes.
 
The Landlords, under the terms of each of the leases, have made available a $2,000,000 line of credit per property for a total available line of credit of $12,000,000. The lines of credit accrue interest at the


F-52


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio
 
 
(SL Bella Terra, LLC, SL Barrington, LLC, SL Walden, LLC, SL Sage Harbor, LLC, SL Castle Pointe, LLC and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC)
 
prime rate (3.25 percent, 3.25 percent, and 7.00 percent at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively) and are due in full upon the earlier of the expiration or termination of the leases. Monthly payment of interest and principal are due based on available cash flow. No distributions to the Owner can occur if any outstanding loan balance exists.
 
The payment of rent and lines of credit of the Owner are cross-collateralized by the collective cash flow of the other subsidiaries of the Owner (who have similar businesses to the Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio), such that any distribution from a subsidiary to the Owner is subordinate to the outstanding unpaid rent and unpaid principal and accrued interest on the line of credit due to the Landlords. In the event a subsidiary is in default of any rent payment or any payment under the lines of credit, then all distributions paid by the subsidiary to the Owner during any preceding 12-month period are required to be returned to the subsidiary to be paid to the Landlord. Amounts drawn under the lines of credit at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $0, $65,000 and $65,000, respectively, and any amounts for the Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio are included in Due to Landlord in the accompanying combined balance sheets.
 
Other
 
Minimum lease payments to be paid in the future under current lease agreements are as follows at December 31, 2009:
 
         
2010
  $ 12,653,903  
2011
    13,159,564  
2012
    13,666,339  
2013
    6,516,570  
2014
     
         
    $ 45,996,376  
         
 
The leases above contain provisions for scheduled rent increases during the term of the respective leases. Included in deferred rent are $1,479,311, $681,114, and $221,021 of such increases at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, which will be paid in the future.
 
Certain of the leases with the Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio require percentage rent, as defined. These amounts are listed as follows:
 
                         
    Percentage rent
    Percentage rent
    Percentage rent
 
    incurred as of
    incurred as of
    incurred as of
 
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Bella Terra
  $     $ 3,559     $ 5,513  
Barrington
    62,833       134,945       72,000  
Walden Place
    47,929       32,900       5,000  
Sage Harbor
    8,645       20,520        
Castle Pointe
    30,731       38,642       11,000  
Chancellor’s Village
                 
                         
    $ 150,138     $ 230,566     $ 93,513  
                         
 
Pursuant to various management agreements, the Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio pays management fees to the Owner. The management fees are either four percent of gross revenue or the market rate fee, as


F-53


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio
 
 
(SL Bella Terra, LLC, SL Barrington, LLC, SL Walden, LLC, SL Sage Harbor, LLC, SL Castle Pointe, LLC and SL Chancellor’s Village, LLC)
 
defined in the respective management agreements. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, $1,389,222, $1,407,729 and $1,241,886 were incurred, of which $3,250, $2,758 and $6,140 was unpaid at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
 
The amounts due from affiliates of $0, $1,380,660, and $27,326 at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, consist of advances to affiliates for working capital purposes.
 
The amounts due to affiliates of $547,430, $27,713 and $75,761 at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, consist of amounts received from affiliates for working capital purposes as well as management fees payable to the Owner.
 
The amounts due from the Landlords of $58,338 at December 31, 2009 and due to the Landlords of $1,911,858 and $870,769 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, consist of advances to or from the Landlords for various obligations under the leases of the Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio.
 
Amounts due to/from affiliates are non-interest bearing and due on demand.
 
Distributions to members in the year ended December 31, 2009 of $2,133,341 were made utilizing cash on hand and repayments of advances received from related parties.
 
NOTE 5.   401(K) SAVINGS PLAN
 
The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio has created a 401(k) savings plan for all employees who are at least 21 years of age and have been employed in excess of one month. The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio reserves the right to make matching contributions at a rate determined by management, not to exceed $1,500 per employee. Employees who participate in the plan vest in it for a six-year period commencing in year two. The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio’s contributions for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $24,291, $25,886 and $5,305, respectively, and are included in salaries and employee benefits expenses.
 
NOTE 6.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
The Senior Lifestyle 2004 Portfolio purchases professional and general liability insurance to cover malpractice claims. There are no known claims or litigation arising from services provided to residents.


F-54


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P.
 
 
Condensed balance sheets
 
June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009
(Unaudited)
 
                 
    As of
    As of
 
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009*  
   
 
Assets:
               
Current assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 699,471     $ 1,773,413  
Accounts receivable
    55,488       42,053  
Prepaid expenses
    150,661       145,502  
Mortgage escrows
    473,861       261,205  
                 
Total current assets
    1,379,481       2,222,173  
                 
Property and equipment:
               
Land
    2,362,173       2,362,173  
Buildings
    27,119,684       27,078,987  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
    1,576,602       1,468,352  
Accumulated depreciation
    (7,217,232 )     (6,717,084 )
                 
Property and equipment, net
    23,841,227       24,192,428  
                 
Due from affiliates
    254,477       248,299  
                 
Deferred costs
    268,477       323,151  
                 
Total assets
  $ 25,743,662     $ 26,986,051  
                 
Liabilities and partners’ capital (deficit)
               
Current liabilities:
               
Mortgage payable—current portion
  $ 505,652     $ 247,828  
Accounts payable
    168,272       209,124  
Accrued expenses
    360,722       259,204  
Prepaid rent
    41,920       183,041  
Advance deposits
    9,000       8,000  
                 
Total current liabilities
    1,085,566       907,197  
                 
Mortgage payable
    32,519,348       32,777,172  
Due to affiliates
    20,529       24,785  
Deferred entrance fees
    702,220       913,970  
                 
Total liabilities
    33,242,097       33,715,927  
Partners’ capital (deficit)
    (8,584,001 )     (7,637,073 )
                 
Total liabilities and partners’ capital (deficit)
  $ 25,743,662     $ 26,986,051  
                 
 
See notes to condensed financial statements.
 
* Derived from audited financial statements.


F-55


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P.
 
 
Condensed statements of operations
 
(Unaudited)
 
                 
    Six months ended June 30,  
    2010     2009  
   
 
Sales and revenue:
               
Rental income
  $ 3,679,649     $ 3,766,921  
Net resident services
    530,139       494,258  
Membership fees
    211,350       244,700  
Interest income
    1,352       4,330  
                 
      4,422,490       4,510,209  
Operating expenses:
               
Salaries and related payroll costs
    1,130,231       1,073,320  
Administrative and general
    563,843       554,983  
Utilities
    211,843       274,982  
Real estate taxes
    162,738       157,966  
Property management fees
    221,190       225,294  
Repairs and maintenance
    183,951       141,373  
Marketing
    36,400       27,349  
Insurance expense
    163,974       212,463  
Depreciation
    500,148       500,148  
Amortization
    54,674       47,502  
                 
      3,228,992       3,215,380  
Other expense:
               
Interest expense
    390,426       439,943  
                 
Net income
  $ 803,072     $ 854,886  
                 
 
See notes to condensed financial statements.


F-56


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P.
 
 
Condensed statements of cash flows
 
(Unaudited)
 
                 
    Six months ended June 30,  
    2010     2009  
   
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
Net income
  $ 803,072     $ 854,886  
Depreciation and amortization
    554,822       547,650  
Amortization of membership contracts
    (211,350 )     (244,700 )
Changes in:
               
Real estate tax and interest escrow
    (183,820 )     188,359  
Accounts receivable
    (13,435 )     (11,766 )
Prepaid expenses
    (5,159 )     167,437  
Accounts payable
    (40,853 )     (6,637 )
Accrued expenses and other
    101,518       61,282  
Advance deposits and prepaid rent
    (140,121 )     (90,688 )
Increase in deferred revenue and refundable entrance fees
    (400 )     220,750  
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    864,274       1,686,573  
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Replacement reserve deposits
    (28,836 )     (29,072 )
Additions to property and equipment
    (148,946 )     (29,787 )
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (177,782 )     (58,859 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Advances (repayments) from (to) affiliates
    (10,434 )     155,441  
Payment of deferred mortgage costs
            (765 )
Distributions to partners
    (1,750,000 )     (500,000 )
                 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (1,760,434 )     (345,324 )
                 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (1,073,942 )     1,282,390  
Cash and cash equivalents:
               
Beginning of period
    1,773,413       221,622  
                 
End of period
  $ 699,471     $ 1,504,012  
                 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
               
Interest paid
  $ 283,214     $ 317,530  
                 
 
See notes to condensed financial statements.


F-57


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P.
 
 
Notes to condensed financial statements
 
NOTE 1.   PARTNERSHIP FORMATION AND ORGANIZATION
 
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P. (“SL Jupiter”), an Illinois limited partnership, was originally formed in 1992 as Mangrove Bay Master Limited Partnership (“MBMLP”). On June 30, 1999, the MBMLP partnership agreement was amended and restated to provide for, among other things, a name change and admittance of additional partners. SL Jupiter was formed to develop, own, and operate an independent and assisted senior living community located in Jupiter, Florida. The community is comprised of 101 independent living units, 54 assisted living units and 26 single-story villas and two guest suites. The 26 single-story villas were sold in 2002.
 
NOTE 2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Cash and cash equivalents:   Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand and in banks, demand deposits and all other amounts with original maturities of three months or less. SL Jupiter maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts with balances which, at times, may have exceeded federally insured limits. SL Jupiter believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents.
 
Accounts receivable:   Accounts receivable is comprised of billed but uncollected amounts due for rents, resident services and other charges. Receivables are recorded at an estimate of the amounts that will ultimately be collected. The allowance for doubtful accounts (if any) is based on specific identification of uncollectible accounts and SL Jupiter’s historical collection experience. At June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $0 and $1,844, respectively.
 
Property and equipment:   Depreciation of buildings, related improvements and land improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives from 15 to 40 years. Depreciation of furniture, fixtures and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives from five to seven years.
 
Impairment:   Long-lived assets, such as investment property, and purchased intangibles subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. if the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. No impairment charges were required at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009.
 
Assets to be disposed of would be separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a disposed group classified as held for sale would be presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the balance sheet.
 
Revenue recognition:   Rental income is recognized as earned under tenant leases that typically have terms of one year or less. Amounts received in advance are deferred as prepaid rent. Net resident services revenue consists of ancillary charges to tenants for services related to personal care and assistance with activities of daily living. Income from these services is recognized upon completion of the service.
 
Income taxes:   SL Jupiter is not subject to federal income tax because its income and losses are, includable in the tax returns of its partners, but may be subject to certain state taxes. SL Jupiter evaluates tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing the entity’s tax returns


F-58


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P.
 
 
to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” of being sustained “when challenged” or “when examined” by the applicable taxing authority.
 
SL Jupiter adopted the provisions of the Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes section of the Income Taxes Topic of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification on January 1, 2009. Management has determined that there are no material uncertain income tax positions.
 
Tax returns filed by the entity generally are subject to examination by U.S. and state taxing authorities for years ended after December 31, 2005.
 
Deferred and refundable entrance fees:   Residents of the rented units generally enter into membership contracts whereby the resident pays an entrance fee. Under most membership agreements, 10 to 50 percent of entrance fees are refundable to the resident in accordance with SL Jupiter’s residency agreements.
 
The remaining amount of the entrance fees is accounted for as deferred revenue included in the balance of other liabilities, and 10 to 50 percent is recognized each year, depending on the agreement, ($211,350 and $244,700 for the six month periods ending June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively) as membership fee revenue. At June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the deferred revenue and refundable deposits were:
 
                 
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
   
 
Deferred entrance fees
  $ 253,800     $ 359,850  
Refundable entrance fees
    448,420       554,120  
                 
Total
  $ 702,220     $ 913,970  
                 
 
SL Jupiter does not have any additional obligation to perform future services related to these membership contracts.
 
Deferred costs:   Loan fees and costs incurred in connection with obtaining the mortgage loan have been capitalized and are being amortized over the term of the loan using the straight-line method. At June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, accumulated amortization totaled $191,714 and $145,703.
 
Use of estimates:   In preparing financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), management makes estimates and assumptions which affect amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates and assumptions.
 
Subsequent events:   The Partnership has evaluated subsequent events for potential recognition and/or disclosure through July 27, 2010, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
 
NOTE 3.   LONG TERM DEBT
 
On June 29, 2005, SL Jupiter amended and restated the existing promissory note and the guaranty which required monthly payments of interest and, commencing July 10, 2006, principal payments in the amount of $31,871. The loan provided for interest at varying rates (7.24 percent at December 31, 2007). The loan was guaranteed by William B. Kaplan and James B. Klutznick (the “Guarantors”) for the payment of losses to the lender for recourse obligations and for the outstanding loan balance to the extent of breach of certain representations, warranties and performance.
 
During 2007, SL Jupiter paid an extension fee of $61,624 and exercised its option to extend the loan to January 23, 2008. On January 22, 2008, SL Jupiter entered into the Tenth Extension and Modification


F-59


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P.
 
 
Agreement which extended the loan to March 24, 2008. In March 2008, SL Jupiter entered into the Eleventh Extension and Modification Agreement which extended the maturity date of the loan until May 24, 2008.
 
On June 5, 2008, SL Jupiter refinanced the existing loan with a new mortgage loan in the principal amount of $33,025,000. The new mortgage loan requires monthly payments of real estate tax, replacement reserve escrows and interest only computed on a variable rate through June 1, 2010 at which time monthly payments of mortgage escrows, principal and interest are required through June 1, 2013 (maturity date). SL Jupiter has the option to convert the loan to a fixed interest rate and modify the terms of the loan, provided certain conditions are met. The loan is secured by a mortgage, a security interest in the cash and escrow accounts and a collateral assignment of all rents and leases. SL Jupiter has the option to prepay the loan subject to prepayment penalties, as defined.
 
Principal maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 2009 are as follows:
 
         
2010
  $ 247,828  
2011
    517,492  
2012
    537,720  
2013
    31,721,960  
         
Total
  $ 33,025,000  
         
 
NOTE 4.   RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
SL Jupiter had the following unsecured amounts due to affiliates at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009:
 
                 
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
   
 
Senior Lifestyle Corporation
    18,080     $ 15,375  
SL Jupiter, LLC
          3,145  
Due to others
    2,448       6,265  
                 
Due to affiliates
  $ 20,528     $ 24,785  
                 
 
SL Jupiter had the following unsecured amounts due from affiliates at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009:
 
                 
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
   
 
Mangrove Bay Investors, LLC
  $     $ 24,650  
Mangrove Bay Property Owners Association, Inc. 
    254,477       223,649  
Due from others
           
                 
Due from affiliates
  $ 254,477     $ 248,299  
                 
 
All affiliates referenced above are related to SL Jupiter through common ownership and management. Amounts due from Mangrove Bay Property Owners Association, Inc. (the “Association”) will be collected based on available cash flow. SL Jupiter has agreements with Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC (“SLM”), for management of the facility. SL Jupiter pays a management fee to SLM equal to 5 percent of gross rental income. The amount incurred for management fees was $221,190 and $225,294 at June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2009, respectively.


F-60


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P.
 
 
Additionally, Walton SL Jupiter Investors GP IV, L.L.C. (“Walton”) entered into a consulting agreement with SLM for a fee equal to 10 percent of the management fees received by SLM from SL Jupiter in connection with the management and operation of the community, provided the fees received exceed 4 percent of the gross receipts of SL Jupiter.
 
Any time after December 31, 2006, Mangrove Bay Investors, LLC (“Mangrove Bay”) or Walton may elect to cause a sale of all the assets of SL Jupiter to a third party pursuant to certain requirements. Either Mangrove Bay or Walton, as part of the arrangement, may purchase the other’s interest, as defined.
 
Distributions to members for the six months ended June 30, 2010, of $1,750,000 were made utilizing cash on hand and cash flow from operating activities.
 
NOTE 5.   COMMITMENTS
 
SL Jupiter is subject to quarterly and special assessments from the Association for its allocable share of common area grounds expenses of the community. During the six month periods ending June 30, 2010 and 2009, SL Jupiter was billed approximately $82,000 and $78,000, respectively, related to these costs.
 
NOTE 6.   PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
 
On June 25, 2004, SL Jupiter amended and restated its partnership agreement to provide for all profit, loss and distributions to be allocated in proportion to partners ownership interests as follows:
 
         
SL Jupiter, LLC (“General Partner”)
    0.188%  
Mangrove Bay Investors, L.L.C. (limited partner)
    43.676%  
Senior Lifestyle Contribution Company, L.L.C. (limited partner) (“SLCC”)
    6.230%  
Walton SL Jupiter Investors IV, L.L.C. (limited partner)
    49.906%  
 
The partnership agreement provides for a 20 percent return, compounded monthly, on all capital contributions and partner loans made by Walton. All amounts owed to affiliates of SL Jupiter at June 1, 2004 are subordinate to this return. This return was distributed to Walton in its entirety in 2008.
 
Effective January 1, 2006, the partners executed an amendment to the partnership agreement that provides for allocations as follows:
 
a.  Profits are generally allocated to the extent of losses and distributions previously allocated; the remainder in proportion to SL Jupiter ownership percentages.
 
b.  Losses are allocated to the extent of profits previously allocated; the remainder in proportion to SL Jupiter ownership percentages.
 
c.  Distributions are allocated to the partners in accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement and provide for preferential returns based on the performance of SL Jupiter. In July 2006, SLCC assigned some of its preferential returns to Senior Lifestyle CI-II, LLC (“SLCI”), an affiliate. Distributions are allocated as follows:
 
(i)  To all partners pro rata until Walton has received a 20 percent return (as defined).
 
(ii)  To SLCI and Walton, at 9.98 and 39.92 percent of the distributable cash, respectively, the remainder to the General Partner, Mangrove and SLCC based on ownership percentages until Walton receives a 25 percent return.


F-61


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P.
 
 
(iii)  To SLCI and Walton, at 12.47 and 37.43 percent of the distributable cash, respectively, the remainder to the General Partner, Mangrove and SLCC based on ownership percentages until Walton receives a 30 percent return.
 
(iv)  To SLCI and Walton, at 14.97 and 34.93 percent of the distributable cash, respectively, the remainder to the General Partner, Mangrove and SLCC based on ownership percentages.
 
NOTE 7.   CONTINGENCIES
 
SL Jupiter is subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the amount of any ultimate liability with respect to these actions will not materially affect SL Jupiter’s financial statements.


F-62


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P.
 
 
Independent auditors’ report
 
To the Partners
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P.
 
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P. as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and the related statements of operations, changes in partners’ capital (deficit) and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P. as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and the results of its operations, changes in partners’ capital (deficit) and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
(MCGRADY & PULLEN, LLP)
 
Chicago, Illinois
March 22, 2010


F-63


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P.
 
 
Balance sheet
 
                         
    As of December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Assets
                       
Current assets:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,773,413     $ 221,622     $ 332,189  
Accounts receivable
    42,053       42,866       87,183  
Prepaid expenses
    145,502       598,223       209,618  
Mortgage escrows
    261,205       221,944        
                         
Total current assets
    2,222,173       1,084,655       628,990  
                         
Property and equipment:
                       
Land
    2,362,173       2,362,173       2,362,173  
Buildings
    27,078,987       26,886,767       26,789,311  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
    1,468,352       1,478,297       1,356,575  
Accumulated depreciation
    (6,717,084 )     (5,743,613 )     (4,743,395 )
                         
Property and equipment, net
    24,192,428       24,983,624       25,764,664  
                         
Due from affiliates
    248,299       387,801       185,367  
                         
Deferred costs
    323,151       417,075       10,271  
                         
Total assets
  $ 26,986,051     $ 26,873,155     $ 26,589,292  
                         
Liabilities and partners’ capital (deficit)
                       
Current liabilities:
                       
Mortgage payable—current portion
  $ 247,828     $     $ 24,426,320  
Accounts payable
    209,124       156,233       148,036  
Accrued expenses
    259,204       184,861       388,530  
Prepaid rent
    183,041       131,120       125,567  
Advance deposits
    8,000       11,500       13,500  
                         
Total current liabilities
    907,197       483,714       25,101,953  
                         
Mortgage payable
    32,777,172       33,025,000        
Due to affiliates
    24,785       14,848       19,200  
Deferred entrance fees
    913,970       991,255       1,267,740  
                         
Total liabilities
    33,715,927       34,031,103       1,286,940  
                         
Partners’ capital (deficit)
    (7,637,073 )     (7,641,662 )     200,399  
                         
Total liabilities and partners’ capital (deficit)
  $ 26,986,051     $ 26,873,155     $ 26,589,292  
                         
 
See Notes to Financial Statements.


F-64


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P.
 
 
Statement of operations
 
                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Sales and revenue:
                       
Rental income
  $ 7,512,856     $ 7,491,856     $ 7,705,893  
Net resident services
    983,340       860,072       842,601  
Membership fees
    467,660       461,460       465,460  
Interest income
    6,485       12,969       16,456  
                         
Total sales and revenue
    8,970,341       8,826,357       9,030,410  
                         
Operating expenses:
                       
Salaries and related payroll costs
    2,171,078       2,134,101       2,363,263  
Administrative and general
    1,127,113       1,320,047       1,242,530  
Utilities
    559,414       579,585       559,417  
Real estate taxes
    312,559       305,921       284,647  
Property management fees
    448,193       440,536       450,698  
Repairs and maintenance
    317,401       358,410       157,584  
Marketing
    73,869       85,278       71,140  
Insurance expense
    432,451       425,663       568,519  
Depreciation
    973,471       1,000,218       982,778  
Amortization
    98,029       178,356       87,826  
                         
Total operating expenses
    6,513,578       6,828,115       6,768,402  
                         
Other expense:
                       
Interest expense
    (952,174 )     (1,401,692 )     (1,989,196 )
                         
Net income
  $ 1,504,589     $ 596,550     $ 272,812  
                         
 
See Notes to Financial Statements.


F-65


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P.
 
 
Statement of changes in partners’ capital (deficit)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
 
                         
    General
    Limited
       
    Partner     Partners     Total  
   
 
Balance, January 1, 2007
  $ (136 )   $ (72,277 )   $ (72,413 )
Net income
    513       272,299       272,812  
                         
Balance, December 31, 2007
    377       200,022       200,399  
Net income
    1,122       595,428       596,550  
Distributions
    (15,864 )     (8,422,747 )     (8,438,611 )
                         
Balance, December 31, 2008
    (14,365 )     (7,627,297 )     (7,641,662 )
Net income
    2,829       1,501,760       1,504,589  
Distributions
    (2,820 )     (1,497,180 )     (1,500,000 )
                         
Balance, December 31, 2009
  $ (14,356 )   $ (7,622,717 )   $ (7,637,073 )
                         
 
See Notes to Financial Statements.


F-66


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P.
 
 
Statement of cash flows
 
                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 1,504,589     $ 596,550     $ 272,812  
Depreciation and amortization
    1,071,500       1,178,574       1,070,604  
Amortization of membership contracts
    (467,660 )     (461,460 )     (465,460 )
Changes in:
                       
Real estate tax and interest escrow
    18,713       83,937        
Accounts receivable
    813       44,317       11,494  
Prepaid expenses
    452,721       (388,605 )     55,989  
Other assets
                71,065  
Accounts payable
    52,892       8,196       (57,678 )
Accrued expenses and other
    74,343       (203,669 )     (306 )
Advance deposits and prepaid rent
    48,421       3,553       110,099  
Increase in deferred revenue and refundable entrance fees
    549,740       536,000       564,200  
Refunds of membership entrance fees
    (159,365 )     (351,025 )     (374,700 )
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    3,146,707       1,046,368       1,258,119  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Replacement reserve deposits
    (57,974 )     (68,674 )      
Additions to property and equipment
    (182,276 )     (219,178 )     (226,748 )
Real estate tax escrow funded from debt proceeds
          (237,206 )      
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (240,250 )     (525,058 )     (226,748 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from mortgage loan, net of escrows funded
          33,025,000        
Mortgage principal payments
          (24,426,320 )     (382,453 )
Advances to affiliates
    149,439       (206,786 )     (400,675 )
Payment of deferred mortgage costs
    (4,105 )     (585,160 )     (61,624 )
Distributions to partners
    (1,500,000 )     (8,438,611 )      
                         
Net cash used in financing activities
    (1,354,666 )     (631,877 )     (844,752 )
                         
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    1,551,791       (110,567 )     186,619  
Cash and cash equivalents:
                       
Beginning of year
    221,622       332,189       145,570  
                         
End of year
  $ 1,773,413     $ 221,622     $ 332,189  
                         
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Interest paid
  $ 812,158     $ 1,550,011     $ 2,014,024  
                         
See Notes to Financial Statements
                       


F-67


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P.
 
 
Notes to financial statements
 
NOTE 1.   PARTNERSHIP FORMATION AND ORGANIZATION
 
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P. (“SL Jupiter”), an Illinois limited partnership, was originally formed in 1992 as Mangrove Bay Master Limited Partnership (the “MBMLP”). On June 30, 1999, the MBMLP partnership agreement was amended and restated to provide for, among other things, a name change and admittance of additional partners. SL Jupiter was formed to develop, own, and operate an independent and assisted senior living community located in Jupiter, Florida. The community is comprised of 101 independent living units, 54 assisted living units and 26 single-story villas and two guest suites. The 26 single-story villas were sold in 2002.
 
NOTE 2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Cash and cash equivalents:   Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and in banks, demand deposits and all other amounts with original maturities of three months or less. SL Jupiter maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts with balances which, at times, may have exceeded federally insured limits. SL Jupiter believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents.
 
Accounts receivable:   Accounts receivable is comprised of billed but uncollected amounts due for rents, resident services and other charges. Receivables are recorded at an estimate of the amounts that will ultimately be collected. The allowance for doubtful accounts (if any) is based on specific identification of uncollectible accounts and SL Jupiter’s historical collection experience. At December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $1,844, $0 and $25,434, respectively.
 
Property and equipment:   Depreciation of buildings, related improvements and land improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives from 15 to 40 years. Depreciation of furniture, fixtures and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives from five to seven years.
 
Impairment:   Long-lived assets, such as investment property, and purchased intangibles subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. No impairment charges were required at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
 
Assets to be disposed of would be separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and would no longer be depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a disposed group classified as held for sale would be presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the balance sheet.
 
Revenue recognition:   Rental income is recognized as earned under tenant leases that typically have terms of one year or less. Amounts received in advance are deferred as prepaid rent. Net resident services revenue consists of ancillary charges to tenants for services related to personal care and assistance with activities of daily living. Income from these services is recognized upon completion of the service.
 
Income taxes:   SL Jupiter is not subject to federal income tax because its income and losses are includable in the tax returns of its partners, but may be subject to certain state taxes. SL Jupiter evaluates tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing the entity’s tax returns


F-68


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P.
 
 
 
to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” of being sustained “when challenged” or “when examined” by the applicable taxing authority.
 
SL Jupiter adopted the provisions of the Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes section of the Income Taxes Topic of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification on January 1, 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2009, management has determined that there are no material uncertain income tax positions.
 
Tax returns filed by the entity generally are subject to examination by U.S. and state taxing authorities for years ended after December 31, 2005.
 
Deferred and refundable entrance fees:   Residents of rented units generally enter into membership contracts whereby the resident pays an entrance fee. Under most membership agreements, ten to 50 percent of entrance fees are refundable to the resident in accordance with SL Jupiter’s residency agreements.
 
The remaining amount of the entrance fees is accounted for as deferred revenue included in the balance of other liabilities, and 10 to 50 percent is recognized each year, depending on the agreement, ($467,660, $461,460 and $465,460 in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively) as membership fee revenue.
 
At December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the deferred revenue and refundable deposits were:
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Deferred entrance fees
  $ 359,850     $ 393,485     $ 556,820  
Refundable entrance fees
    554,120       597,770       710,920  
                         
Total
  $ 913,970     $ 991,255     $ 1,267,740  
                         
Deferred entrance fees to be recognized as revenue in the future:
                       
2010
                  $ 255,850  
2011
                    104,000  
                         
                    $ 359,850  
                         
 
SL Jupiter does not have any additional obligation to perform future services related to these membership contracts.
 
Deferred costs:   Loan fees and costs incurred in connection with obtaining the mortgage loan have been capitalized and are being amortized over the term of the loan using a straight-line method. At December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, accumulated amortization totaled $145,703, $53,201 and $51,353, respectively.
 
Use of estimates:   In preparing financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), management makes estimates and assumptions which affect amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates and assumptions.
 
Subsequent events:   SL Jupiter has evaluated subsequent events for potential recognition and/or disclosure through March 22, 2010, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
 
NOTE 3.   LONG TERM DEBT
 
On June 29, 2005, SL Jupiter amended and restated the existing promissory note and the guaranty which required monthly payments of interest and, commencing July 10, 2006, principal payments in the


F-69


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P.
 
 
 
amount of $31,871. The loan provided for interest at varying rates (7.24 percent at December 31, 2007). The loan was guaranteed by William B. Kaplan and James B. Klutznick (the “Guarantors”) for the payment of losses to the lender for recourse obligations and for the outstanding loan balance to the extent of breach of certain representations, warranties and performance.
 
During 2007, SL Jupiter paid an extension fee of $61,624 and exercised its option to extend the loan to January 23, 2008. On January 22, 2008, SL Jupiter entered into the Tenth Extension and Modification Agreement which extended the loan to March 24, 2008. In March 2008, SL Jupiter entered into the Eleventh Extension and Modification Agreement which extended the maturity date of the loan until May 24, 2008.
 
On June 5, 2008, SL Jupiter refinanced the existing loan with a new mortgage loan in the principal amount of $33,025,000. The new mortgage loan requires monthly payments of real estate tax, replacement reserve escrows and interest only computed on a variable rate, as defined, through June 1, 2010 at which time monthly payments of mortgage escrows, principal and interest are required through June 1, 2013 (maturity date). SL Jupiter has the option to convert the loan to a fixed interest rate and modify the terms of the loan, as defined, provided certain conditions are met. The loan is secured by a mortgage, a security interest in the cash and escrow accounts and a collateral assignment of all rents and leases. SL Jupiter has the option to prepay the loan subject to prepayment penalties, as defined.
 
Principal maturities of long-term debt are as follows:
 
         
2010
  $ 247,828  
2011
    517,492  
2012
    537,720  
2013
    31,721,960  
         
    $ 33,025,000  
         
 
NOTE 4.   RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
SL Jupiter had the following unsecured amounts due to affiliates at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Senior Lifestyle Corporation
  $ 15,375     $ 8,498     $ 14,596  
SL Jupiter, LLC
    3,145       3,145       3,145  
Due to others
    6,265       3,205       1,459  
                         
    $ 24,785     $ 14,848     $ 19,200  
                         


F-70


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P.
 
 
 
SL Jupiter had the following unsecured amounts due from affiliates at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Mangrove Bay Investors, L.L.C. 
  $ 24,650     $ 150,650     $ 88,912  
Mangrove Bay Property Owners Association, Inc. 
    223,649       227,292       84,305  
Senior Lifestyle Corporation
                11,400  
SL Jupiter, LLC
                750  
Due from others
          9,859        
                         
    $ 248,299     $ 387,801     $ 185,367  
                         
 
All affiliates referenced above are related to SL Jupiter through common ownership and management. Amounts due from Mangrove Bay Property Owners Association, Inc. will be collected based on available cash flow. SL Jupiter has agreements with Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC (“SLM”), for management of the facility. SL Jupiter pays a management fee to SLM equal to five percent of gross rental income. The amount incurred for management fees was $448,193, $440,536 and $450,698 at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Additionally, Walton SL Jupiter Investors GP IV, L.L.C. (“Walton”) entered into a consulting agreement with SLM for a fee equal to ten percent of the management fees received by SLM from SL Jupiter in connection with the management and operation of the community, provided the fees received exceed four percent of the gross receipts of SL Jupiter.
 
Any time after December 31, 2006, Mangrove Bay Investors, LLC or Walton may elect to cause a sale of all the assets of SL Jupiter to a third party pursuant to certain requirements. Either Mangrove Bay or Walton, as part of the arrangement, may purchase the other’s interest, as defined.
 
NOTE 5.   COMMITMENTS
 
SL Jupiter is subject to quarterly and special assessments from Mangrove Bay Property Owners Association, Inc. (the Association) for its allocable share of common area grounds expenses of the community. During 2009, 2008 and 2007, SL Jupiter was billed approximately $156,000, $214,000 and $121,000, respectively, related to these costs.
 
NOTE 6.   PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
 
On June 25, 2004, SL Jupiter amended and restated its agreement of limited partnership (Amended Agreement) to provide for all profit, loss and distributions to be allocated in proportion to partners ownership interests as follows:
 
         
SL Jupiter, LLC (General Partner)
    0.188%  
Mangrove Bay Investors, L.L.C. (Limited Partner) (“Mangrove”)
    43.676%  
Senior Lifestyle Contribution Company, L.L.C. (Limited Partner) (“SLCC”)
    6.230%  
Walton SL Jupiter Investors IV, L.L.C. (Limited Partner) (“Walton”)
    49.906%  
 
The Amended Agreement provides for a 20 percent return, compounded monthly, on all capital contributions and partner loans made by Walton. All amounts owed to affiliates of SL Jupiter at June 1, 2004 are subordinate to this return. This return was distributed to Walton in its entirety in 2008.


F-71


Table of Contents

 
Senior Lifestyle Jupiter, L.P.
 
 
 
Effective January 1, 2006, the partners executed an amendment to the Amended Agreement that provides for allocations as follows:
 
a.  Profits are generally allocated to the extent of losses and distributions previously allocated; the remainder in proportion to SL Jupiter ownership percentages.
 
b.  Losses are allocated to the extent of profits previously allocated; the remainder in proportion to SL Jupiter ownership percentages.
 
c.  Distributions are allocated to the partners in accordance with the terms of Amended Agreement and provide for preferential returns based on the performance of SL Jupiter (as defined). In July 2006, SLCC assigned some of its preferential returns to Senior Lifestyle CI-II, LLC (SLCI), an affiliate. Distributions are allocated as follows:
 
(i)  To all partners pro rata until Walton has received a 20 percent return (as defined).
 
(ii)  To SLCI and Walton, at 9.98 and 39.92 percent of the distributable cash, respectively, the remainder to General Partner, Mangrove, SLCC based on ownership percentages until Walton receives a 25 percent return (as defined).
 
(iii)  To SLCI and Walton, at 12.47 and 37.43 percent of the distributable cash, respectively, the remainder to General Partner, Mangrove, SLCC based on ownership percentages until Walton receives a 30 percent return (as defined).
 
(iv)  To SLCI and Walton, at 14.97 and 34.93 percent of the distributable cash, respectively, the remainder to General Partner, Mangrove, SLCC based on ownership percentages.
 
NOTE 7.   CONTINGENCIES
 
SL Jupiter is subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the amount of any ultimate liability with respect to these actions will not materially affect SL Jupiter’s financial statements.


F-72


Table of Contents

 
Appendix A—Prior performance tables
 
The information that follows, including the tables set forth on subsequent pages, is based on information contained in the filings CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels and CNL Income Properties made with the SEC. The information regarding the historical investment performance of CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels and CNL Income Properties is not a guarantee or prediction of the returns that we may achieve in the future. We can offer no assurance that we will replicate the historical performance of CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels or CNL Income Properties. CNL Financial Group, Inc. and its affiliates are not sponsors of and have no affiliation with our company, have not participated in the preparation of this prospectus and are not endorsing our company or an investment in our common stock. For additional information regarding the prior performance of CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels and CNL Income Properties, please refer to the narrative prior performance summary contained in the prospectus under the heading “Prior Performance Summary.”
 
The following table presents the operating results for CNL Retirement for the periods shown as well as tax and distribution data for these same periods that would have been applicable to a $1,000 investment in CNL Retirement’s common stock. We have included operating data only for the 2004 and 2005 fiscal years because Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer during these two years. Mr. Hutchison was appointed as Chief Executive Officer of CNL Retirement in August 2003 and resigned as Chief Executive Officer of CNL Retirement in September 2005. We believe that the investment objectives of CNL Retirement were similar to our investment objectives, primarily because CNL Retirement invested in the same types of properties that we intend to acquire, although CNL Retirement’s common stock was not listed on a national securities exchange and did not trade whereas we expect our common stock to trade on the NYSE.
 
Operating Results of CNL Retirement
 
                 
    2004
    2005
 
    (note 5)     (note 2)  
   
 
Gross revenue
  $ 259,818,000     $ 381,074,000  
Profit (Loss) on sale of properties
           
Interest and other income
    4,771,000       2,970,000  
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated entity
    178,000       227,000  
Less: Operating expenses
    (39,964,000 )     (66,335,000 )
Interest and loan cost amortization expense
    (42,783,000 )     (76,171,000 )
Provision for doubtful accounts
    (3,900,000 )     (3,082,000 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (62,512,000 )     (98,446,000 )
Minority interests in income of consolidated subsidiaries
    (93,000 )     (706,000 )
Income (Loss) from discontinued operations
    2,403,000       (3,950,000 )
Net income—GAAP basis
    117,918,000       135,581,000  
Taxable income
               
- from operations (Note 6)
    56,155,000       81,871,000  
- from gain on sales
           
Cash generated from operations (Notes 3 and 4)
    139,573,000       188,309,000  
Cash generated from sales
           
Cash generated from refinancing
           
Less: Cash distributions to investors
               
- from operating cash flow
    (139,573,000 )     (175,958,000 )
- from cash flow from prior period
    (4,842,000 )      
- from return of capital (Note 7)
    (2,723,000 )      
Cash generated (deficiency) after cash distributions
    (7,565,000 )     12,351,000  


A-1


Table of Contents

 
Appendix A—Prior performance tables
 
 
                 
    2004
    2005
 
    (note 5)     (note 2)  
   
 
Special items (not including sales of real estate and refinancing):
               
Subscriptions received from stockholders
    880,268,000       215,397,000  
Stock issuance costs
    (89,039,000 )     (17,254,000 )
Acquisition of land, building and equipment on operating leases
    (921,698,000 )     (371,026,000 )
Investment in direct financing leases
    (50,230,000 )     (278,000 )
Investment in lease intangibles
    (50,064,000 )     (15,044,000 )
DASCO acquisition
    (204,441,000 )      
Investment in notes receivable
          (16,000,000 )
Contributions from minority interests
    997,000       3,093,000  
Distributions to minority interests
    (45,000 )     (459,000 )
Payment of acquisition fees and costs
    (73,124,000 )     (20,575,000 )
Payment of deferred leasing costs
    (864,000 )     (1,039,000 )
Increase (Decrease) in restricted cash
    (9,448,000 )     6,082,000  
Proceeds from borrowings on line of credit
          115,000,000  
Repayments of line of credit
          (60,000,000 )
Proceeds from borrowings on mortgages payable
    315,045,000       305,485,000  
Principal payments on mortgages payable
    (28,964,000 )     (66,219,000 )
Proceeds from construction loans payable
    73,618,000       63,367,000  
Repayments of construction loans payable
          (1,315,000 )
Proceeds from term loan
    60,000,000        
Repayment of term loan
          (60,000,000 )
Proceeds from issuance of bonds payable
    12,063,000       12,622,000  
Retirement of bonds payable
    (7,736,000 )     (9,057,000 )
Payment of loan costs
    (10,149,000 )     (11,707,000 )
Refund of loan costs
           
Retirement of shares of common stock
    (3,933,000 )     (40,303,000 )
                 
Cash generated (deficiency) after cash distributions and special items
  $ (115,309,000 )   $ 43,121,000  
                 
TAX AND DISTRIBUTION DATA PER $1,000 INVESTED (Note 5)
               
Federal income tax results:
               
Ordinary income (Note 8)
               
- from operations (Note 6)
    27       33  
                 
- from recapture
           
                 
Capital gain
           
                 
Cash distributions to investors Source (on GAAP basis)
               
- from investment income
    56       55  
- from return of capital (Note 7)
    14       16  
                 
Total distributions on GAAP basis (Note 8)
    70       71  
                 
Source (on cash basis)
               
- from operations (Note 3)
    66       71  
- from cash flow from prior period
    2        
- from return of capital (Note 7)
    2        
                 
Total distributions on cash basis (Note 8)
    70       71  
                 

A-2


Table of Contents

 
Appendix A—Prior performance tables
 
 
                 
    2004
    2005
 
    (note 5)     (note 2)  
   
 
Total cash distributions as a percentage of original $1,000 investment (Note 5)
    7.1 %     7.1 %
Total cumulative cash distributions per $1,000 investment from inception (December 22, 1997)
    336       407  
Amount (in percentage terms) remaining invested in program properties at the end of each year presented (original total acquisition cost of properties retained, divided by original total acquisition cost of all properties in program)
    100 %     100 %
 
 
(1) CNL Retirement offered securities for sale in five public offerings from 1998 to 2006.
 
(2) The amounts shown represent the combined results of the initial offering, the 2000 offering, the 2002 offering, the 2003 offering and the 2004 offering.
 
(3) Cash generated from operations includes cash received from tenants, interest and other income, less cash paid for operating expenses.
 
(4) Cash generated from operations per this table agrees to cash generated from operations per the statement of cash flows included in the consolidated financial statements of the CNL Retirement.
 
(5) Total cash distributions as a percentage of original $1,000 investment are calculated based on actual distributions declared for the period.
 
(6) Taxable income presented is before the dividends paid deduction.
 
(7) Cash distributions presented above as a return of capital on a GAAP basis represent the amount of cash distributions in excess of accumulated net income on a GAAP basis. Accumulated net income includes deductions for depreciation and amortization expense and income from certain non-cash items. In addition, cash distributions presented as a return of capital on a cash basis represents the amount of cash distributions in excess of cash generated from operating cash flow and excess cash flows from prior periods. These amounts have not been treated as a return of capital for purposes of calculating the amount of stockholders’ invested capital.
 
(8) Tax and distribution data and total distributions on GAAP basis were computed based on the weighted average shares outstanding during each period presented.
 
Source: CNL Retirement SEC filings.

A-3


Table of Contents

 
Appendix A—Prior performance tables
 
 
The following table presents the operating results for CNL Hotels for the periods shown as well as tax and distribution data for these same periods that would have been applicable to a $1,000 investment in CNL Hotels’ common stock. We have included data for the 2004, 2005 and 2006 fiscal years because Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer of CNL Hotels during these periods. We believe that the investment objectives of CNL Hotels were not similar to our investment objectives, primarily because (i) CNL Hotels invested in a different type of property than we intend to acquire and (ii) the common stock of CNL Hotels was unlisted and did not trade in an active secondary market. CNL Hotels raised equity capital through a series of continuous offerings of its common stock at a fixed price of $10.00, regardless of any increases or decreases in earnings or in the net asset value of the company’s properties. Accordingly, appreciation in the market value of the company’s common stock was not a component of the returns that the company generated for investors, other than in connection with the ultimate sale of the company. In contrast, our common stock will be listed on the NYSE and we expect that the returns we generate for our stockholders will be impacted by fluctuations in the market price of our common stock.
 
Operating Results of CNL Hotels
 
                         
    2004
    2005
    2006
 
    (notes 1 and 2)     (notes 1 and 2)     (notes 1 and 2)  
   
 
Gross revenue
  $ 943,945,000     $ 1,216,789,000     $ 1,540,528,000  
Profit on sale of properties
    645,000       67,321,000       153,523,000  
Interest and other income
    2,512,000       4,077,000       4,234,000  
Less: Operating expenses
    (733,534,000 )     (968,458,000 )     (1,172,484,000 )
Interest expense and loan cost amortization
    (140,876,000 )     (180,369,000 )     (220,632,000 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (126,689,000 )     (162,926,000 )     (204,642,000 )
Equity in earnings (loss) of unconsolidated entities
    (18,469,000 )     32,775,000       6,600,000  
Minority interests
    (2,978,000 )     (5,190,000 )     (6,361,000 )
Benefit (Expense) from income taxes
    (27,429,000 )     2,979,000       (621,000 )
Income from discontinued operations
    33,654,000       8,689,000       10,980,000  
Net income (loss)—GAAP basis
    (87,113,000 )     6,900,000       (3,335,000 )
Taxable income
                       
- from operations (Note 6)
    1,144,668       31,821,000       27,669,000  
                         
- from gain (loss) on sales
    9,882,974       93,936,000       161,414,000  
                         
Cash generated from operations (Notes 3 and 4)
    213,741,000       169,813,000       213,578,000  
Cash generated from sales
    16,810,000       595,300,000       229,193,000  
Cash generated from refinancing
                   
Less: Cash distributions to investors
                       
- from operating cash flow
    (213,741,000 )     (168,132,000 )      
- from sale of properties
                (154,704,000 )
- from return of capital (Note 7)
    (4,602,000 )            
                         
Cash generated (deficiency) after cash distributions
    12,208,000       596,981,000       288,067,000  
Special items (not including sales of real estate and refinancing):
                       
Subscriptions received from stockholders
    658,578,000       43,481,000       37,745,000  
Proceeds from mortgage loans and other notes payable
    1,922,508,000       400,000,000       2,215,000,000  


A-4


Table of Contents

 
Appendix A—Prior performance tables
 
 
                         
    2004
    2005
    2006
 
    (notes 1 and 2)     (notes 1 and 2)     (notes 1 and 2)  
   
 
Distributions to holders of minority interest, net of contributions
    (13,213,000 )     (33,418,000 )     (5,935,000 )
Stock issuance costs (refunds)
    (59,430,000 )     2,497,000       (1,185,000 )
Acquisition of land, buildings and equipment
    (118,213,000 )     (108,559,000 )     (159,669,000 )
Acquisition of KSL in 2004 and Grande Lakes in 2005 and 2006
    (1,426,309,000 )     (15,000,000 )     (735,613,000 )
Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries and acquisition of JV interests
    (2,192,000 )           (72,580,000 )
Deposit on property and other investments
          (1,725,000 )      
Distribution from unconsolidated entity related to sales proceeds
          47,529,000        
Sale of investment in equity securities
    28,295,000              
Decrease (Increase) in restricted cash
    (37,778,000 )     8,062,000       29,940,000  
Proceeds of borrowing on line of credit
    (24,073,000 )           108,000,000  
Payment on mortgage loans and line of credit
    (802,812,000 )     (903,980,000 )     (1,617,154,000 )
Proceeds (Payment) of other notes
    (63,593,000 )           4,892,000  
Payment of loan costs
    (43,979,000 )     (8,004,000 )     (15,516,000 )
Payment of capital lease obligation
    (1,823,000 )     (772,000 )     (805,000 )
Proceeds (Payment) to sell (acquire) cash flow hedges
    (4,899,000 )     (3,020,000 )     1,005,000  
Increase in intangibles and other assets
    (37,655,000 )     (400,000 )      
Retirement of shares of common stock
    (24,636,000 )     (43,336,000 )     (31,745,000 )
Payment of due to related parties—operating expenses
                (10,998,000 )
                         
Cash generated (deficiency) after cash distributions and special items
    (39,016,000 )     (19,664,000 )     33,449,000  
                         
TAX AND DISTRIBUTION DATA PER $1,000 INVESTED (Note 5)
                       
Federal income tax results:
                       
Ordinary income (loss) (Note 8)
                       
- from operations (Note 6)
          10       9  
                         
- from recapture
                 
                         
Capital gain (loss)
    3       31       53  
                         
Cash distributions to Investors
Source (on GAAP basis)
                       
- from investment income
          2       50  
- from return of capital (Note 7)
    74       53        
                         
Total distributions on GAAP basis (Note 8)
    74       55       50  
                         
Source (on cash basis)
                       
- from sales
                50  
- from operations
    72       55        
- from return of capital (Note 7)
    2              
                         

A-5


Table of Contents

 
Appendix A—Prior performance tables
 
 
                         
    2004
    2005
    2006
 
    (notes 1 and 2)     (notes 1 and 2)     (notes 1 and 2)  
   
 
Total distributions on cash basis (Note 8)
    74       55       50  
                         
Total cash distributions as a percentage of original $1,000 investment (Note 5)
    7.45 %     5.50 %     5.00 %
Total cumulative cash distributions per $1,000 investment from inception (June 12, 1996)
    494       549       599  
Amount (in percentage terms) remaining invested in program properties at the end of each year (period) presented (original total acquisition cost of properties retained, divided by original total acquisition cost of all properties in program)
    100 %     100 %     100 %
 
 
(1) CNL Hotels offered securities for sale in five public offerings since 1997. Of the funds raised as of December 31, 2006, $74,307,514 were pursuant to its reinvestment plan.
 
(2) The amounts shown represent the combined results of the initial offering, the 1999 offering, the 2000 offering, 2002 offering and the 2003 offering. All years presented have been rounded to thousands and reflect the reverse stock split which occurred on August 2, 2004.
 
(3) Cash generated from operations includes cash received from hotel operations and dividend, interest and other income, less cash paid for operating expenses.
 
(4) Cash generated from operations per this table agrees to cash generated from operations per the statement of cash flows included in the consolidated financial statements of the CNL Hotels.
 
(5) Total cash distributions as a percentage of original $1,000 investment are calculated based on actual distributions declared for the period.
 
(6) Taxable income presented is before the dividends paid deduction.
 
(7) Cash distributions presented above as a return of capital on a GAAP basis represent the amount of cash distributions in excess of accumulated net income on a GAAP basis. Accumulated net income includes deductions for depreciation and amortization expense and income from certain non-cash items. In addition, cash distributions presented as a return of capital on a cash basis represents the amount of cash distributions in excess of cash generated from operating cash flow and excess cash flows from prior periods. These amounts have not been treated as a return of capital for purposes of calculating the amount of stockholders’ invested capital.
 
(8) Tax and distribution data and total distributions on a GAAP basis were computed based on the weighted average shares outstanding during each period presented.
 
Source: CNL Hotels SEC filings.

A-6


Table of Contents

 
Appendix A—Prior performance tables
 
 
The following table presents information regarding the amount of capital raised by CNL Hotels from its inception until the offering of its common stock was completed, the number of properties acquired with that capital, the dates of the first property sale and the final property sale by CNL Hotels, tax and distribution data relating to a $1,000 investment in the common stock of CNL Hotels and information regarding the cash flow of CNL Hotels and distributions that were made to investors in CNL Hotels.
 
Results of Completed Program CNL Hotels
 
         
    CNL Hotels
 
Program Name   (note 2)  
   
 
Dollar Amount Raised
  $ 3,066,534,832  
Number of Properties Purchased, Directly or Indirectly
    137  
Date of Closing of Offering
    03/12/2004  
Date of First Sale of Property
    07/10/2003  
Date of Final Sale of Property
    04/12/2007  
Tax and Distribution Data per $1000 investment (Note 1)
       
Federal Income Tax Results:
       
Ordinary Income (loss)
       
- from operations
    197  
- from recapture
     
Capital Gain (loss)
    87  
Deferred Gain
       
Capital
     
Ordinary
     
Cash Distributions to Investors
       
Source (on GAAP basis)
       
- Investment Income
    194  
- Capital Gain
    50  
- Return of Capital
    355  
Source (on cash basis)
       
- Sales
     
- Refinancing
     
- Operations
    586  
- Cash flow from prior period
     
- Return of Capital
    13  
Receivable on Net Purchase Money Financing
     
 
 
(1) Through December 31, 2006.
 
(2) On April 12, 2007, CNL Hotels merged with and into a wholly owned subsidiary of MS Resort Holdings, LLC at which time, for every $1,000 investment, every investor of CNL Hotels received total cash of $1,025.
 
Source: CNL Hotels SEC filings.


A-7


Table of Contents

 
Appendix A—Prior performance tables
 
 
The following table presents the operating results for CNL Income Properties for the periods shown as well as tax and distribution data for these same periods that would have been applicable to a $1,000 investment in CNL Income Properties’ common stock. We have included operating data only for the 2004 and 2005 fiscal years because Mr. Hutchison served as Chief Executive Officer only during these two fiscal years. Mr. Hutchison was appointed as Chief Executive Officer of CNL Income Properties in August 2003 and resigned as Chief Executive Officer of CNL Income Properties in August 2005. CNL Income Properties commenced raising capital in April 2004. We believe that the investment objectives of CNL Income Properties were not similar to our investment objectives, primarily because (i) CNL Income Properties invested in property types that are different than the types of properties that we intend to acquire and (ii) the common stock of CNL Income Properties is unlisted and does not trade in an active secondary market. CNL Income Properties raises its equity capital through the continuous offering of its common stock at a fixed price of $10.00, regardless of any increases or decreases in earnings or in the net asset value of the company’s properties. Accordingly, appreciation in the market value of the company’s common stock has not been a component of the returns that the company has generated for investors. In contrast, our common stock will be listed on the NYSE and we expect that the returns we generate for our stockholders will be impacted by fluctuations in the market price of our common stock.
 
Operating Results CNL Income Properties
 
                 
    2004     2005  
   
 
Gross revenue
  $     $ 227,000  
Profit (Loss) on sale of properties
           
Interest and other income
    378,741       1,346,000  
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated entities
    218,466       10,290,000  
Less: Operating expenses
    (1,280,470 )     (5,174,000 )
Depreciation and amortization
          (37,000 )
Interest expense and loan cost amortization
          (69,000 )
Income (Loss) from discontinued operations
           
Net income — GAAP basis
    (683,263 )     6,583,000  
Taxable income
               
from operations
               
from gain (loss) on sales
               
Cash generated from operations
    754,656       4,616,000  
Cash generated from sales and refinancing
           
Less: Cash distributions to investors
               
from operating cash flow
    (1,172,688 )     (10,096,000 )
from sales and refinancings
           
from cash flow from prior period
           
Cash generated (deficiency) after cash distributions
    (418,032 )     (5,480,000 )


A-8


Table of Contents

 
Appendix A—Prior performance tables
 
 
                 
    2004     2005  
   
 
Special items (not including sales of real estate and refinancing):
               
Acquisition of properties
          (20,104,000 )
Capital expenditures
           
Investments in unconsolidated entities
    (40,068,625 )     (158,791,000 )
Distribution of loan proceeds from unconsolidated entities
    480,945        
Deposit on properties
          (1,000,000 )
Acquisition fees and costs paid
    (1,711,874 )     (16,168,000 )
Proceeds from disposal of assets
           
Repayment of mortgage loans receivable
           
Payment of additional carrying costs for mortgage loans receivable
           
Issuance of mortgage loans receivable
          (3,000,000 )
Short term investments
           
Increase in restricted cash
           
Subscriptions received from stockholders
    87,369,784       291,173,000  
Redemption of common stock
          (229,000 )
Effect of exchange rate fluctuation on cash
           
Proceeds from mortgage loans and other notes payable
           
Stock issuance costs
    (8,943,081 )     (33,771,000 )
Principal payment on capital lease obligations
           
Principal payment on mortgage loans
           
Net borrowings (repayments) on line of credit
          4,503,000  
Payment of loan costs and deposits
          (38,000 )
Cash generated (deficiency) after cash distributions and special items
  $ 36,709,117     $ 57,095,000  
                 
 

A-9


Table of Contents

 
Appendix A—Prior performance tables
 
 
                 
    2004
    2005
 
    (note 1)     (note 1)  
   
 
TAX AND DISTRIBUTION DATA PER $1,000 INVESTED (Note 4)
               
Federal income tax results:
               
Ordinary income (loss)
               
- from operations (Note 5)
          10  
- from recapture
           
Capital gain (loss)
           
Cash distribution to investors
               
Source (on GAAP basis)
               
- from investment income
          33  
- from return of capital (Note 3)
    29       18  
Total distributions on GAAP basis (Note 6)
    29       51  
Source (on cash basis)
               
- from sales
           
- from refinancing
           
- from operations (Note 2)
    19       23  
- from other
    10       28  
Total distributions on cash basis (Note 6)
    29       51  
Total cash distributions as a percentage of original $1,000 investment (Note 4)
    2.59%       5.35 %
Total cumulative cash distributions per $1,000 investment from inception
    26       80  
Amount (in percentage terms) remaining invested in program properties at the end of each year (period) presented (original total acquisition cost of properties retained, dividend by original total acquisition cost of all properties in program)
    100%       100 %
 
 
(1) CNL Lifestyle Properties’ first offering commenced on April 16, 2004 and was terminated on March 31, 2006.
 
(2) Cash generated from operations includes rental income from operating leases and interest income on mortgages and other notes receivables less cash paid for operating expenses. The amounts shown agree to cash generated from operations per the statement of cash flows included in the consolidated financial statements of CNL Lifestyle Properties.
 
(3) Cash distributions presented above represents the amount of cash distributions in excess of cash generated from operating cash flow. Cash generated from operations includes net income on a GAAP basis less depreciation and amortization expenses, operating expenses and income from certain non-cash items.
 
(4) Total cash distributions as a percentage of original $1,000 investment are calculated based on actual distributions declared for the period.
 
(5) Taxable income presented is before the dividends paid deduction.
 
(6) Tax and distribution data and total distributions on a GAAP basis were computed based on the actual distributions declared and paid and weighted average shares outstanding during each period presented.
 
The information presented above regarding CNL Retirement, CNL Hotels and CNL Income Properties and their prior performance is based entirely on information contained in the SEC filings of these entities which are publicly available through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. KPMG, LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has not independently verified the accuracy of the information contained in the SEC filings of these entities.

A-10


Table of Contents

 
8,750,000 Shares of Common Stock
and
Up to 8,750,000 Contingent Warrants
and
Up to 8,750,000 Shares of Common Stock
Issuable Upon Exercise of the
Contingent Warrants
 
(LEGACY LOGO)
 
Prospectus
 
Jefferies & Company
 
Stifel Nicolaus Weisel
 
Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc.
 
                  , 2010
 


Table of Contents

 
Part II. Information not required in prospectus
 
ITEM 31. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses of the sale and distribution of the securities being registered, all of which are being borne by the Registrant.
 
         
SEC registration fee
  $ 27,264  
FINRA filing fee
    38,738  
NYSE fees
    125,000  
Printing and engraving fees
    430,000  
Legal fees and expenses
    1,550,000  
Accounting fees and expenses
    300,000  
Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)
    10,000  
Miscellaneous expenses
    118,998  
         
Total
  $ 2,600,000  
         
 
All expenses, except the SEC registration fee and FINRA filing fee, are estimated.
 
ITEM 32. SALES TO SPECIAL PARTIES.
 
None.
 
ITEM 33. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
We have issued or agreed to issue the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”):
 
On April 16, 2010, we issued 1,000 shares of common stock to Mr. Hutchison in connection with the formation and initial capitalization of our company for an aggregate purchase price of $1,000. We will redeem these shares from Mr. Hutchison for $1,000 upon completion of this offering. These shares were issued in reliance on the exemption set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
We will sell an aggregate of 324,324 shares of common stock to Messrs. Hutchison, Anderson and Patten in a private placement concurrently with the closing of the offering at a price per share equal to the public offering price in the offering. These shares will be sold in reliance on the exemption set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D thereunder. Each of the investors in the concurrent private placement will represent to us that he is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act.
 
ITEM 34. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
The Maryland General Corporation Law (“MGCL”) permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from (1) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (2) active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains a provision that eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.
 
The MGCL requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses


II-1


Table of Contents

 
Part II. Information not required in prospectus
 
 
actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:
 
Ø   the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;
 
Ø   the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or
 
Ø   in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.
 
However, under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon its receipt of:
 
Ø   a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and
 
Ø   a written undertaking by the director or officer or on the director’s or officer’s behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the director or officer did not meet the standard of conduct.
 
Our charter authorizes us and our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of such a proceeding to:
 
Ø   any present or former director or officer of our company who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or
 
Ø   any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member or manager of another corporation, real estate investment trust, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.
 
Our charter and bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any individual who served our predecessor in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of our company or our predecessor.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that would provide for indemnification and advance of expenses to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.
 
Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
ITEM 35. TREATMENT OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK BEING REGISTERED.
 
None of the net proceeds will be credited to an account other than the appropriate capital stock account.


II-2


Table of Contents

 
Part II. Information not required in prospectus
 
 
ITEM 36. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.
 
(a)  Financial Statements. See page F-1 for an index of the financial statements included in the Registration Statement.
 
(b)  Exhibits. The following exhibits are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this registration statement on Form S-11:
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number   Exhibit Description
 
 
  1 .1†   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1†   Form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc.
  3 .2†   Form of Bylaws of Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc.
  4 .1†   Specimen common stock certificate
  4 .2   Form of Warrant Agreement, including the Contingent Warrant Issuance Form
  4 .3   Form of Warrant Certificate
  5 .1†   Opinion of Venable LLP — superseded by Exhibit 5.2
  5 .2   Opinion of Venable LLP
  5 .3   Opinion of Hunton & Williams LLP
  8 .1†   Tax opinion of Hunton & Williams LLP — superseded by Exhibit 8.2
  8 .2   Tax opinion of Hunton & Williams LLP
  10 .1†   Form of Agreement of Limited Partnership of Legacy Healthcare Properties, LP
  10 .2†   Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated April 27, 2010, by and among WSL Holdings, IV, L.L.C., Walton Acquisition Holdings IV, L.P., SL Jupiter Holdings, L.L.C., Mangrove Bay Investors, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle Contribution Company, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle CI-CII, L.L.C., as sellers, and Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc., as purchaser
  10 .3†   Form of Subscription Agreement
  10 .4†   Form of Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan — superseded by Exhibit 10.16
  10 .5†   Form of Stock Award Agreement
  10 .6†   Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into by Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. with each of its executive officers, directors and director nominees
  10 .7†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and Thomas J. Hutchison III — superseded by Exhibit 10.17
  10 .8†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and Phillip M. Anderson, Jr. — superseded by Exhibit 10.18
  10 .9†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and Mark E. Patten — superseded by Exhibit 10.19
  10 .10†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and James R. Hendrix — superseded by Exhibit 10.20
  10 .11†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and John W. Krueger — superseded by Exhibit 10.21
  10 .12†   First Amendment to Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated May 27, 2010, by and among WSL Holdings, IV, L.L.C., Walton Acquisition Holdings IV, L.P., SL Jupiter Holdings, L.L.C., Mangrove Bay Investors, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle Contribution Company, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle CI-II, L.L.C., as sellers, and Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc., as purchaser, and joined in by Walton Street Real Estate Fund IV, L.P., Senior Lifestyle Corporation and Senior Lifestyle Management, L.L.C., as guarantors, and Legacy Healthcare Advisors, LLC, as an indemnifying party
  10 .13†   Second Amendment to Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated June 2, 2010, by and among WSL Holdings, IV, L.L.C., Walton Acquisition Holdings IV, L.P., SL Jupiter Holdings, L.L.C., Mangrove Bay Investors, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle Contribution Company, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle CI-II, L.L.C., as sellers, and Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc., as purchaser, and joined in by Legacy Healthcare Advisors, LLC, as an indemnifying party, and Walton Street Real Estate Fund IV, L.P. and Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC, as guarantors


II-3


Table of Contents

 
Part II. Information not required in prospectus
 
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number   Exhibit Description
 
 
  10 .14†   Third Amendment to Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated July 9, 2010, by and among WSL Holdings, IV, L.L.C., Walton Acquisition Holdings IV, L.P., SL Jupiter Holdings, L.L.C., Mangrove Bay Investors, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle Contribution Company, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle CI-II, L.L.C., as sellers, and Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust, Inc., as purchaser, and joined in by Legacy Healthcare Advisors LLC, as an indemnifying party, and Walton Street Real Estate Fund IV, L.P. and Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC, as guarantors
  10 .15†   Fourth Amendment to Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated July 29, 2010, by and among WSL Holdings, IV, L.L.C., Walton Acquisition Holdings IV, L.P., SL Jupiter Holdings, L.L.C., Mangrove Bay Investors, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle Contribution Company, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle CI-II, L.L.C., as sellers, and Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust, Inc., as purchaser, and joined in by Legacy Healthcare Advisors LLC, as an indemnifying party, and Walton Street Real Estate Fund IV, L.P. and Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC, as guarantors
  10 .16†   Form of Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
  10 .17†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and Thomas J. Hutchison III — superseded by Exhibit 10.22
  10 .18†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and Phillip M. Anderson, Jr. — superseded by Exhibit 10.23
  10 .19†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and Mark E. Patten — superseded by Exhibit 10.24
  10 .20†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and James R. Hendrix — superseded by Exhibit 10.25
  10 .21†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and John W. Krueger — superseded by Exhibit 10.26
  10 .22†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and Thomas J. Hutchison III
  10 .23†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and Phillip M. Anderson, Jr.
  10 .24†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and Mark E. Patten
  10 .25†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and James R. Hendrix
  10 .26†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and John W. Krueger
  10 .27†   Fifth Amendment to Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated August 26, 2010, by and among WSL Holdings, IV, L.L.C., Walton Acquisition Holdings IV, L.P., SL Jupiter Holdings, L.L.C., Mangrove Bay Investors, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle Contribution Company, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle CI-II, L.L.C., as sellers, and Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust, Inc., as purchaser, and joined in by Legacy Healthcare Advisors LLC, as an indemnifying party, and Walton Street Real Estate Fund IV, L.P. and Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC, as guarantors
  10 .28†   Sixth Amendment to Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated September 12, 2010, by and among WSL Holdings, IV, L.L.C., Walton Acquisition Holdings IV, L.P., SL Jupiter Holdings, L.L.C., Mangrove Bay Investors, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle Contribution Company, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle CI-II, L.L.C., as sellers, and Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust, Inc., as purchaser, and joined in by Legacy Healthcare Advisors LLC, as an indemnifying party, and Walton Street Real Estate Fund IV, L.P. and Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC, as guarantors
  10 .29   Seventh Amendment to Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated September 30, 2010, by and among WSL Holdings, IV, L.L.C., Walton Acquisition Holdings IV, L.P., SL Jupiter Holdings, L.L.C., Mangrove Bay Investors, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle Contribution Company, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle CI-II, L.L.C., as sellers, and Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust, Inc., as purchaser, and joined in by Legacy Healthcare Advisors LLC, as an indemnifying party, and Walton Street Real Estate Fund IV, L.P. and Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC, as guarantors
  21 .1†   List of Subsidiaries of Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc.

II-4


Table of Contents

 
Part II. Information not required in prospectus
 
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number   Exhibit Description
 
 
  23 .1   Consent of KPMG LLP
  23 .2   Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
  23 .3   Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
  23 .4   Consent of Venable LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2)
  23 .5   Consent of Hunton & Williams LLP (included in Exhibit 5.3 and Exhibit 8.2)
  23 .6   Consent of KPMG LLP
  99 .1†   Consent of James W. Duncan, Jr. to being named as a director
  99 .2†   Consent of Joseph E. Gibbs to being named as a director
  99 .3†   Consent of Dianna F. Morgan to being named as a director
  99 .4†   Consent of Robert E. Parsons, Jr. to being named as a director
  99 .5†   Consent of David M. Thomas to being named as a director
 
Previously filed.
 
ITEM 37. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
(a)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
(b)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
(c)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
 
(1)  For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2)  For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered herein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(d)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
 
(1)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
(i)  To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
 
(ii)  To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which,

II-5


Table of Contents

 
Part II. Information not required in prospectus
 
 
individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of common stock offered (if the total dollar value of common stock offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20.0% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
 
(iii)  To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
 
(2)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(3)  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
(4)  That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
 
(5)  That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
 
(i)  Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
 
(ii)  Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
 
(iii)  The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
 
(iv)  Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.


II-6


Table of Contents

 
Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-11 and has duly caused Pre-Effective Amendment No. 7 to this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Orlando, State of Florida on the 5 th  day of October, 2010.
 
LEGACY HEALTHCARE PROPERTIES TRUST INC.
 
  By: 
/s/   Thomas J. Hutchison III
Thomas J. Hutchison III
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 7 to the registration statement has been signed by the following person in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature   Title   Date
 
/s/   Thomas J. Hutchison III

Thomas J. Hutchison III
  Chairman of the Board, Sole Director, and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   October 5, 2010
         
/s/   Mark E. Patten

Mark E. Patten
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   October 5, 2010


II-7


Table of Contents

 
Exhibit index
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number   Exhibit Description
 
 
  1 .1†   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1†   Form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc.
  3 .2†   Form of Bylaws of Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc.
  4 .1†   Specimen common stock certificate
  4 .2   Form of Warrant Agreement, including the Contingent Warrant Issuance Form
  4 .3   Form of Warrant Certificate
  5 .1†   Opinion of Venable LLP — superseded by Exhibit 5.2
  5 .2   Opinion of Venable LLP
  5 .3   Opinion of Hunton & Williams LLP
  8 .1†   Tax opinion of Hunton & Williams LLP — superseded by Exhibit 8.2
  8 .2   Tax opinion of Hunton & Williams LLP
  10 .1†   Form of Agreement of Limited Partnership of Legacy Healthcare Properties, LP
  10 .2†   Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated April 27, 2010, by and among WSL Holdings, IV, L.L.C., Walton Acquisition Holdings IV, L.P., SL Jupiter Holdings, L.L.C., Mangrove Bay Investors, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle Contribution Company, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle CI-II, L.L.C., as sellers, and Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc., as purchaser
  10 .3†   Form of Subscription Agreement
  10 .4†   Form of Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan — superseded by Exhibit 10.16
  10 .5†   Form of Stock Award Agreement
  10 .6†   Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into by Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. with each of its executive officers, directors and director nominees
  10 .7†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and Thomas J. Hutchison III — superseded by Exhibit 10.17
  10 .8†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and Phillip M. Anderson, Jr. — superseded by Exhibit 10.18
  10 .9†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and Mark E. Patten — superseded by Exhibit 10.19
  10 .10†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and James R. Hendrix — superseded by Exhibit 10.20
  10 .11†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and John W. Krueger — superseded by Exhibit 10.21
  10 .12†   First Amendment to Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated May 27, 2010, by and among WSL Holdings, IV, L.L.C., Walton Acquisition Holdings IV, L.P., SL Jupiter Holdings, L.L.C., Mangrove Bay Investors, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle Contribution Company, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle CI-II, L.L.C., as sellers, and Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc., as purchaser, and joined in by Walton Street Real Estate Fund IV, L.P., Senior Lifestyle Corporation and Senior Lifestyle Management, L.L.C., as guarantors, and Legacy Healthcare Advisors, LLC, as an indemnifying party
  10 .13†   Second Amendment to Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated June 2, 2010, by and among WSL Holdings, IV, L.L.C., Walton Acquisition Holdings IV, L.P., SL Jupiter Holdings, L.L.C., Mangrove Bay Investors, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle Contribution Company, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle CI-II, L.L.C., as sellers, and Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc., as purchaser, and joined in by Legacy Healthcare Advisors, LLC, as an indemnifying party, and Walton Street Real Estate Fund IV, L.P. and Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC, as guarantors


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number   Exhibit Description
 
 
  10 .14†   Third Amendment to Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated July 9, 2010, by and among WSL Holdings, IV, L.L.C., Walton Acquisition Holdings IV, L.P., SL Jupiter Holdings, L.L.C., Mangrove Bay Investors, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle Contribution Company, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle CI-II, L.L.C., as sellers, and Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust, Inc., as purchaser, and joined in by Legacy Healthcare Advisors LLC, as an indemnifying party, and Walton Street Real Estate Fund IV, L.P. and Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC, as guarantors
  10 .15†   Fourth Amendment to Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated July 29, 2010, by and among WSL Holdings, IV, L.L.C., Walton Acquisition Holdings IV, L.P., SL Jupiter Holdings, L.L.C., Mangrove Bay Investors, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle Contribution Company, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle CI-II, L.L.C., as sellers, and Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust, Inc., as purchaser, and joined in by Legacy Healthcare Advisors LLC, as an indemnifying party, and Walton Street Real Estate Fund IV, L.P. and Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC, as guarantors
  10 .16†   Form of Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
  10 .17†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and Thomas J. Hutchison III — superseded by Exhibit 10.22
  10 .18†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and Phillip M. Anderson, Jr. — superseded by Exhibit 10.23
  10 .19†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and Mark E. Patten — superseded by Exhibit 10.24
  10 .20†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and James R. Hendrix — superseded by Exhibit 10.25
  10 .21†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and John W. Krueger — superseded by Exhibit 10.26
  10 .22†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and Thomas J. Hutchison III
  10 .23†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and Phillip M. Anderson, Jr.
  10 .24†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and Mark E. Patten
  10 .25†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and James R. Hendrix
  10 .26†   Form of Employment Agreement between Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and John W. Krueger
  10 .27†   Fifth Amendment to Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated August 26, 2010, by and among WSL Holdings, IV, L.L.C., Walton Acquisition Holdings IV, L.P., SL Jupiter Holdings, L.L.C., Mangrove Bay Investors, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle Contribution Company, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle CI-II, L.L.C., as sellers, and Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust, Inc., as purchaser, and joined in by Legacy Healthcare Advisors LLC, as an indemnifying party, and Walton Street Real Estate Fund IV, L.P. and Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC, as guarantors
  10 .28†   Sixth Amendment to Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated September 12, 2010, by and among WSL Holdings, IV, L.L.C., Walton Acquisition Holdings IV, L.P., SL Jupiter Holdings, L.L.C., Mangrove Bay Investors, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle Contribution Company, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle CI-II, L.L.C., as sellers, and Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust, Inc., as purchaser, and joined in by Legacy Healthcare Advisors LLC, as an indemnifying party, and Walton Street Real Estate Fund IV, L.P. and Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC, as guarantors


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number   Exhibit Description
 
 
  10 .29   Seventh Amendment to Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated September 30, 2010, by and among WSL Holdings, IV, L.L.C., Walton Acquisition Holdings IV, L.P., SL Jupiter Holdings, L.L.C., Mangrove Bay Investors, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle Contribution Company, L.L.C., Senior Lifestyle CI-II, L.L.C., as sellers, and Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust, Inc., as purchaser, and joined in by Legacy Healthcare Advisors LLC, as an indemnifying party, and Walton Street Real Estate Fund IV, L.P. and Senior Lifestyle Management, LLC, as guarantors
  21 .1†   List of Subsidiaries of Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc.
  23 .1   Consent of KPMG LLP
  23 .2   Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
  23 .3   Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
  23 .4   Consent of Venable LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2)
  23 .5   Consent of Hunton & Williams LLP (included in Exhibit 5.3 and Exhibit 8.2)
  23 .6   Consent of KPMG LLP
  99 .1†   Consent of James W. Duncan, Jr. to being named as a director
  99 .2†   Consent of Joseph E. Gibbs to being named as a director
  99 .3†   Consent of Dianna F. Morgan to being named as a director
  99 .4†   Consent of Robert E. Parsons, Jr. to being named as a director
  99 .5†   Consent of David M. Thomas to being named as a director
 
Previously filed.

Legacy Healthcare Properties (NYSE:LRP)
Historical Stock Chart
Von Okt 2024 bis Nov 2024 Click Here for more Legacy Healthcare Properties Charts.
Legacy Healthcare Properties (NYSE:LRP)
Historical Stock Chart
Von Nov 2023 bis Nov 2024 Click Here for more Legacy Healthcare Properties Charts.